Transcript
1. CONTRACT ID CODE
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT 2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICAITON NO.
3. EFFECTIVE DATE
Amendment No. 0002
PAGE
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQ. NO.
5. PROJECT NO.
7. ADMINISTERED BY
CODE
OF PAGES
(If applicble)
09-JUN-2014
6. ISSUED BY
CODE
U.S ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, OMAHA DISTRICT CONTRACTING OFFICE 1616 CAPITOL AVE. OMAHA, NE 68102-4901 8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR
(If other than Item 6)
See Item 6 (X)
(No., street, county, State and ZIP Code)
9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICIATION NO.
W9128F-14-B-0008 9B. DATED
(SEE ITEM 11)
22-MAY-2014 10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO.
10B. DATED
CODE
(SEE ITEM 13)
FACILITY CODE
11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers
is extended,
is not extended.
Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as amended, by one of the following methods: (a)By completing items 8 and 15, and returning 1 copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment your desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified. 12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPIRATION DATA
(If required)
13. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS. IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14. CHECK ONE
A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: NO. IN ITEM 10A.
B.
(Specify authority)
THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER
THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES appropriation date, etc. ) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43.103(b).
C.
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
D.
OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)
E. IMPORTANT:
Contractor
is not,
14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (
(such as changes in paying office,
is required to sign this document and return
copies to the issuing office.
Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible.)
4TH ID CAB - GENERAL SUPPORT AVIATION BATTALION (GSAB) MAINTENANCE HANGAR, PN 77304, FORT CARSON, COLORADO See attached documentation for content of the amendment revisions. Date for receipt of Bids is 10 JUL 2014 at 1400 hours CDT. Government Point of Contact:
EDWARD JACKSON (402) 995-2087
Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains unchanged and in full force and effect. 15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER
(Type or print)
15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR
16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER
15C. DATE SIGNED
NSN 7540-01-152-8070 Previous edition unusable
16C. DATE SIGNED
16B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
Am #0002 - 1
(Type or print)
09-JUN-2014
STANDARD FORM 30
(REV. 10-83) Prescribed by GSA FAR (48 CFR) 53.243
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Omaha District, Corps of Engineers 1616 Capitol Avenue Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901
:NOTICE: Failure to acknowledge : :all amendments may cause rejec-: :tion of the bid. See FAR : :52.214-3 of Section 00 21 00. :
Solicitation No. W9128F-14-B-0008 Date of Issue: 22 MAY 2014 NEW Date of Opening: 10 JUL 2014 Amendment No. 0002 09 JUN 2014
SUBJECT: Amendment No. 0002 to Specifications and Drawings for Construction of 4TH ID CAB - GENERAL SUPPORT AVIATION BATTALION (GSAB) MAINTENANCE HANGAR, PN 77304, FORT CARSON, COLORADO. TO:
Prospective Offerors and Others Concerned
1. The specifications and drawings for subject project are hereby modified as follows (revise all specification indices, attachment lists, and drawing indices accordingly). a.
Specifications. (Descriptive Changes) (1) Section 01 30 00.24 Attachments, delete General Wage Rate Decision Numbers CO140006 and CO140012 in their entirety and substitute General Wage Rate Decision Numbers CO140006 dated 05/23/2014 and CO140012 dated 06/06/2014. General Wage Rate Decision Numbers CO140006 dated 05/23/2014 and CO140012 dated 06/06/2014 are included as attachments to this amendment.
b. Specifications (New and/or Revised and Reissued). Delete and substitute or add specification pages as noted below. The substituted pages are revised and reissued with this amendment. Pages 00 10 03 45 08 33 26 20 28 31
Deleted 00 33 23 00 76
Pages 00 10 03 45 08 33 26 20 28 31
Substituted or Added 00** 33** 23** 00** 76**
**NOTE: For ease of identification, changes from the previously issued specification have been highlighted. The Contractor is responsible for the entire contents of the specification regardless of the accuracy of the highlighting contained therein. c. Drawings (Reissued). The following drawing(s) are revised with a revision date as indicated in the title block, and reissued with this amendment. VOLUME 1 - DRAWINGS (1) Sheet G-003, VOLUME 1 INDEX CONTINUED (2) Sheet CU118, UTILITY PLAN AREA 118 Am #0002 - 2 (Continuation of SF 30)
(3) (4)
Sheet CU206, DOMESTIC WATER LINES W-3, W-3A & W-3B PROFILES SHEET 2 OF 2 Sheet CU232, INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINES IW-1A & IW-1B PROFILES
VOLUME 2 - DRAWINGS (5) Sheet (6) Sheet (7) Sheet (8) Sheet (9) Sheet (10) Sheet (11) Sheet (12) Sheet (13) Sheet (14) Sheet (15) Sheet (16) Sheet (17) Sheet
S-111, S-112, S-113, S-114, S-115, S-116, A-122, A-600, A-601, A-611, AE201, AE204, F-110,
(18)
Sheet F-111,
(19)
Sheet F-112,
(20)
Sheet F-113,
(21)
Sheet F-114,
(22)
Sheet F-115,
(23)
Sheet F-116,
(24)
Sheet F-120,
(25)
Sheet F-121,
(26)
Sheet F-122,
(27)
Sheet F-123,
(28) (29)
Sheet FA001, Sheet FA113,
(30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40)
Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet
(41) (42)
Sheet EG110, Sheet EG111,
FA502, FA503, FX200, FX203, FX204, FX205, FX206, M-110, M-113, M-707, EG001,
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “A” SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “B” SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “C” SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “D” SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “E” SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA “F” SECOND FLOOR PLAN - AREA “B” ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES DOOR SCHEDULES PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL ELEVATIONS PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL ELEVATIONS CODE ANALYSIS - FIRST FLOOR COMPOSITE EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “A” FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “B” FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “C” FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “D” FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “E” FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “F” CODE ANALYSIS - SECOND FLOOR COMPOSITE EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “A” SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “B” SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN AREA “C” FIRE ALARM NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEMS PLAN FIRST FLOOR - AREA C FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROLS MATRIX FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM FIRE PROTECTION COMPOSITE PLAN - SECOND FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA C FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA D FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA E FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA F COMPOSITE HVAC PLAN HVAC FLOOR PLAN AREA “C” HVAC CONTROLS LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND COMPOSITE GROUNDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR GROUNDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA A
Am #0002 - 3 (Continuation of SF 30)
(43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56)
Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet
EG112, EG113, EG123, EL001, EP001, EP002, EP111, EP112, EP113, EP423, EP504, EP505, EP601, EP602,
(57)
Sheet EP604,
(58)
Sheet EP611,
(59) (60) (61) (62)
Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet
EP615, EP618, EP619, EP620,
(63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71)
Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet Sheet
EP623, TN002, TN111, TN112, TN113, TN210, TN212, TN213, TN411,
GROUNDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA B GROUNDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA C GROUNDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR AREA C LIGHTING NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND POWER GENERAL NOTES AND SUPPLEMENT LEGEND POWER KEYED NOTES POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA A POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA B POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA C ENLARGED POWER PLANS SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS WORKBENCH DEVICE STANDS 400HZ SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DETAILS POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM (PART 1) POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM (PART 2) AND TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE PANEL SCHEDULES MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION PANELS AND FIRE ALARM/FOAM SYSTEM POWER PANEL SCHEDULES 480V MECHANICAL PANELS PANEL SCHEDULES GENERAL POWER FIRST FLOOR PANEL SCHEDULES GENERAL POWER FIRST FLOOR PANEL SCHEDULES GENERAL POWER HANGAR 130, SITE, SECOND FLOOR PANEL SCHEDULES REPAIR SHOP PANELS TELECOM KEYED NOTES TELECOM PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA A TELECOM PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA B TELECOM PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA C COMPOSITE CABLE TRAY PLAN FIRST FLOOR CABLE TRAY PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA B CABLE TRAY PLAN FIRST FLOOR AREA C ENLARGED CABLE TRAY PLANS FIRST FLOOR
2. This amendment is a part of the bidding papers and its receipt shall be acknowledged on the Standard Form 1442. All other conditions and requirements of the specifications remain unchanged. If the bids have been mailed prior to receiving this amendment, you will notify the office where bids are received, in the specified manner, immediately of its receipt and of any changes in your bid thereby occasioned. a. Hand-Carried Bids shall be delivered to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Omaha District, Contracting Division, 1616 Capitol Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901. b. Mailed Bids shall be addressed as noted in Item 8 on Page 00 10 00-1 of Standard Form 1442. 3. Bids will be received until 2:00 p.m, local time at place of bid opening, 10 JUL 2014. Attachments: Wage rate General Decision Numbers dated 05/23/2014: Wage rate General Decision Numbers dated 06/06/2014: Specification Page(s) listed in 1.b., above Drawings listed in 1.c., above Am #0002 - 4 (Continuation of SF 30)
CO140006 CO140012
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Omaha District 1616 Capitol Avenue Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901 09 JUN 2014 TDC/2187
Am #0002 - 5 (Continuation of SF 30)
Am #0002
General Decision Number: CO140006 05/23/2014
CO6
Superseded General Decision Number: CO20130006 State: Colorado Construction Type: Building County: El Paso County in Colorado. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories).
Modification Number 0 1 2 3 4
Publication Date 01/03/2014 01/17/2014 01/24/2014 04/04/2014 05/23/2014
CO140006 - 1
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
BRCO0007-002 09/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
BRICKLAYER.......................$ 23.88 8.46 ---------------------------------------------------------------CARP0001-003 05/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
CARPENTER (Including Formbuilding/Formsetting)...$ 25.00 5.39 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0113-001 06/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN (Including Low Voltage Wiring and Installation of Fire Alarms, Computers, Telephones and Temperature Controls)...................$ 29.55 14.48 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEV0025-002 01/01/2014 Rates Elevator Constructor.............$ 40.10
Fringes 26.785
FOOTNOTE: a. Employer contributes 8% of basic hourly rate for over 5 years' service and 6% basic hourly rate for 6 months' to 5 years' service as Vacation Pay Credit. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Veterans Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0009-005 10/23/2013 Rates Power equipment operators: Backhoe: 3/4 yd. and over...$ Backhoe: Belt & Elevating...$ Backhoe: under 3/4 yd.......$ Crane: 50 tons and under...$ Crane: 51 to 90 tons.......$ Crane: 91 to 140 tons......$ Crane: 141 tons and over....$ Front End Loader: over 6 cubic yards.................$ Front End Loader: up to and including 6 cy..........$
Fringes
24.88 25.19 24.73 24.88 25.04 25.19 25.97
9.15 9.15 9.15 9.15 9.15 9.15 9.15
24.88
9.15
24.73
9.15
CO140006 - 2
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Roller: self propelled, all types over 5 tons.......$ 24.73 9.15 Roller: self-propelled, rubber tires under 5 tons...$ 24.37 9.15 Scraper: single bowl including pups 40 cubic yards and over and tandem bowls.......................$ 25.04 9.15 Scraper: single bowl under 40 cubic yards..............$ 24.88 9.15 Trackhoe....................$ 24.88 9.15 Water Wagon.................$ 24.73 9.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0024-002 11/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Ironworker, reinforcing and structural.......................$ 24.80 10.14 ---------------------------------------------------------------* LABO0720-001 05/01/2014 Rates
Fringes
LABORER Common and Concrete/Mason Tenders.....................$ 16.42 6.38 ---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0930-001 07/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 28.67 7.52 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0577-001 05/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Cement Mason/Concrete Finisher...$ 23.25 10.23 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0058-001 07/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER (Including HVAC pipe) & (Excluding HVAC work).......$ 28.55 13.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------ROOF0058-001 05/01/2010 Rates
Fringes
ROOFER...........................$ 20.83 5.43 ---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0009-001 07/01/2013 Rates
CO140006 - 3
Fringes
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Sheet metal worker (Includes HVAC duct and installation of HVAC systems)....................$ 32.04 13.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------SUCO2001-007 12/20/2001 Rates
Fringes
Carpenters: Acoustical..................$ 15.02 Drywall Framing/Hanging and Metal Stud Work.........$ 15.16
2.33
Drywall Finisher/Taper...........$ 14.42
.62
.76
Mechanical Insulator/Asbestos Worker (Including application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings and finishings to all types of mechanical systems)....................$ 13.88 Painters: Brush, Roller & Spray.......$ 11.29 3.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
----------------------------------------------------------------
The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non-union.
Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union
CO140006 - 4
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rates. 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January.
Non-Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted.
---------------------------------------------------------------WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * *
an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
CO140006 - 5
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION
CO140006 - 6
05/23/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
General Decision Number: CO140012 06/06/2014
CO12
Superseded General Decision Number: CO20130012 State: Colorado Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Adams, Arapahoe, Boulder, Broomfield, Denver, Douglas, El Paso, Jefferson, Larimer, Mesa, Pueblo and Weld Counties in Colorado.
HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Modification Number 0 1 2 3 4 5
Publication Date 01/03/2014 01/24/2014 01/31/2014 02/07/2014 04/18/2014 06/06/2014
CO140012 - 1
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
ASBE0028-001 10/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Asbestos Workers/Insulator (Includes application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings and finishings to all types of mechanical systems)....................$ 28.83 13.18 ---------------------------------------------------------------BRCO0007-004 09/01/2013 ADAMS, ARAPAHOE, BOULDER, BROOMFIELD, DENVER, DOUGLAS AND JEFFERSON COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
BRICKLAYER.......................$ 23.68 8.34 ---------------------------------------------------------------BRCO0007-006 09/01/2013 EL PASO AND PUEBLO COUNTIES Rates
Fringes
BRICKLAYER.......................$ 23.88 8.46 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0012-004 09/01/2013 PUEBLO COUNTY Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN Electrical contract over $1,000,000..................$ 27.25 11.92 Electrical contract under $1,000,000..................$ 24.75 11.84 ---------------------------------------------------------------* ELEC0068-001 06/01/2014 ADAMS, ARAPAHOE, BOULDER, BROOMFIELD, DENVER, DOUGLAS, JEFFERSON, LARIMER, AND WELD COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 32.65 12.70 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0111-001 09/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Line Construction:
CO140012 - 2
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Cable Splicer...............$ 28.65 13.75%+4.75 Equipment OperatorUnderground.................$ 25.05 9.20 Groundman...................$ 22.76 9.87 Line Equipment Operator.....$ 27.78 10.91 Lineman and Welder..........$ 39.81 14.60 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0113-002 06/01/2013 EL PASO COUNTY Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 29.55 14.48 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0969-002 07/01/2012 MESA COUNTY Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 21.00 8.57 ---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0009-001 10/23/2013 Rates
Fringes
Power equipment operators: Blade: Finish...............$ 25.04 9.15 Blade: Rough................$ 24.73 9.15 Bulldozer...................$ 24.73 9.15 Cranes: 50 tons and under..$ 24.88 9.15 Cranes: 51 to 90 tons......$ 25.04 9.15 Cranes: 91 to 140 tons.....$ 25.19 9.15 Cranes: 141 tons and over...$ 25.97 9.15 Forklift....................$ 24.37 9.15 Mechanic....................$ 24.88 9.15 Oiler.......................$ 24.01 9.15 Scraper: Single bowl under 40 cubic yards........$ 24.88 9.15 Scraper: Single bowl, including pups 40 cubic yards and over and tandem bowls.......................$ 25.04 9.15 Trackhoe....................$ 24.88 9.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0024-003 11/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Ironworkers:.....................$ 24.80 18.77 Structural ---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0086-001 05/01/2009 Rates
CO140012 - 3
Fringes
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Laborers: Pipelayer...................$ 18.68 6.78 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0003-005 07/01/2013 ADAMS, ARAPAHOE, BOULDER, BROOMFIELD, DENVER, DOUGLAS, JEFFERSON, LARIMER AND WELD COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
PLUMBER..........................$ 35.68 12.34 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0058-002 07/01/2013 EL PASO COUNTY Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 32.55 13.65 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0058-008 07/01/2013 PUEBLO COUNTY Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 32.55 13.65 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0145-002 07/01/2013 MESA COUNTY Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 32.67 11.55 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0208-004 07/01/2013 ADAMS, ARAPAHOE, BOULDER, BROOMFIELD, DENVER, DOUGLAS, JEFFERSON, LARIMER AND WELD COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
PIPEFITTER.......................$ 33.35 12.27 ---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0009-002 07/01/2013 Rates
Fringes
Sheet metal worker...............$ 32.04 13.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------TEAM0455-002 07/01/2013 Rates
CO140012 - 4
Fringes
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Truck drivers: Pickup......................$ 18.41 3.87 Tandem/Semi and Water.......$ 19.04 3.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------SUCO2001-006 12/20/2001 Rates
Fringes
BOILERMAKER......................$ 17.60 Carpenters: Form Building and Setting...$ 16.97 All Other Work..............$ 15.14
2.74 3.37
Cement Mason/Concrete Finisher...$ 17.31
2.85
IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 18.83
3.90
Laborers: Common......................$ 11.22 Flagger.....................$ 8.91 Landscape...................$ 12.56
2.92 3.80 3.21
Painters: Brush, Roller & Spray.......$ 15.81
3.26
Power equipment operators: Backhoe.....................$ 16.36 2.48 Front End Loader............$ 17.24 3.23 Skid Loader.................$ 15.37 4.41 ---------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
----------------------------------------------------------------
The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non-union.
Union Identifiers
CO140012 - 5
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rates. 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January.
Non-Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted.
---------------------------------------------------------------WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * *
an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
CO140012 - 6
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION
CO140012 - 7
06/06/2014 Am #0002
Am #0002
SOLICITATION, OFFER AND AWARD (Construction, Alteration, or Repair)
1. SOLICITATION NO.
2. TYPE OF SOLICITATION SEALED BID (IFB) NEGOTIATED (RFP)
W9128F-14-B-0008
IMPORTANT - The "offer" section on the reverse must be fully completed by offeror. 4. CONTRACT NO. 5. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST NO. 7. ISSUED BY
CODE
CT
PAGES OF PAGES
22 MAY 2014
1 OF 4
6. PROJECT NO.
8. ADDRESS OFFER TO
U.S.ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, OMAHA Contracting Division (CENWO-CT) 1616 Capitol Ave Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901
9. FOR INFORMATION CALL:
3. DATE ISSUED
U.S.ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, OMAHA Attn: CONTRACTING DIVISION (CENWO-CT) 1616 Capitol Ave Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901
B. TELEPHONE NO. (Include area code) (NO COLLECT CALLS) (402) 995-2087
A. NAME Edward Jackson
SOLICITATION NOTE: In sealed bid solicitations "offer" and "offeror" mean "bid" and "bidder". 10. THE GOVERNMENT REQUIRES PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE DOCUMENTS (Title, identifying no., date):
The offeror hereby agrees to do all work described in the documents entitled: 4TH ID CAB - GENERAL SUPPORT AVIATION BATTALION (GSAB) MAINTENANCE HANGAR PN 77304 FORT CARSON, COLORADO RETURN WITH OFFER: INFORMATION REQUIRED BY SECTION 00 10 00 (SF1442 AND CLIN BIDDING SCHEDULE) AND SECTION 00 45 00. THIS SOLICITATION IS UNRESTRICTED AND OPEN TO PARTICIPATION BY SMALL AND OTHER THAN SMALL BUSINESS INTERESTS.
11. The Contractor shall begin performance within 10 calendar days and complete it within award, notice to proceed. This performance period is mandatory, negotiable.
540
12A. THE CONTRACTOR MUST FURNISH ANY REQUIRED PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS? (If "YES," indicate within how many calendar days after award in Item 12B.)
YES
calendar days after receiving
12B. CALENDAR DAYS
10
NO
13. ADDITIONAL SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Sealed offers in original and 0 copies to perform the work required are due at the place specified in Item 8 by 1400 (hour) local time 10 JUL 2014 (date). If this is a sealed bid solicitation, offers must be publicly opened at that time. Sealed envelopes containing offers shall be marked to show the offeror's name and address, the solicitation number, and the date and time offers are due. B. An offer guarantee
is
is not
required.
C. All offers are subject to the (1) work requirements, and (2) other provisions and clauses incorporated in the solicitation in full text or by reference. D. Offers providing less than will be rejected. NSN 7540-01-155-3212
60
calendar days for Government acceptance after the date offers are due will not be considered and
1442-101
00 10 00 - 1
STANDARD FORM 1442(REV. 4-85) Prescribed by GSA FAR(48 CFR) 53.236-1(d)
Am #0002
Am #0002
14. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OFFEROR (Include ZIP Code)
15. TELEPHONE NO. (Include area code) 16. REMITTANCE ADDRESS (Include only if different than Item 14)
DUNS Number: CODE
FACILITY CODE
17. The offeror agrees to perform the work required at the prices specified below in strict accordance with the terms of this solicitation, if this offer is accepted by the Government in writing within 90 calendar days after the date offers are due. (Insert any number equal to or greater than the minimum requirement
AMOUNTS
SEE ATTACHED CLIN BIDDING SCHEDULE Contractor’s Fax No.____________ Contractor’s E-Mail address_______________
CAGE CODE ________________
18. The offeror agrees to furnish any required performance and payment bonds.
19. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENTS (The offeror acknowledges receipt of amendments to the solicitation - give number and date of each) AMENDMENT NO. DATE 20A. NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN OFFER (Type or print)
20B. SIGNATURE
20C. OFFER DATE
AWARD (To be completed by Government) 21. ITEMS ACCEPTED:
22. AMOUNT
23. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
24. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS SHOWN IN (4 copies unless otherwise specified)
ITEM
25. OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION PURSUANT TO 10 U.S.C. 2304(c) (
26. ADMINISTERED BY CODE
)
41 U.S.C. 253(c) (
)
27. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY
USAED Omaha c/o USACE Finance Center 5722 Integrity Drive Millington, TN 38054-5005 CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 28 OR 29 AS APPLICABLE
U.S. Army Engineer District, Omaha 1616 Capitol Ave. Omaha, Nebraska 68102-4901
28. NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT (contractor is required to sign this document and return _______ copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all work, requisitions identified on this form and any continuation sheets for the consideration stated in this contract. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be governed by (a) this contract award, (b) the solicitation, and (c) the clauses, representations, certifications, and specifications incorporated by reference in or attached to this contract.
29. AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document.) Your offer on
30A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTOR OR PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN (Type or print)
31A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)
30B. SIGNATURE
31B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BY
30C. DATE
this solicitation, is hereby accepted as to the items listed. This award consummates the contract, which consists of (a) the Government solicitation and your offer, and (b) this contract award. No further contractual document is necessary.
31C. AWARD DATE
STANDARD FORM 1442 BACK (REV. 4-85)
00 10 00 - 2
Am #0002
Am #0002 Section 00 10 00
W9128F-14-B-0008
OFFEROR'S NAME:____________________________
CONTRACT LINE ITEM (CLIN) BIDDING SCHEDULE ITEM NO.
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
UNIT
UNIT PRICE
LINE ITEM AMOUNT
BASIC ITEMS 0001
All work complete to Construct the 4th ID CAB General Support Aviation Battalion (GSAB) Maintenance Hangar, up to 5 feet outside of the building, excluding Item 0002 and Options listed below.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0002
All work complete Construct Sitework, Utilities, and Pavements, complete from the five-foot line to the limits of construction of the 4th ID CAB General Support Aviation Battalion (GSAB) Maintenance Hangar, and any required demolition.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
OPTION ITEMS 0003
All work complete to construct improvements and realignment of Essayons Road - West from STA. 0+43.27 to STA 23+06 including the new relocated intersection with Butts Road from STA 2+21.13 to 7+06. See Sheets CG801-CG804, CS801-CS-804, TS801-TS804.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0004
All work complete to construct improvements to Essayons Road - East from STA. 23+06 to STA 62+00. See Sheets CG804-CG808, CS804-CS808, TS804-TS808.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0005
All work complete to construct Physical Training Pit.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0006
All work complete to construct Conex Storage Yard.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0007
All work complete to construct Photovoltaic System.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
0008
All work complete to procure and install Audio-Visual Equipment for the Briefing Room. See Section 27 60 00.
1
Job
XXX
$_______________________
CLIN SCHEDULE
00 10 00 - 3
Am #0002
Am #0002 Section 00 10 00
W9128F-14-B-0008
TOTAL AMOUNT (BASIC AND ALL OPTION ITEMS)
$_______________________
NOTES: 1.
See Section 00 21 00, INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS, & NOTICES TO BIDDERS for evaluation of any options. The Government reserves the right to exercise all Option Items within 90 calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed.
2.
Prices must be entered for all items of the schedule. Total amounts submitted without prices being entered on individual items will be rejected. In case of variation between the lump-sum prices and the total amount, the lump-sum prices will be considered the price submitted. In case of variation between the unit prices and the extensions, the unit prices will be considered the price submitted.
3.
A modification to a bid which provides for a single adjustment to the total amounts, should state the application of the adjustment to each respective lump-sum price affected. If the modification is not so apportioned, the single adjustment will be applied to Item No. 0001.
CLIN SCHEDULE
00 10 00 - 4
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION 03 45 33 PRECAST PRESTRESSED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 04/08 PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER 1.2 REFERENCES 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.3.1 Design Requirements 1.3.1.1 Loads 1.3.1.2 Drawing and Design Calculation Information 1.3.2 Fire Rating 1.3.3 Average R-Value Calculation 1.4 MODIFICATION TO REFERENCE 1.4.1 SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1 Qualifications 1.6.1.1 Manufacturer Qualifications 1.6.1.2 Designer Qualifications 1.6.1.3 Erector Qualifications 1.6.1.4 Testing Agency Qualifications 1.6.1.5 Welding Qualifications 1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements 1.6.3 Concrete Mix Design 1.6.4 Certificates: Record Requirement 1.6.5 Quality Control Testing 1.6.6 Field Mock-Up 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.7.1 Transportation 1.7.1.1 Transporting Members 1.7.1.2 Lateral Deflection or Vibration 1.7.2 Storage 1.7.2.1 Storage Areas 1.7.2.2 Stacked Members 1.7.3 Handling of Members PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED MIX DESIGN 2.2 PANEL TYPE 2.3 MATERIALS 2.3.1 Cement 2.3.1.1 Fly Ash and Pozzolan 2.3.1.2 Ground Iron Blast-Furnace Slag 2.3.2 Water 2.3.3 Aggregates 2.3.3.1 Aggregates Selection 2.3.3.2 Alkali-Silica Reactivity SECTION 03 45 33
Page 1
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.3.3.3 Aggregates for Lightweight Concrete 2.3.4 Nonshrink Grout 2.3.5 Cementitious Grout 2.3.6 Admixtures 2.3.6.1 Air-Entraining Admixture 2.3.6.2 Accelerating Admixture 2.3.6.3 Water Reducing Admixture 2.3.6.4 Plasticizing Admixture 2.3.6.5 Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture 2.3.6.6 Coloring Admixture 2.3.7 Reinforcement 2.3.7.1 Reinforcing Bars 2.3.7.2 Low-Alloy Reinforcing Bars 2.3.7.3 Epoxy Coated Steel Bars 2.3.7.4 Zinc Coated Bars 2.3.7.5 Steel Bar Mat 2.3.7.6 Wire 2.3.7.7 Welded Wire Fabric 2.3.8 Prestressing Tendons 2.3.8.1 Prestressing 7-Wire Strand. 2.3.8.2 Prestressing 2 and 3-Wire Strand. 2.3.8.3 Single Wire Strand 2.3.8.4 Post-tensioning Bar 2.3.9 Metal Accessories 2.3.9.1 Inserts 2.3.9.2 Structural Steel Plates and Shapes 2.3.9.3 High-Strength, Low-Alloy Structural Steel 2.3.9.4 Carbon-Steel Structural Tubing 2.3.9.5 Wrought Carbon-Steel Bars 2.3.9.6 Deformed-Steel Wire or Bar Anchors 2.3.9.7 Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs 2.3.9.8 High-Strength Bolts and Nuts 2.3.9.9 Washers 2.3.9.10 Headed Studs 2.3.9.11 Powder-Actuated Fasteners 2.3.9.12 Malleable Iron Castings 2.3.9.13 Carbon-Steel Castings 2.3.9.14 Shop Primed Finish 2.3.10 Bearing Pads 2.3.11 Insulation 2.3.12 Wythe Connectors 2.4 Bearing Pads 2.5 PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES 2.5.1 Forms 2.5.2 Reinforcement Placement 2.5.3 Inserts 2.5.4 Concrete 2.5.4.1 Concrete Mixing 2.5.4.2 Concrete Placing 2.5.4.3 Concrete Face Mix 2.5.4.4 Concrete Curing 2.5.5 Prestressing 2.5.6 Surface Finish 2.5.6.1 Unformed Surfaces 2.5.6.2 Factory-Applied Concrete Stain 2.5.6.3 Architectural Finishes 2.5.7 Acceptance/Rejection of Defects 2.5.7.1 Minor Defects 2.5.7.2 Major Defects SECTION 03 45 33
Page 2
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.6 INSULATION 2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND VERIFICATIONS 2.7.1 Chloride Ion Concentration Test 2.7.2 Factory Inspection PART 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13
EXECUTION EXAMINATION ERECTION BEARING SURFACES ANCHORAGE WELDING Bolted Connections OPENINGS GALVANIZING REPAIR GROUTING FIELD CUTTING SEALANT AND BACKER MATERIAL CLEANING CONSTRUCTION RECORDS
-- End of Section Table of Contents --
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 3
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION 03 45 33 PRECAST PRESTRESSED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 04/08 PART 1 1.1
GENERAL MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER
See 04 74 01.10 MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER AND TRIM for more information on the stone veneer to be applied to precast panels. See the design drawings for more information. 1.2
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. ACI INTERNATIONAL (ACI) ACI 211.1
(1991; R 2009) Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete
ACI 216.1
(2007) Code Requirements for Determining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction Assemblies
ACI 304R
(2000; R 2009) Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete
ACI 309R
(2005) Guide for Consolidation of Concrete
ACI 318/318R
(2008; Errata 2008) Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO) AASHTO HB-17
(2002; Errata 2003; Errata 2005) Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
AASHTO M 251
(2006) Standard Specification for Plain and Laminated Elastomeric Bridge Bearings
AMERICAN HARDBOARD ASSOCIATION (AHA) AHA A135.4
(2004) Basic Hardboard
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) AWS D1.1/D1.1M
(2008; Errata 2009) Structural Welding Code - Steel
AWS D1.4/D1.4M
(2005; Errata 2005) Structural Welding SECTION 03 45 33
Page 4
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Code - Reinforcing Steel ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) ASTM A 108
(2007) Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished
ASTM A 123/A 123M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
ASTM A 153/A 153M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM A 184/A 184M
(2006) Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 185/A 185M
(2007) Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete
ASTM A 27/A 27M
(2008) Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application
ASTM A 283/A 283M
(2003; R 2007) Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM A 307
(2007b) Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength
ASTM A 325
(2009) Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
ASTM A 325M
(2009a) Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 830 Mpa Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric)
ASTM A 36/A 36M
(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 416/A 416M
(2006) Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete
ASTM A 421/A 421M
(2005) Standard Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Wire for Prestressed Concrete
ASTM A 47/A 47M
(1999; R 2009) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM A 490
(2009) Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat SECTION 03 45 33
Page 5
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength ASTM A 496/A 496M
(2007) Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 497/A 497M
(2007) Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete
ASTM A 500/A 500M
(2009) Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
ASTM A 572/A 572M
(2007) Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel
ASTM A 563
(2007a) Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
ASTM A 563M
(2007) Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts (Metric)
ASTM A 615/A 615M
(2009b) Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 675/A 675M
(2003; R 2009) Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties
ASTM A 706/A 706M
(2009b) Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 722/A 722M
(2007) Standard Specification for Uncoated High-Strength Steel Bar for Prestressing Concrete
ASTM A 767/A 767M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 775/A 775M
(2007b) Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars
ASTM A 780/A 780M
(2001; R 2006) Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings
ASTM A 82/A 82M
(2007) Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A 886/A 886M
(2002) Steel Strand, Indented, Seven-Wire Stress Relieved for Prestressed Concrete
ASTM A 910/A 910M
(1999) Uncoated, Weldless, 2 and 3-Wire Steel Strand for Prestressed Concrete SECTION 03 45 33
Page 6
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Steel Strand, Indented, Seven-Wire Stress Relieved for Prestressed Concrete ASTM A 934/A 934M
(2007) Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars
ASTM C 1017/C 1017M
(2007) Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete
ASTM C 1077
(2009b) Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
ASTM C 1107/C 1107M
(2008) Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink)
ASTM C 1218/C 1218M
(1999; R 2008) Standard Specification for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete
ASTM C 1260
(2007) Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method)
ASTM C 144
(2004) Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
ASTM C 150/C 150M
(2009) Standard Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 1582/C 1582M
(2004) Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride-Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete
ASTM C 1602/C 1602M
(2006) Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
ASTM C 260
(2006) Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 33/C 33M
(2008) Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
ASTM C 330
(2005) Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete
ASTM C 404
(2007) Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout
ASTM C 42/C 42M
(2004) Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete
ASTM C 494/C 494M
(2008a) Standard Specification for SECTION 03 45 33
Page 7
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 618
(2008a) Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete
ASTM C 979
(1999) Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
ASTM C 94/C 94M
(2009a) Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM C 989
(2009a) Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars
ASTM D 2240
(2005) Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness
ASTM D 412
(2006ae2) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension
ASTM E 165
(2009) Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination
ASTM E 709
(2008) Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination
ASTM F 436
(2009) Hardened Steel Washers
ASTM F 436M
(2009) Hardened Steel Washers (Metric)
ASTM F 568M
(2007) Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners
ASTM F 844
(2007a) Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use
MASTER PAINTERS INSTITUTE (MPI) MPI 79
(Oct 2009) Alkyd Anti-Corrosive Metal Primer PRECAST/PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE (PCI)
PCI MNL-122
(2007) Architectural Precast Concrete, 3rd Edition
PCI MNL-116
(1999) Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Structural Precast Concrete Products
PCI MNL-117
(1996) Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products, 3rd Edition
PCI MNL-120
(2004) Design Handbook - Precast and SECTION 03 45 33
Page 8
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Prestressed Concrete PCI MNL-127
(1999)Erectors´ Manual: Standard and Guidelines for the Erection of Precast Concrete Products
PCI MNL-124
(1989) Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete
PCI TR-6
(2003) Interim Guidelines for the Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete in Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Member Plants THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)
SSPC Paint 20
(2002; E 2004) Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, Inorganic, and Type II, Organic)
SSPC PA 1
(2000; E 2004) Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel
SSPC SP 1
(1982; E 2004) Solvent Cleaning
SSPC SP 3
(1982; E 2004) Power Tool Cleaning
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL Fire Resistance 1.3
(2009) Fire Resistance Directory
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Precast prestressed concrete members are herein referred to as Precast prestressed members. Precast prestressed members shall be the products of a manufacturer specializing in the production of precast prestressed concrete members. 1.3.1
Design Requirements
Design precast prestressed members in accordance with ACI 318/318R or PCI MNL-120. Design precast prestressed members (including connections) for the design load conditions and spans indicated, handling and erection stresses, and for additional loads imposed by openings and supports of the work of other trades. Design precast prestressed members for handling without cracking in accordance with the PCI MNL-120. 1.3.1.1
Loads
Loadings for members and connections shall include all dead load, live load, lateral loads such as wind and earthquake and construction loads such as handling and erection loads. The precast prestressed system design shall consider the maximum seasonal climatic temperature change. 1.3.1.2
Drawing and Design Calculation Information
Submit drawings and design calculations indicating complete information for the fabrication, handling, and erection of the precast prestressed member. Drawings shall not be reproductions of contract drawings. Design calculations and drawings of precast prestressed concrete members SECTION 03 45 33
Page 9
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
(including connections) shall be made by a registered professional engineer experienced in the design of precast prestressed concrete members and registered in the state where the project is located, and submitted for approval prior to fabrication. The drawings shall indicate, as a minimum, the following information: a.
Plans, elevations and other drawing views showing the following: (1)
(2) (3)
(4) (5)
Member piece marks locating and defining products furnished by the manufacturer. Headers for openings. Location and size of openings that cut prestressing strands or require the location of prestressing strands to miss field cut openings. Relationships to adjacent material. Joints and openings between members and between members and other construction.
(6)
Location of field installed anchors.
(7)
Erection sequences and handling requirements
(8)
(9) (10)
Areas receiving toppings and magnitude of topping thickness. Identify areas where topping is an integral part of the structural capacity of the precast prestressed members. Lifting and erection inserts Location and extent of insulation in all panels. Insulation shall create a continuous thermal barrier through the entire panel to the greatest extent reasonable. Any areas of concrete webbing shall be identified.
b. Elevations, sections and other details for each member showing the following:
c.
(1)
Connections between members and connections between members and other construction.
(2)
Connections for work of other trades and cast-in items and their relation to other trades.
(3)
Dimensioned size and shape for each member with quantities, position and other details of reinforcing steel, anchors, inserts and other embedded items.
(4)
Lifting, erection and other handling devices and inserts.
(5)
Surface finishes, texture, treatment, and color of each member.
(6)
Estimated cambers
(7)
Location and extent of insulation and webbing.
Magnitude, schedule and sequence of tensioning and detensioning SECTION 03 45 33
Page 10
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
prestressing strands. d.
Strength properties for concrete, steel and other materials.
e.
Methods for storage and transportation.
f.
Description of loose, cast-in and field hardware.
g. All dead, live, handling, erection and other applicable loads used in the design. h. Reinforcing, including prestressing and special reinforcement details. Panel thicknesses showing and dimensioning the various concrete wythes and insulation layer(s). i. Minimum concrete compressive strengths at initial prestress and 28 days, initial prestress to be applied, and minimum release strength. j. Shoring, unless structural computations are submitted showing that allowable concrete stresses during the work will not be exceeded when shoring is not used. k. Indicate separate face and backup mix locations. 1.3.2
Fire Rating
Precast prestressed members indicated on the drawings as requiring a fire rating shall have the following fire ratings in accordance with UL Fire Resistance, PCI MNL-124, ACI 216.1: Walls shall have a minimum of 1 Hour Fire Rating. Provide precast prestressed concrete units whose fire resistance meets the prescriptive requirements shown or has been calculated according to Table 2.1 of ACI 216.1, Standard Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction Assemblies, for the aggregate type being used. Joints between fire rated wall panel units shall include compressible fire stopping material equivalent to the wall panel in which it is installed. 1.3.3
Average R-Value Calculation
The calculations for average R-value shall include the effects of inside and outside air film, insulation, inner and outer concrete wythes, typical full height concrete webs that cross the insulation space (if required in panel design, with web width as determined by precast prestressed fabricator), and wythe connectors (Plastic or other Non-conductive material. Thermally Conductive Connectors are Not Allowed) that cross the insulation space (if required in panel design, with non-conductive connector locations as determined by precast prestressed fabricator). The average R-value shall be calculated using the methodology given in PCI MNL-120. Effects of both full-height concrete panel webs (if applicable) and wythe connectors (if applicable) shall be accounted for using the methodology given in PCI MNL-120. Calculations need not include the effects of embed plates; localized areas of concrete crossing (or partially crossing) the insulation space; and panel reinforcement. The average aged R-value of a typical size insulated precast prestressed wall panel without door, window, or other openings shall not be less than 17 h*ft2*F/Btu in composite precast prestressed panels and 20 h*ft2*F/Btu in non-composite precast prestressed panels.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 11
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
1.4
FCV3
MODIFICATION TO REFERENCE
In the ACI publications, the advisory provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" has been substituted for "should" wherever it appears; reference to the "Building Official," the "Structural Engineer" and the "Architect/Engineer" shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer. 1.4.1
SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS
Materials in this technical specification may contribute towards contract compliance with sustainability requirements. See Section 01 33 29 LEED DOCUMENTATION for project requirements. 1.5
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-02 Shop Drawings Drawings of Precast Prestressed Units; G, DO Detail drawings shall consist of fabrication and erection instructions and contain the following as applicable: a.
Anchorage for work of other trades.
b. Locations and details of anchorage devices to be embedded in or attached to structure or other construction. c. Joints between units and between units and other construction. d. Reinforcing, including prestressing and special reinforcement details. Panel thicknesses showing and dimensioning the various concrete wythes and insulation layer(s). e. Minimum concrete compressive strengths at initial prestress and 28 days, initial prestress to be applied, and minimum release strength. f. Shoring, unless structural computations are submitted showing that allowable concrete stresses during the work will not be exceeded when shoring is not used. g. Layout plan and elevations showing location of each structural precast prestressed concrete unit by same identification mark placed on panel unit. Include dimensions, shapes, and cross sections. h.
Shim sizes and grouting sequence.
i.
Estimated cambers.
j.
Indicate separate face and backup mix locations. SECTION 03 45 33
Page 12
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
k. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld. Detail loose and cast-in hardware, lifting and erection inserts, connections, and joints. l. Indicate size and location of all openings in precast prestressed units in plans and/or elevations. m. Indicate locations and details of stone veneer units and joint treatment. This shall include corner units and special shapes. n. Indicate locations, dimensions, and details of joints, joint widths, reveals, and extent and location of each surface finish. Provide details of building corners and all other corner conditions. o. Indicate relationship of structural precast prestressed concrete members to adjacent materials. p.
Indicate locations for each finish and color.
q. Indicate handling procedures, sequence of erection, special installation requirements, and bracing plan. r. Identify location and extent of insulation in all panels. Insulation shall create a continuous thermal barrier through the entire panel to the greatest extent reasonable. Any areas of concrete webbing shall be identified on the shop drawings. s. Design Modifications: If design modifications are proposed to meet performance requirements and field conditions, notify the Contracting Officer immediately and submit design calculations and drawings. Do not adversely affect the appearance, durability or strength of units when modifying details or materials. Maintain the general design concept when altering size of units and alignment. SD-03 Product Data Anchorage and lifting inserts and devices Precast Prestressed Units; G, DO Complete and comprehensive design analysis signed by a professional engineer for the precast prestressed units to be furnished. Analysis shall include concrete strength; stress calculations; anchorage and embed plate design; precast prestressedpanel reactions at foundation interface; and deflections. Design analysis shall indicate which code the design was based on. Anchorage devices, embed plates, lifting devices; G, DO Bearing pads; G, DO Insulation; G, DO
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 13
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Sealant and Backer Material; G, DO Concrete Stain; G, DO Concrete Mix Design; G, DO For each precast prestressed concrete mixture. Include compressive strength and water-absorption tests, if required. R-Value; G, DO. Complete and comprehensive R-value calculations to determine average R-Value compliance for integrally insulated concrete wall panels. Calculations shall include the average R-Value of a typical size (12 feet wide by 28 foot high) insulated wall panel not having window or door openings. SD-04 Samples Precast Prestressed Reference Samples; G, DO Precast Prestressed Reference Samples for each type of finish indicated on exposed surfaces of precast prestressed concrete units, in sets of 3, illustrating full range of finish, color, and texture variations expected; 12 by 12 by 2 inches. Samples should illustrate workmanship, color, and texture of backup concrete as well as facing concrete. Precast Prestressed Sample Panel; G, PO After precast prestressed reference samples and manufactured stone veneer sample approval and before fabricating precast prestressed concrete units, produce a minimum of two (2) sample panels of approximately 16 square feet (4 by 4 feet) in area for review. Incorporate full scale details of architectural features, finishes, textures, and transitions in sample panels. Precast Prestressed Mockup; G, PO SD-05 Design Data Precast prestressed concrete members design calculations; G, DO Concrete mix design; G, DO For each precast prestressed concrete mixture. Include compressive strength and water-absorption tests, if required. R-Value; G, DO. Complete and comprehensive R-value calculations to determine average R-Value compliance for integrally insulated concrete wall panels. Calculations shall include the average R-Value of a typical size (12 feet wide by 28 foot high) insulated wall panel not having window or door openings. Dew Point Calclulations; G, DO Provide calculations complying with the ASHRAE Handbook of SECTION 03 45 33
Page 14
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Fundamentals - Theory of Water Vapor Migration and confirming the requirements for effective moisture condensation prevention. The construction of the wall panel and the building envelope must include adequate design to prevent the formation of condensate on any panel surface and must maintain inner-wall condensation potential below 0.000 oz./day/sq.ft based on local environmental design extremes. SD-06 Test Reports Contractor-furnished mix design; G, DO Submit laboratory test reports showing that the mix has been successfully tested to produce concrete with the properties specified. Include mill test and tests for cement, aggregates, and admixtures. Provide maximum nominal aggregate size, gradation analysis, percentage retained and passing sieve, and a graph of percentage retained versus sieve size. Test reports shall be submitted along with the concrete mix design. Cement Pozzolan Air-Entraining Admixture Water-Reducing Admixture Accelerating Admixture Aggregates Submit test results for aggregates in accordance with ASTM C 1260 for potential alkali-silica reactions. SD-07 Certificates Fire Rating; G, PO Quality Control Procedures; G, PO Erector Qualifications; G, PO Manufacturer Qualifications; G, PO Testing Agency Qualifications; G, PO Welding Qualifications; G, PO Air Entraining Admixture; G, PO Accelerating Admixture; G, PO Water Reducing Admixture; G, PO Insulation; G, PO Certificate attesting that polyisocyanurate insulation furnished for the project contains recovered materials and showing an SECTION 03 45 33
Page 15
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
estimated percent of recovered material. Sealant and Backer Material; G, PO Construction Records; G, PO Construction records of the manufacturing, handling, and erection of the precast prestressed concrete members shall be submitted. Epoxy-coated steel bars; G, PO Written certification for coating material and coated bars shall be submitted with the delivery of the bars. Concrete batch ticket; G, PO 1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.6.1 1.6.1.1
Qualifications Manufacturer Qualifications
PCI MNL-116. Plants shall be certified by the PCI Plant Certification Program for Group CA - Commerical (Structural) with Architectural Finishes. Fabricator shall be certified in the following categories as required based on the characteristics of the particular precast prestressed item being produced. Category C3 or C3A - Prestressed Straight-Strand Structural Members, C4 or C4A - Prestressed Deflected-Strand Structural Members. PCI certification shall be submitted by the fabricator for approval. PCI Plant quality control program records shall be available for review. 1.6.1.2
Designer Qualifications
The designer shall be a registered professional engineer in the state where the project is located and experienced in the design of precast prestressed concrete. 1.6.1.3
Erector Qualifications
The precast prestressed concrete erector shall be qualified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) prior to beginning work at the jobsite. Submit for approval a current Certificate of Compliance furnished by PCI designating qualification for the category of work at the site: Category S2 (Complex Structural Systems) for load-bearing wall and spandrel members. In lieu of PCI Certification: a precast prestressed concrete erector who has retained a PCI Certified Field Auditor, at erector's expense, to conduct a field audit in accordance with PCI MNL-127 of a project in the same category as this project prior to start of erection. The erector's Post Audit Declaration shall be submitted for approval. In addition to the above requirements, the erector shall have been regularly engaged for at least two (2) years in the erection of of at least three (3) projects with precast prestressed structural concrete similar in scope to the requirements of this project. Erector shall submit for approval a list of completed projects with project names and addresses, dates of work, names and addresses of architects, engineers and owners, and other pertinent information.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 16
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
1.6.1.4
FCV3
Testing Agency Qualifications
The laboratory conducting the test shall be an independent laboratory regularly engaged in testing concrete and qualified in accordance with ASTM C 1077. 1.6.1.5
Welding Qualifications
Provide AWS D1.1/D1.1M qualified welders who are currently certified at contract award date and have maintained their certificates over the past year. 1.6.2
Regulatory Requirements
Provide precast prestressed members in conformance with ACI 318/318R and AWS D1.4/D1.4M. 1.6.3
Concrete Mix Design
Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit a mix design for each strength and type of concrete. Submit a complete list of materials including type; brand; source and amount of cement, fly ash, pozzolans, ground slag, and admixtures, and applicable reference specification. Provide mix proportion data using at least three different water-cement ratios for each class and type of concrete required. If source material changes, resubmit mix proportion data using revised source material. No material shall be provided unless proven by trial mix studies to meet the requirements of this specification, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Contracting Officer. The submittal shall clearly indicate where each mix design will be used when more than one mix design is submitted. Submit additional data regarding concrete aggregates if the source of aggregates changes. A. Limit by weight cement by cement by
use of fly ash to 25 percent replacement of portland cement and granulated blast-furnace slag to 40 percent of portland weight; metakaolin and silica fume to 10 percent of portland weight.
B. Limit water-soluble chloride ions to maximum percentage by weight of cement permitted by ACI 318/318R or PCI MNL-117 or surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1218/C 1218M. C. Normal-Weight Concrete Face and Backup Mixes. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, with materials to be used on Project, to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: D.
Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi minimum.
E.
Release Strength: as required by design.
F.
Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio:
0.45.
G. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content complying with PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable. When included in design mixes, add other admixtures to concrete mixes according to SECTION 03 45 33
Page 17
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
manufacturer's written instructions. 1.6.4
Certificates: Record Requirement
ASTM C 94/C 94M. Submit the mandatory concrete batch ticket information for each load of ready-mixed concrete. 1.6.5
Quality Control Testing
Test and inspect precast prestressed concrete according to the requirements in PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces. If using self-consolidating concrete also test and inspect according to PCI TR-6. Precast prestressed fabricator shall allow Contracting Officer access to material storage areas, concrete production equipment, concrete placement, and curing facilities, and shall provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing and evaluation. If there is evidence that strength of precast prestressed concrete units may be deficient or may not comply with ACI 318/318R requirements, the Precaster shall employ an independent testing agency to obtain, prepare, and test cores drilled from hardened concrete to determine compressive strength according to ASTM C 42/C 42M as follows: A. A minimum of three representative cores will be taken from units of suspect strength, from locations directed by the Contracting Officer. B. Cores will be tested in an air-dry condition or if units will be wet under service conditions, test cores, after immersion in water, in a wet condition. C. Strength of concrete for each series of 3 cores will be considered satisfactory if the average compressive strength is equal to at least 85 percent of the 28-day design compressive strength and no single core is less than 75 percent of the 28-day design compressive strength. D. Test results will be made in writing on the same day that tests are performed, with copies to Contracting Officer, Contractor, and precast prestressed concrete fabricator. Test reports will include the following: 1. Project identification name and number. 2. Date when tests were performed. 3. Name of precast prestressed concrete fabricator. 4. Name of concrete testing agency. 5. Identification letter, name, and type of precast prestressed concrete unit(s) represented by core tests; design compressive strength; type of break; compressive strength at breaks, corrected for length-diameter ratio; and direction of applied load to core in relation to horizontal plane of concrete as placed. E. If core test results are satisfactory and precast prestressed concrete units comply with requirements, clean and dampen core holes and solidly fill with precast prestressed concrete mix that has no coarse aggregate, and finish to match adjacent precast prestressed concrete surfaces. F. Structural precast prestressed concrete units that do not comply with acceptability requirements in PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with SECTION 03 45 33
Page 18
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
"architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable, including concrete strength, manufacturing tolerances, and color and texture range are unacceptable. Chipped, spalled or cracked units must be repaired. The Contracting Officer reserves the right to reject any unit if it does not match the accepted samples. Replace unacceptable units with precast prestressed concrete units that comply with the requirements. 1.6.6
Field Mock-Up
After precast prestressed reference samples and shop drawing approval and before fabricating precast prestressed concrete units, produce full-sized mock-up of precast prestressed members and assemblies with details including all exterior finishes. In an area as designated by the Contracting Officer, provide precast prestressed mock-ups to establish that construction and finishing techniques which demonstrate acceptable visual effects. Provide mock-up sections of building and structures which typify the most difficult areas to build. Mock-up panels shall be L-shaped, not less than 8 feet long on one horizontal leg and not less than 5 feet long on the other leg by not less than 10 feet high above grade. Materials used for mock-ups shall be those proposed and shall be used as the standard of workmanship required for actual construction and meet the following requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 7. 8.
Mock-up shall be constructed and anchored in a manner so as to keep it stable and not fall over. Demonstrate the required concrete thickness, insulation and workmanship. Demonstrate one window opening, one door opening, and jamb edge of where curtain wall occurs and connection to adjacent finishes. Demonstrate the required concrete and metal panel finishes and workmanship, as well as concrete reveals and intersection of corner panels. Incorporate edge and reveal detail as shown on drawings. Utilize all colors and finishes of concrete used in the project. Maintain mock-up for comparison with finished work.
The quality and appearance of sample shall be subject to the approval of the Project Office and the building user, and if not judged satisfactory, finish additional samples until approval is attained. Final finished surfaces in the completed structure shall match the quality and appearance of the approved field example. 1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.7.1 1.7.1.1
Transportation Transporting Members
In transporting members by truck, railroad car, or barge, provision shall be made for supporting the members as described above, except battens can be continuous over more than one stack of units, with adequate bracing to ensure their maintaining the vertical position and damping of dangerous vibrations. Trucks with double bolsters are satisfactory provided the members are fully seated on the outer bolsters at not more than 3 feet or the depth of the member from the end and the inner bolster is not more than 8 feet from the end of the member or the designated pickup point. Adequate padding material shall be provided between tie chains or cables to preclude chipping of concrete.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 19
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
1.7.1.2
FCV3
Lateral Deflection or Vibration
Any noticeable indication of lateral deflection or vibration during transportation shall be corrected by rigid bracing between members or by means of lateral trussing. 1.7.2
Storage
1.7.2.1
Storage Areas
Storage areas for precast prestressed members shall be stabilized, and suitable foundations shall be provided, so differential settlement or twisting of members will not occur. 1.7.2.2
Stacked Members
Stacked members shall be separated and supported by battens placed across the full width of each bearing point. Battens shall be arranged in vertical planes at a distance not greater than the depth of the member from designated pickup points. Battens shall not be continuous over more than one stack of precast prestressed units. Stacking of members shall be such that lifting devices will be accessible and undamaged. The upper members of a stacked tier shall not be used as storage areas for shorter members or equipment. 1.7.3
Handling of Members
The location of pickup points for handling of the members and details of the pickup devices shall be shown in shop drawings. Members shall be handled only by means of approved devices at designated locations. Members shall be maintained in an upright position at all times and picked up and supported as shown in approved shop drawings. PART 2 2.1
PRODUCTS CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED MIX DESIGN
ACI 318/318R. The minimum compressive strength of concrete at 28 days shall be 5000 psi. Add air-entraining admixtures at the mixer to produce between 4 and 6 percent air by volume. 2.2
PANEL TYPE
The project contains solid, composite, and non-composite type panels. See design drawings for locations and types of precast prestressed panels to be used. a. Solid precast prestressed panels shall be located only in interior areas where panels separate spaces of minimal thermal variation. b. Composite precast prestressed panels shall be located only in areas where panels must be of restricted thickness or thermal insulation is of secondary importance. Concrete webbing is allowed, but shall be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. Non-conductive, composite acting wythe connectors shall be used, where wythe connectors are required. c. Non-composite precast prestressed panels are specified at the SECTION 03 45 33
Page 20
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
building perimeter where thermal insulation is of primary importance. Care shall be taken in detailing to ensure a continuous thermal barrier throughout all non-composite panel areas. Areas of concrete webbing shall be reduced or eliminated to the greatest extent practicable by the precast supplier. Non-conductive, non-composite wythe connectors shall be used. Insulation at openings, joints, and boundaries in the precast may be tapered near openings, but must maintain a continuous thermal barrier. 2.3
MATERIALS
2.3.1
Cement
ASTM C 150/C 150M of one of the following types: Type V, or Type II having a tricalcium aluminate content of less than 5 percent, or meeting the optional physical requirement for sulfate expansion for Type V cement on Table 4, ASTM C 150/C 150M or Type II blended with a pozzolan meeting the requirements of ASTM C618, Type F. The blended cement shall consist of a mixture of ASTM C 150/C 150M cement (with alkali content exceeding 0.40 percent) and one of the following materials: ASTM C 618 pozzolan or fly ash, or ASTM C 989 ground iron blast furnace slag. The pozzolan/fly ash content shall not be less than 25 percent nor exceed 40 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. The ground iron blast-furnace slag shall not exceed 50 percent by weight of total cementitious material. If no satisfactory test results are available (made within the past six months) to prove that the cement alkali content is less than 0.40 percent, then it shall be assumed that the cement contains greater than 0.40 percent alkali. Cement certificates shall include test results in accordance with ASTM C 150/C 150M, including equivalent alkalies indicated in the optional chemical requirements. Use cement with a tricalcium aluminate (C3A) content of less than 5 percent. For exposed concrete, use one manufacturer for each type of cement, ground slag, fly ash, and pozzolan. 2.3.1.1
Fly Ash and Pozzolan
ASTM C 618, Type F, except that the maximum calcium oxide content shall be 8.0 percent, the maximum available alkalies shall be 1.5 percent, and the maximum allowable loss on ignition shall be 6 percent . Class C shall not be used with reactive aggregates. 2.3.1.2
Ground Iron Blast-Furnace Slag
ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. 2.3.2
Water
Water shall be fresh, clean, and potable; free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substances deleterious to concrete. Water shall comply with ACI 318/318R and ASTM C 1602/C 1602M and chemical limits of PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable. SECTION 03 45 33
Page 21
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.3.3
FCV3
Aggregates
2.3.3.1
Aggregates Selection
ASTM C 33/C 33M. Obtain aggregates for exposed concrete surfaces from one source. Aggregates shall not contain any substance which may be deleteriously reactive with the alkalies in the cement, nor in an amount sufficient to cause excessive expansion of concrete. Provide and stockpile fine and coarse aggregates for each type of "architectural finish" from a single source (pit or quarry) for entire project. Prior to fabrication, submit certified test reports for the following tests specified in ASTM C 33/C 33M: a.
Grading
b.
Amount of material finer than No. 200 sieve
c.
Organic impurities
d.
Soundness
e.
Clay lumps and friable particles
f.
Coal and lignite
g.
Weight of slag
h.
Abrasion of coarse aggregate
i.
Fineness modulus
j.
Reactive aggregates
k.
Freezing and thawing
2.3.3.2
Alkali-Silica Reactivity
Evaluate and test fine and coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with ASTM C 1260. Test both coarse aggregate size groups if from different sources. Evaluate the fine and coarse aggregates separately and in combination, which matches the Contractor's proposed mix design proportioning. Test results of the combination must have a measured expansion equal to or less than 0.08 percent at 16 days after casting. a. Utilize the Contractor's proposed low alkali portland cement and Class F fly ash or Class N pozzolan in combination with the proposed aggregate percentage for the test proportioning. Use Class F fly ash or Class N pozzolan in the range of 25 percent to 40 percent of the total cementitious material by mass. Determine the quantity that will meet all the requirements of these specifications and that will lower the expansion equal to or less than 0.08 percent at 16 days after casting. Class C fly ash shall not be used with reactive aggregates. b. Utilize the Contractor's proposed low alkali portland cement and ground granulated blast furnace (GGBF) slag in combination with the proposed aggregate percentage for the test proportioning. Use GGBF slag in the range of 40 percent to 50 percent of the total cementitious SECTION 03 45 33
Page 22
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
material by mass. Determine the quantity that will meet all the requirements of these specifications and that will lower the expansion equal to or less than 0.08 percent at 16 days. If any of the above options does not lower the expansion to less than 0.08 percent at 16 days after casting, reject the aggregate(s) and submit new aggregate sources for retesting. Submit the results of testing to the Contracting Officer for evaluation and acceptance. 2.3.3.3
Aggregates for Lightweight Concrete
ASTM C 330. 2.3.4
Nonshrink Grout
Nonshrink grout shall be a premixed, packaged ferrous and non-ferrous aggregate shrink-resistant grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents. Nonshrink grout shall comply with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade A of consistency suitable for application with a 30-minute working time. Nonshrink grout shall be a commercial formulation suitable for the application proposed. 2.3.5
Cementitious Grout
Cementitious grout shall be a mixture of portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I, and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 144, or ASTM C 404, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. Proportion one part cement to approximately 2.5 parts sand, with the amount of water based on placement method. Provide air entrainment for grout exposed to the weather. 2.3.6
Admixtures
All chemical Admixtures shall be certified by the manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures used and to not contain calcium chloride, or more than 0.15 percent chloride ions or other salts by weight of admixture. 2.3.6.1
Air-Entraining Admixture
ASTM C 260. 2.3.6.2
Accelerating Admixture
ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C or E. 2.3.6.3
Water Reducing Admixture
ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A, (or Type D for water-reducing and retarding, Type F for high-range water reducing, Type G for high-range water reducing and retarding admixture). 2.3.6.4
Plasticizing Admixture
ASTM C 1017/C 1017M.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 23
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.3.6.5
FCV3
Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture
ASTM C 1582/C 1582M. 2.3.6.6
Coloring Admixture
ASTM C 979, synthetic or natural mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures, temperature stable and non-fading for areas to have integrally colored concrete. Coloring admixture to be used in concrete mixes at all exterior and finished surfaces; at exterior return surfaces of windows, doors, and other openings where the adjacent exterior surface is the same; at exterior exposed corners; and at other surfaces, both formed and unformed, as indicated on the contract drawings. Design drawings indicate which panel face shall be deemed the finished face. 2.3.7 2.3.7.1
Reinforcement Reinforcing Bars
ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60. 2.3.7.2
Low-Alloy Reinforcing Bars
ASTM A 706/A 706M, Grade 60. 2.3.7.3
Epoxy Coated Steel Bars
Epoxy-coated steel bars shall comply with the requirements of ASTM A 775/A 775M or ASTM A 934/A 934M, including written certifications for coating material and coated bars, and 0.5 pounds of patching material. 2.3.7.4
Zinc Coated Bars
Zinc-coated (galvanized) bars shall comply with the requirements of ASTM A 767/A 767M, galvanized after fabrication. 2.3.7.5
Steel Bar Mat
ASTM A 184/A 184M, fabricated from ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 706/A 706M deformed bars, assembled with clips. 2.3.7.6
Wire
ASTM A 82/A 82M or ASTM A 496/A 496M. 2.3.7.7
Welded Wire Fabric
ASTM A 185/A 185M for plain-steel welded wire fabric, or ASTM A 497/A 497M for deformed-steel welded wire fabric. Welded Wire Fabric shall be in flat sheets for Precast Prestressed Panel Fabrication. No Rolled Welded Wire Fabric shall be allowed for Precast Prestressed Panel Fabrication. 2.3.8 2.3.8.1
Prestressing Tendons Prestressing 7-Wire Strand.
ASTM A 416/A 416M, Grade 250 or Grade 270 , uncoated, 7-wire, low-relaxation strand or ASTM A 886/A 886M, Grade 270, indented, 7-wire, low-relaxation strand (including supplement). SECTION 03 45 33
Page 24
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.3.8.2
FCV3
Prestressing 2 and 3-Wire Strand.
ASTM A 910/A 910M, Grade 270, uncoated, weldless, 2-and 3-wire, low relaxation strand. 2.3.8.3
Single Wire Strand
Single wire stressed relieved, ASTM A 421/A 421M for low relaxation wire. 2.3.8.4
Post-tensioning Bar
High-strength steel bars shall conform to ASTM A 722/A 722M, Type I or II, meeting all supplementary requirements. 2.3.9
Metal Accessories
For exterior steel items and items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc coating by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M, after fabrication, or ASTM A 153/A 153M, as applicable. 2.3.9.1
Inserts
ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 or 35018, or ASTM A 27/A 27M Grade U-60-30. 2.3.9.2
Structural Steel Plates and Shapes
ASTM A 36/A 36M, except where design stresses permit carbon steel plate may be ASTM A 283/A 283M. Provide galvanizing repair paint, a high-zinc-dust-content paint with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with SSPC Paint 20. 2.3.9.3
High-Strength, Low-Alloy Structural Steel
ASTM A 572/A 572M. 2.3.9.4
Carbon-Steel Structural Tubing
ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade B or C. 2.3.9.5
Wrought Carbon-Steel Bars
ASTM A 675/A 675M, Grade 65. 2.3.9.6
Deformed-Steel Wire or Bar Anchors
ASTM A 496/A 496M or ASTM A 706/A 706M. 2.3.9.7
Carbon-Steel Bolts and Studs
ASTM A 307, Grade A or C; ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6, carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and studs; ASTM A 563 or ASTM A 563M, Grade A, carbon steel nuts; and ASTM F 844, flat, unhardened steel washers. 2.3.9.8
High-Strength Bolts and Nuts
ASTM A 325,ASTM A 325M or ASTM A 490, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, ASTM A 563M heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436M, ASTM F 436M, hardened carbon-steel washers. A 490/A 490M bolts should not SECTION 03 45 33
Page 25
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
be galvanized. 2.3.9.9
Washers
ASTM F 844 washers for ASTM A 307 bolts, and ASTM F 436 washers for ASTM A 325 bolts. 2.3.9.10
Headed Studs
ASTM A 108, Grades 1010 through 1020, cold finished and bearing the minimum mechanical properties for studs as indicated under PCI MNL-116, Table 3.2.3.; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type A or B, with arc shields. 2.3.9.11
Powder-Actuated Fasteners
Do not use drilled or powder-actuated fasteners for attaching accessory items to precast prestressed concrete units unless approved by the Contracting Officer and Precast Fabricator. 2.3.9.12
Malleable Iron Castings
ASTM A 47/A 47M, 2.3.9.13
Grade 32510 or 35028.
Carbon-Steel Castings
ASTM A 27/A 27M, Grade U-60-30 . 2.3.9.14
Shop Primed Finish
Prepare surfaces of nongalvanized steel items, except those surfaces to be embedded in concrete, according to requirements in SSPC SP 1 followed by SSPC SP 3 and shop-apply lead- and chromate-free, rust-inhibitive primer, complying with performance requirements in MPI 79 according to SSPC PA 1. 2.3.10
Bearing Pads
Where required by the precast fabricator, provide one of the following bearing pads for structural precast prestressed concrete units as recommended by precast fabricator for application: Elastomeric Bearing Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychloroprene (neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet, 50 to 70 Shore A durometer according to ASTM D 2240, minimum tensile strength 2250 psi per ASTM D 412. Random-Oriented, Fiber-Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic fibers set in elastomer. Surface hardness of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer. Capable of supporting a compressive stress of 3000 psi with no cracking, splitting or delaminating in the internal portions of the pad. Test one specimen for each 200 pads used in the Project. Cotton-Duck-Fabric-Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton-duck fabric bonded to an elastomer. Surface hardness of 80 to 100 Shore A durometer. Conforming to Division II, Section 18.10.2 of AASHTO HB-17. Frictionless Bearing Pads: Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), glass-fiber reinforced, bonded to stainless or mild-steel plates, of type required SECTION 03 45 33
Page 26
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
for in-service stress. High-Density Plastic: Multimonomer, nonleaching, plastic strip capable of supporting construction loads with no visible overall expansion. Hardboard Bearing Pads (interior only): AHA A135.4, Class 1, tempered hardboard strips, smooth on both sides. 2.3.11
Insulation
Polyisocyanurate board insulation: faced, rigid, cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using hydrocarbons as blowing agents; square edged; complying with ASTM C1289, Type I. Compressive resistance: 25 psi minimum at yield or at 10 percent deformation per ASTM D1621. Water absorption: 0.05 percent maximum by volume per ASTM C272/C272M. Maximum use temperature of 190°F. Polyisocyanurate board stock shall be faced on each side with a kraft/aluminum/polyester facer providing water vapor permeance, 1 inch, <0.03 perm, maximum per ASTM E96/E96M. Unexposed metallic facing that is not susceptible to corrosion or chemical reaction with the concrete. Provide precisely cut connector holes to identify connector placements at designated spacing through insulation board surfaces. Provide insulation with a minimum Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) value of R-19 or a minimum thickness of 3 inches, whichever is greater. 2.3.12
Wythe Connectors
Non-conductive, corrosion and alkali resistant, concrete sandwich wall panel wythe connectors (composite or non-composite type depending up application). Glass fiber and thermoset vinyl-ester resin matrix wythe connectors: Provide fiber composite connectors having the following physical properties: Non-conductive, non-corrosive, fiber-composite connectors having a minimum tensile strength of 120,000 psi, minimum glass fiber content of 76% (by weight), in a thermoset vinyl-ester resin matrix. ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report based on data submitted in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria 320 indicating compliance with the applicable building codes. Coefficient of thermal expansion: 5x10-6 in/in/°F, nominal. Thermal Conductivity: 2.1 Btu/(°F*ft2*h) per inch of length. Central body of connector shall be provided with flange to limit insertion depth into insulation. Central body of connector shall have serrated profile to provide interference fit with pre-formed holes in insulation so as to prevent connector from backing out of insulation after installation. Thermoplastic molded sealing collar in the center section of the connectors to provide friction fit with the pre-formed holes in the insulation; and to provide a retention collar at the topside insulation face to assure proper depth of embedment. Upon request, connector supplier shall provide documentation of alkali resistance of connector and long-term shear capacity of connector.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 27
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.4
FCV3
Bearing Pads
Where required by the precast fabricator, provide one of the following bearing pads for structural precast prestressed concrete units as recommended by precast fabricator for application: Elastomeric Bearing Pads: AASHTO M 251, plain, vulcanized, 100 percent polychloroprene (neoprene) elastomer, molded to size or cut from a molded sheet, 50 to 70 Shore A durometer according to ASTM D2240, minimum tensile strength 2250 psi per ASTM D412. Random-Oriented, Fiber-Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads: Preformed, randomly oriented synthetic fibers set in elastomer. Surface hardness of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer. Capable of supporting a compressive stress of 3000 psi with no cracking, splitting or delaminating in the internal portions of the pad. Test one specimen for each 200 pads used in the Project. Cotton-Duck-Fabric-Reinforced Elastomeric Bearing Pads: Preformed, horizontally layered cotton-duck fabric bonded to an elastomer. Surface hardness of 80 to 100 Shore A durometer. Conforming to Division II, Section 18.10.2 of AASHTO HB-17. Frictionless Bearing Pads: Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), glass-fiber reinforced, bonded to stainless or mild-steel plates, of type required for in-service stress. High-Density Plastic: Multimonomer, nonleaching, plastic strip capable of supporting construction loads with no visible overall expansion. Hardboard Bearing Pads (interior only): AHA A135.4, Class 1, tempered hardboard strips, smooth on both sides. 2.5
PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES
PCI MNL-116 unless specified otherwise. 2.5.1
Forms
Form joints are not permitted on faces exposed to view in the finished work. Brace forms to prevent deformation. Forms shall produce a smooth, dense surface. Chamfer exposed edges of columns and beams 3/4 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Provide threaded or snap-off type form ties. Forms shall be rigid, dimensionally stable, nonabsorptive material, warp and buckle free, that will provide continuous and true precast prestressed concrete surfaces within fabrication tolerances indicated. Forms shall be nonreactive with concrete and capable of producing required finish surfaces. Coat forms with a commercially produced liquid-release agent that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect precast prestressed concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent surface or joint treatments of precast prestressed concrete. Use form liners as required to achieve the required texture and appearance. 2.5.2
Reinforcement Placement
ACI 318/318R for placement and splicing. Place reinforcing steel and prestressing tendons to maintain a minimum 3/4 inch concrete cover. Increase cover requirements in accordance with ACI 318/318R when units are exposed to corrosive environment or severe exposure conditions. Arrange, SECTION 03 45 33
Page 28
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position while placing concrete. Direct wire tie ends away from finished, exposed concrete surfaces. Reinforcement may be preassembled before placement in forms. Provide exposed connecting bars, or other approved connection methods, between precast prestressed and cast-in-place construction. Remove any excess mortar that adheres to the exposed connections. 2.5.3
Inserts
When the ends of the precast prestressed member will be exposed, recess the prestressing stands using inserts. After detensioning, remove inserts and fill the recess with nonshrink grout. 2.5.4
Concrete
2.5.4.1
Concrete Mixing
Concrete mixing shall comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M and PCI MNL-116, and also with PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish." See additional requirements in this Specification Section for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. After concrete batching, no additional water may be added. Mixing operations shall produce batch-to-batch uniformity of strength, consistency, and appearance. 2.5.4.2
Concrete Placing
ACI 304R and ACI 309R, unless otherwise specified. 2.5.4.3
Concrete Face Mix
A. A face mix shall be used for those units in which more than one major face or edge is exposed. B. Where only one face of unit is exposed, a single design mix may be used throughout the entire thickness of panel, or design mixes for facing and backup; using cement and aggregates for each type as indicated, for consecutive placement in the mold. Use cement and aggregate specified for facing mix. Use cement and aggregate for backup mix complying with criteria specified or as selected by the fabricator. C. Place face mix to a minimum thickness after consolidation of the greater of 1 inch or 1.5 times the maximum aggregate size, but not less than the minimum reinforcing cover. D. Place concrete in a manner to prevent seams or planes of weakness from forming in precast prestressed concrete units. Place backup concrete to ensure bond with face mix concrete. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and/or external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built-in items, and minimize pour lines, honeycombing or entrapped air on surfaces. Use equipment and procedures complying with PPCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable. Place self-consolidating concrete without vibration in accordance with PCI TR-6. E. Comply with procedures in PCI MNL-117 for surfaces with "architectural finish" and PCI MNL-116 for other surfaces as applicable for hot and cold-weather concrete placement. SECTION 03 45 33
Page 29
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.5.4.4
FCV3
Concrete Curing
Commence curing immediately following the initial set and completion of surface finishing. Provide curing procedures to keep the temperature of the concrete between 50 and 190 degrees F. When accelerated curing is used, apply heat at controlled rate and uniformly along the casting beds. Monitor temperatures at various points in a product line in different casts. 2.5.5
Prestressing
Do not transfer prestressing forces during detensioning until the concrete has reached a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi, unless a higher strength is required by the Contractor furnished design. 2.5.6
Surface Finish
Repairs located in a bearing area shall be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to repairs. Precast prestressed members which contain honeycombed sections deep enough to expose prestressing strands shall be rejected. Precast prestressed members containing hairline cracks which are visible and are less than 0.01 inches in width, may be accepted, except that cracks larger than 0.005 inches in width for surfaces exposed to the weather shall be repaired. Defects that involve more than 36 square inches of concrete shall be grounds for rejection. Any precast prestressed member that is structurally impaired or contains honeycombed section deep enough to expose stressing tendons or reinforcing shall be rejected. Defects shall be repaired or rejected as specified in paragraph "Defects." 2.5.6.1
Unformed Surfaces
Strike off and consolidate concrete with vibrating screeds to a uniform finish, float finish, if required. Hand screed at projections. Minor color variations, minor indentations, minor chips, and spalls are permitted. No major imperfections, honeycombing, or defects are permitted. Provide steel trowel finsish on unformed surfaces where surface will be exposed to view in the hangar bays or shops. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straightedge, float and trowel to a smooth, uniform finish. 2.5.6.2
Factory-Applied Concrete Stain
All A ll back (or unformed) surfaces of precast panels that are visibile from within the hangar bay or shop spaces shall receive a factory-applied concrete stain, colored to match adjacent (buff acid-etched) concrete in the hangar bay and colored to match adjacent painted wall finish in the shops. See the room finish schedule and color schedule for more details. Factory-applied concrete stain shall be a penetrating, water repellant type similar that will provide a uniform surface color. While not intented to be proprietary, basis of design is Sherwin-Williams "Loxon Vertical Concrete Stain." Product shall have the following characterisitics: Product shall be specifically formulated for vertical concrete and/or tilt-up and precast applications. Product shall be alkali, blister, chalk and UV resistant. VOC Content: <50 g/L Volume Solids: min 30 +/- 2% Weight Solids: min 45 +/- 2% SECTION 03 45 33
Page 30
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Weight Per Gallon: min 10.5lb Prepare precast panels as directed by the manufacturer's application instructions. Apply a minimum of two coats of the product per manufacturer's application instructions for uniform color rendition. Once panels are installed, touch-up any locations where coating may have been scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged. 2.5.6.3
Architectural Finishes
All exposed faces at exterior locations, as indicated on the contract drawings, shall be free of joint marks, grain, or other obvious defects. See the design drawings for panel faces designated as the finished face. Corners, including false joints, and reveals shall be uniform, straight and sharp. Finish required surfaces of structural precast prestressed concrete units to match approved reference samples, sample panels, and mockup and as follows: A. Acid-Etched Finish (AE) in accordance with PCI MNL-122 with a Light Exposure. Pigments in the color(s) and amount to match Cement color(s) to be determined by precast fabricator. Use acid and hot-water solution, equipment, application techniques, and cleaning procedures to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces. Protect hardware, connections and insulation from acid attack. B. Integrally colored precast prestressed concrete is not required to receive Acid-Etched Finish (AE) as listed above. Such surfaces maybe broken down with either a light acid-etch (as above), sandblast, or other method as required by the precast fabricator to provide a smooth and even coloration that matches the approved reference sample. Pigments shall be provided in the color(s) and amount necessary to match color requirements identified in the design drawings, and as described in subparagraph: COLORING ADMIXTURE. Cement color(s) to be determined by precast fabricator. C. Finish exposed bottoms, undersides, returns, and corner surfaces of precast prestressed concrete wall panel units as required to reference samples at applicable adjacent surfaces and at locations as indicated on the contract drawings. 2.5.7 2.5.7.1
Acceptance/Rejection of Defects Minor Defects
All honeycombed areas, chipped corners, air pockets over 1/4 inch in diameter, and other minor defects involve less than 36 square inches of concrete shall be repaired. Form offsets of fins over 1/8 inch shall be ground smooth. All unsound concrete shall be removed from defective areas prior to repairing. All exposed surfaces shall be repaired by a blend of cement properly colored and proportioned so that the final color and texture shall be indistinguishable from the surrounding surfaces when cured. 2.5.7.2
Major Defects
Major defects are those which involve more than 36 square inches of concrete or expose stressing tendons or reinforcing steel. If one or more major defects appear in a member, it shall be rejected. Cracks of a width of more than 0.01 inch shall be cause for rejection of the member.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 31
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.6
FCV3
INSULATION
Where insulated panels are indicated, provide insulation and accessories in accordance with the following. Cast and screed wythe supported by form. Place insulation boards, abutting edges and ends of adjacent boards. Stagger end joints between rows to minimize cold joints. Stagger joints of insulation layers one-half board apart. If panel design requires wythe connectors (non-conductive), insert wythe connectors through insulation, and consolidate concrete around connectors according to connector manufacturer's written instructions. Cast and screed top wythe and apply required finish. 2.7 2.7.1
TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND VERIFICATIONS Chloride Ion Concentration Test
Sampling and determination of water soluble chloride ion content in accordance with ASTM C 1218/C 1218M. Maximum water soluble chloride ion concentrations in hardened concrete at ages from 28 to 42 days contributed from the ingredients including water, aggregates, cementitious materials, and admixtures shall not exceed 0.06 percent by weight of cement. 2.7.2
Factory Inspection
At the option of the Contracting Officer, precast prestressed units may be inspected by the Contracting Officer. Precast prestressed units shall be inspected by the Contractor's QC Representative prior to being transported to the job site. The Contractor shall give notice 14 days prior to the time the units will be available for plant inspection. Neither the exercise nor waiver of inspection at the plant will affect the Government's right to enforce contractual provisions after units are transported or erected. PART 3 3.1
EXECUTION EXAMINATION
Prior to erection, and again after installation, precast prestressed members shall be checked for damage, such as cracking, spalling, and honeycombing. As directed by the Contracting Officer, precast prestressed members that do not meet the surface finish requirements specified in Part 2 paragraph "Surface Finish" shall be repaired, or removed and replaced with new precast prestressed members. 3.2
ERECTION
Precast prestresed members shall be erected after the concrete has attained the specified compressive strength, unless otherwise approved by the precast\prestress manufacturer. Erect in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Erection tolerances shall be in accordance with PCI MNL-116 and PCI MNL-120 (Chapter 8). Provide a 1:500 tolerance, if no tolerance is specified. Brace precast prestressed members, unless design calculations submitted with the shop drawings indicate bracing is not required. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for maximum construction loads. Place precast prestressed members level, plumb, square, and true within tolerances. Align member ends. Maintain uniform joint width as erection progresses. Remove projecting lifting devices and use sand-cement grout to fill voids within recessed lifting devices flush with surface of adjacent precast prestressed concrete surfaces when recess is exposed. Protect SECTION 03 45 33
Page 32
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
structural precast prestressed concrete units and bearing pads from damage due to field welding or cutting operations and provide noncombustible shields as required. 3.3
BEARING SURFACES
Shall be flat, free of irregularities, and properly sized. Size bearing surfaces to provide for the indicated clearances between the precastprestressed member and adjacent precast prestressed members or adjoining field placed surfaces. Correct bearing surface irregularities with nonshrink grout. Provide bearing pads where indicated or required. Do not use hardboard bearing pads in exterior locations. Place precast prestressed members at right angles to the bearing surface, unless indicated otherwise, and draw-up tight without forcing or distortion, with sides plumb. 3.4
ANCHORAGE
Provide anchorage for fastening work in place. Conceal fasteners where practicable. Make threaded connections up tight and nick threads to prevent loosening. Deliver anchorage devices that are embedded in or attached to the building structural frame or foundation before start of such work. Provide locations, setting diagrams, and templates for the proper installation of each anchorage device. 3.5
WELDING
Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.4/D1.4M requirements for welding, welding electrodes, appearance, quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Do not weld prestressing strands. Protect the concrete and other reinforcing from heat during welding. Weld continuously along the entire area of contact. Grind smooth visible welds in the finished installation. Welding of epoxy-coated reinforcing is not allowed. Clean weld affected metal surfaces with chipping hammer followed by brushing, and reprime damaged painted and galvanized surfaces. Visually inspect all welds critical to precast prestressed connections. Visually check all welds for completion and remove, reweld or repair all defective welds. Field welds will be subject to visual inspections and non-destructive testing by Precast Fabricator in accordance with ASTM E 165 or ASTM E 709. 3.6
Bolted Connections
Use lock washers or other approved means to prevent loosening of nuts after final adjustment. Where slotted connections are used, check bolt position and tightness. For sliding connections, properly secure bolt but allow bolt to move within connection slot. For friction connection, apply specified bolt torque and check 25 percent of bolts at random by calibrated torque wrench. 3.7
OPENINGS
Holes or cuts requiring reinforcing or prestressing steel to be cut, which are not indicated on the approved shop drawing, shall only be made with the approval of the Contracting Officer and the precast manufacturer. Drill holes less than 12 inches in diameter with a diamond tipped core drill.
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 33
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.8
FCV3
GALVANIZING REPAIR
Repair damage to galvanized coatings using ASTM A 780/A 780M zinc rich paint for galvanized surfaces damaged by handling, transporting, cutting, welding, bolting, or acid washing. Do not heat surfaces to which repair paint has been applied. 3.9
GROUTING
Erection drawings shall indicate joints to be grouted and any critical grouting sequences. Grout open spaces at keyways, connections and joints where required or indicated. Retain grout in place until hard enough to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, level, and plumb with adjacent concrete surfaces. Fill joints completely without seepage to other surfaces. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it affects finishes or hardens. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Trowel top of grout joints on roofs smooth to prevent any unevenness that might interfere with placing of, or cause damage, to insulation and roofing. Finish transitions due to different surface levels not steeper than 1 to 12. 3.10
FIELD CUTTING
Field cutting of precast prestressed units is not permitted without approval of the Contracting Officer and Precast Manufacturer. 3.11
SEALANT AND BACKER MATERIAL
Provide as indicated and as specified in Section 03 15 00.00 10 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES. 3.12
CLEANING
Clean mortar, plaster, fireproofing, wax, weld slag, and any other deleterious material from concrete surfaces, and adjacent materials immediately. Clean exposed surfaces of precast prestressed concrete units after erection and completion of joint treatment to remove weld marks, other markings, dirt, wax, and stains. Perform cleaning procedures on all interior and exterior exposed surfaces, (in preparation for painting where indicated) according to precast prestressed concrete fabricator's recommendations. Protect other work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of exposed concrete finishes or damage adjacent materials. 3.13
CONSTRUCTION RECORDS
Complete construction records shall be kept of the manufacturing, handling, and erection of the precast prestressed concrete members. Records shall be kept for, but not limited to, the following items: a.
Specifications of material used in the manufacture of the members.
b. Time-temperature history of the concrete members from casting to the transfer of the prestress force. c. Records of the tendon stressing operation including initial prestress force, measured elongation, how it was measured, and how the SECTION 03 45 33
Page 34
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
tendons were stressed and destressed. d. Records of inspection of the members before and after the prestress force is transferred to the members. e.
Records of the inspection of the members each time they are moved.
f. Records of any defects in the member and any corrective measures taken. -- End of Section --
SECTION 03 45 33
Page 35
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS SECTION 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 07/07 PART 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 PART 2
GENERAL REFERENCES SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS OVERHEAD COILING DOOR DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS WARRANTY, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DELIVERY AND STORAGE PRODUCTS
2.1 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS (OHC as identified in the design drawings) 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2.1 Wind Loading 2.2.2 Fire-Rated Doors, Frames, and Hardware 2.2.3 Oversized Coiling Fire-rated Door Assemblies 2.2.4 Operational Cycle Life 2.3 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 2.3.1 Curtain Materials and Construction 2.3.2 Insulated Curtains 2.3.3 Curtain Bottom Bar 2.3.4 Locks 2.3.5 Weather Stripping 2.3.6 Locking Devices 2.3.7 Safety Interlock 2.3.8 Overhead Drum 2.3.9 Door Closing System 2.4 HARDWARE 2.4.1 Guides 2.4.2 Equipment Supports 2.4.3 Hood 2.5 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM 2.5.1 Brackets 2.5.2 Counterbalance Barrels 2.5.2.1 Barrel 2.5.2.2 Spring Balance 2.6 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS 2.6.1 Door-Operator Types 2.6.2 Electric Motors 2.6.3 Motor Bearings 2.6.4 Motor Starters, Controls, and Enclosures 2.6.5 Control Enclosures 2.6.6 Transformer 2.6.7 Safety-Edge Device 2.6.8 Remote-Control Stations 2.6.9 Speed-Reduction Units SECTION 08 33 23
Page 1
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.6.10 Chain Drives 2.6.11 Brakes 2.6.12 Clutches 2.6.13 Weather/Smoke Seal Sensing Edge 2.7 FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLY 2.7.1 Fire Ratings 2.8 SURFACE FINISHING PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL 3.2 FIELD PAINTED FINISH 3.3 ACCEPTANCE PROVISIONS 3.3.1 Maintenance and Adjustment 3.3.2 CLEANING 3.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE -- End of Section Table of Contents --
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 2
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 07/07 PART 1 1.1
GENERAL REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE) ASCE 7
(2010; Change 2010; Change 2011; Errata 2011; Change 2011) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE FUN IP
(2009; Errata 2010) Fundamentals Handbook, I-P Edition
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME) ASME B29.400
(2001; R 2008) Combination, "H" Type Mill Chains, and Sprockets
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) ASTM A153/A153M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM A27/A27M
(2010) Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application
ASTM A307
(2012) Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength
ASTM A36/A36M
(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A48/A48M
(2003; R 2012) Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A53/A53M
(2012) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTM A653/A653M
(2011) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process SECTION 08 33 23
Page 3
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
ASTM A666
(2010) Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar
ASTM A780/A780M
(2009) Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings
ASTM A924/A924M
(2010a) Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM B209
(2010) Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
ASTM B221
(2012) Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes
ASTM D2000
(2012) Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications
ASTM E330
(2002; R 2010) Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference
ASTM E84
(2012c) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
ASTM F568M
(2007) Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA ICS 2
(2000; R 2005; Errata 2008) Standard for Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated 600 V
NEMA ICS 6
(1993; R 2011) Enclosures
NEMA MG 1
(2011; Errata 2012) Motors and Generators
NEMA ST 1
(1988; R 1994; R 1997) Specialty Transformers (Except General Purpose Type)
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70
(2011; Errata 2 2012) National Electrical Code
NFPA 80
(2013) Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 4
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL Bld Mat Dir 1.2
(2012) Building Materials Directory
SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS
Materials in this technical specification may contribute towards contract compliance with sustainability requirements. See Section 01 33 29 LEED DOCUMENTATION for project requirements. 1.3
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-02 Shop Drawings Overhead Coiling Doors; G, DO Installation Drawings; G, DO SD-03 Product Data Overhead Coiling Doors; G, DO Hardware; G, DO Counterbalancing Mechanism; G, DO Electric Door Operators; G, DO Fire-Rated Door Assembly; G, DO
Door Closing System; G, DO SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance Manuals Manufacture's Brochures Parts Lists Cleaning 1.4
OVERHEAD COILING DOOR DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS
Provide installation drawings for overhead coiling door assemblies which show: elevations of each door type, shape and thickness of materials, finishes, details of joints and connections, details of guides and fittings, rough opening dimensions, location and description of hardware, anchorage locations, and counterbalancing mechanism and door operator details. Show locations of replaceable fusible links on wiring diagrams for power, signal and controls. Include a schedule showing the location of each door with the drawings. SECTION 08 33 23
Page 5
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
1.5
FCV3
WARRANTY, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals for Overhead Coiling Door Assemblies, including the following items: Materials Devices Electric Door Operators Hood Counterbalancing Mechanism Painting Manufacture's Brochures Parts Lists Furnish a written guarantee that the helical spring and counterbalance mechanism are free from defects in material and workmanship for not less than two years after completion and acceptance of the project. Warrant that upon notification by the Government, any defects in material, workmanship, and door operation are immediately correct within the same time period covered by the guarantee, at no cost to the Government. 1.6
DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Deliver doors to the jobsite wrapped in a protective covering with the brands and names clearly marked thereon. Store doors in an adequately ventilated dry location that is free from dirt and dust, water, or other contaminants. Store in a manner that permits easy access for inspection and handling. PART 2 2.1
PRODUCTS OVERHEAD COILING DOORS (OHC as identified in the design drawings)
Doors to be coiling type, with interlocking slats, complete with anchoring and door hardware, guides, hood, and operating mechanisms, and designed for use on openings as indicated. Use grease-sealed or self-lubricating bearings for rotating members. Provide fire-rated door assemblies bearing the Underwriters Laboratories, Warnock Hersey, Factory Mutual or other nationally recognized testing laboratory label for the rating listed on the drawings. Provide a permanent label for each door showing the manufacturer's name and address, and the model/serial number of the door. Provide oversized fire-rated door assemblies with a listing agency oversize label, or a certificate signed by an official of the manufacturing company certifying that the door and operator are designed to meet the specified requirements.
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 6
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.2 2.2.1
FCV3
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Wind Loading
Design and fabricate door assembly to withstand the wind loading pressure of at least 30 pounds per square foot with a maximum deflection of 1/120 of the opening width. Provide test data showing compliance with ASTM E330. Sound engineering principles may be used to interpolate or extrapolate test results to door sizes not specifically tested. Ensure complete assembly meets or exceeds the requirements of ASCE 7. 2.2.2
Fire-Rated Doors, Frames, and Hardware
Provide fire-rated doors, frames, and hardware that are tested, rated, and labeled in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or Warnock Hersey. Indicate on the labels the rating in hours, per NFPA 80, of fire exposure duration. Additionally, ensure a letter follows the hourly rating to designate the location for which the assembly is designed and the temperature rise on the unexposed door face at the end of 30 minutes of fire exposure is required. Provide and attach metal UL labels to each item of hardware in accordance with requirements specified in the UL Bld Mat Dir. 2.2.3
Oversized Coiling Fire-rated Door Assemblies
Where fire-rated doors and frames exceed the size for which testing and labeling services are offered, furnish certificates of inspection from either UL, Factory Mutual or Warnock Hersey. State within certificates that except for size; doors, frames, and hardware are identical in design, materials, and construction to a door that has been tested and rated. 2.2.4
Operational Cycle Life
Design all portions of the door, hardware and operating mechanism that are subject to movement, wear, or stress fatigue to operate through a minimum number of 10 cycles per day. One complete cycle of door operation is defined as when the door is in the closed position, moves to the fully open position, and returns to the closed position. 2.3 2.3.1
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Curtain Materials and Construction
Provide curtain slats fabricated from aluminum sheets conforming to ASTM B209, or ASTM B221 extrusions, alloy and tempering standard from manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated; with a thickness of 0.050 inch . Provide insulated curtains filled with manufacturer's standard thermal insulation complying with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E84. Enclose insulation completely within slat faces on interior surface of slats. 2.3.2
Insulated Curtains
Form Curtains from manufacturer's standard shapes of interlocking slats. Supply slat system with a minimum R-value of 4 when calculated in accordance with ASHRAE FUN IP. Slats to consist of a urethane or SECTION 08 33 23
Page 7
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
polystyrene core not less than 11/16 inch thick, completely enclosed within metal facings. Ensure the exterior face of slats are the same gauge as specified for curtains. Select an interior face not lighter than 0.0219 inches. The insulated slat assembly requires a flame spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke development factor of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.3.3
Curtain Bottom Bar
Install curtain bottom bars as pairs of angles from the manufacturer's standard steel, stainless and aluminum extrusions not less than 2.0 by 2.0 inches by 0.188 inch. Ensure steel extrusions conform to ASTM A36/A36M. Stainless steel extrusions conforming to ASTM A666, Type 304. Aluminum extrusions conforming to ASTM B221. Galvanize angles and fasteners in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M and ASTM A924/A924M. Coat welds and abrasions with paint conforming to ASTM A780/A780M. 2.3.4
Locks
Provide end and/or wind locks of Grade B cast steel conforming to ASTM A27/A27M, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, ASTM A153/A153M and ASTM A924/A924M. Secure locks at every other curtain slat. 2.3.5
Weather Stripping
Ensure weather-stripping at the door-head and jamb is 1/8-inch thick sheet of natural or neoprene rubber with air baffles. Secure weather stripping to the insides of hoods with galvanized-steel fasteners through continuous galvanized-steel pressure bars at least 5/8-inch wide and 1/8-inch thick. Ensure threshold weather-stripping is 1/8-inch thick sheet natural or neoprene rubber secured to the bottom bars. Provide weather-stripping of natural or neoprene rubber conforming to ASTM D2000. 2.3.6
Locking Devices
Ensure slide bolt engages through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located on both left and right jamb sides, operable from coil side. Provide a locking device assembly which includes cylinder lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bars to engage through slots in tracks. 2.3.7
Safety Interlock
Equip power-operated doors with safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when door is locked. 2.3.8
Overhead Drum
Fabricate drums from nominal 0.040-inch thick aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B209. Aluminum of alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer. Select finish for type of use and finish indicated.
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 8
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.3.9
FCV3
Door Closing System
Where overhead coiling doors are required to be fire rated in the door schedule, provide a door closing system interfaced with the fire alarm control panel (FACP) or foam system control panel (FSCP) as indicated on the fire alarm riser. System shall close the door upon activation of the foam suppression system as indicated on the FACP and/or FSCP matrices. The system shall have the following characteristics: 1. Close the door at a speed not exceeding 12" per second. 2. Provide and adjustable door closing activation time delay. 3. Provide ADA-compliant door-closing warning device to provide advanced fire door-closing warning. 4. Provide battery backup sufficient to, in the event of foam discharge during a power failure, open and close the door three (3) times (in the event of an obstruction present in the sensing edge) and to power the door-closing warning device. 5. The system shall be UL listed. 2.4
HARDWARE
Ensure all hardware conforms to ASTM A153/A153M, ASTM A307, ASTM F568M, and ASTM A27/A27M. 2.4.1
Guides
Fabricate curtain jamb guides from the manufacturer's standard angles or channels of same material and finish as curtain slats unless otherwise indicated. Provide guides with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, and to withstand loading. Ensure curtain operates smoothly. Slot bolt holes for track adjustment. 2.4.2
Equipment Supports
Fabricate door-operating equipment supports from the manufacturer's standard steel shapes and plates conforming to ASTM A36/A36M, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M and ASTM A924/A924M. Size the shapes and plates in accordance with the industry standards for the size, weight, and type of door installation. 2.4.3
Hood
Provide a hood with a minimum 24-gauge galvanized sheet metal, flanged at top for attachment to header and flanged at bottom to provide longitudinal stiffness. The hood encloses the curtain coil and counterbalance mechanism. 2.5
COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM
Counterbalance doors by means of manufacturer's standard mechanism with an adjustable-tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted, around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to top of curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed or self-lubricating bearings for rotating members. 2.5.1
Brackets
Provide the manufacturer's standard mounting brackets with one located at each end of the counterbalance barrel conforming to ASTM A48/A48M. Provide SECTION 08 33 23
Page 9
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
brackets of either cast iron or cold-rolled steel. Brackets will be of 3/16 inch minimum thick steel plates, with permanently sealed ball bearings. Designed to enclose ends of coil and provide support of counterbalance pipe at each end. 2.5.2
Counterbalance Barrels
Fabricate spring barrel of manufacturer's standard hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless carbon-steel pipe, conforming to ASTM A53/A53M. Ensure the barrel is of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats. Limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 inch per foot of span under full load. Curtain to be coiled on a pipe of sufficient size to carry door load with deflection not to exceed 0.033 inches per foot of door span and to be correctly balanced by helical springs, oil tempered torsion type. Use cast iron barrel plugs to anchor springs to tension shaft and pipe. 2.5.2.1
Barrel
Provide steel pipe capable of supporting curtain load with maximum deflection of 0.03 inches per foot of width. 2.5.2.2
Spring Balance
Provide an oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion spring assembly designed for proper balance of door. Ensure that effort to operate manually operated units does not exceed 25 lbs. Provide wheel for applying and adjusting spring torque. 2.6
ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS
Provide electrical wiring and door operating controls conforming to the applicable requirements of NFPA 70. Electric door-operator assemblies needs to be the sizes and capacities recommended and provided by the door manufacturer for specified doors. Furnish complete assemblies with electric motors and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear reduction units, solenoid-operated brakes, clutch, remote-control stations, manual or automatic control devices, and accessories as required for proper operation of the doors. Design the operators so that motors may be removed without disturbing the limit-switch adjustment and affecting the emergency auxiliary operators. Provide a manual operator of crank-gear or chain-gear mechanisms with a release clutch to permit manual operation of doors in case of power failure. Arrange the emergency manual operator so that it may be put into and out of operation from floor level, and its use does not affect the adjustment of the limit switches. Provide an electrical or mechanical device that automatically disconnects the motor from the operating mechanism when the emergency manual operating mechanism is engaged. 2.6.1
Door-Operator Types
Provide an operator mounted to the right or left door head plate with the operator on top of the door-hood assembly and connected to the door drive SECTION 08 33 23
Page 10
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
shaft with drive chain and sprockets. of mounting. 2.6.2
FCV3
Headroom is required for this type
Electric Motors
Provide motors which are the high-starting-torque, reversible, constant-duty electrical type with overload protection of sufficient torque and horsepower to move the door in either direction from any position. Ensure they produce a door-travel speed of not less than 8 nor more than 12 inches per second without exceeding the horsepower rating. Provide motors which conform to NEMA MG 1 designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency to the requirements specified. 2.6.3
Motor Bearings
Select bearings with bronze-sleeve or heavy-duty ball or roller antifriction type with full provisions for the type of thrust imposed by the specific duty load. Pre-lubricate and factory seal bearings in motors less than 1/2 horsepower. Equip motors coupled to worm-gear reduction units with either ball or roller bearings. Equip bearings in motors 1/2 horsepower or larger with lubrication service fittings. Fit lubrication fittings with color-coded plastic or metal dust caps. In any motor, bearings that are lubricated at the factory for extended duty periods do not need to be lubricated for a given number of operating hours. Display this information on an appropriate tag or label on the motor with instructions for lubrication cycle maintenance. 2.6.4
Motor Starters, Controls, and Enclosures
Provide each door motor with: a factory-wired, unfused, disconnect switch; a reversing, across-the-line magnetic starter with thermal overload protection; 120-volt operating coils with a control transformer limit switch; and a safety interlock assembled in a NEMA ICS 6 type enclosure as specified herein. Ensure control equipment conforms to NEMA ICS 2. Provide adjustable switches, electrically interlocked with the motor controls and set to stop the door automatically at the fully open and fully closed position. 2.6.5
Control Enclosures
Provide control enclosures that conform to NEMA ICS 6 for minimum NEMA Type indicated for specific overhead coiling doors in the schedule on sheet EP604. 2.6.6
Transformer
Provide starters with 230/460 to 115 volt control transformers with one secondary fuse when required to reduce the voltage on control circuits to 120 volts or less. Provide a transformer conforming to NEMA ST 1.
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 11
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.6.7
FCV3
Safety-Edge Device
Provide each door with a pneumatic safety device extending the full width of the door and located within a U-section neoprene or rubber astragal, mounted on the bottom rail of the bottom door section. Device needs to immediately stop and reverse the door upon contact with an obstruction in the door opening during downward travel and cause the door to return to full-open position. A safety device is not a substitute for a limit switch. Connect safety device to the control circuit through a retracting safety cord and reel. 2.6.8
Remote-Control Stations
Provide interior remote control stations which are full-guarded, momentary-contact three-button, heavy-duty, surface-mounted NEMA ICS 6 type enclosures as specified. Mark buttons "OPEN," "CLOSE," and "STOP." Ensure the "CLOSE" button requires a constant pressure to maintain the closing motion of the door. When the door is in motion and the "STOP" button is pressed, ensure the door stops instantly and remains in the stopped position. From the stopped position, the door may then be operated in either direction. 2.6.9
Speed-Reduction Units
Provide speed-reduction units consisting of hardened-steel worm and bronze worm gear assemblies running in oil or grease and inside a sealed casing, coupled to the motor through a flexible coupling. Drive shafts need to rotate on ball- or roller-bearing assemblies that are integral with the unit. Provide minimum ratings of speed reduction units in accordance with AGMA provisions for class of service. Ground worm gears to provide accurate thread form; machine teeth for all other types of gearing. Surface harden all gears. Provide antifriction type bearings equipped with oil seals. 2.6.10
Chain Drives
Provide roller chains that are a power-transmission series steel roller type conforming to ASME B29.400, with a minimum safety factor of 10 times the design load. Heat-treat or otherwise harden roller-chain side bars, rollers, pins, and bushings. Provide high-carbon steel chain sprockets with machine-cut hardened teeth, finished bore and keyseat, and hollow-head setscrews. 2.6.11
Brakes
Provide 360-degree shoe brakes or shoe and drum brakes. Ensure the brakes are solenoid-operated and electrically interlocked to the control circuit to set automatically when power is interrupted.
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 12
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.6.12
FCV3
Clutches
Ensure clutches are either the 4-inch diameter, multiple face, externally adjustable friction type or adjustable centrifugal type. 2.6.13
Weather/Smoke Seal Sensing Edge
Provide automatic stop control by an automatic sensing switch within neoprene astragal extending the full width of door bottom bar. Provide an electric sensing edge device. Ensure the door immediately stops downward travel when contact occurs before door fully closes. Provide a self-monitoring wireless sensing edge connection to the motor operator; eliminating the need for a physical traveling electric cord connection between bottom bar sensing edge device and motor operator. Supervised system alters normal door operation; preventing damage, injury or death due to an inoperable sensing edge system. 2.7
FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLY
Provide fire-rated door assemblies with the dimensions, fire rating, and operating type indicated with electric operators and assemblies that do not interfere with manufacturer's standard interconnecting fusible links. 2.7.1
Fire Ratings
Provide fire-rated door assemblies complying with NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives and UL Fire Resistance - Volume 3. 2.8
SURFACE FINISHING
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Noticeable variations in the same metal component are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 3.1
EXECUTION GENERAL
Install overhead coiling door assembly, anchors and inserts for guides, brackets, motors, switches, hardware, and other accessories in accordance with approved detail drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. Upon completion of installation, ensure doors are free from all distortion. Install overhead coiling doors, motors, hoods, and operators at the mounting locations as indicated for each door in the contract documents and as required by the manufacturer. Install overhead coiling doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility and as required by the manufacturer. 3.2
FIELD PAINTED FINISH
Ensure field painted steel components are coated in accordance with Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS and manufacturer's written instructions. SECTION 08 33 23
Page 13
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
Protect weather stripping from paint. scratches or other blemishes. 3.3
FCV3
Ensure finishes are free of
ACCEPTANCE PROVISIONS
After installation, adjust hardware and moving parts. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer to provide smooth operating functions for ease movement, free of warping, twisting, or distortion of the door assembly. Adjust seals to provide weather-tight fit around entire perimeter. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service and checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Test the door opening and closing operation when activated by controls or alarm-connected fire-release system. Adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Reset door-closing mechanism after successful test. Test and make final adjustment of new doors at no additional cost to the Government. 3.3.1
Maintenance and Adjustment
Not more than 90 calendar days after completion and acceptance of the project, examine, lubricate, test, and re-adjust doors as required for proper operation. 3.3.2
CLEANING
Clean doors in accordance with manufacturer's approved instructions. 3.4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Provide operation and maintenance manuals which are consistent with manufacturer's standard brochures, schematics, printed instructions, general operating procedures, and safety precautions. Provide test data that is legible and of good quality. -- End of Section --
SECTION 08 33 23
Page 14
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 08/08 PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4.1 Fuses 1.4.2 Regulatory Requirements 1.4.3 Standard Products 1.4.3.1 Alternative Qualifications 1.4.3.2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date 1.5 MAINTENANCE 1.5.1 Electrical Systems 1.6 WARRANTY 1.7 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 2.2.1 Rigid Metallic Conduit 2.2.1.1 Rigid, Threaded Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit 2.2.1.2 Rigid Aluminum Conduit 2.2.2 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 2.2.3 Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) 2.2.4 Electrical, Zinc-Coated Steel Metallic Tubing (EMT) 2.2.5 Plastic-Coated Rigid Steel and IMC Conduit 2.2.6 Flexible Metal Conduit 2.2.6.1 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel 2.2.7 Fittings for Metal Conduit, EMT, and Flexible Metal Conduit 2.2.7.1 Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and IMC 2.2.7.2 Fittings for EMT 2.2.8 Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 2.2.9 Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 2.3 SURFACE RACEWAY 2.3.1 Surface Metal Raceway 2.3.2 Surface Nonmetallic Raceway 2.4 CABLE TRAYS 2.4.1 Basket-Type Cable Trays 2.4.2 Ladder-Type Cable Trays - For use in all Communication Rooms 2.5 OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS 2.5.1 Floor Outlet Boxes 2.5.2 Outlet Boxes for Telecommunications System 2.5.3 Clock Outlet for Use in Other Than Wired Clock System 2.6 CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND PULL BOXES 2.7 WIRES AND CABLES SECTION 26 20 00
Page 1
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.7.1 Conductors 2.7.1.1 Equipment Manufacturer Requirements 2.7.1.2 Minimum Conductor Sizes 2.7.2 Color Coding 2.7.3 Insulation 2.7.4 Bonding Conductors 2.7.4.1 Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB) 2.7.4.2 Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications 2.7.5 Service Entrance Cables 2.7.6 Wire and Cable for 400 Hertz (Hz) Circuits 2.7.7 Metal-Clad Cable 2.7.8 Cable Tray Cable or Power Limited Tray Cable 2.7.9 Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords 2.8 SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS 2.9 DEVICE PLATES 2.10 SWITCHES 2.10.1 Toggle Switches 2.10.2 Switch with Red Pilot Handle 2.10.3 Breakers Used as Switches 2.10.4 Disconnect Switches 2.11 FUSES 2.11.1 Fuseholders 2.11.2 Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class R) 2.11.3 Cartridge Fuses, High-Interrupting Capacity, Current Limiting Type (Classes J, L, and CC) 2.11.4 Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class T) 2.12 RECEPTACLES 2.12.1 Switched Duplex Receptacles 2.12.2 Weatherproof Receptacles 2.12.3 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles 2.12.4 Special Purpose Receptacles 2.12.5 Plugs 2.12.6 Range Receptacles 2.12.7 Dryer Receptacles 2.13 PANELBOARDS 2.13.1 Enclosure 2.13.2 Panelboard Buses 2.13.2.1 Panelboard Neutrals for Non-Linear Loads 2.13.3 Circuit Breakers 2.13.3.1 Multipole Breakers 2.13.3.2 Circuit Breaker With GFI 2.13.3.3 Circuit Breakers for HVAC Equipment 2.13.3.4 Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters 2.13.4 400 Hz Panelboard and Breakers 2.14 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2.15 MOTOR SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTOR (MSCP) 2.16 TRANSFORMERS 2.16.1 Specified Transformer Efficiency 2.17 MOTORS 2.17.1 High Efficiency Single-Phase Motors 2.17.2 Premium Efficiency Polyphase Motors 2.17.3 Motor Sizes 2.17.4 Wiring and Conduit 2.18 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 2.18.1 Control Wiring 2.18.2 Control Circuit Terminal Blocks 2.18.2.1 Types of Terminal Blocks 2.18.3 Control Circuits 2.18.4 Enclosures for Motor Controllers SECTION 26 20 00
Page 2
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.18.5 Multiple-Speed Motor Controllers and Reversible Motor Controllers 2.18.6 Pushbutton Stations 2.18.7 Pilot and Indicating Lights 2.19 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS (MOTOR RATED SWITCHES) 2.19.1 Pilot Lights 2.20 LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS 2.21 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 2.22 COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION (CATV) SYSTEM 2.23 GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT 2.23.1 Ground Rods 2.23.2 Ground Bus 2.23.3 Telecommunications and CATVGrounding Busbar 2.24 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 2.25 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE 2.26 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES 2.27 WARNING SIGNS 2.28 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS 2.29 WIREWAYS 2.30 METERING 2.31 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2.31.1 Weatherproof Industrial Telephone Enclosure 2.32 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH 2.33 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2.33.1 Transformer Factory Tests 2.34 COORDINATED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION 3.1.1 Underground Service 3.1.2 Hazardous Locations 3.1.3 Service Entrance Identification 3.1.3.1 Labels 3.1.4 Wiring Methods 3.1.4.1 Pull Wire 3.1.4.2 Metal Clad Cable 3.1.5 Conduit Installation 3.1.5.1 Restrictions Applicable to Aluminum Conduit 3.1.5.2 Restrictions Applicable to EMT 3.1.5.3 Restrictions Applicable to Nonmetallic Conduit 3.1.6.3 Restrictions Applicable to Rigid Steel Conduit 3.1.5.4 Restrictions Applicable to Flexible Conduit 3.1.5.5 Service Entrance Conduit, Underground 3.1.5.6 Underground Conduit Other Than Service Entrance 3.1.5.7 Conduit Interior to Buildings for 400 Hz Circuits 3.1.5.8 Conduit for Circuits Rated Greater Than 600 Volts 3.1.5.9 Conduit Installed Under Floor Slabs 3.1.5.10 Conduit Through Floor Slabs 3.1.5.11 Conduit Installed in Concrete Floor Slabs 3.1.5.12 Stub-Ups 3.1.5.13 Conduit Support 3.1.5.14 Directional Changes in Conduit Runs 3.1.5.15 Locknuts and Bushings 3.1.5.16 Flexible Connections 3.1.5.17 Telecommunications and Signal System Pathway 3.1.5.18 Community Antenna Television (CATV) System Conduits 3.1.6 Cable Tray Installation 3.1.7 Telecommunications Cable Support Installation SECTION 26 20 00
Page 3
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
3.1.8 Boxes, Outlets, and Supports 3.1.8.1 Boxes 3.1.8.2 Pull Boxes 3.1.8.3 Extension Rings 3.1.9 Mounting Heights 3.1.10 Conductor Identification 3.1.10.1 Marking Strips 3.1.11 Splices 3.1.12 Covers and Device Plates 3.1.13 Electrical Penetrations 3.1.14 Grounding and Bonding 3.1.14.1 Ground Rods 3.1.14.2 Grounding Connections 3.1.14.3 Ground Bus 3.1.14.4 Resistance 3.1.14.5 Telecommunications System 3.1.15 Equipment Connections 3.1.16 Elevator 3.1.17 Government-Furnished Equipment 3.1.18 Surge Protective Devices 3.2 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING 3.3 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING 3.4 FIELD APPLIED PAINTING 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1 Devices Subject to Manual Operation 3.5.2 600-Volt Wiring Test 3.5.3 Transformer Tests 3.5.4 Ground-Fault Receptacle Test 3.5.5 Grounding System Test -- End of Section Table of Contents --
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 4
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 08/08 PART 1 1.1
GENERAL REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) ASTM B1
(2001; R 2007) Standard Specification for Hard-Drawn Copper Wire
ASTM B8
(2011) Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
ASTM D709
(2001; R 2007) Laminated Thermosetting Materials
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE) IEEE 100
(2000; Archived) The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE 81
(1983) Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System
IEEE C2
(2012; Errata 2012; INT 1 2012; INT 2 2012) National Electrical Safety Code INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
NETA ATS
(2009) Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
ANSI C80.1
(2005) American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC)
ANSI C80.3
(2005) American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
ANSI C80.5
(2005) American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit
NEMA 250
(2008) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 5
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
NEMA FU 1
(2002; R 2007) Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses
NEMA ICS 1
(2000; R 2005; R 2008) Standard for Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements
NEMA ICS 2
(2000; R 2005; Errata 2008) Standard for Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated 600 V
NEMA ICS 4
(2010) Terminal Blocks
NEMA ICS 6
(1993; R 2011) Enclosures
NEMA KS 1
(2001; R 2006) Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 V Maximum)
NEMA MG 1
(2011) Motors and Generators
NEMA MG 10
(2001; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency Medium AC Squirrel-Cage Polyphase Induction Motors
NEMA MG 11
(1977; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Single Phase Motors
NEMA RN 1
(2005) Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit
NEMA ST 20
(1992; R 1997) Standard for Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications
NEMA TC 2
(2003) Standard for Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit
NEMA TC 3
(2004) Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use With Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing
NEMA TP 1
(2002) Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers
NEMA VE 1
(2009) Standard for Metal Cable Tray Systems
NEMA VE 2
(2006) Cable Tray Installation Guidelines
NEMA WD 1
(1999; R 2005; R 2010) Standard for General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices
NEMA WD 6
(2002; R 2008) Wiring Devices Dimensions Specifications
NEMA Z535.4
(2011) American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels SECTION 26 20 00
Page 6
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70
(2011; Errata 2 2012) National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E
(2012; Errata 1) Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
NFPA 780
(2011) Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION (TIA)
TIA J-STD-607
(2002a) Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications
TIA-568-C.1
(2009; Add 2 2011; Add 1 2012) Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
TIA-569
(2012c) Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910.147
Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag Out)
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL 1
(2005; Reprint Jul 2012) Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 1010
(2006) Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
UL 1063
(2006; Reprint Jul 2012) Machine-Tool Wires and Cables
UL 1242
(2006; Reprint Jul 2012) Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit -Steel
UL 1449
(2006; Reprint Jul 2012) Surge Protective Devices
UL 1569
(1999; Reprint Oct 2011) Standard for Metal-Clad Cables
UL 1660
(2004; Reprint Apr 2008) Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit
UL 1699
(2006; Reprint Feb 2011) Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters
UL 198M
(2003; Reprint Oct 2007) Standard for Mine-Duty Fuses SECTION 26 20 00
Page 7
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
UL 20
(2010) General-Use Snap Switches
UL 360
(2009; Reprint Jun 2009) Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit
UL 4248
(2007) UL Standard for Safety Fuseholders
UL 44
(2010) Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 467
(2007) Grounding and Bonding Equipment
UL 486A-486B
(2003; Reprint Feb 2010) Wire Connectors
UL 486C
(2004; Reprint Feb 2010) Splicing Wire Connectors
UL 489
(2009; Reprint Jun 2011) Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures
UL 498
(2012) Attachment Plugs and Receptacles
UL 5
(2011) Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings
UL 50
(2007; Reprint Apr 2012) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-environmental Considerations
UL 506
(2008; Reprint Mar 2010) Specialty Transformers
UL 508
(1999; Reprint Apr 2010) Industrial Control Equipment
UL 510
(2005; Reprint Apr 2008) Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape
UL 514A
(2004; Reprint Apr 2010) Metallic Outlet Boxes
UL 514B
(2012) Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings
UL 514C
(1996; Reprint Novy 2011) Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers
UL 5A
(2003; Reprint Aug 2008) Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings
UL 6
(2007; reprint Nov 2010) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel
UL 651
(2011; Reprint Mar 2012) Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings
UL 67
(2009; Reprint Sep 2010) Standard for SECTION 26 20 00
Page 8
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Panelboards UL 674
(2011) Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Division 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations
UL 698
(2006) Industrial Control Equipment for use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
UL 6A
(2008) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel
UL 797
(2007) Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel
UL 817
(2001; Reprint Nov 2011) Standard for Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords
UL 83
(2008) Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 854
(2004; Reprint Sep 2011) Standard for Service-Entrance Cables
UL 869A
(2006) Reference Standard for Service Equipment
UL 870
(2008) Standard for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings
UL 877
(1993; Reprint Dec 2009) Standard for Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
UL 886
(1994; Reprint Nov 2005) Standard for Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations
UL 943
(2006; Reprint Jun 2012) Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters
1.2
DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in IEEE 100. 1.3
SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall not submit nor shall submittals be considered approved for installation on any electrical equipment containing overcurrent protective devices or requiring a short circuit rating or an arc flash rating until the Protective Coordination with Arc Flash Hazard Study has been submitted for review by the Contractor and until it has been approved (transmittal "A" Action) by the reviewing agent. Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be submitted in accordance with SECTION 26 20 00
Page 9
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-02 Shop Drawings Panelboards; G, DO Transformers; G, DO
Cable trays; G, DO
Include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to ensure a coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between each item of equipment. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. Wireways; G, DO
Marking strips drawings; G, DO SD-03 Product Data Receptacles; G, DO Circuit breakers; G, DO Switches; G, DO Transformers; G, DO Enclosed circuit breakers; G, DO Motor controllers; G, DO Combination motor controllers; G, DO Manual motor starters; G, DO Telecommunications Grounding Busbar; G, DO Surge protective devices; G, DO Weatherproof Industrial Telephone Enclosure; G, DO Submittals shall include performance and characteristic curves. SD-06 Test Reports 600-volt wiring test; G, DO Grounding system test; G, DO
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 10
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Transformer tests; G, DO Ground-fault receptacle test; G, DO SD-07 Certificates Fuses; G, DO SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports Transformer factory tests SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data Electrical Systems, Data Package 5; G, DO Metering, Data Package 5; G, DO Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01 78 23, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA and as specified herein. 1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1
Fuses
Submit coordination data as specified in paragraph, FUSES of this section. 1.4.2
Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are specified or indicated. 1.4.3
Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless stated in this section. 1.4.3.1
Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is furnished.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 11
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
1.4.3.2
FCV3
Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used, unless specified otherwise. 1.5
MAINTENANCE
1.5.1
Electrical Systems
Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that provide basic data relating to the design, operation, and maintenance of the electrical distribution system for the building. This shall include: a.
Single line diagram of the "as-built" building electrical system.
b.
Schematic diagram of electrical control system (other than HVAC, covered elsewhere).
c.
Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active electrical equipment.
1.6
WARRANTY
The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. 1.7
SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
Seismic details shall conform to Section 13 48 00, SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT and to Section 26 05 48.00 10, ANTI-TERRORISM/FORCE PROTECTION (AT/FP) FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PART 2 2.1
PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL standards are established for those items, and requirements of NFPA 70. 2.2
CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
Shall conform to the following: 2.2.1 2.2.1.1
Rigid Metallic Conduit Rigid, Threaded Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit
ANSI C80.1, UL 6. 2.2.1.2
Rigid Aluminum Conduit
ANSI C80.5, UL 6A. 2.2.2
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
PVC Type EPC-40, and EPC-80 in accordance with NEMA TC 2,UL 651. SECTION 26 20 00
Page 12
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.2.3
FCV3
Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
UL 1242, zinc-coated steel only. 2.2.4
Electrical, Zinc-Coated Steel Metallic Tubing (EMT)
UL 797, ANSI C80.3. 2.2.5
Plastic-Coated Rigid Steel and IMC Conduit
NEMA RN 1, Type 40( 40 mils thick). 2.2.6
Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 1. 2.2.6.1
Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel
UL 360. 2.2.7
Fittings for Metal Conduit, EMT, and Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 514B. Ferrous fittings shall be cadmium- or zinc-coated in accordance with UL 514B. 2.2.7.1
Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and IMC
Threaded-type. 2.2.7.2
Split couplings unacceptable.
Fittings for EMT
Steel compression type. 2.2.8
Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
NEMA TC 3 for PVC, and UL 514B. 2.2.9
Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit
UL 1660. 2.3 2.3.1
SURFACE RACEWAY Surface Metal Raceway
UL 5, two-piece painted steel, totally enclosed, snap-cover type. 2.3.2
Surface Nonmetallic Raceway
UL 5A, nonmetallic totally enclosed, snap-cover type. 2.4
CABLE TRAYS
NEMA VE 1, NEMA VE 2, TIA-569. Cable trays shall form a wireway system, and shall be of nominal depth as indicated. Cable trays shall be constructed of aluminum. Trays shall include splice and end plates, dropouts, and miscellaneous hardware. Edges, fittings, and hardware shall be finished free from burrs and sharp edges. Fittings shall have not less SECTION 26 20 00
Page 13
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
than load-carrying ability of straight tray sections and shall have manufacturer's minimum standard radius. Radius of bends shall be 12 minimum, but in no case shall be less than required to maintain manufacturers minimum cable bending radii. 2.4.1
Basket-Type Cable Trays
Provide size as indicated of nominal depth with maximum wire mesh spacing of 2 by 4 inch. 2.4.2
Ladder-Type Cable Trays - For use in all Communication Rooms
Provide size as indicated with maximum rung spacing of 12 inches. Tray must be installed with the proper mounting hardware to securely fasten the tray to the walls and the top of the Floor-Mounted Racks. Tray shall be equipped with the proper grounding lugs to assure proper grounding and bonding of the tray. 2.5
OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS
UL 514A, cadmium- or zinc-coated, if ferrous metal. nonmetallic. 2.5.1
UL 514C, if
Floor Outlet Boxes
Boxes shall be nonadjustable and concrete tight. Each outlet shall consist of nonmetallic or cast-metal body with threaded openings, or sheet-steel body with knockouts for conduits, ring, and cover plate with 1 inch threaded plug. Telecommunications outlets shall consist of flush, aluminum or stainless steel housing with a receptacle as specified and 1 inch bushed side opening. Receptacle outlets shall consist of flush aluminum or stainless steel housing with receptacle as indicated on the plans. Provide gaskets where necessary to ensure watertight installation. In-slab communications junction boxes shall not exceed 6" x 6" x 4". 2.5.2
Outlet Boxes for Telecommunications System
Provide standard type 4 11/16 inches square by 2 1/8 inches deep. Depth of boxes shall be large enough to allow manufacturers' recommended conductor bend radii. Outlet boxes for fiber optic telecommunication outlets shall include a minimum 3/8 inch deep single or two gang plaster ring as shown and installed using a minimum 1 inch conduit system. 2.5.3
Clock Outlet for Use in Other Than Wired Clock System
Provide outlet box with plastic cover, where required, and single receptacle with clock outlet plate. Receptacle shall be recessed sufficiently within box to allow complete insertion of standard cap, flush with plate. Suitable clip or support for hanging clock shall be secured to top plate. Material and finish of plate shall be as specified in paragraph DEVICE PLATES of this section. 2.6
CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND PULL BOXES
Volume greater than 100 cubic inches, UL 50, hot-dip, zinc-coated, if sheet steel.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 14
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.7
FCV3
WIRES AND CABLES
Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 70 and UL for type of insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires and cables manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used. 2.7.1
Conductors
Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter shall be stranded. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter shall be solid, except that conductors for remote control, alarm, and signal circuits, classes 1, 2, and 3, shall be stranded unless specifically indicated otherwise. Conductor sizes and capacities shown are based on copper, unless indicated otherwise. All conductors shall be copper. 2.7.1.1
Equipment Manufacturer Requirements
When manufacturer's equipment requires copper conductors at the terminations or requires copper conductors to be provided between components of equipment, provide copper conductors or splices, splice boxes, and other work required to satisfy manufacturer's requirements. 2.7.1.2
Minimum Conductor Sizes
Minimum size for branch circuits shall be No. 12 AWG; for Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits, No. 14 AWG; for Class 2 low-energy, remote-control and signal circuits, No. 16 AWG; and for Class 3 low-energy, remote-control, alarm and signal circuits, No. 22 AWG. 2.7.2
Color Coding
Provide for service, feeder, branch, control, and signaling circuit conductors. Color shall be green for grounding conductors and white for neutrals; except where neutrals of more than one system are installed in same raceway or box, other neutrals shall be white with a different colored (not green) stripe for each. Color of ungrounded conductors in different voltage systems shall be as follows: a.
b.
208/120 volt, three-phase (1)
Phase A - black
(2)
Phase B - red
(3)
Phase C - blue
480/277 volt, three-phase (1)
Phase A - brown
(2)
Phase B - orange
(3)
Phase C - yellow
c.
120/240 volt, single phase:
Black and red
d.
200Y/115 volt, three-phase, 400 Hertz Reference Section 26 35 43 400-HERTZ (HZ) SOLID STATE FREQUENCY CONVERTER paragraph AIRCRAFT POWER SECTION 26 20 00
Page 15
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
CABLE ASSEMBLY for 7-conductor type cable to assure that there is no confusion as to what is 400 Hertz circuit cable. (1)
Phase A – black with red stripe
(2)
Phase B – black
(3)
Phase C – black with blue stripe
(4)
Neutral – black with orange stripe
2.7.3
Insulation
Unless specified or indicated otherwise or required by NFPA 70, power and lighting wires shall be 600-volt, Type THWN/THHN conforming to UL 83, except that grounding wire may be type TW conforming to UL 83; remote-control and signal circuits shall be Type TW or TF, conforming to UL 83. Where lighting fixtures require 90-degree Centigrade (C) conductors, provide only conductors with 90-degree C insulation or better. 2.7.4
Bonding Conductors
ASTM B1, solid bare copper wire for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller diameter; ASTM B8, Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger diameter. 2.7.4.1
Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB)
Provide a copper conductor TBB in accordance with TIA J-STD-607. The TBB shall be a minimum No. 6 AWG and be sized at 2 kcmil per linear foot of conductor length up to a maximum size of 3/0 AWG. Provide insulated TBB with insulation as specified in the paragraph INSULATION and meeting the fire ratings of its pathway. 2.7.4.2
Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications
Provide a copper conductor Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications between the telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) and the electrical service ground in accordance with TIA J-STD-607. The bonding conductor for telecommunications shall be sized the same as the TBB. 2.7.5
Service Entrance Cables
Service Entrance (SE) and Underground Service Entrance (USE) Cables, UL 854. 2.7.6
Wire and Cable for 400 Hertz (Hz) Circuits
Insulated copper conductors. 2.7.7
Metal-Clad Cable
UL 1569; NFPA 70, Type MC cable. 2.7.8
Cable Tray Cable or Power Limited Tray Cable
UL listed; type TC or PLTC.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 16
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.7.9
FCV3
Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords
UL 817. 2.8
SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS
UL 486A-486B for wire connectors and UL 510 for insulating tapes. Connectors for No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter wires shall be insulated, pressure-type in accordance with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C (twist-on splicing connector). Provide solderless terminal lugs on stranded conductors. 2.9
DEVICE PLATES
Provide UL listed, one-piece device plates for outlets to suit the devices installed. For metal outlet boxes, plates on unfinished walls shall be of zinc-coated sheet steel or cast metal having round or beveled edges. For nonmetallic boxes and fittings, other suitable plates may be provided. Plates on finished walls shall be nylon or lexan, minimum 0.03 inch wall thickness. Plates shall be same color as receptacle or toggle switch with which they are mounted. Screws shall be machine-type with countersunk heads in color to match finish of plate. Sectional type device plates will not be permitted. Plates installed in wet locations shall be gasketed and UL listed for "wet locations." 2.10 2.10.1
SWITCHES Toggle Switches
NEMA WD 1, UL 20, specification grade, single pole, double pole, three-way, and four-way, totally enclosed with bodies of thermoplastic or thermoset plastic and mounting strap with grounding screw. Handles shall be white thermoplastic. Wiring terminals shall be screw-type, side-wired. Contacts shall be silver-cadmium and contact arm shall be one-piece copper alloy. Switches shall be rated quiet-type ac only, 120/277 volts, with current rating and number of poles indicated. 2.10.2
Switch with Red Pilot Handle
NEMA WD 1. Provide pilot lights that are integrally constructed as a part of the switch's handle. The pilot light shall be red and shall illuminate whenever the switch is closed or "on". The pilot lighted switch shall be rated 20 amps and 120 volts or 277 volts as indicated. Provide the circuit's neutral conductor to each switch with a pilot light. 2.10.3
Breakers Used as Switches
For 120- and 277-Volt fluorescent fixtures, mark breakers "SWD" in accordance with UL 489. 2.10.4
Disconnect Switches
NEMA KS 1. Provide heavy duty-type switches where indicated, where switches are rated higher than 240 volts, and for double-throw switches. Fused switches shall utilize Class R fuseholders and fuses, unless indicated otherwise. Switches serving as motor-disconnect means shall be horsepower rated. Provide switches in NEMA enclosure as indicated per NEMA ICS 6.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 17
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.11
FCV3
FUSES
NEMA FU 1. Provide complete set of fuses as required. Time-current characteristics curves of fuses connected in series with circuit breakers or other circuit protective devices shall be coordinated for proper operation. Submit coordination data for approval. Fuses shall have voltage rating not less than circuit voltage. 2.11.1
Fuseholders
Provide in accordance with UL 4248. 2.11.2
Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class R)
UL 198M, Class RK-1.
Associated fuseholders shall be Class R only.
2.11.3 Cartridge Fuses, High-Interrupting Capacity, Current Limiting Type (Classes J, L, and CC) UL 198M, Class J for zero to 600 amperes, Class L for 601 to 6,000 amperes, and Class CC for zero to 30 amperes. 2.11.4
Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class T)
UL 198M, Class T for zero to 1,200 amperes, 300 volts; and zero to 800 amperes, 600 volts. 2.12
RECEPTACLES
UL 498, hard use, heavy-duty, grounding-type. Ratings and configurations shall be as indicated. Bodies shall be of white as per NEMA WD 1. Face and body shall be thermoplastic supported on a metal mounting strap. Dimensional requirements shall be per NEMA WD 6. Provide screw-type, side-wired wiring terminals. Connect grounding pole to mounting strap. The receptacle shall contain triple-wipe power contacts and double or triple-wipe ground contacts. 2.12.1
Switched Duplex Receptacles
Provide separate terminals for each ungrounded pole. be switched when installed. 2.12.2
Top receptacle shall
Weatherproof Receptacles
Provide in cast metal box with gasketed, weatherproof, cast-metal cover plate and gasketed cap over each receptacle opening. Provide caps with a spring-hinged flap. Receptacle shall be UL listed for use in "wet locations with plug in use." 2.12.3
Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles
UL 943, duplex type for mounting in standard outlet box. Device shall be capable of detecting current leak of 6 milliamperes or greater and tripping per requirements of UL 943 for Class A GFI devices. Provide screw-type, side-wired wiring terminals or pre-wired (pigtail) leads. 2.12.4
Special Purpose Receptacles
Provide in ratings indicated (NEMA configuration, rated amperes, volts). SECTION 26 20 00
Page 18
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Furnish one matching plug with each receptacle. 2.12.5
Plugs
Provide heavy-duty, rubber-covered three-, four-, or five-wire cord of required size, install plugs thereon, and attach to equipment. Plugs shall be UL listed with receptacles, complete with grounding blades. Where equipment is not available, turn over plugs and cord assemblies to the Government. 2.12.6
Range Receptacles
NEMA 14-50 configuration, rated 50 amperes, 125/250 volts. Recess/flush mount receptacle on gypsom board walls, surface mount on CMU and precast walls. 2.12.7
Dryer Receptacles
NEMA 14-30 configuration, rated 30 amperes, 125/250 volts. Recess/flush mount receptacle on gypsom board walls, surface mount on CMU and precast walls. 2.13
PANELBOARDS
UL 67 and UL 50 having a short-circuit current rating as indicated. Panelboards for use as service disconnecting means shall additionally conform to UL 869A. Panelboards shall be circuit breaker-equipped. Design shall be such that individual breakers can be removed without disturbing adjacent units or without loosening or removing supplemental insulation supplied as means of obtaining clearances as required by UL. "Specific breaker placement" is required in panelboards to match the breaker placement indicated in the panelboard schedule on the drawings. Use of "Subfeed Breakers" is not acceptable unless specifically indicated otherwise. Main breaker shall be "separately" mounted "above" or "below" branch breakers. Where "space only" is indicated, make provisions for future installation of breakers. Directories shall indicate load served by each circuit in panelboard. Directories shall also indicate source of service to panelboard (e.g., Panel PA served from Panel MDP). Type directories and mount in holder behind transparent protective covering. Panelboards shall be listed and labeled for their intended use. Panelboard shall have nameplates in accordance with paragraph FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES. Hangar door panelboard "HAHD" shall be service entrance rated. 2.13.1
Enclosure
Enclosures shall meet the requirements of UL 50. All cabinets shall be fabricated from sheet steel of not less than No. 10 gauge if flush-mounted or mounted outdoors, and not less than No. 12 gauge if surface-mounted indoors, with full seam-welded box ends. Cabinets mounted outdoors or flush-mounted shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Cabinets shall be painted in accordance with paragraph PAINTING. Outdoor cabinets shall be of NEMA 3R raintight unless otherwise noted on plans or panel schedules with conduit hubs welded to the cabinet. Front edges of cabinets shall be form-flanged or fitted with structural shapes welded or riveted to the sheet steel, for supporting the panelboard front. All cabinets shall be so fabricated that no part of any surface on the finished cabinet shall deviate from a true plane by more than 1/8 inch. Holes shall be provided SECTION 26 20 00
Page 19
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
in the back of indoor surface-mounted cabinets, with outside spacers and inside stiffeners, for mounting the cabinets with a 1/2 inch clear space between the back of the cabinet and the wall surface. Flush doors shall be mounted on hinges that expose only the hinge roll to view when the door is closed. Each door shall be fitted with a combined catch and lock, except that doors over 24 inches long shall be provided with a three-point latch having a knob with a T-handle, and a cylinder lock. Two keys shall be provided with each lock, and all locks shall be keyed alike. Finished-head cap screws shall be provided for mounting the panelboard fronts on the cabinets. 2.13.2
Panelboard Buses
Support bus bars on bases independent of circuit breakers. Main buses and back pans shall be designed so that breakers may be changed without machining, drilling, or tapping. Provide isolated neutral bus in each panel for connection of circuit neutral conductors. Provide separate ground bus identified as equipment grounding bus per UL 67 for connecting grounding conductors; bond to steel cabinet. In addition to equipment grounding bus, provide second "isolated" ground bus, where indicated. 2.13.2.1
Panelboard Neutrals for Non-Linear Loads
UL listed, and panelboard type shall have been specifically UL heat rise tested for use on non-linear loads. Panelboard shall be heat rise tested in accordance with UL 67, except with the neutral assembly installed and carrying 200 percent of the phase bus current during testing. Verification of the testing procedure shall be provided upon request. Two neutral assemblies paralleled together with cable is not acceptable. Nameplates for panelboard rated for use on non-linear loads shall be marked "SUITABLE FOR NON-LINEAR LOADS"and shall be in accordance with paragraph FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES. Provide a neutral label with instructions for wiring the neutral of panelboards rated for use on non-linear loads. 2.13.3
Circuit Breakers
UL 489, thermal magnetic-type having a minimum short-circuit current rating equal to the short-circuit current rating of the panelboard in which the circuit breaker shall be mounted. Breaker terminals shall be UL listed as suitable for type of conductor provided. Where indicated on the drawings, provide circuit breakers with shunt trip devices. Series rated circuit breakers and plug-in circuit breakers are unacceptable. UL 489 solid-state circuit breakers shall be used where indicated in 26 28 01.00 10 COORDINATED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION. 2.13.3.1
Multipole Breakers
Provide common trip-type with single operating handle. Breaker design shall be such that overload in one pole automatically causes all poles to open. Maintain phase sequence throughout each panel so that any three adjacent breaker poles are connected to Phases A, B, and C, respectively. 2.13.3.2
Circuit Breaker With GFI
UL 943 and NFPA 70. Provide with "push-to-test" button, visible indication of tripped condition, and ability to detect and trip on current imbalance of 6 milliamperes or greater per requirements of UL 943 for Class A GFI devices, for personnel protection, and 20 milliamperes or greater per SECTION 26 20 00
Page 20
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
requirements of UL 943 for Class B GFI per equipment protection. 2.13.3.3
Circuit Breakers for HVAC Equipment
Circuit breakers for HVAC equipment having motors (group or individual) shall be marked for use with HACR type and UL listed as HACR type. 2.13.3.4
Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters
UL 489, UL 1699 and NFPA 70. Molded case circuit breaker shall be rated as indicated for MEDIVAC sleeping areas. Provide with "push-to-test" button. 2.13.4
400 Hz Panelboard and Breakers
Panelboards and breakers for use on 400 Hz systems shall be "400 Hz" rated and labeled. 2.14
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
UL 489. Individual molded case circuit breakers with voltage and continuous current ratings, number of poles, overload trip setting, and short circuit current interrupting rating as indicated. Enclosure type as indicated. Provide solid neutral. 2.15
MOTOR SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTOR (MSCP)
Motor short-circuit protectors, also called motor circuit protectors (MCPs); shall conform to UL 508 and UL 489 and shall be provided as shown. MSCPs shall consist of an adjustable instantaneous trip circuit breaker used only in conjunction with a combination motor controller which provides coordinated motor branch-circuit overload and short-circuit protection. MSCPs shall be rated in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70. 2.16
TRANSFORMERS
NEMA ST 20, general purpose, dry-type, self-cooled, ventilated. Provide transformers in NEMA enclosure rating indicated on the transformer schedule. Transformer shall have 220 degrees C insulation system for transformers 15 kVA and greater, and shall have 180 degrees C insulation for transformers rated 10 kVA and less, with temperature rise not exceeding 115 degrees C under full-rated load in maximum ambient of 40 degrees C. Transformer of 115 degrees C temperature rise shall be capable of carrying continuously 115 percent of nameplate kVA without exceeding insulation rating. 2.16.1
Specified Transformer Efficiency
Transformers, indicated and specified with: 480V primary, 80 degrees C or 115 degrees C temperature rise, kVA ratings of 37.5 to 100 for single phase or 30 to 500 for three phase, shall be energy efficient type. Minimum efficiency, based on factory test results, shall not be less than NEMA Class 1 efficiency as defined by NEMA TP 1. 2.17
MOTORS
NEMA MG 1. Provide the size in terms of HP, or kVA, or full-load current, or a combination of these characteristics, and other characteristics, of each motor as indicated or specified. Determine specific motor characteristics to ensure provision of correctly sized starters and SECTION 26 20 00
Page 21
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
overload heaters. Motors for operation on 208-volt, 3-phase circuits shall have terminal voltage rating of 200 volts, and those for operation on 480-volt, 3-phase circuits shall have terminal voltage rating of 460 volts. Motors shall be designed to operate at full capacity with voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent of motor voltage rating. Unless otherwise indicated, motors rated 1 HP and above shall be continuous duty type. Where fuse protection is specifically recommended by the equipment manufacturer, provide fused switches in lieu of non-fused switches indicated. 2.17.1
High Efficiency Single-Phase Motors
Single-phase fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors shall be high efficiency types corresponding to the applications listed in NEMA MG 11. In exception, for motor-driven equipment with a minimum seasonal or overall efficiency rating, such as a SEER rating, provide equipment with motor to meet the overall system rating indicated. 2.17.2
Premium Efficiency Polyphase Motors
Polyphase motors shall be selected based on high efficiency characteristics relative to typical characteristics and applications as listed in NEMA MG 10. In addition, continuous rated, polyphase squirrel-cage medium induction motors shall meet the requirements for premium efficiency electric motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1, including the NEMA full load efficiency ratings. In exception, for motor-driven equipment with a minimum seasonal or overall efficiency rating, such as a SEER rating, provide equipment with motor to meet the overall system rating indicated. 2.17.3
Motor Sizes
Provide size for duty to be performed, not exceeding the full-load nameplate current rating when driven equipment is operated at specified capacity under most severe conditions likely to be encountered. When motor size provided differs from size indicated or specified, make adjustments to wiring, disconnect devices, and branch circuit protection to accommodate equipment actually provided. Provide controllers for motors rated 1-hp and above with electronic phase-voltage monitors designed to protect motors from phase-loss, undervoltage, and overvoltage. Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a time adjustable restart relay. 2.17.4
Wiring and Conduit
Provide internal wiring for components of packaged equipment as an integral part of the equipment. Provide power wiring and conduit for field-installed equipment, and motor control equipment forming part of motor control centers or switchgear assemblies, the conduit and wiring connecting such centers, assemblies, or other power sources to equipment as specified herein. Power wiring and conduit shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Control wiring shall be provided under, and conform to the requirements of the section specifying the associated equipment. 2.18
MOTOR CONTROLLERS
UL 508, NEMA ICS 1, and NEMA ICS 2. Controllers shall have thermal overload protection in each phase and shall have one spare normally open SECTION 26 20 00
Page 22
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
and one spare normally closed auxiliary contact. Provide controllers for motors rated 1-hp and above with electronic phase-voltage monitors designed to protect motors from phase-loss, undervoltage, and overvoltage. Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a time adjustable restart relay. Magnetic-type motor controllers shall have undervoltage protection when used with momentary-contact pushbutton stations or switches and shall have undervoltage release when used with maintained-contact pushbutton stations or switches. When used with pressure, float, or similar automatic-type or maintained-contact switch, controller shall have hand/off/automatic selector switch. Connections to selector switch shall be such that only normal automatic regulatory control devices are bypassed when switch is in "hand" position. Safety control devices, such as low and high pressure cutouts, high temperature cutouts, and motor overload protective devices, shall be connected in motor control circuit in "hand" and "automatic" positions. Control circuit connections to hand/off/automatic selector switch or to more than one automatic regulatory control device shall be made in accordance with indicated or manufacturer's approved wiring diagram. Selector switch shall have means for locking in any position. For each motor not in sight of controller or where controller disconnecting means is not in sight of motor location and driven machinery location, controller disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in open position. As an alternative, provide a manually operated, lockable, nonfused switch which disconnects motor from supply source within sight of motor. Overload protective devices shall provide adequate protection to motor windings; be thermal inverse-time-limit type; and include manual reset-type pushbutton on outside of motor controller case. Cover of combination motor controller and manual switch or circuit breaker shall be interlocked with operating handle of switch or circuit breaker so that cover cannot be opened unless handle of switch or circuit breaker is in "off" position. Provide controllers in hazardous locations with classifications as indicated. 2.18.1
Control Wiring
All control wire shall be stranded tinned copper switchboard wire with 600-volt flame-retardant insulation Type SIS meeting UL 44, or Type MTW meeting UL 1063, and shall pass the VW-1 flame tests included in those standards. Hinge wire shall have Class K stranding. Current transformer secondary leads shall be not smaller than No. 10 AWG. The minimum size of control wire shall be No. 14 AWG. Power wiring for 480-volt circuits and below shall be of the same type as control wiring and the minimum size shall be No. 12 AWG. Special attention shall be given to wiring and terminal arrangement on the terminal blocks to permit the individual conductors of each external cable to be terminated on adjacent terminal points. 2.18.2
Control Circuit Terminal Blocks
NEMA ICS 4. Control circuit terminal blocks for control wiring shall be molded or fabricated type with barriers, rated not less than 600 volts. The terminals shall be removable binding, fillister or washer head screw type, or of the stud type with contact and locking nuts. The terminals shall be not less than No. 10 in size and shall have sufficient length and space for connecting at least two indented terminals for 10 AWG conductors to each terminal. The terminal arrangement shall be subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer and not less than four (4) spare terminals or 10 percent, whichever is greater, shall be provided on each block or group of blocks. Modular, pull apart, terminal blocks will be acceptable provided they are of the channel or rail-mounted type. The SECTION 26 20 00
Page 23
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Contractor shall submit data showing that the proposed alternate will accommodate the specified number of wires, are of adequate current-carrying capacity, and are constructed to assure positive contact between current-carrying parts. 2.18.2.1
Types of Terminal Blocks
a.
Short-Circuiting Type: Short-circuiting type terminal blocks shall be furnished for all current transformer secondary leads and shall have provision for shorting together all leads from each current transformer without first opening any circuit. Terminal blocks shall meet the requirements of paragraph CONTROL CIRCUIT TERMINAL BLOCKS above.
b.
Load Type: Load terminal blocks rated not less than 600 volts and of adequate capacity shall be provided for the conductors for NEMA Size 3 and smaller motor controllers and for other power circuits, except those for feeder tap units. The terminals shall be of either the stud type with contact nuts and locking nuts or of the removable screw type, having length and space for at least two indented terminals of the size required on the conductors to be terminated. For conductors rated more than 50 amperes, screws shall have hexagonal heads. Conducting parts between connected terminals shall have adequate contact surface and cross-section to operate without overheating. Each connected terminal shall have the circuit designation or wire number placed on or near the terminal in permanent contrasting color.
2.18.3
Control Circuits
Control circuits shall have maximum voltage of 120 volts derived from control transformer in same enclosure. Transformers shall conform to UL 506, as applicable. Transformers, other than transformers in bridge circuits, shall have primaries wound for voltage available and secondaries wound for correct control circuit voltage. Size transformers so that 80 percent of rated capacity equals connected load. Provide disconnect switch on primary side. Provide fuses in each ungrounded primary feeder. One secondary lead shall be fused; other shall be grounded. 2.18.4
Enclosures for Motor Controllers
NEMA ICS 6. 2.18.5
Multiple-Speed Motor Controllers and Reversible Motor Controllers
Across-the-line-type, electrically and mechanically interlocked. Multiple-speed controllers shall have compelling relays and shall be multiple-button, station-type with pilot lights for each speed. 2.18.6
Pushbutton Stations
Provide with "start/stop" momentary contacts having one normally open and one normally closed set of contacts, and red lights to indicate when motor is running. Stations shall be heavy duty, oil-tight design. 2.18.7
Pilot and Indicating Lights
Provide LED cluster lamps.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 24
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.19
FCV3
MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS (MOTOR RATED SWITCHES)
Single pole designed for flush or surface mounting with overload protection and pilot lights. 2.19.1
Pilot Lights
Provide yoke-mounted, seven element LED cluster light module. be red 2.20
Color shall
LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS
Provide disconnecting means capable of being locked out for machines and other equipment to prevent unexpected startup or release of stored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. Mechanical isolation of machines and other equipment shall be in accordance with requirements of Division 23, "Mechanical." 2.21
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
Provide system of telecommunications wire-supporting structures (pathway), including: outlet boxes, conduits with pull wires wireways, cable trays, and other accessories for telecommunications outlets and pathway in accordance with TIA-569 and as specified herein. Additional telecommunications requirements are specified in Section 27 10 00, BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM. 2.22
COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION (CATV) SYSTEM
Additional CATV requirements are specified in Section 27 05 14.00 10, CABLE TELEVISION PREMISES DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM and Section 27 10 00, BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 2.23 2.23.1
GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT Ground Rods
UL 467. Ground rods shall be sectional type, copper-clad steel, with minimum diameter of 3/4 inch and minimum length of 10 feet. 2.23.2
Ground Bus
A copper ground bus shall be provided in the electrical equipment rooms as indicated. 2.23.3
Telecommunications and CATVGrounding Busbar
Provide corrosion-resistant grounding busbar suitable for indoor installation in accordance with TIA J-STD-607. Busbars shall be plated for reduced contact resistance. If not plated, the busbar shall be cleaned prior to fastening the conductors to the busbar, and an anti-oxidant shall be applied to the contact area to control corrosion and reduce contact resistance. Provide a telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) in the telecommunications entrance facility and a (TGB) in all other telecommunications rooms and equipment rooms. The telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) and the telecommunications grounding busbar (TGB) shall be sized in accordance with the immediate application requirements and with consideration of future growth. Provide telecommunications grounding busbars with the following: SECTION 26 20 00
Page 25
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
a.
Predrilled copper busbar provided with holes for use with standard sized lugs,
b.
Minimum dimensions of 0.25 in thick by 4 in wide for the TMGB and 2 in wide for TGBs with length as indicated;
c.
Listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
2.24
HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
Electrical materials, equipment, and devices for installation in hazardous locations, as defined by NFPA 70, shall be specifically approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual for particular "Class," "Division," and "Group" of hazardous locations involved. Boundaries and classifications of hazardous locations shall be as indicated. Equipment in hazardous locations shall comply with UL 877 for circuit breakers, UL 886 for outlet boxes and fittings, UL 1010 for receptacles, UL 674 for motors, and UL 698 for industrial controls. 2.25
MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 2.26
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES
ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each equipment enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified or as indicated on the drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, 0.125 inch thick, white with black center core. Provide red laminated plastic label with white center core where indicated. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering and engrave into the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be one by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of 0.25 inch high normal block style. 2.27
WARNING SIGNS
Provide warning signs for flash protection in accordance with NFPA 70E and NEMA Z535.4 for switchboards, panelboards, and industrial control panels that are in other than dwelling occupancies and are likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized. Provide field installed signs to warn qualified persons of potential electric arc flash hazards when warning signs are not provided by the manufacturer. The marking shall be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the equipment. 2.28
FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS
Provide firestopping around electrical penetrations in accordance with Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING . 2.29
WIREWAYS
UL 870. Material shall be steel galvanized 16 gauge for heights and depths up to 6 by 6 inches, and 14 gauge for heights and depths up to 12 by 12 SECTION 26 20 00
Page 26
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
inches. Provide in length required for the application with screw- cover NEMA 1 enclosure per NEMA ICS 6. 2.30
METERING
Reference Section 26 23 00 SWITCHBOARDS.2.31
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Provide parallel type surge protective devices which comply with UL 1449 at the service entrance, panelboards indicated on the one-line diagram and panel schedules, and as indicated elsewhere in the contract specifications.. Provide surge protectors in an enclosure of the same NEMA ICS 6 rating as the corresponding equipment. Provide the following modes of protection: FOR SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE WYE CONNECTED SYSTEMSEach phase to neutral ( L-N ) Neutral to ground ( N-G ) Phase to ground ( L-G ) FOR DELTA CONNECTIONSPhase to phase ( L-L ) Phase to ground ( L-G ) Surge protective devices at the service entrance shall have a minimum surge current rating of 80,000 amperes per mode minimum and downstream protectors shall be rated 40,000 amperes per mode minimum. The maximum line to neutral (L-N) Suppressed Voltage Rating (SVR) shall be: 500V 500V 500V 900V
for for for for
120V, single phase system 120/240V, single phase system 208Y/120V, three phase system 480Y/277V, three phase system
The minimum MCOV (Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage) rating shall be: 150V for 300/150V 300/150V 600/320V
120V, single phase system for 120/240V, single phase system for 208Y/120V, three phase system for 480Y/277V, three phase system
EMI/RFI filtering shall be provided for each mode with the capability to attenuate high frequency noise. Minimum attenuation shall be 20db. 2.31.1
Weatherproof Industrial Telephone Enclosure
Where indicated on the plans, telephone outlets shall be installed in weatherproof industrial telephone enclosures. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X per NEMA ICS 6 with hinged door and handle-operated latch. Provide RJ-45 jack with color as required for VOICE in 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM. Enclosure outside dimensions shall not exceed 13"W x 17"H x 12"D nor shall the weight exceed 9 pounds. Enclosure shall include four (4) mounting holes. The enclosure door shall include the word "TELEPHONE". Label outlet in the same manner as other wall-mounted telephones are labeled. 2.32
FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA 250 corrosion-resistance SECTION 26 20 00
Page 27
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
test and the additional requirements as specified herein. Interior and exterior steel surfaces of equipment enclosures shall be thoroughly cleaned and then receive a rust-inhibitive phosphatizing or equivalent treatment prior to painting. Exterior surfaces shall be free from holes, seams, dents, weld marks, loose scale or other imperfections. Interior surfaces shall receive not less than one coat of corrosion-resisting paint in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice. Exterior surfaces shall be primed, filled where necessary, and given not less than two coats baked enamel with semigloss finish. Equipment located indoors shall be ANSI Light Gray, and equipment located outdoors shall be ANSI Dark Gray. Provide manufacturer's coatings for touch-up work and as specified in paragraph FIELD APPLIED PAINTING. 2.33
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
2.33.1
Transformer Factory Tests
Submittal shall include routine NEMA ST 20 transformer test results on each transformer and also contain the results of NEMA "design" and "prototype" tests that were made on transformers electrically and mechanically equal to those specified. 2.34
COORDINATED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION
Analyses shall be prepared as specified in Section 26 28 01.00 10 COORDINATED POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION. PART 3 3.1
EXECUTION INSTALLATION
Electrical installations, including weatherproof and hazardous locations and ducts, plenums and other air-handling spaces, shall conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 and to requirements specified herein. 3.1.1
Underground Service
Underground service conductors and associated conduit shall be continuous from service entrance equipment to outdoor power system connection. 3.1.2
Hazardous Locations
Work in hazardous locations, as defined by NFPA 70, shall be performed in strict accordance with NFPA 70 for particular "Class," "Division," and "Group" of hazardous locations involved. Provide conduit and cable seals where required by NFPA 70. Conduit shall have tapered threads. 3.1.3
Service Entrance Identification
Service entrance disconnect devices, switches, and enclosures shall be labeled and identified as such, including the hangar door panel "HAHD". 3.1.3.1
Labels
Wherever work results in service entrance disconnect devices in more than one enclosure, as permitted by NFPA 70, each enclosure, new and existing, shall be labeled as one of several enclosures containing service entrance disconnect devices. Label, at minimum, shall indicate number of service disconnect devices housed by enclosure and shall indicate total number of SECTION 26 20 00
Page 28
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
enclosures that contain service disconnect devices. Provide laminated plastic labels conforming to paragraph FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES. Use lettering of at least 0.25 inch in height, and engrave on black-on-white matte finish. Service entrance disconnect devices in more than one enclosure, shall be provided only as permitted by NFPA 70. 3.1.4
Wiring Methods
Provide insulated conductors installed in rigid steel conduit, IMC, rigid nonmetallic conduit, or EMT, except where specifically indicated or specified otherwise or required by NFPA 70 to be installed otherwise. Grounding conductor shall be separate from electrical system neutral conductor. Provide insulated green equipment grounding conductor for circuit(s) installed in conduit and raceways. Shared neutral, or multi-wire branch circuits, are not permitted with arc-fault circuit interrupters. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2 inch in diameter for low voltage lighting and power circuits. Vertical distribution in multiple story buildings shall be made with metal conduit in fire-rated shafts. Metal conduit shall extend through shafts for minimum distance of 6 inches. Conduit which penetrates fire-rated walls, fire-rated partitions, or fire-rated floors shall be firestopped in accordance with Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. 3.1.4.1
Pull Wire
Install pull wires in empty conduits. Pull wire shall be plastic having minimum 200-pound force tensile strength. Leave minimum 36 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. 3.1.4.2
Metal Clad Cable
Install in accordance with NFPA 70, Type MC cable. 3.1.5
Conduit Installation
Unless indicated otherwise, conceal conduit under floor slabs and within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep conduit minimum 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install conduit parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members where located above accessible ceilings and where conduit will be visible after completion of project. Conduits and associated support elements shall be coordinated with all other trades prior to installation. Installation resulting in interferences shall be resolved at no additional cost to the government. For example, conduits shall not be installed below door openings, including overhead coiling doors. 3.1.5.1
Restrictions Applicable to Aluminum Conduit
a.
Do not install underground or encase in concrete or masonry except for 400 Hertz system, which shall meet NEMA Standard RN1 (see 400Hz System Equipment Detail notes).
b.
Do not use brass or bronze fittings.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 29
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.1.5.2
FCV3
Restrictions Applicable to EMT
a.
Do not install underground.
b.
Do not encase in concrete, mortar, grout, or other cementitious materials.
c.
Do not use in areas subject to severe physical damage including but not limited to equipment rooms where moving or replacing equipment could physically damage the EMT.
d.
Do not use in hazardous areas.
e.
Do not use outdoors.
3.1.5.3 a.
PVC Schedule 40 and PVC Schedule 80 (1)
(2)
Do not use in areas where subject to severe physical damage, including but not limited to, mechanical equipment rooms, electrical equipment rooms, and other such areas. Do not use in hazardous (classified) areas.
(4)
Do not use in penetrating fire-rated walls or partitions, or fire-rated floors.
(5)
Do not use above grade, except where allowed in this section for rising through floor slab or indicated otherwise.
3.1.6.3 a.
Restrictions Applicable to Nonmetallic Conduit
Restrictions Applicable to Rigid Steel Conduit
No restrictions.
3.1.5.4
Restrictions Applicable to Flexible Conduit
Use only as specified in paragraph FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS. 3.1.5.5
Service Entrance Conduit, Underground
PVC, Type-EPC 40, galvanized rigid steel or steel IMC. Underground portion shall be encased in minimum of 3 inches of concrete and shall be installed minimum 18 inches below slab or grade. 3.1.5.6
Underground Conduit Other Than Service Entrance
Plastic-coated rigid steel; plastic-coated steel IMC; PVC, Type EPC-40. Convert nonmetallic conduit, other than PVC Schedule 40 or 80, to plastic-coated rigid, or IMC, steel conduit before rising through floor slab. Plastic coating shall extend minimum 6 inches above floor. 3.1.5.7
Conduit Interior to Buildings for 400 Hz Circuits
Aluminum or nonmetallic.
See 400Hz System Equipment Detail notes.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 30
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.1.5.8
FCV3
Conduit for Circuits Rated Greater Than 600 Volts
Rigid metal conduit or IMC only. 3.1.5.9
Conduit Installed Under Floor Slabs
Conduit run under floor slab shall be located a minimum of 12 inches below the vapor barrier. Seal around conduits at penetrations thru vapor barrier. 3.1.5.10
Conduit Through Floor Slabs
Where conduits rise through floor slabs, curved portion of bends shall not be visible above finished slab. 3.1.5.11
Conduit Installed in Concrete Floor Slabs
Rigid steel; steel IMC; fiberglass, or PVC, Type EPC-40. Locate so as not to adversely affect structural strength of slabs. Install conduit within middle one-third of concrete slab. Do not stack conduits. Space conduits horizontally not closer than three diameters, except at cabinet locations. Curved portions of bends shall not be visible above finish slab. Increase slab thickness as necessary to provide minimum one inch cover over conduit. Where embedded conduits cross building and/or expansion joints, provide suitable watertight expansion/deflection fittings and bonding jumpers. Expansion/deflection fittings shall allow horizontal and vertical movement of raceway. Conduit larger than one inch trade size shall be parallel with or at right angles to main reinforcement; when at right angles to reinforcement, conduit shall be close to one of supports of slab. Where nonmetallic conduit is used, raceway shall be converted to plastic coated rigid steel or plastic coated steel IMC before rising above floor, unless specifically indicated. 3.1.5.12
Stub-Ups
Provide conduits stubbed up through concrete floor for connection to free-standing equipment with adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs, set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment in rigid steel conduit, except that flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above floor. Where no equipment connections are made, install screwdriver-operated threaded flush plugs in conduit end. 3.1.5.13
Conduit Support
Support conduit by pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers, or ceiling trapeze. Fasten by wood screws to wood; by toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; by concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or brick; and by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel work. Threaded C-clamps may be used on rigid steel conduit only. Do not weld conduits or pipe straps to steel structures. Load applied to fasteners shall not exceed one-fourth proof test load. Fasteners attached to concrete ceiling shall be vibration resistant and shock-resistant. Holes cut to depth of more than 1 1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete joints shall not cut main reinforcing bars. Fill unused holes. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws. In suspended-ceiling construction, run conduit above ceiling. Do not support conduit by ceiling support system. Conduit and box systems shall be supported independently of both (a) tie wires supporting ceiling grid system, and (b) ceiling grid system into which ceiling panels are placed. Supporting means shall not be shared SECTION 26 20 00
Page 31
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
between electrical raceways and mechanical piping or ducts. Installation shall be coordinated with above-ceiling mechanical systems to assure maximum accessibility to all systems. Spring-steel fasteners may be used for lighting branch circuit conduit supports in suspended ceilings in dry locations. Support exposed risers in wire shafts of multistory buildings by U-clamp hangers at each floor level and at 10 foot maximum intervals. Where conduit crosses building expansion joints, provide suitable expansion fitting that maintains conduit electrical continuity by bonding jumpers or other means. For conduits greater than 2 1/2 inches inside diameter, provide supports to resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the downward direction. 3.1.5.14
Directional Changes in Conduit Runs
Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast-metal fittings. Make field-made bends and offsets with hickey or conduit-bending machine. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits. Avoid trapped conduits. Prevent plaster, dirt, or trash from lodging in conduits, boxes, fittings, and equipment during construction. Free clogged conduits of obstructions. 3.1.5.15
Locknuts and Bushings
Fasten conduits to sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts where required by NFPA 70, where insulated bushings are used, and where bushings cannot be brought into firm contact with the box; otherwise, use at least minimum single locknut and bushing. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into wall of metal enclosures. Install bushings on ends of conduits, and provide insulating type where required by NFPA 70. 3.1.5.16
Flexible Connections
Provide flexible steel conduit between 3 and 6 feet in length for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for motors. Install flexible conduit to allow 20 percent slack. Minimum flexible steel conduit size shall be 1/2 inch diameter. Provide liquidtight flexible conduit in wet and damp locations and in fire pump rooms for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, movement or motors. Provide separate ground conductor across flexible connections. 3.1.5.17
Telecommunications and Signal System Pathway
Install telecommunications pathway in accordance with TIA-569. Cable trays, conduits, and associated support elements shall be coordinated with all other trades prior to installation. Installation resulting in interferences shall be resolved at no additional cost to the government. For example, cable trays and conduits shall not be installed below door openings, including overhead coiling doors. a.
Horizontal Pathway: Telecommunications pathways from the work area to the telecommunications room shall be installed and cabling length requirements in accordance with TIA-568-C.1. Size conduits, wireways, and cable trays in accordance with TIA-569 and as indicated.
b.
Backbone Pathway: Telecommunication pathways from the telecommunications entrance facility to telecommunications rooms, and, telecommunications equipment rooms (backbone cabling) shall be SECTION 26 20 00
Page 32
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
installed in accordance with TIA-569. Size conduits, wireways, and cable trays for telecommunications risers in accordance with TIA-569 and as indicated. 3.1.5.18
Community Antenna Television (CATV) System Conduits
See Section 27 05 14.00 10 CABLE TELEVISION PREMISES DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.. 3.1.6
Cable Tray Installation
Install and ground in accordance with NFPA 70. In addition, install and ground telecommunications cable tray in accordance with TIA-569, and TIA J-STD-607. Install cable trays parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Support in accordance with manufacturer recommendations but at not more than 6 foot intervals. Contact surfaces of aluminum connections shall be coated with an antioxidant compound prior to assembly. Adjacent cable tray sections shall be bonded together by connector plates of an identical type as the cable tray sections. For grounding of cable tray system provide No. 2 AWG bare copper wire throughout cable tray system, and bond to each section, except use No. 1/0 aluminum wire if cable tray is aluminum. Terminate cable trays 10 inches from both sides of smoke and fire partitions. Conductors run through smoke and fire partitions shall be installed in 4 inch rigid steel conduits with grounding bushings, extending a minimum of 6 inches beyond each side of partitions. Seal conduit on both ends to maintain smoke and fire ratings of partitions. Penetrations shall be firestopped in accordance with Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Provide supports to resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the downward direction. 3.1.7
Telecommunications Cable Support Installation
Install open top and closed ring cable supports on 4 ft to 5 ft centers to adequately support and distribute the cable’s weight. These types of supports shall be used to support a maximum of 50 0.25 in diameter cables. Install suspended cables with at least 3 in of clear vertical space above the ceiling tiles and support channels (T-bars). Open top and closed ring cable supports shall be suspended from or attached to the structural ceiling or walls with hardware or other installation aids specifically designed to support their weight. 3.1.8
Boxes, Outlets, and Supports
Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. Boxes for metallic raceways shall be cast-metal, hub-type when located in wet locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, when surface mounted on interior walls exposed up to 7 feet above floors and walkways, or when installed in hazardous areas and when specifically indicated. Boxes in other locations shall be sheet steel, except that aluminum boxes may be used with aluminum conduit, and nonmetallic boxes may be used with nonmetallic conduit system. Each box shall have volume required by NFPA 70 for number of conductors enclosed in box. Boxes for mounting lighting fixtures shall be minimum 4 inches square, or octagonal, except that smaller boxes may be installed as required by fixture configurations, as approved. Boxes for use in masonry-block or tile walls shall be square-cornered, tile-type, or standard boxes having square-cornered, tile-type covers. Provide gaskets for cast-metal boxes installed in wet locations and boxes installed flush with outside of SECTION 26 20 00
Page 33
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
exterior surfaces. Provide separate boxes for flush or recessed fixtures when required by fixture terminal operating temperature; fixtures shall be readily removable for access to boxes unless ceiling access panels are provided. Support boxes and pendants for surface-mounted fixtures on suspended ceilings independently of ceiling supports. Fasten boxes and supports with wood screws on wood, with bolts and expansion shields on concrete or brick, with toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and with machine screws or welded studs on steel. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be separately supported except where used for fixture support; support sheet metal boxes directly from building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of box, and support raceway with approved-type fastener maximum 24 inches from box. When penetrating reinforced concrete members, avoid cutting reinforcing steel. 3.1.8.1
Boxes
Boxes for use with raceway systems shall be minimum 1 1/2 inches deep, except where shallower boxes required by structural conditions are approved. Boxes for other than lighting fixture outlets shall be minimum 4 inches square, except that 4 by 2 inch boxes may be used where only one raceway enters outlet. Telecommunications outlets shall be a minimum of 4 11/16 inches square by 2 1/8 inches deep. Mount outlet boxes flush in finished walls (except precast and CMU walls, where boxes shall be surface mounted). 3.1.8.2
Pull Boxes
Construct of at least minimum size required by NFPA 70 of code-gauge aluminum or galvanized sheet steel, except where cast-metal boxes are required in locations specified herein. Provide boxes with screw-fastened covers. Where several feeders pass through common pull box, tag feeders to indicate clearly electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel designation. 3.1.8.3
Extension Rings
Extension rings are not permitted for new construction. 3.1.9
Mounting Heights
Mount panelboards, enclosed circuit breakers, motor controller and disconnecting switches so height of operating handle at its highest position is maximum 78 inches above floor. Mount lighting switches, receptacles, telecommunications outlets, and other devices as indicated on mounting height detail sheet. 3.1.10
Conductor Identification
Provide conductor identification within each enclosure where tap, splice, or termination is made. For conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller diameter, color coding shall be by factory-applied, color-impregnated insulation. For conductors No. 4 AWG and larger diameter, color coding shall be by plastic-coated, self-sticking markers; colored nylon cable ties and plates; or heat shrink-type sleeves. Identify control circuit terminations in accordance with Section 23 09 23 LONWORKS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS and manufacturer's recommendations. Provide telecommunications system conductor identification as specified in Section 27 10 00 BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEMS. SECTION 26 20 00
Page 34
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.1.10.1
FCV3
Marking Strips
White or other light-colored plastic marking strips, fastened by screws to each terminal block, shall be provided for wire designations. The wire numbers shall be made with permanent ink. The marking strips shall be reversible to permit marking both sides, or two marking strips shall be furnished with each block. Marking strips shall accommodate the two sets of wire numbers. Each device to which a connection is made shall be assigned a device designation in accordance with NEMA ICS 1 and each device terminal to which a connection is made shall be marked with a distinct terminal marking corresponding to the wire designation used on the Contractor's schematic and connection diagrams. The wire (terminal point) designations used on the Contractor's wiring diagrams and printed on terminal block marking strips may be according to the Contractor's standard practice; however, additional wire and cable designations for identification of remote (external) circuits shall be provided for the Government's wire designations. Prints of the marking strips drawings submitted for approval will be so marked and returned to the Contractor for addition of the designations to the terminal strips and tracings, along with any rearrangement of points required. 3.1.11
Splices
Make splices in accessible locations. Make splices in conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter with insulated, pressure-type connector. Make splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter with solderless connector, and cover with insulation material equivalent to conductor insulation. 3.1.12
Covers and Device Plates
Install with edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces without use of mats or similar devices. Plaster fillings are not permitted. Install plates with alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch. Use of sectional-type device plates are not permitted. Provide gasket for plates installed in wet locations. 3.1.13
Electrical Penetrations
Seal openings around electrical penetrations through fire resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors, or ceilings in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING. 3.1.14
Grounding and Bonding
Provide in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 780. Ground exposed, non-current-carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways, telecommunications system grounds, and neutral conductor of wiring systems. Make ground connection at main service equipment, and extend grounding conductor to point of entrance of metallic water service. Make connection to water pipe by suitable ground clamp or lug connection to plugged tee. If flanged pipes are encountered, make connection with lug bolted to street side of flanged connection. Supplement metallic water service grounding system with additional made electrode in compliance with NFPA 70. Make ground connection to driven ground rods on exterior of building. Interconnect all grounding media in or on the structure to provide a common ground potential. This shall include lightning SECTION 26 20 00
Page 35
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
protection, electrical service, telecommunications system grounds, as well as underground metallic piping systems. Interconnection to the gas line shall be made on the customer's side of the meter. Use main size lightning conductors for interconnecting these grounding systems to the lightning protection system. In addition to the requirements specified herein, provide telecommunications grounding in accordance with TIA J-STD-607. Where ground fault protection is employed, ensure that connection of ground and neutral does not interfere with correct operation of fault protection. 3.1.14.1
Ground Rods
Provide cone pointed ground rods. The resistance to ground shall be measured using the fall-of-potential method described in IEEE 81. The maximum resistance of a driven ground shall not exceed 25 ohms under normally dry conditions. If the resultant resistance exceeds 25 ohms measured not less than 48 hours after rainfall, notify the Contracting Officer who will decide on the number of ground rods to add. 3.1.14.2
Grounding Connections
Make grounding connections which are buried or otherwise normally inaccessible, excepting specifically those connections for which access for periodic testing is required, by exothermic weld or compression connector. a.
Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with the weld manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds which are "puffed up" or which show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. Mechanical connectors are not required at exothermic welds.
b.
Make compression connections using a hydraulic compression tool to provide the correct circumferential pressure. Tools and dies shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. An embossing die code or other standard method shall provide visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground wire.
3.1.14.3
Ground Bus
A copper ground bus shall be provided in the electrical equipment rooms as indicated. Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of transformer neutrals and other electrical equipment shall be effectively grounded by bonding to the ground bus. The ground bus shall be bonded to both the entrance ground, and to a ground rod or rods as specified above having the upper ends terminating approximately 4 inches above the floor. Connections and splices shall be of the brazed, welded, bolted, or pressure-connector type, except that pressure connectors or bolted connections shall be used for connections to removable equipment. 3.1.14.4
Resistance
Maximum resistance-to-ground of grounding system shall not exceed 5 ohms under dry conditions. Where resistance obtained exceeds 5 ohms, contact Contracting Officer for further instructions. 3.1.14.5
Telecommunications System
Provide telecommunications grounding in accordance with the following: a.
Telecommunications Grounding Busbars: Provide a telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) in the telecommunications entrance SECTION 26 20 00
Page 36
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
facility. The TMGB shall be as close to the electrical service entrance grounding connection as practicable. Provide a telecommunications grounding busbar (TGB) in all other telecommunications rooms and telecommunications equipment rooms. The TGB shall be as close to the telecommunications room panelboard as practicable, when equipped. Where a panelboard for telecommunications equipment is not installed in the telecommunications room, the TGB shall be located near the backbone cabling and associated terminations. In addition, the TGB shall be placed to provide for the shortest and straightest routing of the grounding conductors. Where a panelboard for telecommunications equipment is located within the same room or space as a TGB, that panelboard’s alternating current equipment ground (ACEG) bus (when equipped) or the panelboard enclosure shall be bonded to the TGB. Telecommunications grounding busbars shall be installed to maintain clearances as required by NFPA 70 and shall be insulated from its support. A minimum of 2 inches separation from the wall is recommended to allow access to the rear of the busbar and the mounting height shall be adjusted to accommodate overhead or underfloor cable routing. 1. Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solder less compression type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar. 2. Ground Bus Bar: Copper, minimum 1/4 inch thick by 4 inches wide with 9/32-inch holes spaced 1-1/8 inches apart. 3. Stand-Off Insulators: Comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V. Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. b.
Telecommunications Bonding Conductors: Provide main telecommunications service equipment ground consisting of separate bonding conductor for telecommunications, between the TMGB and readily accessible grounding connection of the electrical service. Grounding and bonding conductors should not be placed in ferrous metallic conduit. If it is necessary to place grounding and bonding conductors in ferrous metallic conduit that exceeds3 feet in length, the conductors shall be bonded to each end of the conduit using a grounding bushing or a No. 6 AWG conductor, minimum. Provide a telecommunications bonding backbone (TBB) that originates at the TMGB extends throughout the building using the telecommunications backbone pathways, and connects to the TGBs in all telecommunications rooms and equipment rooms. The TBB conductors shall be installed and protected from physical and mechanical damage. The TBB conductors should be installed without splices and routed in the shortest possible straight-line path. The bonding conductor between a TBB and a TGB shall be continuous. Where splices are necessary, the number of splices should be a minimum and they shall be accessible and located in telecommunications spaces. Joined segments of a TBB shall be connected using exothermic welding, irreversible compression-type connectors, or equivalent. All joints shall be adequately supported and protected from damage. Whenever two or more TBBs are used within a multistory building, the TBBs shall be bonded together with a grounding equalizer (GE) at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between. The TBB and GE shall not be connected to the pathway ground, except at the TMGB or the TGB.
c.
Telecommunications Grounding Connections: Telecommunications grounding connections to the TMGB or TGB shall utilize listed compression two-hole lugs, exothermic welding, suitable and equivalent one hole SECTION 26 20 00
Page 37
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
non-twisting lugs, or other irreversible compression type connections. All metallic pathways, cabinets, and racks for telecommunications cabling and interconnecting hardware located within the same room or space as the TMGB or TGB shall be bonded to the TMGB or TGB respectively. In a metal frame (structural steel) building, where the steel framework is readily accessible within the room; each TMGB and TGB shall be bonded to the vertical steel metal frame using a minimum No. 6 AWG conductor. Where the metal frame is external to the room and readily accessible, the metal frame shall be bonded to the TGB or TMGB with a minimum No. 6 AWG conductor. When practicable because of shorter distances and, where horizontal steel members are permanently electrically bonded to vertical column members, the TGB may be bonded to these horizontal members in lieu of the vertical column members. All connectors used for bonding to the metal frame of a building shall be listed for the intended purpose. d. 3.1.15
Comply with J-STD-607-A. Equipment Connections
Provide power wiring for the connection of motors and control equipment under this section of the specification. Except as otherwise specifically noted or specified, automatic control wiring, control devices, and protective devices within the control circuitry are not included in this section of the specifications but shall be provided under the section specifying the associated equipment. 3.1.16
Elevator
Provide circuit to line terminals of elevator controller, and disconnect switch on line side of controller, outlet for control power, outlet receptacle and work light at midheight of elevator shaft, and work light and outlet receptacle in elevator pit. 3.1.17
Government-Furnished Equipment
Contractor shall rough-in for Government-furnished equipment to make equipment operate as intended, including providing miscellaneous items such as plugs, receptacles, wire, cable, conduit, flexible conduit, and outlet boxes or fittings; except the contractor shall make final connections to Government-furnished systems furniture. 3.1.18
Surge Protective Devices
Connect the surge protective devices in parallel to the power source, keeping the conductors as short and straight as practically possible. 3.2
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING
Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two sheet-metal screws or two rivets. 3.3
WARNING SIGN MOUNTING
Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible side. Space the signs in accordance with NFPA 70E.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 38
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.4
FCV3
FIELD APPLIED PAINTING
Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. Painting shall be as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS. Where field painting of enclosures for panelboards, load centers or the like is specified to match adjacent surfaces, to correct damage to the manufacturer's factory applied coatings, or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria, provide manufacturer's recommended coatings and apply in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. 3.5
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Furnish test equipment and personnel and submit written copies of test results. Give Contracting Officer 5 working days notice prior to each test. 3.5.1
Devices Subject to Manual Operation
Each device subject to manual operation shall be operated at least five times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time. 3.5.2
600-Volt Wiring Test
Test wiring rated 600 volt and less to verify that no short circuits or accidental grounds exist. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring No. 6 AWG and larger diameter using instrument which applies voltage of approximately 500 volts to provide direct reading of resistance. Minimum resistance shall be 250,000 ohms. 3.5.3
Transformer Tests
Perform the standard, not optional, tests in accordance with the Inspection and Test Procedures for transformers, dry type, air-cooled, 600 volt and below; as specified in NETA ATS. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings. Tests need not be performed by a recognized independent testing firm or independent electrical consulting firm. 3.5.4
Ground-Fault Receptacle Test
Test ground-fault receptacles with a "load" (such as a plug in light) to verify that the "line" and "load" leads are not reversed. 3.5.5
Grounding System Test
Test grounding system to ensure continuity, and that resistance to ground is not excessive. Test each ground rod for resistance to ground before making connections to rod; tie grounding system together and test for resistance to ground. Make resistance measurements in dry weather, not earlier than 48 hours after rainfall. Submit written results of each test to Contracting Officer, and indicate location of rods as well as resistance and soil conditions at time measurements were made. -- End of Section --
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 39
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY SECTION 28 31 76 INTERIOR FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 08/11 PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 RELATED SECTIONS 1.2 REFERENCES 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.4.1 Scope 1.4.2 Technical Data and Computer Software 1.4.3 Keys 1.4.4 Coordination with Other Systems 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1 Qualifications 1.6.1.1 Design Services 1.6.1.2 Supervisor 1.6.1.3 Technician 1.6.1.4 Installer 1.6.1.5 Test Personnel 1.6.1.6 Manufacturer's Representative 1.6.1.7 Manufacturer 1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements 1.6.2.1 Requirements for Fire Protection Service 1.6.2.2 Fire Alarm/Mass Notification System 1.6.2.3 Fire alarm Testing Services or Laboratories 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) INSTRUCTIONS 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS 1.9.1 Repair Service/Replacement Parts 1.9.2 Interchangeable Parts 1.9.3 Spare Parts 1.9.4 Special Tools PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2.1.1 Standard Products 2.1.2 Nameplates 2.2 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENT 2.3 SYSTEM OPERATION 2.3.1 Alarm Initiating Devices and Notification Appliances (Visual, Voice, Textural) 2.3.2 Functions and Operating Features 2.4 SYSTEM MONITORING 2.4.1 Valves 2.4.2 Independent Fire Detection System 2.5 MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM FUNCTIONS SECTION 28 31 76
Page 1
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.5.1 Notification Appliance Network 2.5.2 Strobes 2.5.3 Wide Area MNS 2.5.4 Voice Notification 2.5.5 Installation-Wide Control 2.6 OVERVOLTAGE AND SURGE PROTECTION 2.6.1 Signaling Line Circuit Surge Protection 2.6.2 Sensor Wiring Surge Protection 2.7 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICES 2.8 ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE 2.9 ISOLATION MODULES 2.10 SMOKE SENSORS 2.10.1 Photoelectric Smoke Sensors 2.10.2 Duct Smoke Sensors 2.10.3 Smoke Sensor Testing 2.11 HEAT DETECTORS 2.11.1 Heat Detectors 2.11.1.1 Combination Fixed-Temperature and Rate-of-Rise Detectors 2.11.1.2 Rate Compensating Detectors 2.11.1.3 Fixed Temperature Detectors 2.11.2 Self-Test Routines 2.11.3 Operator Access 2.11.4 Operator Control 2.12 ELECTRIC POWER 2.12.1 Primary Power 2.13 SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY 2.13.1 Batteries 2.13.1.1 Capacity 2.13.1.2 Battery Power Calculations 2.13.2 Battery Chargers 2.14 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT AND MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL UNIT (FMCP) 2.14.1 Cabinet 2.14.2 Control Modules 2.14.3 Silencing Switches 2.14.3.1 Alarm Silencing Switch 2.14.3.2 Supervisory/Trouble Silencing Switch 2.14.4 Non-Interfering 2.14.5 Audible Notification System 2.14.5.1 Outputs and Operational Modules 2.14.5.2 Mass Notification 2.14.6 Memory 2.14.7 Field Programmability 2.14.8 Input/Output Modifications 2.14.9 Resetting 2.14.10 Instructions 2.14.11 Walk Test 2.14.12 History Logging 2.14.13 Remote LCD Text Display 2.15 REMOTE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL UNITS 2.15.1 Cabinet 2.15.2 Control Modules 2.15.3 Silencing Switches 2.15.4 Non-Interfering 2.15.5 Memory 2.15.6 Field Programmability 2.15.7 Input/Output Modifications 2.15.8 Resetting 2.15.9 Instructions 2.15.10 Walk Test SECTION 28 31 76
Page 2
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
2.15.11 History Logging 2.16 AMPLIFIERS, PREAMPLIFIERS, TONE GENERATORS 2.16.1 Operation 2.16.2 Construction 2.16.3 Inputs 2.16.4 Tone Generator 2.16.5 Protection Circuits 2.17 LCD, LED DISPLAY UNIT (VDU) 2.18 ANNUNCIATOR 2.18.1 Annunciator Panel 2.18.2 Programming 2.19 FIREFIGHTER TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 2.20 MANUAL STATIONS 2.21 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES 2.21.1 Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Speakers 2.21.2 Visual Notification Appliances 2.21.2.1 Foam Discharge Visual Notification Appliances 2.21.3 Fire Alarm Horns 2.22 ENVIRONMENTAL ENCLOSURES OR GUARDS 2.23 VALVE MONITOR SWITCHES (TAMPER SWITCHES) 2.24 WATERFLOW DETECTORS 2.25 Supervisory Low Air Pressure Switch 2.26 INTERFACE TO THE BASE WIDE MASS NOTIFICATION NETWORK 2.26.1 Radio 2.26.1.1 Radio Frequency Communications 2.26.1.2 Licensed Radio Frequency Systems 2.27 AUTOMATIC FIRE TRANSMITTERS 2.27.1 Radio Transmitter and Interface Panels 2.27.2 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) 2.27.3 Signals to Be Transmitted to the Base Receiving Station 2.28 WIRING 2.28.1 Alarm Wiring PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES 3.1.1 FMCP 3.1.2 Manual Stations: 3.1.3 Notification Appliance Devices 3.1.4 Smoke and Heat Sensors 3.1.5 Annunciator 3.1.6 Water Flow Detectors and Tamper Switches 3.1.7 Firefighter Telephones 3.1.8 Local Operating Console (LOC) 3.2 SYSTEM FIELD WIRING 3.2.1 Wiring within Cabinets, Enclosures, and Boxes 3.2.2 Terminal Cabinets 3.2.3 Alarm Wiring 3.2.4 Conductor Terminations 3.3 CONNECTION OF NEW SYSTEM 3.4 FIRESTOPPING 3.5 PAINTING 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.6.1 Testing Procedures 3.6.2 Tests Stages 3.6.2.1 Preliminary Testing 3.6.2.2 Request for Formal Inspection and Tests 3.6.2.3 Final Testing SECTION 28 31 76
Page 3
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
3.6.2.4 System Acceptance 3.6.3 Minimum System Tests 3.6.3.1 Intelligibility Tests 3.7 INSTRUCTION OF GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES 3.7.1 Instructor 3.7.2 Required Instruction Time 3.7.2.1 Technical Training 3.8 Technical Data and Computer Software -- End of Section Table of Contents --
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 4
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
SECTION 28 31 76 INTERIOR FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM 08/11 PART 1 1.1
GENERAL RELATED SECTIONS
Section 26 00 00.00 20 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. In addition, refer to the following sections for related work and coordination: Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13.00 10 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FIRE PROTECTION Section 21 13 17.00 10 DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FIRE PROTECTION Section 21 13 20.00 20 FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS Section 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE and additional work related to finish hardware. Section 14 24 00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS for additional work related to elevators. Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING for additional work related to firestopping. Section 27 51 16 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS for additional work related to mass notification override. Sections 26 09 23.00 40 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES and 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING for additional work related to egress lighting activation override. 1.2
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ASA) ASA S3.2
(2009) Method for Measuring the Intelligibility of Speech Over Communication Systems (ASA 85) ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME A17.1/CSA B44
(2010) Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE (AF) AF ETL 02-15
(2002) Fire Protection Engineering Criteria - New Aircraft Facilities
FM GLOBAL (FM) FM APP GUIDE
(updated on-line) Approval Guide SECTION 28 31 76
Page 5
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
http://www.approvalguide.com/ INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE) IEEE C62.41.1
(2002; R 2008) Guide on the Surges Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
IEEE C62.41.2
(2002) Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION (IEC) IEC 60268-16
(2003) Sound System Equipment - Part 16: Objective Rating Of Speech Intelligibility By Speech Transmission Index; Ed 3.0
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO) ISO 7240-16
(2007) Fire Detection And Alarm Systems — Part 16: Sound System Control And Indicating Equipment
ISO 7240-19
(2007) Fire Detection and Alarm Systems — Part 19: Design, Installation, Commissioning and Service of Sound Systems for Emergency Purposes
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 170
(2012) Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols
NFPA 70
(2011; Errata 2 2012) National Electrical Code
NFPA 72
(2013) National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
NFPA 90A
(2012) Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
UFC 3-601-02
(2010) Operations and Maintenance: Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Protection Systems
UFC 4-021-01
(2008; Change 1 2010) Design and O&M: Mass Notification Systems
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA) 47 CFR 15
Radio Frequency Devices
47 CFR 90
Private Land Mobile Radio Services
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 6
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL 1480
(2003; Reprint Jun 2010) Standard for Speakers for Fire Alarm, Emergency, and Commercial and Professional Use
UL 1638
(2001; Reprint Oct 2008) Visual Signaling Appliances - Private Mode Emergency and General Utility Signaling
UL 1971
(2002; Reprint Oct 2008) Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired
UL 2017
(2008; Reprint May 2011) General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems
UL 268
(2009) Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems
UL 464
(2009; Reprint Apr 2012) Standard for Audible Signal Appliances
UL 521
(1999; Reprint May 2010) Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems
UL 864
(2003; Reprint Aug 2012) Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems
UL Electrical Constructn
(2012) Electrical Construction Equipment Directory
UL Fire Prot Dir
(2012) Fire Protection Equipment Directory
1.3
DEFINITIONS
Wherever mentioned in this specification or on the drawings, the equipment, devices, and functions shall be defined as follows: a.
Interface Device: An addressable device that interconnects hard wired systems or devices to an analog/addressable system.
b.
Remote Fire Alarm and Mass Notification Control Unit: A control panel, electronically remote from the fire alarm and mass notification control panel, that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire alarm devices; may supply power to detection devices and interface devices; may provide transfer of power to the notification appliances; may provide transfer of condition to relays or devices connected to the control unit; and reports to and receives signals from the fire alarm control panel.
c.
Fire Alarm Control Unit and Mass Notification Autonomous Control Unit (FMCP): A master control panel having the features of a fire alarm and mass notification control unit and fire alarm and mass notification control units are interconnected. The panel has central processing, memory, input and output terminals, and LCD, LED Display units
d.
Local Operating Console (LOC): A unit designed to allow emergency responders and/or building occupants to operate the MNS including SECTION 28 31 76
Page 7
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
delivery or recorded and/or live messages, initiate strobe and textural visible appliance operation and other relayed functions. e.
1.4 1.4.1
Terminal Cabinet: A steel cabinet with locking, hinge-mounted door that terminal strips are securely mounted. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Scope
a.
This work includes completion of design and providing a new, complete, fire alarm and mass notification system as described herein and on the contract drawings for the GSAB Hangar. Full compliance with AF ETL 02-15 is mandatory. Include in the system wiring, raceways, pull boxes, terminal cabinets, outlet and mounting boxes, control equipment, alarm, and supervisory signal initiating devices, alarm notification appliances, supervising station fire alarm system transmitter, and other accessories and miscellaneous items required for a complete operating system even though each item is not specifically mentioned or described. Provide systems complete and ready for operation.
b.
Provide equipment, materials, installation, workmanship, inspection, and testing in strict accordance with the required and advisory provisions of NFPA 72, ISO 7240-16, IEC 60268-16, except as modified herein. The system layout on the drawings show the intent of coverage and are shown in suggested locations. Submit plan view drawing showing device locations, terminal cabinet locations, junction boxes, other related equipment, conduit routing, wire counts, circuit identification in each conduit, and circuit layouts for all floors. Drawings shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 170. Final quantity, system layout, and coordination are the responsibility of the Contractor.
c.
Where remote fire alarm control units are needed, they shall be provided at a terminal cabinet location. Each remote fire alarm control unit shall be powered from a wiring riser specifically for that use or from a local emergency power panel located on the same floor as the remote fire alarm control unit. Where remote fire control units are provided, equipment for notification appliances may be located in the remote fire alarm control units.
1.4.2
Technical Data and Computer Software
Technical data and computer software (meaning technical data that relates to computer software) that are specifically identified in this project, and may be defined/required in other specifications, shall be delivered, strictly in accordance with the CONTRACT CLAUSES. Identify data delivered by reference to the particular specification paragraph against which it is furnished. Data to be submitted shall include complete system, equipment, and software descriptions. Descriptions shall show how the equipment will operate as a system to meet the performance requirements of this contract. The data package shall also include the following: a.
Identification of programmable portions of system equipment and capabilities.
b.
Description of system revision and expansion capabilities and methods of implementation detailing both equipment and software requirements.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 8
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
c.
Provision of operational software data on all modes of programmable portions of the fire alarm and detection system.
d.
Description of Fire Alarm and Mass Notification Control Panel equipment operation.
e.
Description of auxiliary and remote equipment operations.
f.
Library of application software.
g.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
1.4.3
Keys
Keys and locks for equipment shall be identical. Provide not less than six keys of each type required. Master all keys and locks to a single key as required by the local AHJ. LOC is not permitted to be locked or lockable. 1.4.4
Coordination with Other Systems
The Fire Alarm System shall produce a dry contact output to the Lighting Control System (Section 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND DEVICES) to comply with egress lighting requirements of NFPA 101. See lighting control schemes on the drawings for more information on control sequences resulting from the Fire Alarm alarm activation. The contractor is responsible for coordinating these inputs and outputs to provide a complete system. 1.5
SUBMITTALS
The fire protection engineers, US Army Corps of Engineers Center of Expertise and District Office, will review and approve all submittals in this section requiring Government approval. Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: SD-02 Shop Drawings Nameplates; G, DO Instructions; G, DO Wiring Diagrams; G, DO System Layout; G, DO System Operation; G, DO Notification Appliances; G, DO Amplifiers; G, DO SD-03 Product Data Technical Data And Computer Software; G, DO Fire Alarm Control Unit and Mass Notification Control Unit (FMCP); G LCD, LED Display Unit (VDU); G, DO Terminal cabinets; G, DO Manual stations; G, DO SECTION 28 31 76
Page 9
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Transmitters (including housing); G, DO Batteries; G, DO Battery chargers; G, DO Smoke sensors; G, DO Heat detectors; G, DO Notification appliances; G, DO Addressable interface devices; G, DO Amplifiers; G, DO Tone generators; G, DO Digitalized voice generators; G, DO Firefighter telephone; G, DO Waterflow detectors; G, DO Tamper switches; G, DO Pressure Switch; G, DO Remote Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Control Units; G, DO Radio transmitter and interface panels; G, DO Local Operating Console (LOC); G, DO SD-05 Design Data Battery power; G, DO Battery chargers; G, DO SD-06 Test Reports Field Quality Control Testing Procedures; G, DO Smoke sensor testing procedures; G, DO SD-07 Certificates Installer; G, DO Formal Inspection and Tests Final Testing SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports System Operation; G, DO Fire Alarm/Mass Notification System SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Instructions; G, DO Instruction of Government Employees SD-11 Closeout Submittals As-Built Drawings; G, PO 1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Equipment and devices shall be compatible and operable with existing station fire alarm system and shall not impair reliability or operational functions of existing supervising station fire alarm system. The proprietary type Supervising Station (PSS) is located at the Fort Carson Fire Department. The supervising equipment is existing and consists of the following brands and models: Fort Carson utilizes Monaco BT-XM communicator to combine the Fire Alarm and Mass Notification systems to communicate to SECTION 28 31 76
Page 10
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
the Base Monaco D21 central station.. a.
In NFPA publications referred to herein, consider advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears; interpret reference to "authority having jurisdiction" to mean the Contracting Offices Designated Representative (COR).
b.
The recommended practices stated in the manufacturer's literature or documentation shall be considered as mandatory requirements.
c.
Devices and equipment for fire alarm service shall be listed by UL Fire Prot Dir or approved by FM APP GUIDE.
1.6.1
Qualifications
1.6.1.1
Design Services
Installations requiring completion of installation drawings and specification or modifications of fire detection, fire alarm, mass notification system, fire suppression systems or mass notification systems shall require the services and review of a qualified engineer. For the purposes of meeting this requirement, a qualified engineer is defined as an individual meeting one of the following conditions: a.
A registered professional engineer having a Bachelor of Science or Masters of Science Degree in Fire Protection Engineering from an accredited university engineering program, plus a minimum of four years work experience in fire protection engineering.
b.
A registered professional engineer (P.E.) in fire protection engineering.
c.
Registered Professional Engineer with verification of experience and at least five years of current experience in the design of the fire protection and detection systems.
1.6.1.2
Supervisor
NICET Fire Alarm Technicians to perform the installation of the system. A NICET Level 4 Fire Alarm Technician shall supervise the installation of the fire alarm system/mass notification system. The Fire Alarm technicians supervising the installation of equipment shall be factory trained in the installation, adjustment, testing, and operation of the equipment specified herein and on the drawings. 1.6.1.3
Technician
Fire Alarm Technicians with a minimum of four years of experience utilized to install and terminate fire alarm/mass notification devices, cabinets and panels. The Fire Alarm technicians installing the equipment shall be factory trained in the installation, adjustment, testing, and operation of the equipment specified herein and on the drawings. 1.6.1.4
Installer
Fire Alarm installer with a minimum of two years of experience utilized to assist in the installation of fire alarm/mass notification devices, cabinets and panels NICET Level II technician to assist in the installation SECTION 28 31 76
Page 11
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
of fire alarm/mass notification devices, cabinets and panels. An electrician shall be allowed to install wire, cable, conduit and backboxes for the fire alarm system/mass notification system. The Fire Alarm installer shall be factory trained in the installation, adjustment, testing, and operation of the equipment specified herein and on the drawings. 1.6.1.5
Test Personnel
Fire Alarm Technicians with a minimum of eight years of experience (NICET Level IV)utilized to test and certify the installation of the fire alarm/mass notification devices, cabinets and panels. The Fire Alarm technicians testing the equipment shall be factory trained in the installation, adjustment, testing, and operation of the equipment specified herein and on the drawings. 1.6.1.6
Manufacturer's Representative
The fire alarm and mass notification equipment manufacturer's representative shall be present for the connection of wiring to the control panel. The Manufacturer's Representative shall be an employee of the manufacturer with necessary technical training (NICET Level IV)on the system being installed. 1.6.1.7
Manufacturer
Components shall be of current design and shall be in regular and recurrent production at the time of installation. Provide design, materials, and devices for a protected premises fire alarm system, complete, conforming to NFPA 72, except as otherwise or additionally specified herein. 1.6.2 1.6.2.1
Regulatory Requirements Requirements for Fire Protection Service
Equipment and material shall have been tested by UL and listed in UL Fire Prot Dir or approved by FM and listed in FM APP GUIDE. Where the terms "listed" or "approved" appear in this specification, they shall mean listed in UL Fire Prot Dir or FM APP GUIDE. The omission of these terms under the description of any item of equipment described shall not be construed as waiving this requirement. All listings or approval by testing laboratories shall be from an existing ANSI or UL published standard. 1.6.2.2
Fire Alarm/Mass Notification System
Furnish equipment that is compatible and is UL listed, FM approved, or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory for the intended use. All listings by testing laboratories shall be from an existing ANSI or UL published standard. Submit a unique identifier for each device, including the control panel and initiating and indicating devices, with an indication of test results, and signature of the factory-trained technician of the control panel manufacturer and equipment installer. With reports on preliminary tests, include printer information. Include the NFPA 72 Record of Completion and NFPA 72 Inspection and Testing Form, with the appropriate test reports. 1.6.2.3
Fire alarm Testing Services or Laboratories
construct fire alarm and fire detection equipment in accordance with SECTION 28 31 76
Page 12
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
UL Fire Prot Dir, UL Electrical Constructn, or FM APP GUIDE. 1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect equipment delivered and placed in storage from the weather, humidity, and temperature variation, dirt and dust, and other contaminants. 1.8
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) INSTRUCTIONS
Submit 6 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Instructions, indexed and in booklet form. The Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall be a single volume or in separate volumes, and may be submitted as a Technical Data Package. Manuals shall be approved prior to training. The Interior Fire Alarm And Mass Notification System Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall include: a.
"Manufacturer Data Package 5" as specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.
b.
Operating manual outlining step-by-step procedures required for system startup, operation, and shutdown. The manual shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, service manual, parts list, and complete description of equipment and their basic operating features.
c.
Maintenance manual listing routine maintenance procedures, possible breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting guide. The manuals shall include conduit layout, equipment layout and simplified wiring, and control diagrams of the system as installed.
d.
The manuals shall include complete procedures for system revision and expansion, detailing both equipment and software requirements.
e.
Software delivered for this project shall be provided, on each type of CD/DVD media utilized.
f.
Printouts of configuration settings for all devices.
g.
Routine maintenance checklist. The routine maintenance checklist shall be arranged in a columnar format. The first column shall list all installed devices, the second column shall state the maintenance activity or state no maintenance required, the third column shall state the frequency of the maintenance activity, and the fourth column for additional comments or reference. All data (devices, testing frequencies, etc.) shall comply with UFC 3-601-02.
1.9 1.9.1
EXTRA MATERIALS Repair Service/Replacement Parts
Repair services and replacement parts for the system shall be available for a period of 10 years after the date of final acceptance of this work by the Contracting Officer. During guarantee period, the service technician shall be on-site within 24 hours after notification. All repairs shall be completed within 24 hours of arrival on-site. 1.9.2
Interchangeable Parts
Spare parts furnished shall be directly interchangeable with the corresponding components of the installed system. Spare parts shall be SECTION 28 31 76
Page 13
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
suitably packaged and identified by nameplate, tagging, or stamping. Spare parts shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer at the time of the final acceptance testing. 1.9.3
Spare Parts
Furnish the following spare parts and accessories: a.
Four fuses for each fused circuit
b.
Two of each type of notification appliance in the system (e.g. speaker, FA strobe, MNS strobe, etc.)
c.
Two of each type of initiating device included in the system (e.g. smoke detector, thermal detector, manual station, etc.)
1.9.4
Special Tools
Software, connecting cables and proprietary equipment, necessary for the maintenance, testing, and reprogramming of the equipment shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer. PART 2 2.1
PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Submit annotated catalog data as required in the paragraph SUBMITTAL, in table format on the drawings, showing manufacturer's name, model, voltage, and catalog numbers for equipment and components. Submitted shop drawings shall not be smaller than ISO A1. Also provide UL or FM listing cards for equipment provided. 2.1.1
Standard Products
Provide materials, equipment, and devices that have been tested by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, such as UL or FM Approvals, LLC (FM), and listed or approved for fire protection service when so required by NFPA 72 or this specification. Select material from one manufacturer, where possible, and not a combination of manufacturers, for any particular classification of materials. Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least two years prior to bid opening. 2.1.2
Nameplates
Major components of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, catalog number, date of installation, installing Contractor's name and address, and the contract number provided on a new plate permanently affixed to the item or equipment. Major components include, but are not limited to, the following: a.
FMCPs
b.
Automatic transmitter/transceiver
c.
Terminal Cabinet
Furnish nameplate illustrations and data to obtain approval by the Contracting Officer before installation. Obtain approval by the SECTION 28 31 76
Page 14
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Contracting Officer for installation locations. Nameplates shall be etched metal or plastic, permanently attached by screws to panels or adjacent walls. 2.2
GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENT
All fire alarm and mass notification equipment shall be listed for use under the applicable reference standards. Interfacing of Listed UL 864 or similar approved industry listing with Mass Notification Panels listed to UL 2017 shall be done in a laboratory listed configuration, if the software programming features cannot provide a listed interface control. If a field modification is needed, such as adding equipment like relays, the manufacturer of the panels being same or different brand from manufacturer shall provide the installing contractor for review and confirmation by the installing contractor. As part of the submittal documents, provide this information. 2.3
SYSTEM OPERATION
The Addressable Interior Fire Alarm and Mass Notification System shall be a complete, supervised, noncoded, analog/addressable fire alarm and mass notification system conforming to NFPA 72, UL 864 , and UL 2017. The system shall be activated into the alarm mode by actuation of any alarm initiating device. The system shall remain in the alarm mode until the initiating device is reset and the control panel is reset and restored to normal. The system may be placed in the alarm mode by local microphones, LOC, or remotely from authorized locations/users. Submit data on each circuit to indicate that there is at least 25 percent spare capacity for notification appliances, 25 percent spare capacity for initiating devices. Annotate data for each circuit on the drawings. Submit a complete description of the system operation in matrix format on the drawings. Submit a complete list of device addresses and corresponding messages. 2.3.1 Alarm Initiating Devices and Notification Appliances (Visual, Voice, Textural) a.
Connect alarm initiating devices to signal line circuits (SLC) Class "B" and installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
b.
Connect alarm notification appliances and speakers to notification appliance circuits (NAC) Class "B".
c.
The system shall operate in the alarm mode upon actuation of any alarm initiating device or a mass notification signal. The system shall remain in the alarm mode until initiating device(s) or mass notification signal is/are reset and the control panel is manually reset and restored to normal. Audible, and visual appliances and systems shall comply with NFPA 72 and as specified herein. Fire alarm system/mass notification system components requiring power, except for the control panel power supply, shall operate on 24 Volts dc.
2.3.2
Functions and Operating Features
The system shall provide the following functions and operating features: a.
The FMCP shall provide power, annunciation, supervision, and control for the system. Addressable systems shall be microcomputer SECTION 28 31 76
Page 15
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
(microprocessor or microcontroller) based with a minimum word size of eight bits with sufficient memory to perform as specified. b.
For Class "A" or "X" circuits with conductor lengths of 3m (10 feet) or less, the conductors shall be permitted to be installed in the same raceway in accordance with NFPA 72.
c.
Provide signaling line circuits for each floor.
d.
Provide signaling line circuits for the network.
e.
Provide notification appliance circuits. The visual alarm notification appliances shall have the flash rates synchronized as required by NFPA 72.
f.
Provide electrical supervision of the primary power (AC) supply, presence of the battery, battery voltage, and placement of system modules within the control panel.
g.
Provide an audible and visual trouble signal to activate upon a single break or open condition, or ground fault (or short circuit for Class "X"). The trouble signal shall also operate upon loss of primary power (AC) supply, absence of a battery supply, low battery voltage, or removal of alarm or supervisory panel modules. Provide a trouble alarm silence feature that shall silence the audible trouble signal, without affecting the visual indicator. After the system returns to normal operating conditions, the trouble signal shall again sound until the trouble is acknowledged. A smoke sensor in the process of being verified for the actual presence of smoke shall not initiate a trouble condition.
h.
Provide program capability via switches in a locked portion of the FACP to bypass the automatic notification appliance circuits, fire reporting system, air handler shutdown, elevator recall, and door unlocking features. Operation of this programming shall indicate this action on the FACP display and printer output.
i.
Alarm, supervisory, and/or trouble signals shall be automatically transmitted to the fire department..
j.
Alarm functions shall override trouble or supervisory functions. Supervisory functions shall override trouble functions.
k.
The system shall be capable of being programmed from the panels keyboard. Programmed information shall be stored in non-volatile memory.
l.
The system shall be capable of operating, supervising, and/or monitoring both addressable and non-addressable alarm and supervisory devices.
m.
There shall be no limit, other than maximum system capacity, as to the number of addressable devices, that may be in alarm simultaneously.
n.
Where the fire alarm/mass notification system is responsible for initiating an action in another emergency control device or system, such as an HVAC systeman elevator system , the addressable fire alarm relay shall be in the vicinity of the emergency control device.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 16
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
o.
An alarm signal shall automatically initiate the following functions: (1) (2)
(3) (4)
(5)
p.
Transmission of an alarm signal to the fire department. Visual indication of the device operated on the control panel (FACP/MNCP), LCD, LED Display unit (VDU), and on the graphic annunciator. Indication on the graphic annunciator shall be by floor, zone or circuit, and type of device. Continuous actuation of all alarm notification appliances. Recording of the event via electronically in the history log of the fire control system unit. Release of doors held open by electromagnetic devices.
(7)
Release of power to electric locks (delayed egress locks) on doors that are part of the means of egress.
(8)
Operation of a smoke sensor in an elevator lobby or other location associated with the automatic recall of elevators, shall recall the elevators in addition to other requirements of this paragraph.
(9)
Operation of a duct smoke sensor shall shut down the appropriate air handler in accordance with NFPA 90A in addition to other requirements of this paragraph and as allowed by NFPA 72.
(11)
Operation of a sprinkler waterflow switch serving an elevator machinery room or elevator shaft shall operate shunt trip circuit breaker(s) to shut down power to the elevators in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.
(12)
Operation of an interface, that operates vibrating pagers worn by hearing-impaired occupants.
A supervisory signal shall automatically initiate the following functions: (1)
(2) (3)
q.
FCV3
Visual indication of the device operated on the FACP, VDU, and on the graphic annunciator, and sound the audible alarm at the respective panel. Transmission of a supervisory signal to the fire department. Recording of the event electronically in the history log of the control unit.
A trouble condition shall automatically initiate the following functions: (1)
Visual indication of the system trouble on the FACP, VDU, and on the graphic annunciator, and sound the audible alarm at the respective panel.
(2)
Transmission of a trouble signal to the fire department.
(3)
Recording of the event in the history log of the control unit.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 17
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
r.
The maximum permissible elapsed time between the actuation of an initiating device and its indication at the FACP is 10 seconds.
s.
The maximum elapsed time between the occurrence of the trouble condition and its indication at the FACP is 200 seconds.
t.
Activation of a LOC pushbutton shall activate the audible and visual alarms in the facility. The audible message shall be the one associated with the pushbutton activated.
2.4 2.4.1
SYSTEM MONITORING Valves
Each valve affecting the proper operation of a fire protection system, including automatic sprinkler control valves, standpipe control valves, sprinkler service entrance valve, isolating valves for pressure type waterflow or supervision switches, and valves at backflow preventers, whether supplied under this contract or existing, shall be electrically monitored to ensure its proper position. Provide each tamper switch with a separate address. 2.4.2
Independent Fire Detection System
Each existing independent smoke detection subsystem, kitchen fire extinguishing system, and releasing system (e.g. AFFF) shall be monitored both for the presence of an alarm condition and for a trouble condition. Provide each monitored condition with a separate address. 2.5 2.5.1
MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM FUNCTIONS Notification Appliance Network
The audible notification appliance network consists of speakers located to provide intelligible instructions at all locations in the building. The Mass Notification System announcements shall take priority over all other audible announcements of the system including the output of the fire alarm system in a normal or alarm state. However, the override of the fire alarm system audible devices by the mass notification system shall not exceed 60 seconds. The reset back to fire alarm audible devices active shall be automatic. When a mass notification announcement is activated during a fire alarm, all fire alarm system functions shall continue in an alarm state except for the output signals of the fire alarm audible and visual notification appliances. 2.5.2
Strobes
Provide strobes to alert hearing-impaired occupants. 2.5.3
Wide Area MNS
The Wide Area MNS system (if available) in the area of the building shall not be activated by the in-building MNS. 2.5.4
Voice Notification
An autonomous voice notification control unit is used to monitor and control the notification appliance network and provide consoles for local operation. Using a console, personnel in the building can initiate SECTION 28 31 76
Page 18
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
delivery of pre-recorded voice messages, provide live voice messages and instructions, and initiate visual strobe and optional textual message notification appliances. The autonomous voice notification control unit will temporarily override audible fire alarm notification while delivering Mass Notification messages to ensure they are intelligible. 2.5.5
Installation-Wide Control
If an installation-wide control system for mass notification exists on the base, the autonomous control unit shall communicate with the central control unit of the installation-wide system. The autonomous control unit shall receive commands/messages from the central control unit and provide status information. 2.6 2.6.1
OVERVOLTAGE AND SURGE PROTECTION Signaling Line Circuit Surge Protection
For systems having circuits located outdoors, communications equipment shall be protected against surges induced on any signaling line circuit and shall comply with the applicable requirements of IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2. Cables and conductors, that serve as communications links, shall have surge protection circuits installed at each end that meet the following waveform(s): a.
A 10 microsecond by 1000 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of 1500 volts and a peak current of 60 amperes.
b.
An 8 microsecond by 20 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of 1000 volts and a peak current of 500 amperes. Protection shall be provided at the equipment. Additional triple electrode gas surge protectors, rated for the application, shall be installed on each wireline circuit within 3 feet of the building cable entrance. Fuses shall not be used for surge protection.
2.6.2
Sensor Wiring Surge Protection
Digital and analog inputs and outputs shall be protected against surges induced by sensor wiring installed outdoors and as shown. The inputs and outputs shall be tested with the following waveforms: a.
A 10 by 1000 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of 1500 volts and a peak current of 60 amperes.
b.
An 8 by 20 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of 1000 volts and a peak current of 500 amperes. Fuses shall not be used for surge protection.
2.7
ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICES
The initiating device being monitored shall be configured as a Class "B" initiating device circuits. The system shall be capable of defining any module as an alarm module and report alarm trouble, loss of polling, or as a supervisory module, and reporting supervisory short, supervisory open or loss of polling such as waterflow switches, valve supervisory switches, independent smoke detection systems, relays for output function actuation, etc. The module shall be UL or FM listed as compatible with the control panel. The monitor module shall provide address setting means compatible with the control panel's SLC supervision and store an internal identifying SECTION 28 31 76
Page 19
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
code. Monitor module shall contain an integral LED that flashes each time the monitor module is polled and is visible through the device cover plate. Pull stations with a monitor module in a common backbox are not required to have an LED. 2.8
ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE
The control module shall be capable of operating as a relay (dry contact form C) for interfacing the control panel with other systems, and to control door holders or initiate elevator fire service. The module shall be UL or FM listed as compatible with the control panel. The indicating device or the external load being controlled shall be configured as a Class "B" notification appliance circuits. The system shall be capable of supervising, audible, visual and dry contact circuits. The control module shall have both an input and output address. The supervision shall detect a short on the supervised circuit and shall prevent power from being applied to the circuit. The control model shall provide address setting means compatible with the control panel's SLC supervision and store an internal identifying code. The control module shall contain an integral LED that flashes each time the control module is polled and is visible through the device cover plate. Control Modules shall be located in environmental areas that reflect the conditions to which they were listed. 2.9
ISOLATION MODULES
Provide isolation modules to subdivide each signaling line circuit into groups of not more than 20 addressable devices between adjacent isolation modules. 2.10 2.10.1
SMOKE SENSORS Photoelectric Smoke Sensors
Provide addressable photoelectric smoke sensors as follows: a.
Provide analog/addressable photoelectric smoke sensors utilizing the photoelectric light scattering principle for operation in accordance with UL 268. Smoke sensors shall be listed for use with the fire alarm control panel.
b.
Provide self-restoring type sensors that do not require any readjustment after actuation at the FACP to restore them to normal operation. Sensors shall be UL listed as smoke-automatic fire sensors.
c.
Components shall be rust and corrosion resistant. Vibration shall have no effect on the sensor's operation. Protect the detection chamber with a fine mesh metallic screen that prevents the entrance of insects or airborne materials. The screen shall not inhibit the movement of smoke particles into the chamber.
d.
Provide twist lock bases with sounder that produces a minimum of 90 dBA at 10 feet for the sensors. The sensors shall maintain contact with their bases without the use of springs. Provide companion mounting base with screw terminals for each conductor. Terminate field wiring on the screw terminals. The sensor shall have a visual indicator to show actuation.
e.
The sensor address shall identify the particular unit, its location within the system, and its sensitivity setting. Sensors shall be of SECTION 28 31 76
Page 20
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
the low voltage type rated for use on a 24 VDC system. f.
2.10.2
An operator at the control panel, having a proper access level, shall have the capability to manually access the following information for each initiating device. (1)
Primary status
(2)
Device type
(3)
Present average value
(4)
Present sensitivity selected
(5)
Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.)
Duct Smoke Sensors
Duct-mounted photoelectric smoke detectors shall be furnished and installed where indicated and in accordance with NFPA 90A. Units shall consist of a smoke detector as specified in paragraph Photoelectric Detectors, mounted in a special housing fitted with duct sampling tubes. Detector circuitry shall be mounted in a metallic enclosure exterior to the duct. (It is not permitted to cut the duct insulation to install the duct detector directly on the duct). Detectors shall have a manual reset. Detectors shall be rated for air velocities that include air flows between 500 and 4000 fpm. Detectors shall be powered from the fire alarm panel. a.
Sampling tubes shall run the full width of the duct. The duct detector package shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A, UL 268A, and shall be UL listed for use in air-handling systems. The control functions, operation, reset, and bypass shall be controlled from the fire alarm control panel.
b.
Lights to indicate the operation and alarm condition; and the test and reset buttons shall be visible and accessible with the unit installed and the cover in place. Remote indicators shall be provided where required by NFPA 72 and these shall be provided with test and reset switches.
c.
Remote lamps and switches as well as the affected fan units shall be properly identified in etched plastic placards. Detectors shall provide for control of auxiliary contacts that provide control, interlock, and shutdown functions specified in Section 23 09 23 to LONWORKS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC AND OTHER BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS. Auxiliary contacts provide for this function shall be located within 3 feet of the controlled circuit or appliance. The detectors shall be supplied by the fire alarm system manufacturer to ensure complete system compatibility.
2.10.3
Smoke Sensor Testing
Smoke sensors shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72 and manufacturer's recommended calibrated test method. Submit smoke sensor testing procedures for approval. In addition to the NFPA 72 requirements, smoke detector sensitivity shall be tested during the preliminary tests.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 21
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.11
FCV3
HEAT DETECTORS
2.11.1
Heat Detectors
Heat detectors shall be designed for detection of fire by fixed temperature . The alarm condition shall be determined by comparing sensor valve with the stored values. Heat detector spacing shall be rated in accordance with UL 521. Detectors located in areas subject to moisture, exterior atmospheric conditions, or hazardous locations as defined by NFPA 70, shall be types approved for such locations. Detector installation spacing shall not exceed requirements of AF ETL 02-15 2.11.1.1
Combination Fixed-Temperature and Rate-of-Rise Detectors
Detectors shall be designed for surface outlet box mounting and supported independently of wiring connections. Contacts shall be self-resetting after response to rate-of-rise principle. Under fixed temperature actuation, the detector shall have a permanent external indication that is readily visible. Detector units located in boiler rooms, showers, or other areas subject to abnormal temperature changes shall operate on fixed temperature principle only. The UL 521 test rating for the fixed temperature portion shall be 135 degrees F. The UL 521 test rating for the Rate-of-Rise detectors shall be rated for 50 by 50 feet. 2.11.1.2
Rate Compensating Detectors
Detectors shall be surface mounted horizontal type, with outlet box supported independently of wiring connections. Detectors shall be hermetically sealed and automatically resetting. Rate Compensated detectors shall be rated for 50 by 50 feet. Temperature rating shall be between 160 degrees F and 170 degrees F per AF ETL 02-15. 2.11.1.3
Fixed Temperature Detectors
Detectors shall be designed for surface outlet box mounting and supported independently of wiring connections. Detectors shall be designed to detect high heat. The detectors shall have a specific temperature setting of 135 degrees F. The UL 521 test rating for the fixed temperature detectors shall be rated for 50 by 50 feet. 2.11.2
Self-Test Routines
Automatic self-test routines shall be performed on each sensor that will functionally check sensor sensitivity electronics and ensure the accuracy of the value being transmitted. Any sensor that fails this test shall indicate a trouble condition with the sensor location at the control panel. 2.11.3
Operator Access
An operator at the control panel, having the proper access level, shall have the capability to manually access the following information for each heat sensor: a.
Primary status
b.
Device type
c.
Present average value
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 22
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
d.
FCV3
Sensor range
2.11.4
Operator Control
An operator at the control panel, having the proper access level, shall have the capability to manually control the following information for each heat sensor: a.
Alarm detection sensitivity values
b.
Enable or disable the point/device
c.
Control sensors relay driver output
2.12
ELECTRIC POWER
2.12.1
Primary Power
Power shall be 120 VAC service for the FMCP from the AC service to the building in accordance with NFPA 72 via Panel "FAFS", located in the main electrical room. 2.13
SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY
Provide for system operation in the event of primary power source failure. Transfer from normal to auxiliary (secondary) power or restoration from auxiliary to normal power shall be automatic and shall not cause transmission of a false alarm. 2.13.1
Batteries
Provide sealed, maintenance-free, sealed lead acid batteries as the source for emergency power to the FMCP. Batteries shall contain suspended electrolyte. The battery system shall be maintained in a fully charged condition by means of a solid state battery charger. Provide an automatic transfer switch to transfer the load to the batteries in the event of the failure of primary power. 2.13.1.1
Capacity
Battery size shall be the greater of the following two capacities. a.
Sufficient capacity to operate the fire alarm system under supervisory and trouble conditions, including audible trouble signal devices for 60 hours and audible and visual signal devices under alarm conditions for an additional 15 minutes.
b.
Sufficient capacity to operate the mass notification for 60 minutes after loss of AC power.
2.13.1.2 a.
Battery Power Calculations
Verify that battery capacity exceeds supervisory and alarm power requirements. (1)
Substantiate the battery calculations for alarm, alert, and supervisory power requirements. Include ampere-hour requirements for each system component and each panel component, and compliance with UL 864. SECTION 28 31 76
Page 23
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
b.
2.13.2
FCV3
(2)
Provide complete battery calculations for both the alarm, alert, and supervisory power requirements. Submit ampere-hour requirements for each system component with the calculations.
(3)
A voltage drop calculation to indicate that sufficient voltage is available for proper operation of the system and all components, at the minimum rated voltage of the system operating on batteries.
For battery calculations use the following assumptions: Assume a starting voltage of 24 VDC for starting the calculations to size the batteries. Calculate the required Amp-Hours for the specified standby time, and then calculate the required Amp-Hours for the specified alarm time. Calculate the nominal battery voltage after operation on batteries for the specified time period. Using this voltage perform a voltage drop calculation for circuit containing device and/or appliances remote from the power sources. Battery Chargers
Provide a solid state, fully automatic, variable charging rate battery charger. The charger shall be capable of providing 120 percent of the connected system load and shall maintain the batteries at full charge. In the event the batteries are fully discharged (20.4 Volts dc), the charger shall recharge the batteries back to 95 percent of full charge within 48 hours after a single discharge cycle as described in paragraph CAPACITY above. Provide pilot light to indicate when batteries are manually placed on a high rate of charge as part of the unit assembly if a high rate switch is provided. 2.14
FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT AND MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL UNIT (FMCP)
Provide a complete control panel fully enclosed in a lockable steel cabinet as specified herein. Operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance of the systems shall be performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit is required at a location to form a complete control panel, the unit cabinets shall match exactly. If more than a single unit is required, and is located in the lobby/entrance, notify the Contracting Offices Designated Representative (COR), prior to installing the equipment. The control panel shall be capable of communicating with the Foam System Control Panels (FSCP), described in 21 13 20.00 20 FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS. The facility contains two (2) FSCPs, one (1) in each fire suppression room. The control panel shall transmit signals to the Fort Carson Fire Station as indicated on the FACP Matrix and required by AF ETL 02-15. a.
Each control unit shall provide power, supervision, control, and logic for the entire system, utilizing solid state, modular components, internally mounted and arranged for easy access. Each control unit shall be suitable for operation on a 120 volt, 60 hertz, normal building power supply. Provide each panel with supervisory functions for power failure, internal component placement, and operation.
b.
Visual indication of alarm, supervisory, or trouble initiation on the fire alarm control panel shall be by liquid crystal display or similar means with a minimum of 80 characters. The mass notification control unit shall have the capability of temporarily deactivate the fire alarm audible notification appliances while delivering voice messages.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 24
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
c.
FCV3
Provide secure operator console for initiating recorded messages, strobes and displays; and for delivering live voice messages. Provide capacity for at least eight pre-recorded messages. Provide the ability to automatically repeat pre-recorded messages. Provide a secure microphone for delivering live messages. Provide adequate discrete outputs to temporarily deactivate fire alarm audible notification, and initiate/synchronize strobes. Provide a complete set of self-diagnostics for controller and appliance network. Provide local diagnostic information display and local diagnostic information and system event log file.
2.14.1
Cabinet
Install control panel components in cabinets large enough to accommodate all components and also to allow ample gutter space for interconnection of panels as well as field wiring. The enclosure shall be identified by an engraved laminated phenolic resin nameplate. Lettering on the nameplate shall say "Fire Alarm and Mass Notification Control Panel" and shall not be less than 1 inch high. Provide prominent rigid plastic or metal identification plates for lamps, circuits, meters, fuses, and switches. The cabinet shall be provided in a sturdy steel housing, complete with back box, hinged steel door with cylinder lock, and surface mounting provisions. 2.14.2
Control Modules
Provide power and control modules to perform all functions of the FACP. Provide audible signals to indicate any alarm, supervisory, or trouble condition. The alarm signals shall be different from the trouble signal. Connect circuit conductors entering or leaving the panel to screw-type terminals with each terminal marked for identification. Locate diodes and resistors, if any, on screw terminals in the FACP. Circuits operating at 24 VDC shall not operate at less than the UL listed voltage at the sensor or appliance connected. Circuits operating at any other voltage shall not have a voltage drop exceeding 10 percent of nominal voltage 2.14.3 2.14.3.1
Silencing Switches Alarm Silencing Switch
Provide an alarm silencing switch at the FMCP that shall silence the audible and visual. This switch shall be overridden upon activation of a subsequent alarm. 2.14.3.2
Supervisory/Trouble Silencing Switch
Provide supervisory and trouble silencing switch that shall silence the audible trouble and supervisory signal, but not extinguish the visual indicator. This switch shall be overridden upon activation of a subsequent alarm, supervision, or trouble condition. Audible trouble indication must resound automatically every 24 hours after the silencing feature has been operated. 2.14.4
Non-Interfering
Power and supervise each circuit such that a signal from one device does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other device. Circuits shall be manually reset by switch from the FACP after the initiating device or devices have been restored to normal.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 25
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.14.5
FCV3
Audible Notification System
The Audible Notification System shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 72 for Emergency Voice/Alarm Communications System requirements ISO 7240-16, IEC 60268-16, except as specified herein. The system shall be a one-way multi-channel voice notification system incorporating user selectability of a minimum eight distinct sounds for tone signaling, and the incorporation of a voice module for delivery of prerecorded messages. Audible appliances shall produce a temporal code 3 tone for three cycles followed by a voice message that is repeated until the control panel is reset or silenced. Automatic messages shall be broadcast through speakers throughout the building/facility, but not in stairs or elevator cabs. A live voice message shall override the automatic audible output through use of a microphone input at the control panel or the LOC. a.
When using the microphone, live messages shall be broadcast throughout a selected floor or floors or all call. The system shall be capable of operating all speakers at the same time. The microprocessor shall actively interrogate circuitry, field wiring, and digital coding necessary for the immediate and accurate rebroadcasting of the stored voice data into the appropriate amplifier input. Loss of operating power, supervisory power, or any other malfunction that could render the digitalized voice module inoperative shall automatically cause the code 3 temporal tone to take over all functions assigned to the failed unit in the event an alarm is activated.
b.
The Mass Notification functions shall override the manual or automatic fire alarm notification or Public Address (PA) functions, including the PA systems in Section 27 51 16 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS. However, the override of the fire alarm system audible devices by the mass notification system shall not exceed 60 seconds. The reset back to fire alarm audible devices active shall be automatic. Other fire alarm functions including transmission of a signal(s) to the fire department shall remain operational. The system shall have the capability of utilizing LOC with redundant controls of the notification system control panel. Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) shall be provided for the activation of strobe appliances. The activation of the NAC Circuits shall follow the operation of the speaker NAC circuits. Audio output shall be selectable for line level. Amplifier outputs shall be not greater than 100 watts RMS output. The strobe NAC Circuits shall provide at least 2 amps of 24 VDC power to operate strobes and have the ability to synchronize all strobes. A hand held microphone shall be provided and, upon activation, shall take priority over any tone signal, recorded message or PA microphone operation in progress, while maintaining the strobe NAC Circuits activation.
2.14.5.1
Outputs and Operational Modules
All outputs and operational modules shall be fully supervised with on-board diagnostics and trouble reporting circuits. Provide form "C" contacts for system alarm and trouble conditions. Provide circuits for operation of auxiliary appliance during trouble conditions. During a Mass Notification event the panel shall not generate nor cause any trouble alarms to be generated with the Fire Alarm system. 2.14.5.2 a.
Mass Notification
Mass Notification functions shall take precedence over all other function performed by the Audible Notification System. Messages shall SECTION 28 31 76
Page 26
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
utilize a female voice and shall be similar to the following: (1) Description: FIRE Five (5) seconds of siren are played (1000 Hz tones as required in 18.4.2.1 of NFPA 72), followed by the message: "ATTENTION, ATTENTION. A FIRE EMERGENCY HAS BEEN REPORTED IN THE BUILDING. PLEASE LEAVE THE BUILDING USING THE NEAREST EXIT OR EXIT STAIRWAY. DO NOT USE THE ELEVATORS." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (2) Description: SEVERE THUNDERSTORM Five (5) seconds of 100-kHz steady tone are played, followed by the message: "SEVERE THUNDERSTORM WARNING. A SEVERE THUNDERSTORM WARNING HAS BEEN ISSUED." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (3) Description: NATIONAL SECURITY Five (5) seconds of fast whoop sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION… A NATIONAL SECURITY WARNING HAS BEEN ISSUED. PLEASE GO INSIDE AND TUNE TO YOUR LOCAL TELEVISION OR RADIO STATION. REMAIN CALM." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (4) Description: EMERGENCY EVACUATION Five (5) seconds of fast whoop sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION… THIS IS AN EMERGENCY EVACUATION ORDER. REMAIN CALM. FOLLOW THE EMERGENCY OFFICIALS. REMAIN CALM." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (5) Description: GATE CLOSURE Five (5) seconds of fast whoop sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION… THIS IS A GATE CLOSURE ADVISORY. STANDBY FOR A GATE CLOSURE ANNOUNCEMENT." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (6) Description: BOMB THREAT Five (5) seconds of fast whoop sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION… A BOMB THREAT HAS BEEN ISSUED FOR THIS FACILITY. PLEASE EVACUATE. REMAIN CALM." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. (7) Description: SHELTER IN PLACE Five (5) seconds of fast whoop sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION… SHELTER IN PLACE, WAIT FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. REMAIN CALM, LISTEN FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. SECTION 28 31 76
Page 27
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
(8) Description: ALL CLEAR Five (5) seconds of chime sound are played, followed by the message: "ATTENTION, PLEASE… ATTENTION, PLEASE… AN ALL CLEAR TO THE PREVIOUS ALERT HAS BEEN ISSUED… AN ALL CLEAR TO THE PREVIOUS ALERT HAS BEEN ISSUED." Provide a 2-second pause. Repeat the message. Contractor shall verify the type and number of pre-recorded messages and button colors with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. c.
The LOC shall incorporate a Push-To-Talk (PTT) microphone, redundant controls and system status indicators of/for the system. The unit shall incorporate microphone override of any tone generation or prerecorded messages. The unit shall be fully supervised from the control panel. The housing shall contain a latch (not lock).
d.
Auxiliary Input Module shall be designed to be an outboard expansion module to either expand the number of optional LOC's, or allow a telephone interface.
e.
LOC shall incorporate a Push-To-Talk (PTT) microphone, and controls to allow Public Address paging in the facility. The paging function shall not override any alarm or notification functions and shall be disabled by such signals. The microphone shall be handheld style. All wiring to the LOC shall be supervised in accordance with UFC 4-021-01. Systems that require field modification or are not supervised for multiple LOC's shall not be approved.
f.
When an installation has more than one LOC, the LOC's shall be programmed to allow only one LOC to be available for page or messaging at a time. Once one LOC becomes active, all other LOC's will have an indication that the system is busy (Amber Busy Light)and cannot be used at that time. This is to avoid two messages being given at the same time. Also, it must be possible to override or lockout the LOC's from the Master Command Panel (in accordance with NFPA 72.)
2.14.6
Memory
Provide each control unit with non-volatile memory and logic for all functions. The use of long life batteries, capacitors, or other age-dependent devices shall not be considered as equal to non-volatile processors, PROMS, or EPROMS. 2.14.7
Field Programmability
Provide control units and control panels that are fully field programmable for control, initiation, notification, supervisory, and trouble functions of both input and output. The system program configuration shall be menu driven. System changes shall be password protected and shall be accomplished using personal computer based equipment. Any proprietary equipment and proprietary software needed by qualified technicians to implement future changes to the fire alarm system shall be provided as part of this contract.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 28
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.14.8
FCV3
Input/Output Modifications
The FMCP shall contain features that allow the bypassing of input devices from the system or the modification of system outputs. These control features shall consist of a panel mounted keypad. Any bypass or modification to the system shall indicate a trouble condition on the FMCP. 2.14.9
Resetting
Provide the necessary controls to prevent the resetting of any alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal while the alarm, supervisory or trouble condition on the system still exists. 2.14.10
Instructions
Provide a typeset printed or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a Lexan plastic or glass cover in a stainless steel or aluminum frame. Install the instructions on the interior of the FACP. The card shall show those steps to be taken by an operator when a signal is received as well as the functional operation of the system under all conditions, normal, alarm, supervisory, and trouble. The instructions shall be approved by the Contracting Officer before being posted. 2.14.11
Walk Test
The FACP shall have a walk test feature. When using this feature, operation of initiating devices shall result in limited system outputs, so that the notification appliances operate for only a few seconds and the event is indicated on the system printer, but no other outputs occur. 2.14.12
History Logging
In addition to the required printer output, the control panel shall have the ability to store a minimum of 400 events in a log. These events shall be stored in a battery-protected memory and shall remain in the memory until the memory is downloaded or cleared manually. Resetting of the control panel shall not clear the memory. 2.14.13
Remote LCD Text Display
An LCD text display shall be provided at locations as shown on the drawings. The size shall not exceed 16 inches length by 3 inches deep with a height necessary to meet the requirements of Chapter 24 of NFPA 72). The text display shall as a minimum meet the following requirements: a.
Two lines of information for high priority messaging.
b.
Minimum of 20 characters per line (40 total) displayed.
c.
Text shall be no less than height requirements in Table 24.4.2.20.14.5 of NFPA 72 and color/contrast requirements of 24.4.2.20 of NFPA 72.
d.
32K character memory.
e.
Display shall be wall or ceiling mounted.
f.
Mounting brackets for a convenient wall/cubicle mount.
g.
During non-emergency periods, display date and time. SECTION 28 31 76
Page 29
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
h.
FCV3
All programming shall be accomplished from the Mass Notification network. No user programming shall be required.
An LCD text display shall be provided at locations as shown on the drawings. The LCD text display shall spell out the words "EVACUATE" and "ANNOUNCEMENT" and the remainder of the emergency instructions. The design of LCD text display shall be such that it cannot be read when not illuminated. 2.15
REMOTE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL UNITS
Provide complete remote control units fully enclosed in a lockable steel enclosure as specified herein. Operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance of the control units shall be performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit is required at a location to form a complete control panel, the unit enclosures shall match exactly. Each control unit shall provide power, supervision, control, and logic for its portion of the entire system, utilizing solid state, modular components, internally mounted and arranged for easy access. Each control unit shall be suitable for operation on a 120 volt, 60 hertz, normal building power supply. Provide each unit with supervisory functions for power failure, internal component placement, and operation. 2.15.1
Cabinet
Install remote control unit components in cabinets large enough to accommodate components and also to allow ample gutter space for interconnection of units as well as field wiring. The enclosure shall be identified by an engraved laminated phenolic resin nameplate. Lettering on the nameplate shall be labeled "Remote Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Control Unit" and shall not be less than one inch high. Provide prominent rigid plastic or metal identification plates for lamps, circuits, meters, fuses, and switches. The cabinet shall be provided in a sturdy steel housing, complete with back box, hinged steel door with cylinder lock (keyed the same as the FMCP), and surface mounting provisions. 2.15.2
Control Modules
Provide power and control modules to perform all functions of the remote control unit. Provide audible signals to indicate any alarm or trouble condition. The alarm signals shall be different from the trouble signal. Connect circuit conductors entering or leaving the panel to screw-type terminals with each terminal marked for identification. Locate diodes and relays, if any, on screw terminals in the remote control unit. Circuits shall not have a voltage drop exceeding 10 percent of nominal voltage. Circuits shall be arranged so that there is 25 percent spare capacity for any circuit. 2.15.3
Silencing Switches
Provide an alarm silencing switch at the remote control unit that shall silence the audible signal and extinguish the visual alarms. This switch shall be overridden upon activation of a subsequent alarm. Provide trouble and supervisory silencing switch that shall silence the audible trouble and supervisory signal, but not extinguish the visual indicator. This switch shall be overridden upon activation of a subsequent trouble or supervisory signal. Audible trouble indication must resound automatically every 24 hours after the silencing feature has been operated. SECTION 28 31 76
Page 30
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.15.4
FCV3
Non-Interfering
Power and supervise each circuit such that a signal from one device does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other device. Circuits shall be manually resettable by switch from the remote control unit after the initiating device or devices have been restored to normal. 2.15.5
Memory
Provide each control unit with non-volatile memory and logic for all functions. The use of long life batteries, capacitors, or other age-dependent devices shall not be considered as equal to non-volatile processors, PROMS, or EPROMS. 2.15.6
Field Programmability
Provide control units that are fully field programmable for control, initiating, supervisory, and trouble functions of both input and output. The system program configuration shall be menu driven. System changes shall be password protected and shall be accomplished using personal computer based equipment. Any proprietary equipment and proprietary software needed by qualified technicians to implement future changes to the fire alarm system shall be provided as part of this contract. 2.15.7
Input/Output Modifications
Each remote control unit shall contain features that allow the elimination of input devices from the system or the modification of system outputs. Any such modifications shall indicate a trouble condition on the remote control unit, the FACP, and a printed output of the trouble condition. 2.15.8
Resetting
Provide the necessary controls to prevent the resetting of any alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal while the alarm, supervisory, or trouble condition on the system still exists. 2.15.9
Instructions
Provide a typeset printed or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a Lexan plastic or glass cover in a stainless steel or aluminum frame. Install the frame in a conspicuous location observable from the remote fire alarm control unit. The card shall show those steps to be taken by an operator when a signal is received as well as the functional operation of the system under all conditions, normal, alarm, supervisory, and trouble. The instructions shall be approved by the Contracting Officer before being posted. 2.15.10
Walk Test
Each remote control unit shall have a walk test feature. When using this feature, operation of initiating devices shall result in limited system outputs, so that the notification appliances operate for only a few seconds and the event is indicated on the system printer, but no other outputs occur.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 31
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.15.11
FCV3
History Logging
In addition to the required printer output, the control panel shall have the ability to store a minimum of 1000 events in a log. These events shall be stored in a battery-protected memory and shall remain in the memory until the memory is downloaded or cleared manually. Resetting of the control panel shall not clear the memory. 2.16
AMPLIFIERS, PREAMPLIFIERS, TONE GENERATORS
Any amplifiers, preamplifiers, tone generators, digitalized voice generators, and other hardware necessary for a complete, operational, textual audible circuit conforming to NFPA 72 shall be housed in a remote FMCP, terminal cabinet, or in the FMCP. Submit data to indicate that the amplifiers have sufficient capacity to simultaneously drive all notification speakers at the maximum rating plus 50 percent spare capacity. Annotate data for each circuit on the drawings. 2.16.1
Operation
The system shall automatically operate and control all building speakers except those installed in the stairs and within elevator cabs. The speakers in the stairs and elevator cabs shall operate only when the microphone is used to deliver live messages. 2.16.2
Construction
Amplifiers shall utilize computer grade solid state components and shall be provided with output protection devices sufficient to protect the amplifier against any transient up to 10 times the highest rated voltage in the system. 2.16.3
Inputs
Equip each system with separate inputs for the tone generator, digitalized voice driver and panel mounted microphone . Microphone inputs shall be of the low impedance, balanced line type. Both microphone and tone generator input shall be operational on any amplifier. 2.16.4
Tone Generator
The tone generator shall be of the modular, plug-in type with securely attached labels to identify the component as a tone generator and to identify the specific tone it produces. The tone generator shall produce a code 3 temporal tone and shall be constantly repeated until interrupted by either the digitalized voice message, the microphone input, or the alarm silence mode as specified. The tone generator shall be single channel with an automatic backup generator per channel such that failure of the primary tone generator causes the backup generator to automatically take over the functions of the failed unit and also causes transfer of the common trouble relay. 2.16.5
Protection Circuits
Each amplifier shall be constantly supervised for any condition that could render the amplifier inoperable at its maximum output. Failure of any component shall cause automatic transfer to a designated backup amplifier, illumination of a visual "amplifier trouble" indicator on the control panel, appropriate logging of the condition on the system printer, and SECTION 28 31 76
Page 32
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
other actions for trouble conditions as specified. 2.17
LCD, LED DISPLAY UNIT (VDU)
a.
The VDU shall be the secondary operator-to-system interface for data retrieval, alarm annunciation, commands, and programming functions. The desk mounted VDU shall consist of a LCD monitor and a keyboard. The VDU shall have a 12 inch minimum screen, capable of displaying 25 lines of 80 characters each. Communications with the FACP shall be supervised. Faults shall be recorded on the printer. Power required shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz from the same source as the fire alarm control panel.
b.
To eliminate confusion during an alarm situation, the screen shall have dedicated areas for the following functions: (1)
Alarm and returns to normal
(2)
Commands, reports, and programming
(3)
Time, day, and date
c.
Use Full English language throughout to describe system activity and instructions. Full English language descriptors defining system points shall be 100 percent field programmable by factory trained personnel, alterable and user definable to accurately describe building areas.
d.
Alarms and other changes of status shall be displayed in the screen area reserved for this information. Upon receipt of alarm, an audible alarm shall sound and the condition and point type shall flash until acknowledged by the operator. Returns to normal shall also be annunciated and shall require operator acknowledgment. The following information shall be provided in English:
e.
(1)
Condition of device (alarm, trouble, or supervisory).
(2)
Type of device (manual pull, waterflow, etc.)
(3)
Location of device plus numerical system address.
The system shall have multiple levels of priority for displaying alarms to conform with UL 864. Priority levels shall be as follows: (1)
Level 1 - Mass Notification
(2)
Level 2 - Fire Alarms
(3)
Level 3 - Supervisory Alarms
(4)
Level 4 - Trouble Signals
f.
Provide the system with memory so that no alarm is lost. A highlighted message shall advise the operator when unacknowledged alarms are in the system.
g.
Multiple levels of access shall be provided for operators and supervisors via user-defined passwords. Provide the following functions for each level:
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 33
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
(1)
FCV3
Operator level access functions: (a)
Display system directory, definable by device.
(b)
Display status of an individual device.
(c) Manual command (alarm device with an associated command shall use the same system address for both functions). (d) Report generation, definable by device, output on either the VDU or printer, as desired by the operator. (e) (2)
Activate building notification appliances.
Supervisory level access functions: (a)
Reset time and date.
(b) Enable or disable event initiated programs, printouts, and initiators. (c) h.
2.18 2.18.1
Enable or disable individual devices and system components.
The above supervisory level functions shall not require computer programming skills. Changes to system programs shall be recorded on the printer and maintained in the control panel as a trouble condition. ANNUNCIATOR Annunciator Panel
Provide an annunciator that includes an LCD display. The display shall indicate the device in trouble/alarm or any supervisory device. Display the device name, address, and actual building location. A building floor plan shall be provided mounted (behind plexiglass or similar protective material) at the annunciator location. The floor plan shall indicate all rooms by name and number including the locations of stairs and elevators. The floor plan shall show all devices and their programmed address to facilitate their physical location from the LCD display information. 2.18.2
Programming
Where programming for the operation of the annunciator is accomplished by a separate software program than the software for the FMCP, the software program shall not require reprogramming after loss of power. The software shall be reprogrammable in the field. 2.19
FIREFIGHTER TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Provide a firefighter telephone system as follows: a. Provide a firefighter telephone communication system with complete, common talk, closed circuits. The system shall include, but not be limited to, a master control station mounted in the fire alarm control panel, a power supply and standby battery system, and remote telephone stations.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 34
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
b. Provide a master control station that shall provide power, supervision, and control for wiring, components, and circuits. The act of lifting any remote telephone hand set from its cradle shall cause both a visual and audible signal to annunciate at the master control station. Removing the hand set at the master control station and depressing a button at the remote telephone hand set shall cause the automatic silencing of the audible signal. Communication between the master control station hand set and any/or all remote hand sets shall require the depressing of a push-to-talk switch located on any/all remote hand sets. During the time that the master control hand set is removed from its cradle it shall be possible to communicate between five remote hand sets and the master control station. Hand sets shall be able to monitor any conversation in progress and join the conversation by pressing the push-to-talk button. It shall not be possible to communicate between two or more remote hand sets with the master control station hand set in its cradle. The master control station hand set shall be red in color and equipped with a 5-foot long strain-relieved coiled cord. Wiring connections shall be made to terminal strips. The master control station shall monitor wire and connections for any opens, shorts, or grounds that would render the system inoperable or unintelligible. The master control station shall be equipped with a silencing switch and ring-back feature such that any audible trouble signal can be silenced and shall be so indicated by the lighting of an amber LED. Once any trouble condition has been corrected, the amber LED shall be extinguished and the silencing switch shall sound again until the switch is restored to its original position. The master control station shall be equipped with a separate, LED annunciated switch for each telephone circuit. In addition, LEDs shall provide for the annunciation of operating and supervisory power. The loss of operating or supervisory power shall cause an audible and visual indication at the master control station and shall also cause the fire alarm trouble signal to sound on the FACP. Switches, LEDs, and controls shall be fully labeled. c. Provide surface mounted remote telephone stations. Each station shall be equipped with a hinged door that is magnetically locked. Each hand set shall be permanently wired in place with a coiled cord. Each hand set shall be red high-impact cycolac and shall be equipped with a push-to-talk switch that, when operated, shall signal the master control station and a switch-equipped, storage cradle. d. Provide operating and supervising power from the same supply circuit(s) utilized for the fire alarm control panel. 2.20
MANUAL STATIONS
Provide metal or plastic, semi-flush mounted, double action, addressable manual stations, that are not subject to operation by jarring or vibration. Stations shall be equipped with screw terminals for each conductor. Stations that require the replacement of any portion of the device after activation are not permitted. Stations shall be finished in fire-engine red with molded raised lettering operating instructions of contrasting color. The use of a key or wrench shall be required to reset the station. Manual stations shall be mounted at 42 inches. Stations shall have a separate screw terminal for each conductor.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 35
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
2.21
FCV3
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
2.21.1
Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Speakers
Audible appliances shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 464. Appliances shall be connected into notification appliance circuits. Surface mounted audible appliances shall be painted white. Recessed audible appliances shall be installed with a grill that is painted white. a.
Speakers shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 1480. Speakers shall have six different sound output levels and operate with audio line input levels of 70.7 VRMs and 25 VRMs, by means of selectable tap settings. Tap settings shall include taps of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, and 2 watt. Speakers shall incorporate a high efficiency speaker for maximum output at minimum power across a frequency range of 150 Hz to 10,000 Hz, and shall have a sealed back construction. Speakers shall be capable of installation on standard 4 inch square electrical boxes. Where speakers and strobes are provided in the same location, they may be combined into a single wall mounted unit. All inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring via the FMCP.
b.
Provide speaker mounting plates constructed of cold rolled steel having a minimum thickness of 16 gauge or molded high impact plastic and equipped with mounting holes and other openings as needed for a complete installation. Fabrication marks and holes shall be ground and finished to provide a smooth and neat appearance for each plate. Each plate shall be primed and painted.
c.
Speakers shall utilize screw terminals for termination of all field wiring.
2.21.2
Visual Notification Appliances
Visual notification appliances shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 1971 and conform to the Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). Colored lens, such as amber or blue, shall comply with UL 1638. The manufacturer shall have the color lens tested to the full UL 1971 polar plotting criteria, voltage drop, and temperature rise as stated in UL 1971. Fire Alarm Notification Appliances shall have clear high intensity optic lens, xenon flash tubes, and be marked "Fire" in red letters. Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Appliances shall have amber high intensity optic lens, xenon flash tubes, and output white light and be marked "ALERT" in red letters. The light pattern shall be disbursed so that it is visible above and below the strobe and from a 90 degree angle on both sides of the strobe. Strobe flash rate shall be 1 flash per second and a minimum of 75 candela (actual output after derating for tinted lens) based on the UL 1971 test. Strobe shall be surface or semi-flush mounted depending on location. Where more than two appliances are located in the same room or corridor or field of view, provide synchronized operation. Devices shall use screw terminals for all field wiring. 2.21.2.1
Foam Discharge Visual Notification Appliances
Provide blue visual alarm strobes within the aircraft servicing area to indicate foam system activation (foam discharge). Mount signals at height indicated on plans and located to be visible from all parts of the aircraft maintenance and servicing area. Provide space between the co-located clear fire alarm and amber mass notification strobe locations and the blue foam SECTION 28 31 76
Page 36
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
discharge strobe locations, as shown on the drawings, to provide unambiguous indication to the occupants as to which visual notification appliance is activated. Blue strobes shall be part of the Foam System as described in Section 21 13 20.00 20 FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS and connected to the Foam System Control Panels (FSCP). The same salient requirements as listed above for Fire Alarm and Mass Notification Visual Notification Appliances shall apply to Foam Discharge Notification Appliances, except Foam Discharge Notification Appliances shall have blue high intensity optic lens, xenon flash tubes, and be marked "FOAM" in blue letters. The words "FIRE" and "ALERT" shall not appear on foam discharge notification devices. Coordinate with requirements of Section 21 13 20.00 20 FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS. 2.21.3
Fire Alarm Horns
Provide surface mounted electronic multi-tone horns that produce a minimum of four distinct sounds, suitable for use in an electrically supervised circuit. Horns shall have a rating of 90 dBA at 10 feet when tested in accordance with UL 464 while emitting a slow whoop tone. Output from the horn shall be three-pulse temporal pattern. Where horns and strobes are provided in the same location, they may be combined into a single unit. Horns used in exterior locations shall be specifically listed or approved for outdoor use and be provided with metal housing and protective grilles. 2.22
ENVIRONMENTAL ENCLOSURES OR GUARDS
Environmental enclosures shall be provided to permit Fire Alarm or Mass Notification components to be used in areas that exceed the environmental limits of the listing. The enclosure shall be listed for the device or appliance as either a manufactured part number or as a listed compatible accessory for the UL category that the component is currently listed. Guards required to deter mechanical damage shall be either a listed manufactured part or a listed accessory for the category of the initiating device or notification appliance. 2.23
VALVE MONITOR SWITCHES (TAMPER SWITCHES)
Provide a tamper switch for each fire protection system control valve. Tamper switches shall be UL listed as "Extinguishing System Attachment" for the location and type of valve supervised. The device shall contain double pole, double throw contacts. Operation of the switch shall cause a supervisory signal to be transmitted to the FACP upon not more than two complete turns of the valve wheel or a closure of 10 percent, whichever is less. Tamper switches shall be equipped with screw terminals for each conductor. 2.24
WATERFLOW DETECTORS a. Provide vane type waterflow detectors for wet pipe sprinkler systems. The device shall contain double pole, double throw contacts. Equip the detector with a pneumatic time delay, field adjustable from 0 to 90 seconds. The time delay shall be set initially to 30 seconds. The device shall be a UL listed extinguishing system attachment rated for the particular pressure and location that it is installed. Flow switches shall be equipped with screw terminals for each conductor.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 37
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
b. Provide pressure type waterflow detectors for dry pipe sprinkler systems, pre-action, and deluge systems. Switch shall be equipped with equiped to provide a time delay from 0 to 90 second. The device shall contain double pole, double throw contacts. The device shall be a UL listed extinguishing system attachment rated for the particular pressure and location that it is installed. Switch shall be equipped with screw terminals for each conductor. 2.25
Supervisory Low Air Pressure Switch
The pressure switch shall supervise the air pressure in system and shall be set to activate at 10 psi above the dry pipe valve trip point pressure. The switch shall have an adjustable range between 5 and 80 psi. The switch shall have screw terminal connection and shall be capable of being wired for normally open or normally closed circuit. 2.26
INTERFACE TO THE BASE WIDE MASS NOTIFICATION NETWORK
2.26.1
Radio
The radio transceiver shall be bi-direction and meet all the requirements of paragraph, RADIO TRANSMITTER AND INTERFACE PANELS as specified in this Specification Section. The transceiver utilized in the Mass Notification System shall be capable of the following: a.
Communication with the Central Control/Monitoring System to provide supervision of communication link and status changes are reported by automatic and manual poll/reply/acknowledge routines.
b.
All monitored points/status changes are transmitted immediately and at programmed intervals until acknowledged by the Central Control/Monitoring System.
c.
Each transceiver shall transmits a unique identity code as part of all messages; the code is set by the user at the transceiver.
2.26.1.1
Radio Frequency Communications
Use of radio frequency-type communications systems shall comply with National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) requirements. 2.26.1.2
Licensed Radio Frequency Systems
An approved DD Form 1494 for the system is required prior to operation. 2.27 2.27.1
AUTOMATIC FIRE TRANSMITTERS Radio Transmitter and Interface Panels
Transmitters shall be compatible with proprietary supervising station receiving equipment. Each radio alarm transmitter shall be the manufacturer's recognized commercial product, completely assembled, wired, factory tested, and delivered ready for installation and operation. Transmitters shall be provided in accordance with applicable portions of NFPA 72, Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 47 CFR 90 and Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 47 CFR 15. Transmitter electronics module shall be contained within the physical housing as an integral, removable assembly. The proprietary supervising station receiving equipment is SECTION 28 31 76
Page 38
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Monaco BT-X and the transceiver shall be fully compatible with this equipment. At the contractors option, and if UL or FM listed, the transmitter may be housed in the same panel as the fire alarm control panel. The transmitter shall be Narrowband radio, with FCC certification for narrowband operation and meets the requirements of the NTIA (National Telecommunications and Information Administration) Manual of Regulations and Procedures for Federal Frequency Management. a.
Operation: Each transmitter shall operate from 120-volt ac power. In the event of 120-volt ac power loss, the transmitter shall automatically switch to battery operation. Switchover shall be accomplished with no interruption of protective service, and shall automatically transmit a trouble message. Upon restoration of ac power, transfer back to normal ac power supply shall also be automatic.
b.
Battery Power: Transmitter standby battery capacity shall provide sufficient power to operate the transmitter in a normal standby status for a minimum of 72 hours and be capable of transmitting alarms during that period.
c.
Transmitter housing shall be NEMA Type 1. The housing shall contain a lock that is keyed identical to the fire alarm system for the building. Radio alarm transmitter housing shall be factory painted with a suitable priming coat and not less than two coats of a hard, durable weatherproof enamel.
d.
Antenna shall be omnidirectional, coaxial, halfwave dipole antennas for radio alarm transmitters with a driving point impedance to match transmitter output. The antenna and antenna mounts shall be corrosion resistant and designed to withstand wind velocities of 100 mph. Do not mount antennas to any portion of the building roofing system. Protect the antenna from physical damage.
2.27.2
Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT)
Provide DACT that is compatible with the existing supervising station fire alarm system. Transmitter shall have a means to transmit alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions via a single transmitter. Transmitter shall have a source of power for operation that conforms to NFPA 72. Transmitter shall be capable of initiating a test signal daily at any selected time. Transmitter shall be arranged to seize telephone circuits in accordance with NFPA 72. 2.27.3
Signals to Be Transmitted to the Base Receiving Station
The following signals shall be sent to the base receiving station: a.
Sprinkler water flow
b.
Manual pull stations
c.
Smoke detectors
d.
Duct smoke detectors
e.
Sleeping room smoke detectors
f.
Heat detectors
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 39
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
g.
Fire Extinguishing System
h.
Sprinkler valve supervision
i.
Pre-Action Air Compressor running
j.
Pre-Action Air Compressor supervision
k.
Water supply level and temperature
l.
Sleeping room carbon monoxide detectors
2.28
WIRING
Provide wiring materials under this section as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM with the additions and modifications specified herein. NFPA 70 accepted fire alarm cables that do not require the use of raceways except as modified herein are permitted. 2.28.1
Alarm Wiring
The SLC wiring shall be fiber optic or solid copper cable in accordance with the manufacturers requirements. Copper signaling line circuits and initiating device circuit field wiring shall be No. 16 AWG size twisted and shielded solid conductors at a minimum. Visual notification appliance circuit conductors, that contain audible alarm appliances, shall be solid copper No. 14 AWG size conductors at a minimum. Speaker circuits shall be copper No. 16 AWG size twisted and shielded conductors at a minimum. Wire size shall be sufficient to prevent voltage drop problems. Circuits operating at 24 VDC shall not operate at less than the UL listed voltages for the sensors and/or appliances. Power wiring, operating at 120 VAC minimum, shall be a minimum No. 12 AWG solid copper having similar insulation. Acceptable power-limited cables are FPL, FPLR or FPLP as appropriate with red colored covering. Nonpower-limited cables shall comply with NFPA 70. PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES 3.1.1
FMCP
Locate the FMCP where indicated on the drawings. Surface mount the enclosure with the top of the cabinet 6 feet above the finished floor or center the cabinet at 5 feet, whichever is lower. Conductor terminations shall be labeled and a drawing containing conductors, their labels, their circuits, and their interconnection shall be permanently mounted in the FMCP. 3.1.2
Manual Stations:
Locate manual stations as required by NFPA 72 and as shown on the drawings. Mount stations so that their operating handles are 4 feet above the finished floor. Mount stations so they are located no farther than 5 feet from the exit door they serve, measured horizontally.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 40
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.1.3
FCV3
Notification Appliance Devices
Locate notification appliance devices as required by NFPA 72. Mount assemblies on walls as required by NFPA 72 and to meet the intelligibility requirements. Ceiling mounted speakers shall conform to NFPA 72. 3.1.4
Smoke and Heat Sensors
Locate sensors as required by NFPA 72 and their listings on a 4 inch mounting box. Locate smoke and heat sensors on the ceiling. Install heat sensors not less than 4 inches from a side wall to the near edge. Heat sensors located on the wall shall have the top of the sensor at least 4 inches below the ceiling, but not more than 12 inches below the ceiling. Smoke sensors are permitted to be on the wall no lower than 12 inches from the ceiling with no minimum distance from the ceiling. In raised floor spaces, install the smoke sensors to protect 225 square feet per sensor. Install smoke sensors no closer than 5 feet from air handling supply outlets. 3.1.5
Annunciator
Locate the annunciator as shown on the drawings. Surface mount the panel, with the top of the panel 6 feet above the finished floor or center the panel at 5 feet, whichever is lower. 3.1.6
Water Flow Detectors and Tamper Switches
Connect to water flow detectors and tamper switches. 3.1.7
Firefighter Telephones
Locate wall mounted in each stair at each floor landing, in each elevator lobby, and in each elevator cab 4 feet above the finished floor. 3.1.8
Local Operating Console (LOC)
Locate the LOC as required by NFPA 72 and as indicated. Mount the console so that the top message button is no higher than 44 inches above the floor. 3.2
SYSTEM FIELD WIRING
Conduits and associated support elements shall be coordinated with all other trades prior to installation. Installation resulting in interferences shall be resolved at no additional cost to the government. For example, conduits shall not be installed below door openings, including overhead coiling doors. 3.2.1
Wiring within Cabinets, Enclosures, and Boxes
Provide wiring installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and installed parallel with or at right angles to the sides and back of any box, enclosure, or cabinet. Conductors that are terminated, spliced, or otherwise interrupted in any enclosure, cabinet, mounting, or junction box shall be connected to screw-type terminal blocks. Mark each terminal in accordance with the wiring diagrams of the system. The use of wire nuts or similar devices is prohibited. Conform wiring to NFPA 70. Indicate the following in the wiring diagrams.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 41
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
a.
Point-to-point wiring diagrams showing the points of connection and terminals used for electrical field connections in the system, including interconnections between the equipment or systems that are supervised or controlled by the system. Diagrams shall show connections from field devices to the FACP and remote fire alarm control units, initiating circuits, switches, relays and terminals.
b.
Complete riser diagrams indicating the wiring sequence of devices and their connections to the control equipment. Include a color code schedule for the wiring. Include floor plans showing the locations of devices and equipment.
3.2.2
Terminal Cabinets
Provide a terminal cabinet at the base of any circuit riser, on each floor at each riser, and where indicated on the drawings. Terminal size shall be appropriate for the size of the wiring to be connected. Conductor terminations shall be labeled and a drawing containing conductors, their labels, their circuits, and their interconnection shall be permanently mounted in the terminal cabinet. Minimum size is 8 inches by 8 inches. Only screw-type terminals are permitted. 3.2.3
Alarm Wiring
Voltages shall not be mixed in any junction box, housing, or device, except those containing power supplies and control relays. Provide all wiring in electrical metallic. Conceal conduit in finished areas of new construction and wherever practicable in existing construction. The use of flexible conduit not exceeding a 6 foot length shall be permitted in initiating device or notification appliance circuits. Run conduit or tubing (rigid, IMC, EMT, FMC, etc. as permitted by NFPA 72 and NFPA 70) concealed unless specifically indicated otherwise. 3.2.4
Conductor Terminations
Labeling of conductors at terminal blocks in terminal cabinets, FMCP, and remote FMCP and the LOC shall be provided at each conductor connection. Each conductor or cable shall have a shrink-wrap label to provide a unique and specific designation. Each terminal cabinet, FMCP, and remote FMCP shall contain a laminated drawing that indicates each conductor, its label, circuit, and terminal. The laminated drawing shall be neat, using 12 point lettering minimum size, and mounted within each cabinet, panel, or unit so that it does not interfere with the wiring or terminals. Maintain existing color code scheme where connecting to existing equipment. 3.3
CONNECTION OF NEW SYSTEM
The following new system connections shall be made during the last phase of construction, at the beginning of the preliminary tests. New system connections shall include: b.
Connection of new elevator recall smoke sensors to existing wiring and conduit.
c.
Connection of new system transmitter to existing base fire reporting system.
Once these connections are made, system shall be left energized and new audio/visual devices deactivated. Report immediately to the Contracting SECTION 28 31 76
Page 42
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
Officer, coordination and field problems resulting from the connection of the above components. 3.4
FIRESTOPPING
Provide firestopping for holes at conduit penetrations through floor slabs, fire rated walls, partitions with fire rated doors, corridor walls, and vertical service shafts in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING. 3.5
PAINTING
Paint exposed electrical, fire alarm conduit, and surface metal raceway to match adjacent finishes in exposed areas. Paint junction boxes red in unfinished areas and conduits and surface metal raceways shall be painted with a 1-inch wide red band every 10 feet in unfinished areas.. Painting shall comply with Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS. 3.6 3.6.1
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Procedures
Submit detailed test procedures, prepared and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer or a NICET Level 4 Fire Alarm Technician, and signed by representative of the installing company, for the fire detection and alarm system 60 days prior to performing system tests. Detailed test procedures shall list all components of the installed system such as initiating devices and circuits, notification appliances and circuits, signaling line devices and circuits, control devices/equipment, batteries, transmitting and receiving equipment, power sources/supply, annunciators, special hazard equipment, emergency communication equipment, interface equipment, Guard's Tour equipment, and transient (surge) suppressors. Test procedures shall include sequence of testing, time estimate for each test, and sample test data forms. The test data forms shall be in a check-off format (pass/fail with space to add applicable test data; similar to the forma in NFPA 72) and shall be used for the preliminary testing and the acceptance testing. The test data forms shall record the test results and shall: a.
Identify the NFPA Class of all Initiating Device Circuits (IDC), Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC), Voice Notification System Circuits (NAC Audio), and Signaling Line Circuits (SLC).
b.
Identify each test required by NFPA 72 Test Methods and required test herein to be performed on each component, and describe how this test shall be performed.
c.
Identify each component and circuit as to type, location within the facility, and unique identity within the installed system. Provide necessary floor plan sheets showing each component location, test location, and alphanumeric identity.
d.
Identify all test equipment and personnel required to perform each test (including equipment necessary for testing smoke detectors using real smoke).
e.
Provide space to identify the date and time of each test. Provide space to identify the names and signatures of the individuals conducting and witnessing each test.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 43
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
3.6.2
FCV3
Tests Stages
3.6.2.1
Preliminary Testing
Conduct preliminary tests to ensure that devices and circuits are functioning properly. Tests shall meet the requirements of paragraph entitled "Minimum System Tests." After preliminary testing is complete, provide a letter certifying that the installation is complete and fully operable. The letter shall state that each initiating and indicating device was tested in place and functioned properly. The letter shall also state that panel functions were tested and operated properly. The letter shall include the names and titles of the witnesses to the preliminary tests. The Contractor and an authorized representative from each supplier of equipment shall be in attendance at the preliminary testing to make necessary adjustments. 3.6.2.2
Request for Formal Inspection and Tests
When tests have been completed and corrections made, submit a signed, dated certificate with a request for formal inspection and tests to the Contracting Offices Designated Representative (COR). 3.6.2.3
Final Testing
Notify the Contracting Officer in final acceptance testing. Submit days prior to the test date. The with the approved test procedures Officer. Furnish instruments and final acceptance test will not be provided at the job site:
writing when the system is ready for request for test at least 15 calendar tests shall be performed in accordance in the presence of the Contracting personnel required for the tests. A scheduled until the following are
a.
The systems manufacturer's technical representative
b.
Marked-up red line drawings of the system as actually installed
c.
Megger test results
d.
Loop resistance test results
e.
Complete program printout including input/output addresses
The final tests will be witnessed by the Contracting Offices Designated Representative (COR). At this time, any and all required tests shall be repeated at their discretion. Final acceptance test shall be conducted in the presence of the USACE Fire Protection Engineer from the Center of Expertise. All testing shall meet AF ETL 02-15 requirements. 3.6.2.4
System Acceptance
Following acceptance of the system, as-built drawings and O&M manuals shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance. Submit six sets of detailed as-built drawings. The drawings shall show the system as installed, including deviations from both the project drawings and the approved shop drawings. These drawings shall be submitted within two weeks after the final acceptance test of the system. At least one set of as-built (marked-up) drawings shall be provided at the time of, or prior to the final acceptance test.
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 44
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
a.
Furnish one set of full size paper as-built drawings and schematics. The drawings shall be prepared on uniform sized mylar sheets not less than 30 by 42 inches with 8 by 4 inch title block similar to contract drawings. Furnish one set of CD or DVD discs containing software back-up and CAD based drawings in latest version of AutoCAD and DXF format of as-built drawings and schematics.
b.
Include complete wiring diagrams showing connections between devices and equipment, both factory and field wired.
c.
Include a riser diagram and drawings showing the as-built location of devices and equipment.
In existing buildings, the transfer of devices from the existing system to the new system and the permission to begin demolition of the old fire alarm system will not be permitted until the as-built drawings and O&M manuals are received. 3.6.3
Minimum System Tests
Test the system in accordance with the procedures outlined in NFPA 72, ISO 7240-16, IEC 60268-16. The required tests are as follows: a.
Megger Tests: After wiring has been installed, and prior to making any connections to panels or devices, wiring shall be megger tested for insulation resistance, grounds, and/or shorts. Conductors with 300 volt rated insulation shall be tested at a minimum of 250 VDC. Conductors with 600 volt rated insulation shall be tested at a minimum of 500 VDC. The tests shall be witnessed by the Contracting Officer and test results recorded for use at the final acceptance test.
b.
Loop Resistance Tests: Measure and record the resistance of each circuit with each pair of conductors in the circuit short-circuited at the farthest point from the circuit origin. The tests shall be witnessed by the Contracting Officer and test results recorded for use at the final acceptance test.
c.
Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. The tests shall be accomplished at the preliminary test with results available at the final system test.
d.
Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's O&M manual.
e.
Test each initiating device and notification appliance and circuit for proper operation and response at the control unit. Smoke sensors shall be tested in accordance with manufacturer's recommended calibrated test method. Use of magnets is prohibited. Testing of duct smoke detectors shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 72 except that, for item 12(e) (Supervision) in Table 14.4.2.2, disconnect at least 20 percent of devices. If there is a failure at these devices, then supervision shall be tested at each device.
f.
Test the system for specified functions in accordance with the contract drawings and specifications and the manufacturer's O&M manual.
g.
Test both primary power and secondary power. Verify, by test, the secondary power system is capable of operating the system for the time period and in the manner specified. SECTION 28 31 76
Page 45
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
h.
Determine that the system is operable under trouble conditions as specified.
i.
Visually inspect wiring.
j.
Test the battery charger and batteries.
k.
Verify that software control and data files have been entered or programmed into the FACP. Hard copy records of the software shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.
l.
Verify that red-line drawings are accurate.
m.
Measure the current in circuits to ensure there is the calculated spare capacity for the circuits.
n.
Measure voltage readings for circuits to ensure that voltage drop is not excessive.
o.
Disconnect the verification feature for smoke sensors during tests to minimize the amount of smoke needed to activate the sensor. Testing of smoke sensors shall be conducted using real smoke or the use of canned smoke which is permitted.
p.
Measure the voltage drop at the most remote appliance (based on wire length) on each notification appliance circuit.
3.6.3.1
Intelligibility Tests
Intelligibility testing of the System shall be accomplished in accordance with NFPA 72 for Voice Evacuation Systems, IEC 60268-16, and ASA S3.2. Following are the specific requirements for intelligibility tests: a.
Intelligibility Requirements: after installation.
Verify intelligibility by measurement
b.
Ensure that a CIS value greater than the required minimum value is provided in each area where building occupants typically could be found. The minimum required value for CIS is .8.
c.
Areas of the building provided with hard wall and ceiling surfaces (such as metal or concrete) that are found to cause excessive sound reflections may be permitted to have a CIS score less than the minimum required value if approved by the DOD installation, and if building occupants in these areas can determine that a voice signal is being broadcast and they must walk no more than 33 feet to find a location with at least the minimum required CIS value within the same area.
d.
Areas of the building where occupants are not expected to be normally present are permitted to have a CIS score less than the minimum required value if personnel can determine that a voice signal is being broadcast and they must walk no more than 50 feet to a location with at least the minimum required CIS value within the same area.
e.
Take measurements near the head level applicable for most personnel in the space under normal conditions (e.g., standing, sitting, sleeping, as appropriate).
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 46
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
f.
FCV3
The distance the occupant must walk to the location meeting the minimum required CIS value shall be measured on the floor or other walking surface as follows: (1)
Along the centerline of the natural path of travel, starting from any point subject to occupancy with less than the minimum required CIS value.
(2)
Curving around any corners or obstructions, with a 12 inches clearance there from.
(3)
Terminating directly below the location where the minimum required CIS value has been obtained.
Use commercially available test instrumentation to measure intelligibility as specified by ISO 7240-19 and ISO 7240-16 as applicable. Use the mean value of at least three readings to compute the intelligibility score at each test location. 3.7
INSTRUCTION OF GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
3.7.1
Instructor
Include in the project the services of an instructor, who has received specific training from the manufacturer for the training of other persons regarding the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the system provided. The instructor shall train the Government employees designated by the Contracting Officer, in the care, adjustment, maintenance, and operation of the fire alarm and fire detection system. Each instructor shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of this installation. The instructor shall be trained in operating theory as well as in practical O&M work. Submit the instructors information and qualifications including the training history. 3.7.2
Required Instruction Time
Provide 8 hours of instruction after final acceptance of the system. The instruction shall be given during regular working hours on such dates and times as are selected by the Contracting Officer. The instruction may be divided into two or more periods at the discretion of the Contracting Officer. The training shall allow for rescheduling for unforeseen maintenance and/or fire department responses. 3.7.2.1
Technical Training
Equipment manufacturer or a factory representative shall provide 1 days of on site Training shall allow for classroom instruction as well as individual hands on programming, troubleshooting and diagnostics exercises. Factory training shall occur within 6 months of system acceptance. 3.8
Technical Data and Computer Software
Provide, in manual format, lesson plans, operating instructions, maintenance procedures, and training data for the training courses. The operations training shall familiarize designated government personnel with proper operation of the installed system. The maintenance training course shall provide the designated government personnel adequate knowledge required to diagnose, repair, maintain, and expand functions inherent to SECTION 28 31 76
Page 47
Am #0002
Am #0002 FY14 GSAB Hangar, Fort Carson, CO
FCV3
the system. -- End of Section --
SECTION 28 31 76
Page 48
Am #0002
A L. B. C.
L. B. C.
SI ZE:
FCV3G003A. dgn
FI LE NAM E:
PLOT SCALE: PLOT DATE:
L. B. C.
SUBM I TTED BY:
CKD BY:
DW N BY:
F2111012
FI LE NUM BER:
CONTRACT NO. :
W 9128F14B0008
SOLI CI TATI ON NO. :
M ARK
1
2
DESCRI PTI ON
AM .#0001 REVI SED AND REDRAW N
AM .#0002 GENERAL REVI SI ONS
C
I NDEX CONTI NUED
VOLUM E 1
OM AHA DI STRI CT OM AHA,NEBRASKA
05/ 16/ 2014
DATE:
DATE
05302014
06062014
2 APPR. M ARK
DESCRI PTI ON
D DATE
APPR.
4
L. B. C.
3
DESI GNED BY:
2
PN77304 ( FY14)
U. S.ARM Y CORPS OF ENGI NEERS
B
1
FORT CARSON,CO.
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002 5
VOLUME 1 INDEX CONTINUED US Army Corps
of Engineers®
OMAHA DISTRICT
IDENTIFICATION
SHEET
G-003 Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
SUBSURFACE DRAIN (TYP.)
A
PROVIDE CAP AT END OF LINE
XX
XX
XX
XX
B
XX
A
B
XX
A
XX
XX XX
B
XX
XX
XX
A
XX
XX
A
B
B
B
XX
115 116 117 118 119 120 XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
D
C
D
DESCRI PTI ON
1C WNE I W LI I
KEY PLAN
SCALE: 1" = 500'
APPR. M ARK
DHC
DATE DESCRI PTI ON
IW MH-8 PI IW-1 STA. 13+08.10 RIM ELEV = 5795.50 IE IN (NW) = 5777.29 IE IN (NE) = 5784.25 IE OUT = 5776.79
1 1 2
76 19. 16+
EXISTING FENCE
FI LE NAM E: SI ZE:
FCV3CU118. dgn
F2111012
PLOT SCALE: PLOT DATE:
FI LE NUM BER:
CONTRACT NO. : DHC
SUBM I TTED BY:
DI S
W 9128F14B0008
CKD BY:
8" FORCE MAIN LINE FM-1 (SEE 'SANITARY SYSTEM NOTES' DRAWING CU116)
JLR
EXISTING 24" IW LINE
DW N BY:
CONNECT WATERLINE W-3 TO EXIST. 8" WATERLINE
OM AHA DI STRI CT
8' CH A I N L I NK
05/ 16/ 2014
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE
OM AHA,NEBRASKA
PLUG AND CAP EXISTING IW LINE IW MH-5 PI IW-1 STA. 8+46.60 RIM ELEV = 5804.0 EX. 24" (NW) IE IN = 5783.06 20" (NE) IE IN = 5792.05 24" (SE) IE OUT = 5782.56 EXISTING FENCE
SOLI CI TATI ON NO. :
F C -
2
1 1 -
M ARK
FORCE MAIN LINE FM-1
06/ 06/ 14
1A NE SSS LI
5 7 8 3 .9 4
=
V .
IN
C
DI S
A ST
XX
0 6+0 A1 ST
65 64. .2+ TA 2S FW
B
A
XX
U. S.ARM Y CORPS OF ENGI NEERS
1 FM PI
1 FM
XX
XX
XX
EXISTING 20" FIRE WATER LINE
WATER LINE 1
XX
DESI GNED BY:
X X
XX
XX
XX
XX
X X
M F " 8
XX
GENERAL REVI SI ONS
PO E I W1A STA.1+80. 48
X X
-1 M A 0 F T 0 S + 7 1
XX
XX
DATE:
4 P X X X
2 P 4 P Y X IW ,2 C -1 E S L T -6 A . 8 + 0 0
W "I 24
XX
XX
1 1 3
1 1 -
-
F C
IW S -1 T A 1+ A 00 .
8" W
W 8" S D
8" GATE VALVE W/ VALVE BOX SEE SHT. CU206
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
W 6"
XX XX XX
S D
IW
I
2
DATE
XX
XX
XX
XX
1 STA.15+00 WI
P P I 1 OE W 4 + 1 -1 2 W 3 1 -1 + ST .7 9 9 ST 1 A. .6 A 1 . W 8"
XX
XX
1 STA 24+00 FM -
S T A . 7 + 0 0
XX
XX
1 SSTA. 17+00
"F 0 2
SS MH-5 PI S-1 STA. 14+86.29 RIM ELEV = 5798.75 IE IN (NW) = 5793.43 IE IN (NE) = 5793.09 IE OUT = 5792.93
1 STA.14+00 WI
-1
XX
XX
IW LINE IW-1
1 STA 23+00 FM -
2 4 " I W 2 0 " IW
8" FM
1 STA.13+00 WI
0 +0 11 A. ST
STA. 14+00
XX
XX
XX
XX
4PX, 2C
I
1 STA 22+00 FM -
-1
IW MH-6 PI IW-1 STA. 10+20.15 POE IW-1A STA. 1+80.48 RIM ELEV = 5796.50 IE IN (8") = 5787.05 IE IN (24") = 5781.17 IE OUT = 5780.67
1 STA.12+00 WI
W X X I
-1 FM A ST 00 + 20
W "I 24
PI FM-1 STA 20+30.80
I
0 0 + 9 . A T S -1 -1 IW M F TA 0 0 S + 8 1
W-3
D
XX
XX
4PX
1 SSTA. 16+00
24" IW
1 STA 21+00 FM -
P C R
FM 8"
1 .0 6 3 + 9 1 A T S 0 -1 0 + M 0 F 1 I . P A T S -1 1 IW M A 0 F T 0 S + 9 1
IW " 4 2
FW-2 STA. 1+00
1 SSTA. 15+00
12" S I
X X
M F " 8
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
4PX,2C
XX
PIW-3 STA. 13+25.05
C
OMAHA DISTRICT
SAN. SEWER LINE S-1
I
E L6
I
13+00
D
of Engineers®
XX
XX
XX
C
D
US Army Corps
XX
XX
IW MH-8A RIM ELEV = 5792.0 IE OUT = 5785.0
SS MH-5A RIM ELEV = 5795.0 IE OUT = 5793.20
6 Y EL P 2 2C X, P 4
8" I W
W-3 STA.
1+00.00
C
A 8"W
" 4 2
W "I -1 20 I W E
N LI
1 SSTA. 11+00
W I
IW MH-4 PI IW-1 STA. 6+62.06 RIM ELEV = 5808.20 IE IN (6" ) = 5798.67 IE IN (20") = 5796.96 IE OUT (20") = 5793.17
I
P S IF 0 TA W + -2 3 . 0 .0 0
C
D
XX
1 SSTA. 14+00
2
12" S
2 0 " IW
C
D
XX
1 SSTA. 13+00
1 SSTA. 12+00
I W I W LI -1 NE A
2
XX
XX
8" I W
B
XX
XX
XX
W-3 STA. 12+00 W-3B STA. 0+00
A
XX
I
3B WSTA. 2+00
6"W
3B WSTA. 1+00
XX
IW-1B STA.
XX
XX
I
S " 2 1
W I
C
D
XX
-1 S 3 E WSTA. 11+00
PI W-1 STA. 10+36.69
C
XX
XX
0 +0 6 A. ST 1 -
EXISTING 8" WATER LINE
EXISTING 20" FIRE WATER LINE
XX
IN L
8"W
PROVIDE CAP AT END OF LINE
IW MH-7 PI IW-1 STA. 11+17.39 RIM ELEV = 5800.50 IE IN = 5779.70 IE OUT = 5779.20
POB IW-1A STA. 0+00.00
B
XX
S S
S T A . 1 1 + 8 1 -1 A. S T 00 .42 S + 0 1
A
B
126 127 128 129 130 131
2
IW MH-1A; PI IW-1A STA. 0+9.50 RIM ELEV = 5805.75 IE IN = 5796.66; IE OUT = 5796.36
-3
A
B
XX
D W I
P I W
A
B
XX
STORM DRAIN MH G-4; PI IW-1A STA. 0+00.0
0 +0 5 A. ST 1 -
3B END W 0 3+75. STA.
SS MH-4; PI S-1 STA. 10+86.29 RIM ELEV = 5807.25 IE IN = 5796.33; IE OUT = 5795.83
A
B
APPR.
YARD HYDRANT AND 1" VALVE BOX, SEE DETAIL SHEET CU501
A
0
40'
AREA 118
UTI LI TY PLAN
EXISTING 36" DIA. STORM DRAIN PIPE
PN77304 ( FY14)
R T H GSAB HANGAR
N O
FORT CARSON,CO.
T R U E
80'
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
CU118 Am #0002
4
5
PAVED DRIVE
5810
SON TAY ROAD
5805
W ATER LI NE W 3 135° TURN AT STA.13+91. 61
EXISTING GRADE
5795
DHC
2
5790 REMOVE CAP CONNECT TO EXISTING 8" WATER VALVE (EXACT DEPTH AND LOCATION OF EXISTING WATER LINE IS APPROX.)
IW-1
06/ 06/ 14
5790
5800 8" WATER LINE (MIN. 5' DEPTH OF COVER)
W ATER LI NE W 3 135° TURN AT STA.13+25. 05
EXISTING GRADE
' T'CONNECTI ON AT STA.12+00. 0 FOR W ATER LI NE W 3b
8" WATER LINE (MIN. 5' DEPTH OF COVER)
90°AT STA.10+36. 69
5785
5785
DESCRI PTI ON
5795
END PI PE CASI NG AT STA.10+32. 56
5800
W ATER LI NE W 3 90°TURN AT STA.11+81. 42 TEE CONNECTI ON W I TH 6" W ATER LI NE
5805 YARD HYDRANT W / 1"CONNECTI ON AT STA.10+14. 00
D
90°AT STA.9+70. 06
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
5810
APPR.
ACCESS DRIVE
OMAHA DISTRICT
DATE
FINISH GRADE
of Engineers®
DESCRI PTI ON
TAXIWAY PAVEMENT
US Army Corps
5815
APPR. M ARK
5815
8" WATER LINE W/ 12" PIPE CASING; FUSE PIPE AT ALL JOINTS (MIN. 5' DEPTH OF COVER)
2
DATE
3
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
2
8"GATE VALVE AND VALVE BOX ON EXI STI NG 8"W ATER LI NE ( BEHI ND) ,SEE DRAW I NG CU118
1
END W ATER LI NE W 3 AT APPROX.STA.14+32. 0 ( LOCATI ON OF EXI STI NG W ATER LI NE & VALVE I S APPROXI M ATE)
Am #0002
C
10+00
10+20
10+40
10+60
10+80
11+00
11+20
11+40
11+60
11+80
12+00
12+20
12+40
12+60
12+80
13+00
13+20
13+40
13+60
13+80
14+00
14+20
14+40
14+60
14+80
STATION
5790
5780
EXISTING WATER LINE
5785
5780
EXISTING CULVERT 5785
5785
5775
5780
5770
5775
A
5780 0+00
0+20
0+40
0+60
0+80
1+00
1+20
FI LE NAM E: SI ZE:
FCV3CU206. dgn
F2111012
PLOT SCALE: PLOT DATE:
FI LE NUM BER:
CONTRACT NO. : DHC
SUBM I TTED BY:
DI S JLR
W 9128F14B0008
CKD BY: DW N BY:
OM AHA DI STRI CT
OM AHA,NEBRASKA
SHEET 2 OF 2
5790
5785
W3,W 3A & W 3B PROFI LES
EXISTING GRADE
5795
5790
DOM ESTI C W ATER LI NES
5795
YARD HYDRANT W /1" CONNECTI ON /END W ATER LI NE W 3A AT STA.1+10. 75
CONNECT TO 8" WATER LINE W-3 AT TEE
5790
INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE IW-1A
PN77304 ( FY14)
5800
6" WATER LINE (MIN. 5' DEPTH OF COVER)
EXISTING GRADE
CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION
GSAB HANGAR
5800
5795
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
6" WATER VALVE
5795
8" WATER LINE (MIN. 5' DEPTH OF COVER)
END W ATER LI NE W3b AT STA.3+00. 0
5805
5800 CONNECT TO WATER LINE W-3
45°TURN AT STA.2+00. 0
5805
CONNECT TO 8"W ATER LI NE W3 AT W 3 STA.12+00. 0
TAXIWAY SHOULDER
FORT CARSON,CO.
5800
DESI GNED BY:
5810
5805
FINISH GRADE
BEGI N PI PE CASI NG AT STA.0+98. 50
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
B
5805
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
5810
5815
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
5815
CONNECT TO 8"W ATER LI NE W3 AT W 3 STA.11+81. 42
FINISH GRADE
05/ 16/ 2014
5810 DATE:
5810
DI S
5820
U. S.ARM Y CORPS OF ENGI NEERS
5820
SOLI CI TATI ON NO. :
2
DOMESTIC WATER LINE W-3 STA. 9+60 TO STA. 14+32
M ARK
9+80
GENERAL REVI SI ONS
5780
5780 9+60
5770 0+00
0+20
0+40
0+60
0+80
1+00
1+20
STATION
1+40
1+60
1+80
2+00
2+20
2+40
2+60
2+80
STATION
DOMESTIC WATER LINE W-3A
2
DOMESTIC WATER LINE W-3B
3+00 0
NOTE: THE LOCATIONS OF ANY EXISTING UTILITY LINES (STATION AND DEPTH) ARE APPROXIMATE AND ARE NOT BASED ON AS-BUILT CONDITIONS.
0
10'
20'
40'
5'
10'
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
CU206 Am #0002
0+40 0+60 0+80 1+00 1+20 1+40 1+60 1+80 2+00
5790 5790
5780 5780 5785 5785
24" IW LINE IW-1 100 LF OF INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE IW-1B 4.5%
180 LF OF 8" INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE IW-1A AT 6% 5775 5780 5780
5770 5775 5775
0+00 0+20 0+40 0+60 0+80
STATION STATION
8" INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE IW-1A 6" INDUSTRIAL WASTE LINE IW-1B
1+00
A
0
NOTE: THE LOCATIONS OF ANY EXISTING UTILITY LINES (STATION AND DEPTH) ARE APPROXIMATE AND ARE NOT BASED ON AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. 0
10' 20' 40'
5' 10'
FCV3CU232. dgn
5785
FI LE NAM E:
5785
SI ZE:
EXISTING GRADE M ARK
2
EXISTING GRADE 5795
F2111012
20" IW LINE IW-1
FI LE NUM BER:
5795
PLOT SCALE: PLOT DATE:
5800
CONTRACT NO. :
5800
DHC
5790
I.E. OUT = 5803.17
SUBM I TTED BY:
5790 DESCRI PTI ON
GENERAL REVI SI ONS
DHC
DATE
6/ 6/ 2014
DESCRI PTI ON
I E OUT ( 24' )= 5796. 46
I EI N( 24" )= 5796. 96
I EI N( 8")= 5798. 67
RI M ELEV = 5808. 20
STA.1+00. 0
APPR. M ARK
5805
W 9128F14B0008
5795
5805
SOLI CI TATI ON NO. :
8" SD LINE G 5810
DI S
5795 5810
CKD BY:
5805
GSAB HANGAR
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
5815
JLR
12" SANITARY SEWER LINE S-1
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
5810
DW N BY:
5800
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
FINISH GRADE I W M H4
I E OUT = 5780. 67
I EI N( 8" )= 5786. 13
RI M ELEV = 5796. 50
POE I W1A STA.1+80. 48
I E OUT = 5796. 36
5820
PROFI LES
5770 5820
I NDUSTRI AL W ASTE LI NES I W1A & I W1B
5775 5815
OM AHA DI STRI CT
2
5825
05/ 16/ 2014
WATER LINE W-3B
DATE:
5800 5825
DI S
SEE MANHOLE DETAILS ON SHEET CU504
PII W1 STA.10+20. 15
5805 5820
OM AHA,NEBRASKA
0+20
I EI N = 5796. 83
RI M ELEV = 5805. 94
STA.0+09. 50
I W M H1A
DATE
I W LI NE I W1A -I E OUT = 5796. 96
SD LI NE G -I E OUT ( 8' )= 5798. 63
SD LI NE G -I EI N( 8")= 5798. 83
RI M ELEV = 5805. 94
FINISH GRADE APPR.
4
PN77304 ( FY14)
0+00
3
DESI GNED BY:
5810 PIAT STA.0+00. 0
5820
I W M H6
5815
STORM DRAI N M H G4
D
2
U. S.ARM Y CORPS OF ENGI NEERS
B
1
FORT CARSON,CO.
GSAB HANGAR
C
ELEVATI ON I N FEET ABOVE M SL
Am #0002 5
US Army Corps
of Engineers®
OMAHA DISTRICT
5815
IDENTIFICATION
SHEET
CU232 Am #0002
1
2
1
3
2
5
5
6
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
T.O.S ELEV = 100' -0"
D
D
D
D
C
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
C
OMAHA DISTRICT
C
APPR
C
D
D
10 SPACES @ 15'-0" = 150'-0"
D
C
4
4
12' - 6"
D
11' - 8"
3
D
Am #0002
E
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
UTILITY PEDESTAL, TYP.
4' - 0" E.7
2 2
F
C
C
C
C
2
C
.
NE
06-06-2014 DATE
D
2
2 C
C
C
NE
C
NE
C
DESCRIPTION
NE
D
D T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -2 3/4" NE
C
C
2
NE
C
1' - 10"
NE
2 TYP.
D
2
2 C
TYP
C
9
C
10
3
D
11
ADDITIONAL #4 X 6' -0" 2 SPACED 4" APART AND CENTERED ON PIT CORNER
2
C
19' - 4"
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -1 1/2"
2 NE
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -1 1/2"
C
3' - 4"
NE
F.1
D
D
2
D
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -1 1/2"
D
D
D
D
D
2
D
6' - 8"
4' - 0"
D
C C
9' - 0"
9
C
2 10
C
3 SPACES @ 12'-6" = 37'-6"
D
2
C
C
TYP.
D
2
D
SLOPE SLAB TO HANGAR APRON SLAB
15
TYP
D
15
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
14' - 10"
D
D
1' - 0"
1' - 0"
E.1
G.1 EQ.
3' - 4"
G.3
UNO
G.4
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
8' - 0"
J.1 6' - 8"
16' - 2"
16' - 8"
23' - 5"
7' - 1"
6' - 2"
15' - 6"
25' - 0"
16' - 0"
26' - 3"
12' - 0"
10' - 0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:07 AM As indicated
22' - 3"
B
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
H.2
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
H.1
2' - 0"
H.05
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
TYP ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
2
TYP
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
1
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
18' - 1"
G.6
FILE NAME:
8' - 10"
G.2
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
G
J.5 0.5
0.6
1.3
1.5
2
2.8
2.9
3
3.3
3.8
4.5
5.1
5.9
6.1
6.2
6.3
1.
JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT:
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES.
A 1 S-111
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "A" 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
NE
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
2
AREA "A"
PLAN NORTH
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
S-111-
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
SHEET NOTES:
GSAB HANGAR
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "A"
0.1
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-111 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2 12' - 6"
6
8
8.5
9
C
E.1 D
D
D
D
15
D
1' - 10"
10
29' - 10" 2 NE
NE
11 2
29' - 0" 2 NE
12 2
2 NE
2 NE
10"
NE
2 TYP.
C
13
13.6
2 3 TYP
2
NE
14 2
2
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
NE
NE
NE
13
OMAHA DISTRICT
TYP. APPR
C
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0"
E.2 6' - 6"
2
8' - 0"
TYP. D
E
SLOPE SLAB TO
C
HANGAR APRON SLAB
D
D
D
C
TYP.
30' - 10"
5
UTILITY PEDESTAL, TYP.
12' - 1"
7
30' - 6"
4
06-06-2014 DATE
2 SPACES @ 15'-0" = 30'-0"
3
5' - 4"
Am #0002
. D
D
D
C
9
10
.
4' - 0"
12
E.7 C
C
C
D
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' - 1 1/2" 13 10 F
10
F.1
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' - 1 1/2"
6' - 8"
11
G
DESCRIPTION
9
9
10
G.2
G.3
J.1 10' - 0"
16' - 6"
26' - 5"
21' - 1" 10"
24' - 5"
23' - 11"
11' - 0"
11' - 11"
26' - 1"
14' - 0"
10"
FILE NAME:
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:15 AM As indicated
TYP
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
1
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
H.1
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
H
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
TYP
ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
2
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
G.1
J.5
6.2
6.3
7.2
8.3
8.5
9
9.8
10.6
11.3
11.5
12.2
13.1
13.6
13.7
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES.
A 1 S-112
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "B" 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
NE
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
AREA "B"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT:
SHEET NOTES: 1.
GSAB HANGAR
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
PLAN NORTH
2
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "B"
6.1
S-112-
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-112 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
4' - 0" NE
D
D
2
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
10
9
2
OMAHA DISTRICT
12' - 5" C 5' - 4"
NE C
NE
C
NE
C
13 TYP.
2
NE
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
NE
13 C
D
2
NE
19.1
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0"
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0" 2 NE C
2
NE
C
2
NE
C
2
NE
TYP.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
5' - 4"
E
3 TYP
2
2 NE
19 2
UTILITY PEDESTAL, TYP.
2
2
18
APPR
17
5
06-06-2014 DATE
16
C
15
C
14
4
C
13.1
3
C
13
2
D
1
C
Am #0002
E.1 E.2
TYP
DESCRIPTION
1
F.1
(2) ADDITIONAL #4 X 6' -0" LONG SPACED 4" APART AND CENTERED ON PIT CORNER
G.1 G.2
FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT IN THIS AREA. REFER TO CG-310 AND CP-117A
J
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:24 AM As indicated
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
H
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
G.9
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
TYP
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
2
ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
G.35
FILE NAME:
G.3
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
19.3 G
J.1 21' - 0" 13.6
28' - 8" 14.3
22' - 3"
27' - 6"
15.2
16.1
27' - 6" 16.9
27' - 6" 17.8
17' - 8" 18.6
9' - 4" 19.2
19.3
1.
JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT:
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES.
A 1 S-113
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "C" 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
NE
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
2
AREA "C"
PLAN NORTH
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
S-113-
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
SHEET NOTES:
GSAB HANGAR
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "C"
14' - 0"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
0.6
2
1
3
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
US Army Corps of Engineers ® TYP
6
30' - 6" 1
30' - 6"
TYP, UNO
OMAHA DISTRICT
30' - 6"
T.O.S ELEV = 99' -4"
APPR
30' - 6"
06-06-2014 DATE
A
30' - 6"
2' - 2"
30' - 5"
.
D
16
7' - 10"
A.1 9
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
5
E
E
T.O.S ELEV = 99' -5"
4 SPACES @ 12'-6" MIN., 15'-0" MAX.
D
D
D
C
C
D
D
D
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
D
D D
D
C
C
DESCRIPTION
C
D
E
E
E
E
C
E
E
E
C
E
E
E
E 1 D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
TYP. @ TRENCH DRAIN
TYP. @ TRENCH DRAIN
2 TYP C
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
AREA "D"
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D C
T.O.S ELEV = 100' -0"
C
C
1' - 0"
1' - 0"
E
A
JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT:
1 S-114
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "D"
SHEET NOTES: 1.
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES.
1/8" = 1'-0"
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
NE
PLAN NORTH
TYP.
D
2
S-114-
15
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
C
10 SPACES @ 15'-0" = 150'-0"
D
D
12' - 6"
GSAB HANGAR
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR 11' - 8"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
D C
D
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
15 TYP. D
D
34' - 8"
D
2
D
B
D
5 SPACES @ 12'-6" MIN., 15'-0" MAX.
1 UTILITY PEDESTAL
ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
D
D
D
D C
E
FILE NAME:
E
C
E
8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "D"
C
C
PLOT DATE:
C
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:31 AM As indicated
E
16
4
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
E
C
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
E
C
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
E
C
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
E
E
E
C
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
30' - 0"
4
C
E
16 TYP.
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
C
C
SLOPE SLAB TO HANGAR APRON SLAB
.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
3 TYP
30' - 0"
B
C
D
D
C
D
D
D
30' - 0"
C
S-305
D
2
7
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-114 SHEET
OF
0
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
6
3
7
8
8.5
9
4
10
11
5 12 2
T.O.S. ELEV = 99' -4" 30' - 10"
1' - 10"
29' - 10"
29' - 0"
10"
S-305
29' - 0"
6
29' - 0"
1 TYP, UNO
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
29' - 0"
. 16
30' - 6"
14
13
OMAHA DISTRICT APPR
A
06-06-2014 DATE
A.1
D E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL
D
5
E C
E
2
C
NE
D
D
D
30' - 0"
2
14
7
E
D
E
D
E
NE
E
E
E
E
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C DESCRIPTION
C
C
D
C E
C
C
C C
NE
D
D
D C
B
C
1' - 9"
E
2
C
D
C
NE
C
E
C
C
C
C 15
C
C
C
C
D D
D
D
C
C
D
C
TYP.
C
C
13
E.2 6' - 6"
2
8' - 0"
TYP.
SHEET NOTES: 1.
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES.
11.3
11.5
12.2
D
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR 13.1
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
NE
NE
NE
PLAN NORTH
13.6
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "E"
D
D
NE
2
C
3 TYP
2
C
2 TYP.
NE
C
C
NE
2
GSAB HANGAR
C
2
5' - 4"
D
NE C
C
C
C
C
C
2
C
NE
2
C
NE
2
D
NE
2
C
2
D
D
D T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0" 2
C
NE
2
D
UTILITY PEDESTAL, TYP.
AREA "E"
1/8" = 1'-0" 2
S-115-
PLOT DATE:
C
D
C
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:40 AM As indicated
D
D
D D
C
C
C
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "E"
C
9 SPACES @ 14'-6" = 130'-6"
9.8 JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT: 10.6
S-115
D
D D
D
.
1
C
D
D
D
TYP.
D
15
A
SLOPE SLAB TO
E.1
HANGAR APRON SLAB
D
D
D E
D
D C
D
C
C
C
12' - 1"
C
C
C
2 C
2
2
C
D
C
NE
D
C
C
2
C
C
D
D C
D
EQ
NE
C
C
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
C
D
NE
EQ
E
NE
12' - 6"
C
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
D
D D
D
C
8' - 1" 15' - 0"
C
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
D
D
D
34' - 8"
C
C
C
2
NE
NE
D
D
D
C 2
C
C
E
E
C
2
C
C
EQ.
E D
C
C
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
2
2 C
C
C
E 2
C
D
C
D
TYP. @ TRENCH DRAIN
C
C
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
E 8 NE
D
D
D
1
D
D
NE C
D
E 2
B
C
EQ.
E
C
E
E
E
C
NE
E
E
E
E
E
E
4 S-302
E
E
E
E NE
D
D
D 30' - 0"
E
C
C
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
C
ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
C
D
C
2
C
4
16
C
D
C
8
2
C
TYP.
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
NE
C
D
C
C
. SLOPE SLAB TO HANGAR APRON SLAB
C
2
E
C
E C
C
E
E C
NE
D
D
D C
C
D
C
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
C
FILE NAME:
C
8
2
D
D
D
D
D
D
NE
C
D
C
C
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
C
D
C
C
C
2
C
30' - 0"
C
D
E C
E
C
E
2
NE
D
D
D
E
8
NE
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-115 SHEET
OF
0
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
14
13
15
16
REFER TO 4/S-305 FOR CONCRETE CURB AROUND COLUMN (ABOVE COLUMN BLOCKOUT) 29' - 0"
29' - 0"
4 17
2
5
18
19
19.1
T.O.S. ELV = 99' -4"
S-305 29' - 0"
29' - 0"
6
26' - 9"
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
32' - 6"
OMAHA DISTRICT
1 TYP, UNO
APPR
A
D E T.O.S. @ DOOR ELV = 99' -5" 2
C
C
C
2
C
C
DESCRIPTION
C
D
C
4 SPACES @ 12'-6" MIN., 15'-0" MAX.
2
NE
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
C 2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
NE
D
D
D
D
NE
2 NE
2 NE
3 TYP
2
NE
C
C
C
NE
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
10 T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0"
T.O.S. ELEV = 100' -0"
NE
2
2
2
2
NE
9
NE
C 5' - 4"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
AREA "F" 13 TYP.
E E.1
A
E.2
13.1
13.6
1 S-116-
S-116
14.3
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "F" 1/8" = 1'-0"
15.2
16.1
SHEET NOTES: 1.
JOINT KEY FOR HANGAR BAY PAVEMENT:
PLAN NORTH 16.9
17.8
D
DOWELED CONSTRUCTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
C
DOWELED CONTRACTION JOINT PER 1/S-301
E
THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND CP522. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
REFER TO S-110 FOR KEYED NOTES. 2 NE
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
6/3/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:32:47 AM As indicated
SBMT BY: W. BOECK
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
4' - 0"
D
2 NE
C
UTILITY PEDESTAL, TYP.
D
D
2
C
NON THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE JOINT PER THICKENED EDGE EXPANSION JOINT PER CP522 EXCEPT WITHOUT THICKENED EDGE. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE FLOOR COATING MANUFACTURER TO INSURE COMPATIBILITY.
18.6
19.2
8
6
4
2
0
8
SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0"
16
SLAB CONTROL JOINT PLAN AREA "F"
NE
C
C
C
GSAB HANGAR
2
D
D
D
D
D C
2
NE
C
13 C
5' - 4"
C
D
C
2
2
TYP.
C
D
C
D
C
2
NE
C
2
D
2
C
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY 14)
2 C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
C
D
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
B
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
DESIGN BY: J. BUSHIE
4 SPACES @ 12'-6" MIN., 15'-0" MAX.
2
NE
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
CKD BY: DRAWN BY: K.REPASKEY L. PETERSON
8' - 6"
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
D
C
EQ. C
ISSUE DATE: 05/16/2014
2
NE
D
C
11 SPACES @ 14'-6" = 159'-6"
C
TYP.
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
UNO
EQ. NE
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
2
2 TYP
D
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
15 TYP.
SLOPE SLAB TO HANGAR APRON SLAB
.
C
FILE NAME:
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
D
D
C
D
C
C
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
C
C
D
D
C
D
C
B
D
C
D
C
D
C
E
7
NE
E
NE
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
5
D
E
D
D
D
D
E
D
E
7
D
E
D
E
16-
7' - 10"
9
06-06-2014 DATE
A.1
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
S-116 SHEET
OF
0
NOTE - HANGAR BAY JOINT TYPE AND LOCATION SHALL NOT BE REVISED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
Am #0002
6 47'-2"
2'-0"
E
2'-0"
W5
1
4'-0"
13'-0"
5
19'-7"
3
13'-0"
10'-0"
6'-0"
28'-2" 42'-6" 10'-0"
2
13'-0"
8'-0"
13'-0"
10'-8"
2 3
12'-2"
2
225
10'-0"
221
218C
3'-6"
2
4'-10" 1'-7"2'-1" 2'-1"
222K
11'-3"
13'-0" 2
1'-2"
2
7B 2
222J
222K
222J
6'-6"
222H
222G
7'-8" 2
2
222A
222B
13'-0"
222D 13'-0"
7'-8"
2'-6"
2
H
222C
2
222E
2
25
2'-3"
2
222B
220E 25
2 220E
219E
2
CAC CO ADMIN 219
219F
FLOOR EXPANSION JOINT - SEE DTL J/A-734
14'-1"
MULTIPURPOSE/CONFERENCE/BREAK 217 52'-8"
219F 25 13'-0"
3
23'-0" 3
2
220F
222F
25 2'-6"
25
35'-3"
13'-0"
3
2
220F
14'-1"
25
6
HVY CO ADMIN 220
MED CO ADMIN 222
3
41'-4" 3
26
2'-6"
222D
222G
2
7B
2
2
222H
2
G.2
4
2
13'-0"
25
21
9'-3" 2
2
220D
220C
6'-4"
26'-0"
2
2
220B
220A
13'-0"
6'-6"
222N
3'-6"
3'-6"
2'-6" 2
220C
34'-10" 2
CENTER
220B
25
219E
14'-6"
4
24'-9"
5'-8"
2
G
4
6'-8"
1'-2"
220D
219D
2
26'-0"
10'-0"
3'-0"
2
A-446
22'-1"
219D
4
7B
7B
4
2
2
2
3'-0"
24
2E
3'-0"
219C
6
B
2
226A
23
2E
2E
2E
19'-7"
10'-8"
217A
H.1
A-446
220A
219B
219C
2
2
219A
219B
2E
4 2
24'-9"
CENTER
8'-6"
2
21
2 7
2
219A 2
3
14
22
2
3'-0"
MEN 216
7
WOMEN 215
2
12'-3"
3'-6"
2E
23
10'-0"
10'-8"
2
3'-0"
15'-8"
CENTER
11'-4"
6'-4"
2
4
2
6'-6"
AMC CO ADMIN 226
2E
4 8'-2" 4
4'-9"
4
216 2
25'-6"
19 20 21
25
226A
7B
6'-6"
4 2
CENTER
2'-0"
219
215
2
CORRIDOR 202
2
2E
22
65'-4"
3'-6"
4
13'-0"
2
2'-1"1'-7"
2E
221
220
6'-6"
10'-0"
4
3'-0"
2
1'-6"2'-0"
2 15'-10"
5'-10"
3'-6"
21
8'-2" 4
3'-6"
22
2E
10'-0"
10"
2E
2
10'-0"
3"
226B
2E
2'-0"2'-0"
9"
23'-4"
2
9'-3"
3'-4"
2 15'-8"
5'-10"
2'-10"
G.3
7'-0"
FLOOR EXPANSION JOINT - SEE DTL J/A-734
4
A-303
6'-4"
217
2
218
6'-0" 8'-7"
G.2
214
213 2'-8"
10'-0" 2'-0"2'-0"
21
17 18
1
223
2E
10'-0"
18'-2" 10"
G.1
14'-4"
2E
218A
C G
2E
224
21
2E
15
226B
6'-4"
BRIEFING ROOM STORAGE 218A
2E
1
2E
ELECTRICAL ROOM 214
12 13
F
2E
FACILITY STORAGE 213
2E
226C
8'-5"
FLOOR EXPANSION JOINT - SEE DTL H/A-734
E.2
16
23
5'-10"
22'-0"
25
BRIEFING ROOM 218
10"
8'-2"
10
14
8'-11"
2'-0" 11'-2"
81'-8"
F
3'-8"
226C
2E
224
2
10"
11'-2"
2E
W5
3
12'-9"
16
2E
24'-2"
25'-2"
225
3"
3
11
E.7
F.1
11'-2"
2
CENTER
3
3'-6"
4'-0"
222
1
5
E.1
23
226
W5
14'-10"
W5
10'-4"
W5 W5
10'-0"
E.1
7 8 9
E
1 / A-123
2'-0" 3'-0"
1 / A-121
7'-5"
W5
10'-0"
D
57'-6"
3
TOILET ACCESSORIES KEYED NOTES MARK DESCRIPTION DTL DOUBLE-TIER LOCKER EHD ELECTRIC HAND DRYER FSS FOLDING SHOWER SEAT GB1 GRAB BAR - TYPE 1 GB2 GRAB BAR - TYPE 2 GB3 GRAB BAR - TYPE 3 HSS HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SOLID SUFACE SHOWER STALL LB LOCKER BENCH, STANDARD LBA LOCKER BENCH, ACCESSIBLE MBH MOP AND BROOM HOLDER MG MIRROR, GLASS - 1 EA LAV, TYP PTD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SCR/SC SHOWER CURTAIN ROD W/ SHOWER CURTAIN - 1 PER SHOWER STALL, TYP SD SOAP DISPENSER, COUNTER MOUNTED - 1 EA LAV, TYP SND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSER - 1 EA STALL, TYP SSS STANDARD SOLID SURFACE SHOWER STALL TP TOWEL PIN - 1 EA SHOWER STALL, TYP TPTN STAINLESS STEEL TOILET PARTITION - TYP TTD TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER - 1 EA STALL, TYP US STAINLESS STEEL URINAL SCREEN - TYP WR 6" TRASH CHUTE W/ WASTE RECEPTACLE
J.1
4'-0"
6'-0"
4'-0"
30'-0"
1 / A-121
J.5
A 1 A-122
A-122-
6'-0"
6.3
9
W1 6'-0"
2'-0"
W1 14'-6"
6'-0"
4'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
14'-6"
7.2
SECOND FLOOR PLAN - AREA "B" 1/8" = 1'-0"
2'-0"
W1
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
9
W1 14'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
9
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
W1
2'-0"
14'-0"
90'-0"
8.3
8.5
9.8
10.6
14'-0"
11.3
11.5
12.2
2'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
6'-0"
W1 4'-0"
1'-1" PLAN NORTH
33'-1"
13.1
13.6 13.7
GENERAL NOTES: 1.SEE A-100 FOR STRUCTURAL GRID DIMENSIONING. 2. ROUGH OPENINGS FOR DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE LOCATED 4" AWAY FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICULAR WALLS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL CHANGES IN FLOOR MATERIALS IN DOOR OPENINGS SHALL OCCUR AT THE CENTER LINE OF THE DOOR PANEL IN THE CLOSED POSITION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTER LINE OF COLUMNS, FACE OF STEEL STUDS AND FACE OF PRECAST WALLS. 5. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES MAY BE FOUND ON A-60X SHEETS. 6. DOOR SCHEDULES MAY BE FOUND ON A-61X SHEETS. 7. WINDOW SCHEDULES MAY BE FOUND ON A-62X SHEETS. 8. SEE FIRE PROTECTION SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED WALLS AND PARITIONS. 9. SEE A-410 FOR WALL TYPE DETAILS 10. SEE "AE" SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL PRECAST PANEL DIMENSIONS. 11. PROVIDE GWB CONTROL JOINTS @ 30'-0 OC MAX SPACING ON ALL EXPOSED GWB SURFACES. PROVIDE AT CORNERS OF DOOR OR WINDOW OPENINGS OR EDGES OF CEILING FEATURES WHENEVER POSSIBLE. 12. SOME ROOM NAMES REMOVED FOR CLARITY. ROOM NUMBERS REMAIN. SEE A-120 FOR ROOM NAMES.
GSAB HANGAR
1'-5"
W1
1 / A-123
W1
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
2'-0"
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR
SECOND FLOOR PLAN - AREA "B"
6'-0"
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
2'-0"
PLOT DATE:
6'-0"
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:56:05 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
4'-0" 2'-0"
APPR
3
OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
4 5
DESCRIPTION
A-440
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
A-301
MARKER BOARD TACK BOARD MARKER BOARD WALL - SEE A-450 CORNER GUARD - SEE A-450 6'-0" X 8'-0" ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATED PROJECTOR SCREEN 6'-0" X 8'-0" MANUALLY OPERATED PROJECTOR SCREEN BUILDING DIRECTORY ROOF ACCESS LADDER ALUMINUM SUNSHADE - TYP SEE A-732 UTILITY PEDESTAL - RE: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SEMI-RECESSED WALKOFF MAT - SEE A-732 TRENCH DRAIN - RE: PLUMBING KNOX BOX - SPECIFICATION 08 71 00 "DOOR HARDWARE" ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - RE: PLUMBING STRUCTURAL STOOP - RE: STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS UNIT HEATER/COOLING UNIT RE: MECHANICAL JANITOR SINK - RE: PLUMBING EMERGENCY EYEWASH - RE: PLUMBING WASH BASIN - RE: PLUMBING SAFETY LANE STRIPING - SEE DTL F/A-732 SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (FEC) SEE A-731 SEMI-RECESSED COMBO HOSE/FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (HFEC-1) - SEE A-731 FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET (FEB) - COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH CONTRACTING OFFICER SURFACE-MOUNTED COMBO HOSE/FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (HFEC-2) - SEE A-731 TV WALL MOUNT BRACKET W/ BLOCKING AS REQ'D MASONRY CONTROL JOINT @ CENTER AND ENDS OF WALL SEE A-413 FOR TYP DTLS
FILE NAME:
1 2 3
1
SIZE: 22" x 34"
13
SBMT BY: BRG
12
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
11
CKD BY: BRG
10
PLAN KEYED NOTES MARK DESCRIPTION
DRAWN BY: ACT
9
5
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
8
4
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
7
3
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
2
DESIGN BY: ACT
1
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Am #0002
AREA "B"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
A-122 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
5
B
2 2
2 2 A 2 2 2
A-600-
2
GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE A-601 FOR SCHEDULE NOTES, GENERAL NOTES AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE LEGEND.
ATC EXPOSED ATC EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED ATC EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED WWM EXPOSED GWB GWB ATC ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED
FF NONE FF NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE PAINT NONE PAINT PAINT NONE NONE PAINT
9'-6" VARIES 9'-6" VARIES 9'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 9'-0" VARIES 10'-0" VARIES 10'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" VARIES 9'-0" VARIES VARIES 10'-0" VARIES 9'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 9'-0" VARIES VARIES VARIES
RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB NONE RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB PT
SEALED CONC SDF SDF SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC GPC-1 GPC-1 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 RT GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-2 GPC-1 WOM
EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED WWM EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED WWM EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED WWM EXPOSED EXPOSED ATC GWB EXPOSED WWM CONC ATC EXPOSED GWB WWM WWM EXPOSED WWM EXPOSED SEE RCP GWB
NONE PAINT NONE NONE PAINT NONE NONE NONE PAINT NONE NONE NONE PAINT NONE NONE PAINT PAINT PAINT NONE PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT FF PAINT
VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES 10'-0" VARIES VARIES VARIES 10'-0" VARIES VARIES VARIES 10'-0" VARIES VARIES 9'-0" 9'-0" VARIES 10'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" VARIES VARIES 10'-0" 10'-0" VARIES 10'-0" VARIES VARIES 9'-6"
APPR
GPC-1 GPC-2 GPC-1 SEALED CONC CARPET CARPET GPC-2 CARPET GPC-2 GPC-2 SEALED CONC GPC-2 CARPET CARPET GPC-2 GPC-2 CARPET SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC GPC-1 WOM GPC-1 GPC-1 SEALED CONC SEALED CONC EPOXY
OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB PT RB RB RB RB NONE
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 3
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 3 DESCRIPTION
VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES 9'-0" VARIES 9'-0"/9'-6" VARIES 9'-6" 9'-6" 10'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" VARIES VARIES VARIES 9'-6" 9'-6" VARIES 10'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" VARIES VARIES VARIES 9'-6" 8'-10" 9'-6" 8'-10" 9'-6" 9'-6" 9'-0"/9'-6" 9'-6" 9'-6" 9'-0" VARIES 9'-6" VARIES
SEE NOTE 2
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
HEIGHT
NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE PAINT FF PAINT/FF PAINT/FF NONE PAINT STAIN FF PAINT FF FF FF FF FF NONE NONE NONE PAINT PAINT NONE FF FF FF FF PAINT NONE NONE PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT FF PAINT PAINT/FF PAINT PAINT FF NONE FF PAINT
SEE NOTE 3
SEE NOTE 4, 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6
FILE NAME:
VSAT CLOSET AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR COMSEC STORAGE HVY CO UNIT STORAGE HVY CO COM STORAGE HVY CO CBRN STORAGE HVY CO SECURE STORAGE MED CO UNIT STORAGE MED CO COM STORAGE MED CO CBRN STORAGE MED CO SECURE STORAGE CAC CO UNIT STORAGE CAC CO COM STORAGE CAC CO CBRN STORAGE CAC CO SECURE STORAGE CORRIDOR ALCOVE PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP TOOL STORAGE ARMS VAULT HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN STAIR TOOL STORAGE TOOL STORAGE STRUCTURAL REPAIR TOOL STORAGE BLADE REPAIR SHOP CORRIDOR VESTIBULE
FIN.
EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED ATC GWB/ATC GWB/ATC EXPOSED GWB GWB ATC WWM ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED GWB GWB EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC GWB EXPOSED EXPOSED GWB GWB GWB GWB ATC GWB GWB/ATC GWB GWB ATC EXPOSED ATC EXPOSED
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
131 132 132A 133 133A 133B 133C 134 134A 134B 134C 135 135A 135B 135C 136 136A 137 137A 138 139 140 140-1 140A 140B 141 141A 142 143 144
MAT.
SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC GPC-2 GPC-2 PT/WOM GPC-1 SEALED CONC GPC-1 WOM RT RT CARPET GPC-1 CARPET CARPET CARPET SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC GPC-1 CONC WOM SEALED CONC CARPET GPC-1 CARPET CARPET PT SEALED CONC SEALED CONC PT PT PT PT GPC-1 WOM PT/CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET SEALED CONC GPC-1 EPOXY
SIZE: 22" x 34"
2
MAT.
RB RB RB RB RB RB RB PT RB RB RB PT RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB PT RB RB RB RB RB PT RB RB PT PT PT PT RB PT PT/RB RB RB RB RB RB NONE
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 4, 6 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 5
SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 5 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 5, 6 SEE NOTE 5, 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 5, 6 SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 3
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES
2
BASE
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
2
VESTIBULE SPECIAL TOOLS AREA VESTIBULE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR SECTION AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR OFFICE UH-60 REPAIR SECTION UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE TOOL STORAGE MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP ELECTRICAL ROOM CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON SECTION AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON OFFICE CH-47 REPAIR SECTION CH-47 SECURE STORAGE CH-47 SECTION OFFICE AMC UNIT STORAGE AMC CBRN STORAGE AMC COM STORAGE AMC SECURE STORAGE ALCOVE VESTIBULE CORRIDOR CORRIDOR ELECTRICAL ROOM TELECOM ROOM CH-47 HANGAR BAY
WEST
GWB PRECAST GWB PRECAST GWB GWB PRECAST GWB PRECAST PRECAST CMU PRECAST - STAIN CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/ CURTAINWALL GWB GWB GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/MBW GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST/STRUCTURE PRECAST PAINT STAIN/STRUCTURE - PAINT PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT/PWC CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB GWB PLYWD PLYWD PRECAST STAIN/STRUCTURE - PAINT PLYWD PLYWD CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT CONC CONC CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN WWM - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT WWM - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT WWM - PAINT CMU - PAINT CMU - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT
PLOT DATE:
2
120A 120B 120C 120D 121 121A 122 122A 122B 123 124 125 126 126A 127 127A 127B 128 128A 128B 128C 129 129A 129B 129C 129D 129E 130
EAST
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:56:24 AM
2
PRECAST GWB GWB PRECAST PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST STAIN/STRUCTURE - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB PLYWD PRECAST/STRUCTURE PAINT PLYWD PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT CONC PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT
SBMT BY: BRG
C
SOUTH
PRECAST GWB GWB GWB PRECAST GWB PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST PRECAST PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST STAIN/STRUCTURE - PAINT PRECAST PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN GWB PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB PLYWD PRECAST STAIN/STRUCTURE - PAINT PLYWD GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT WWM - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN WWM - PAINT CONC PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN WWM - PAINT WWM - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN WWM - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST PRECAST
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2
NORTH
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM MECHANICAL ROOM MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM MECHANICAL ROOM EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM TECH SUPPLY TECH SUPPLY SERVICE VESTIBULE CORRIDOR RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE CORRIDOR VESTIBULE CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT TOOL STORAGE QA/QC QA/QC SERVICE TECHNICAL LIBRARY LARS OFFICE QA/QC OFFICE VSAT CLOSET MAIN TELECOM ROOM SIPRNET ROOM LOBBY ELEVATOR VESTIBULE ELEVATOR MECHANICAL ROOM PRODUCTION CONTROL PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE STAIR JANITORIAL ELECTRICAL ROOM WOMEN VESTIBULE MEN VESTIBULE CORRIDOR VESTIBULE MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN MEDIVAC SLEEPING ROOM MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS MEDIVAC READINESS MEDIVAC STORAGE BREAK ROOM UH-60 HANGAR BAY
NOTES & REMARKS (SEE NOTES)
CKD BY: BRG
D
ROOM NAME
010 020 030 040 050 060 070 070A 100 102 103 104 104A 105 105A 106 106A 106B 106C 106D 107 108 109 110 110-1 110A 110B 111 111A 111B 111C 112-1 113 114 115 115A 116 116A 117 117A 118 118A 118B 118C 118D 119 120
CEILING
DRAWN BY: ACT
2
ROOM NO
FLOOR
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - FIRST FLOOR WALL FINISH
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
4
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
3
DESIGN BY: ACT
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
A-600 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
A-601-
PLYWD
FIRE-RESISTANT PLYWOOD - SEE NOTE 1
CARPET
CARPET (TILE)
PRECAST
CONC
CONCRETE (UNFINISHED)
PT
PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANEL (SEE AE SHEETS FOR SURFACE FINISHES) PORCELAIN TILE
EPOXY
3-PART FUEL RESISTIVE COATING
PWC
PROTECTIVE WALL COVERING
EXPOSED
EXPOSED STRUCTURE
RB
RESILIENT BASE
FF
FACTORY FINISH
RT
RUBBER TILE
GPC-1
GROUND & POLISHED CONCRETE 1 (GRADE 2, CLASS 2)
SDF
STATIC DISSIPATIVE FLOORING
GPC-2
GROUND & POLISHED CONCRETE 2 (GRADE 2, CLASS 1)
SEALED CONC SEALED CONCRETE
GWB
GYPSUM WALL BOARD (UNPAINTED)
GWB - PAINT MBW
VWC
VINYL WALL COVERING
GYPSUM WALL BOARD (PAINTED)
WOM
WALK-OFF MAT
MARKER BOARD WALL - SEE NOTE 2
WWM
WOVEN WIRE MESH - PAINT
OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 6
SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 3
DESCRIPTION
SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 3
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-10" VARIES VARIES 9'-6" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" VARIES VARIES VARIES 8'-10"/9'-6" 9'-6" VARIES VARIES 8'-10" 8'-10" 9'-4"/9'-6" 11'-6"/12'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-6" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" VARIES 9'-6" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-6" VARIES VARIES 9'-6" 9'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" VARIES 9'-6" VARIES VARIES
SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 4, 6
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 3/4" MIN A-C FIRE RATED PLYWOOD TO 8'-0" AFF ACROSS ENTIRE LENGTH OF WALL IDENTIFIED. FINISH SHALL BE CLEAR SEALER AND FIRE RATED STAMP SHALL BE CLEARLY VISIBLE ON EACH PANEL. 2. PROVIDE CLEAR MARKER BOARD WALL COATING OVER ENTIRE WALL SURFACE DESIGNATED. SEE DETAIL 1/A-451 FOR TYPICAL MARKER BOARD WALL SECTION. 3. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE WALL COVERING TO 4'-0" AFF. SEE 2/A-451 FOR FIRST FLOOR DETAIL AND 3/A-451 FOR SECOND FLOOR DETAIL. 4. ALL STEEL FRAMING, LIGHT WELLS, DRAFT CURTAINS, SUPPORTS, DECKING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, AND GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE PAINTED. 5. RESILIENT BASE NOT REQUIRED ON WALLS COMPOSED OF WOVEN WIRE MESH. 6. BACK FACE (UNFINISHED FACE AS INDICATED ON "AE" SHEETS) OF PRECAST PANEL SHALL RECEIVE A COMPATIBLE CONCRETE STAIN. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED TO MATCH ADJACENT PRECAST ("BUFF" COLOR AS REFERENCED) OR ADJACENT PAINT IN THE SPACE WHERE THE PRECAST IS VISIBLE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
GENERAL NOTES (APPLIES TO ALL ROOMS): 1. NORTH, SOUTH, EAST & WEST AS NOTED ON SCHEDULE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLAN NORTH AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 2. ALL PRECAST CONCRETE WALL SURFACES MAY BE LEFT UNPAINTED OR UNSTAINED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE ROOM SCHEDULE OR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 3. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ELEVATIONS OF SOFFITS, HEADERS, BULKHEADS AND OTHER CEILING CONDITIONS NOT IDENTIFIED IN THE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 4. ALL EXPOSED GWB IN SPACES OTHER THAN SERVICE AND STORAGE SPACES SHALL BE PAINTED. 5. SEE SPECIFICATION 09 06 90 "COLOR SCHEDULE" FOR INTERIOR COLORS AND FINISHES. 6. FOR ITEMS IDENTIFIED AS "VARIES," SEE DESIGN DRAWINGS FOR MORE DETAIL. 7. CEILING HEIGHTS/ELEVATIONS IDENTIFIED IN ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ARE HEIGHTS ABOVE THEIR RESPECTIVE FINISHED FLOORS.
FILE NAME:
HEIGHT
SIZE: 22" x 34"
PAINT PAINT PAINT NONE PAINT/FF PAINT FF FF FF FF FF FF FF NONE NONE NONE PAINT/FF FF NONE NONE PAINT PAINT PAINT/FF PAINT/FF NONE NONE NONE PAINT NONE NONE
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
GWB GWB GWB EXPOSED GWB/ATC EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED EXPOSED GWB/ATC ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED GWB GWB GWB/ATC GWB/ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED ATC ATC ATC ATC EXPOSED ATC EXPOSED EXPOSED
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:56:36 AM 3/8" = 1'-0"
PT RT PT SEALED CONC RT SEALED CONC CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC RT CARPET SEALED CONC SEALED CONC PT PT PT/CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET SEALED CONC CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET RT SEALED CONC SEALED CONC CARPET CARPET CARPET CARPET SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC SEALED CONC
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING
PT RB PT RB RB NONE RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB PT PT PT/RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB RB
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
ATC
BASE
PLOT DATE:
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE LEGEND
PRECAST GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST/STRUCTURE - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/VWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB PLYWD GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB
SBMT BY: BRG
2
B
A
PRECAST GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/VWC PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB PLYWD GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2
SOUTH
PRECAST PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST - STAIN PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PWC/PRECAST GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/MBW GWB GWB PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT/PWC GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST PRECAST GWB GWB GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB-PAINT/PT WAINSCOT GWB - PAINT/MBW GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/VWC GWB - PAINT/VWC PRECAST PRECAST GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB GWB GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT/PWC PRECAST GWB PLYWD PLYWD GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT PRECAST - STAIN GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB - PAINT GWB PRECAST
NOTES & REMARKS (SEE NOTES)
CKD BY: BRG
C
NORTH
CEILING MAT. FIN.
DRAWN BY: ACT
2
ELEVATOR STAIR STAIR STAIR MECHANICAL ROOM CORRIDOR MECHANICAL MEZZANINE FLIGHT OPS FLIGHT OPS OFFICE FLIGHT OPS SECURE STORAGE FLIGHT PLANNING SECURE PLANNING PILOT WORK ROOM PILOT WORK ROOM JANITORIAL TELECOM ROOM SIPRNET ROOM LOBBY DISTRIBUTED COMP BASED TRAINING FACILITY STORAGE ELECTRICAL ROOM WOMEN MEN MULTIPURPOSE/CONFERENCE/BREAK BRIEFING ROOM BRIEFING ROOM STORAGE CAC CO ADMIN CAC TAC OPS SECURE STORAGE CAC TAC OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE CAC 1SGT CAC COMMANDER HVY CO ADMIN SECURE STORAGE HVY TAC OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE HVY TAC OPS HVY 1SGT HVY COMMANDER ELECTRICAL ROOM MED CO ADMIN SECURE STORAGE TACTICAL OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE TACTICAL OPS MED 1SGT OFFICE MED COMMANDER TACTICAL OPS MED CO OFFICE TACTICAL OPS MED CO OFFICE CORRIDOR HANGAR VENTILATION EQUIPMENT ROOM TELECOM ROOM AMC CO ADMIN SECURE STORAGE AMC 1SGT OFFICE AMC COMMANDER TA-50 LOCKER STORAGE ALSE REPAIR SHOP OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM MECHANICAL ROOM
FLOOR MAT.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
D
ROOM NAME
110-2 112-2 140-2 200 201 202 203 204 204A 204B 205 205A 206 206A 207 208 209 210 211 213 214 215 216 217 218 218A 219 219A 219B 219C 219D 219E 219F 220 220A 220B 220C 220D 220E 220F 221 222 222A 222B 222C 222D 222E 222F 222G 222H 222J 222K 223 224 225 226 226A 226B 226C 227 228 228A 229
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - SECOND FLOOR WALL FINISH EAST WEST
5
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
2
ROOM NO
4
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
3
DESIGN BY: ACT
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
A-601 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
DOOR SCHEDULE - FIRST FLOOR (CONTINUED)
AS SCHEDULED
2"
AS
2"
2"
SCHED
2" 3'-10"
A
TYPE D
AS
2"
SCHED
AS SCHEDULED
DOOR TYP AND SIZE
4"
2"
AS SCHEDULED
DOOR TYP AND SIZE
TYPE C
TYPE B
TYPE A
TYPE E
FRAME TYPES
A-611-
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE FRAME TYPE NOTES (SEE A-620 GLAZING NOTES): 1. INSULATE ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM FRAMES AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 3. FOR FRAMES IN PRECAST OR MASONRY WALLS, GROUT FRAME FULL. 4. GT-1 @ CURTAIN WALL TYPES. 5. GT-2 @ EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 6. GT-3 @ INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL NON-RATED DOORS AND FRAMES. 7. GT-4 @ INTERIOR FIRE-RATED DOORS/FRAMES.
SEE NOTE 1 & 3 SEE NOTE 3
SILL
HARDWARE
COMMENTS
C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-703 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 N/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 N/A-705 N/A-705 C/A-705
HW-8.0 HW-9.0 HW-7.0 HW-9.0 HW-33.0 HW-31.0 HW-19.0 HW-20.0 HW-23.0 HW-42.0 HW-19.0 HW-19.0 HW-20.5 HW-19.0 HW-19.0 HW-23.0 HW-29.0 HW-29.5 HW-40.0 HW-26.5 HW-31.0 HW-34.0 HW-34.0 HW-40.0 HW-40.0 HW-12.5 HW-26.0 HW-12.5 HW-19.0 HW-20.0 HW-23.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-19.0 HW-23.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-31.0 HW-19.0 HW-23.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-19.0 HW-33.0 HW-32.0 HW-19.0 HW-23.0 HW-20.0 HW-20.0 HW-12.0 HW-12.0 HW-12.0 HW-19.0 HW-25.0 HW-42.0 HW-42.0 HW-33.0
APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
3'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 8'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 4'-0" 8'-0" 6'-0"
7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 5'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 7'-0"
1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1" 1" 1 3/4"
HM HM HM HM HM HM WD WD WD ALUM WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD HM HM WD WD WD WD HM HM HM WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD HM WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD WD HM WD WD WD WD WD HM HM HM HM HM ALUM ALUM HM
FINISH PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN CLR ANOD STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT PAINT PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN STAIN PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT CLR ANOD CLR ANOD PAINT
1 HR 1 HR 45 MIN 1 HR 45 MIN 45 MIN
45 MIN 45 MIN
45 MIN
45 MIN
45 MIN
45 MIN
45 MIN
TYPE
MATERIAL
FINISH
HEAD
A A A A A A B A A B A A B B A A A B A A A A B A A A A B A A A A A A B A A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A A B A A A A A A B A A
HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT
A/A-705 E/A-705 A/A-703 A/A-705 A/A-705 E/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 L/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 E/A-705 E/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 E/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 L/A-705 L/A-705 A/A-705
B/A-705 F/A-705 B/A-703 B/A-705 B/A-705 F/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 M/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 F/A-705 F/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 F/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 D/A-705 B/A-705 M/A-705 M/A-705 B/A-705
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
WIDTH
N N F FG F F FG N F SCD FG F FG FG FG F F F FG F F F F FG N FG F FG FG N F N N N N FG F N N N N N F FG F N N N N N N N N N FG F F FG F N N G G G FG F SCD SCD F
FILE NAME:
2
TYPE
112-2 140-2 140-2A 200 201 202 204 204A 204B 204C 205 205A 205B 206 206B 207 208 209 211 213 214 215 216 217 217A 218 218A 218C 219 219A 219B 219C 219D 219E 219F 220 220A 220B 220C 220D 220E 220F 221 222 222A 222B 222C 222D 222E 222F 222G 222H 222J 222K 222N 224 225 226 226A 226B 226C 227A 227B 227C 228 228A 228B 228C 229
DETAILS JAMB
SIZE: 22" x 34"
3"
MARK
FIRE RATING
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
FRAME
SIZE HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL
DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ROUGH-IN FOR KEYLESS ACCESS. DETAILS SHOWN ON "EY" SHEETS. 2. PROVIDE ROUGH-IN FOR KEYLESS ACCESS ON BOTH SIDES OF DOOR. 2. DOOR IN CURTAINWALL - SEE A-620 FOR FRAME DETAILS.
2
SEE NOTE 1
DOOR SCHEDULES
SCHED
AS SCHEDULED
DOOR TYPE AND SIZE
SCHED
AS
HW-24.0 HW-27.0 HW-23.0 HW-23.0 HW-12.5 HW-10.0 HW-38.0 HW-28.0 HW-37.0 HW-39.0 HW-27.0 HW-38.0 HW-38.5 HW-37.5 HW-9.0 HW-28.0 HW-28.0 HW-41.0 HW-38.5 HW-38.0 HW-28.0 HW-38.5 HW-41.0 HW-37.0 HW-38.0 HW-10.0 HW-14.0 HW-13.0
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
3"
2"
45 MIN 45 MIN 45 MIN
C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 K/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 F/A-703 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 F/A-703 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-705 C/A-720 C/A-721
PLOT DATE:
2'-0"
3"
AS 2"
6"
AS SCHEDULED
DOOR TYPE AND SIZE
2"
SCHED
2"
AS SCHEDULED
2" DOOR TYP AND SIZE
B
2
2"
45 MIN 45 MIN
B/A-705 B/A-705 B/A-705 F/A-705 B/A-705 H/A-705 F/A-705 J/A-705 F/A-705 F/A-705 F/A-705 F/A-705 E/A-703 F/A-705 F/A-705 F/A-705 E/A-703 F/A-705 H/A-705 B/A-705 F/A-720 F/A-721
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:25:33 AM 1/4" = 1'-0"
5'-6" AS
1 HR
A/A-705 A/A-705 A/A-705 E/A-705 A/A-705 G/A-705 E/A-705 J/A-705 E/A-705 E/A-705 E/A-705 E/A-705 D/A-703 E/A-705 E/A-705 E/A-705 D/A-703 E/A-705 G/A-705 A/A-705 B/A-720 B/A-721
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SBMT BY: BRG
2
DOOR TYPE NOTES (SEE A-620 FOR GLAZING TYPES): 1. GT-1 @ CURTAIN WALL TYPES. 3. GT-2 @ EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS . 4. GT-3 @ INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL NON-RATED DOORS. 5. GT-4 @ INTERIOR FIRE-RATED DOORS/FRAMES.
2"
45 MIN
PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT CLR ANOD CLR ANOD
COMMENTS
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
4'-0" MAX
2'-10"
TYPE SCD (SERVICE COUNTER DOOR)
DOOR TYPES SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
45 MIN
HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM ALUM ALUM
HARDWARE
DOOR SCHEDULE - SECOND FLOOR
NOTES: 1. MEDIUM STILE UNO
NOTES: 1. WIDE STILE UNO
45 MIN
A A A A A E A A A A A A A A A E A CW1 CW1
SILL
CKD BY: BRG
NOTES: 1. MEDIUM STILE UNO
PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT FACTORY PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT CLR ANOD PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT CLR ANOD PAINT PAINT PAINT CLR ANOD CLR ANOD
DOOR
TYPE N (NARROW-LITE)
TYPE FG (FULL-GLAZED)
HM STEEL HM HM HM HM HM STEEL HM STEEL STEEL HM HM HM HM STEEL STEEL ALUM HM HM STEEL HM ALUM HM HM HM ALUM ALUM
HEAD
DRAWN BY: ACT
TYPE G (HALF-GLAZED)
1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2" 2" 1 3/4" 2" 1 3/4" 2" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2" 2" 2" 1 3/4" 2" 2" 1 3/4" 2" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4"
FINISH
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
SCHED
2'-6"
SCHED
AS SCHEDULED
AS
AS SCHEDULED
2'-6" MIN 4'-0" MAX
C
AS SCHEDULED
SCHED 6" 2'-0" 6"
AS
7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 6'-8" 6'-8" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 12'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 12'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0"
AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED VARIES
AS
VARIES
3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 3'-6" 3'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 8'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 8'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0"
MATERIAL
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
NOTES: 1. PROVIDE DUTCH STYLE DOOR W/ ISSUE WINDOW AND 6" MIN LEDGE ON INSIDE FACE OF BOTTOM DOOR PANEL 2. TOP PANEL SHALL LATCH INTO BOTTOM PANEL WITH LOCKABLE SLIDE BOLT
TYPE F (FLUSH)
N DG F F G G G WM N V DG G N G N WM WM OHC N I WM N OHC N F FG FG FG
TYPE
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
8" 6" 2'-8"
TYPE OHC (OVERHEAD COILING)
TYPE DG (DAY GATE)
TYPE WM (WIRE MESH)
135 135A 135B 135C 136 136A 137 137A 137B 138 138A 139 139A 140 140-1 140A 140B 140C 140D 141 141A 141B 141C 142 142A 143 144 144A
FINISH
DESIGN BY: ACT
SCHED
WIDTH
DETAILS JAMB
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
AS SCHED
TYPE
FIRE RATING
GSAB HANGAR
TYPE V (VAULT)
3'-4"
6" 2'-8"
AS SCHEDULED
AS SCHEDULED
SCHED
AS SCHEDULED
D
AS
AS
AS SCHEDULED
AS
MARK
SIZE HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL
06-06-2014 DATE
VARIES
AS SCHEDULED
SCHED
FRAME
DOOR
DESCRIPTION
VARIES
SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1
GENERAL NOTES (APPLIES TO ALL DOORS): 1. ALL EXTERIOR HM DOORS SHALL BE INSULATED. INSULATE EXTERIOR HM FRAMES WITH SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM. 2. ALL ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL/STOREFRONT FRAMES SHALL BE THERMALLY BROKEN. 2. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLAST-RESISTANT GLAZING. SEE A-620 FOR GLAZING TYPES AND DESCRIPTIONS. 3. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TAMPER-PROOF SECURITY FASTENERS. PROVIDE SECURITY PINS ON HINGES. 4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR KEYLESS ACCESS DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 5. SEE SPECIFICATION 08 71 00 "DOOR HARDWARE" FOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE. AT DOUBLE DOORS WHERE INACTIVE LEAF IS IDENTIFIED, THE RIGHT DOOR PANEL IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS OR THE LEFT DOOR PANEL IN THE DIRECTION OF ENTRY SHALL BE TREATED AS THE ACTIVE LEAF.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
A-611 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
D
J
H
G.3
16.1
16.9
16.9
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
G.35
16.1
46'-0" TO ADMIN PARAPET 4 140'-8" 1'-2"
12"
30'-0" 10"
11'-0"
2" TO ADMIN PARAPET 2 134'-8"
1/2" 12"
131'-1"
3'-0" BACK FACE OF PANEL WILL BE VISIBLE FROM EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. PROVIDE BACK FACE OF PANEL WITH INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE AND ACID-ETCHED FINISH WHERE VISIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR.
1/2"
6'-0"
128'-0"
135'-10"
125'-10"
36'-0"
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
7'-8"
4'-9"
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
37'-4"
43'-4"
7'-2"
DESCRIPTION
123'-2"
43'-4"
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
107'-2"
7'-10"
F
E.2
E.1
E
44'-0"
TO ADMIN PRECAST 142'-8"
12'-0"
12"
1'-4"
3'-4"
TO HANGAR FOOTING 98'-0"
4 AE201-
AE201
GRID 19.2 PRECAST ELEVATIONS 1/8" = 1'-0"
12'-8"
7'-10"
9'-8"
107'-2"
8" TYP
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0"
2'-2" 3'-4" 9"
11'-3"
6'-4"
1'-4"
109'-0"
GSAB HANGAR
112'-0"
111'-4"
GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE FINAL OPENING SIZES WITH APPURTENANCES THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN OPENINGS. 2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL TYPES, SIZE AND FINISH OF PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS IN THIS PROJECT. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE FULL SCOPE OF THE PROJECT INCLUDING OPENING LOCATIONS, TYPES AND SIZES. 3. SIDE OF PANEL DEPICTED IN ELEVATION IS FINISHED FACE. 4. SEE AE210 FOR TYPICAL FINISHING ELEVATIONS.
0
4'
8'
16'
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL ELEVATIONS
44'-8"
42'-8"
2'-0"
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
A
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
4'-0" 2'-0"
125'-4"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
TO ADMIN PARAPET 4 140'-8"
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
2'-0"
1/2"
25'-2"
B
2 PANELS @ 10'-0" EA = 20'-0"
DESIGN BY: ACT
12'-0"
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
G
PLOT DATE:
G.2
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:57:01 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
1/8" = 1'-0"
SBMT BY: BRG
AE201
GRID G.35 PRECAST ELEVATION SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
1/8" = 1'-0"
3
CKD BY: BRG
AE201
1/8" = 1'-0"
GRID G.9 PRECAST ELEVATIONS
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
AE201
2
DRAWN BY: ACT
GRID 16.1 PRECAST ELEVATIONS
1
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0" TO ADMIN FOOTING (TYP) 97'-4"
8" TYP
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0" TO ADMIN FOOTING (TYP) 97'-4"
6'-11"
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0" TO ADMIN FOOTING (TYP) 97'-4"
2'-10" 3'-4" 9"
2'-10" 3'-4" 9"
8'-0"
FILE NAME:
C
11'-3"
4'-0"
11'-3"
112'-0" 11'-3"
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
2
6'-4"
19'-2"
17'-10"
4'-0"
2'-0" 3'-4"
SIZE: 22" x 34"
TO ADMIN PARAPET 133'-4"
12'-0"
3'-0"
2 PANELS @ 12'-0" EA
20'-5"
10'-0"
1'-4"
TO ADMIN PARAPET 2 134'-8"
6'-0"
7'-4"
TO ADMIN PARAPET 4 140'-8"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
AE201 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
0.1
0.5
0.6
1.5
3
2
2.8
2.9
3
3.3
3.8
4
4
4.5
5
5
5.1
5.9
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT 17 PANELS @ 10'-0" EA = 170'-0" APPR
10'-6"
06-06-2014 DATE
TO ADMIN PRECAST 142'-8"
22'-5" 3'-4"
4'-0" 44'-0"
DESCRIPTION
11'-3"
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
7'-2 1/2"
GRID G.1 PRECAST ELEVATIONS - AREA "A"
11.3
11.5
12.2
13.1
13.6
13.7
DESIGN BY: ACT
10"
TO ADMIN PRECAST 142'-8"
MEZZANINE 2 127'-10" 3'-4"
123'-2"
~8'-4"
7'-8"
6" TYP
2 PANELS @ 8'-0" EA = 16'-0"
11 PANELS @ 10'-0" EA = 110'-0" FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
AE204
GRID G.1 PRECAST ELEVATIONS - AREA "B" 1/8" = 1'-0"
107'-2"
11'-3"
3'-4" 11'-4"
107'-2"
7'-10"
7'-10"
6'-4"
TO ADMIN/HANGAR COMBINED FOOTING 98'-8"
2 AE204-
107'-2"
110'-8"
GSAB HANGAR
A
3'-4"
8" TYP
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0"
5'-7"
11'-3"
6'-0"
4'-11"
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
4'-9"
44'-0"
6'-4"
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
22'-5"
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
10.6
TO CORRIDOR PRECAST FOOTING 99'-4"
GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE FINAL OPENING SIZES WITH APPURTENANCES THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN OPENINGS. 2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL TYPES, SIZE AND FINISH OF PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS IN THIS PROJECT. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE FULL SCOPE OF THE PROJECT INCLUDING OPENING LOCATIONS, TYPES AND SIZES. 3. SIDE OF PANEL DEPICTED IN ELEVATION IS FINISHED FACE. 4. SEE AE210 FOR TYPICAL FINISHING ELEVATIONS.
0
4'
8'
16'
PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL ELEVATIONS
9.8
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
3"
4 PANELS @ 10'-0" EA = 40'-0"
8.5
PLOT DATE:
8.3
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 10:57:23 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
8
SBMT BY: BRG
7.2
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
7
CKD BY: BRG
6.3
DRAWN BY: ACT
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
AE204
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
1
FILE NAME:
5'-7"
TO ADMIN/HANGAR COMBINED FOOTING 98'-8"
SIZE: 22" x 34"
8'-0" 8" TYP
7'-10"
C
107'-2"
3'-4"
107'-2"
5'-7"
FINISH FLOOR 1 100'-0"
3'-4"
109'-4"
7'-10"
11'-3"
2'-0"
4'-9"
6" TYP
3'-4"
2'-0"
7'-8"
122'-1"
6" TYP
FINISH FLOOR 2 116'-0"
123'-2"
4'-9"
BACK FACE OF PANEL WILL BE VISIBLE FROM EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. PROVIDE BACK FACE OF PANEL WITH INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE AND ACIDETCHED FINISH WHERE VISIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR.
22'-5"
D
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
AE204 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
GENERAL NOTES:
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
1. THIS PLAN IS AN AREA COMPOSITE PLAN SHOWING GENERAL LAYOUT. FOR FIRE WALLS, EGRESS PATHS, ETC. REFER TO AREA PLANS ON SUBSEQUENT SHEETS.
D
130
DESCRIPTION
120
070A
129E
122
123
125
129D
127
2 AM. #0002 - REVISED AND REDRAWN MARK
137
127A
070
137A
129C 142 120D
114
010 113
120C
120B
UP
108
F-110-
129B 135A
111 112-1
030
110A
133B
118A
134B
135B
119 128C
118B
117A
129A
133C
134C
135C
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN 3/64" = 1'-0"
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM MECHANICAL ROOM MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM MECHANICAL ROOM EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM TECH SUPPLY TECH SUPPLY SERVICE VESTIBULE CORRIDOR RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE CORRIDOR VESTIBULE CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT TOOL STORAGE QA/QC QA/QC SERVICE TECHNICAL LIBRARY
106C 106D 107 108 109 110 110-1 110A 110B 111 111A 111B
LARS OFFICE QA/QC OFFICE VSAT CLOSET MAIN TELECOM ROOM SIPRNET ROOM LOBBY ELEVATOR VESTIBULE ELEVATOR MECHANICAL ROOM PRODUCTION CONTROL PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE STAIR JANITORIAL ELECTRICAL ROOM WOMEN VESTIBULE MEN VESTIBULE CORRIDOR
STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE SHOP SHOP UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED BUSINESS UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS LIBRARY READING ROOM BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS ASSEMBLY - LESS CONCENTRATED BUSINESS UNOCCUPIED STORAGE STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED
OCCUPANT LOAD * 2/2 3/3 1/1 2/2 16/16 1/1 12/12 2/2 0/175 0/443 3/3 0/113 0/113 9/10 1/1 12/27 1/28 9/9 3/3 3/3 1/1 1/1 1/1 0/138 0/0 0/138 1/1 6/38 2/40 30/30 2/2 0/160 1/1 1/1 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/137
NUMBER
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND (FIRST FLOOR) OCCUPANCY HAZARD ROOM NAME
117A 118 118A 118B 118C 118D 119
VESTIBULE MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN MEDIVAC SLEEPING ROOM MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS MEDIVAC READINESS MEDIVAC STORAGE BREAK ROOM
120
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
120A 120B 120C 120D 121 121A 122 122A 122B 123 124 125 126 126A 127 127A 127B 128 128A 128B 128C 129 129A 129B 129C 129D 129E 130
VESTIBULE SPECIAL TOOLS AREA VESTIBULE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR SECTION AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR OFFICE UH-60 REPAIR SECTION UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE TOOL STORAGE MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP ELECTRICAL ROOM CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON SECTION AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON OFFICE CH-47 REPAIR SECTION CH-47 SECURE STORAGE CH-47 SECTION OFFICE AMC UNIT STORAGE AMC CBRN STORAGE AMC COM STORAGE AMC SECURE STORAGE ALCOVE VESTIBULE CORRIDOR CORRIDOR ELECTRICAL ROOM TELECOM ROOM CH-47 HANGAR BAY
131 132
VSAT CLOSET AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
UNOCCUPIED VOCATIONAL RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL BUSINESS STORAGE ASSEMBLY - LESS CONCENTRATED INDUSTRIAL -SPECIAL CASE BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS SHOP BUSINESS STORAGE SHOP STORAGE SHOP BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED STORAGE STORAGE INDUSTRIAL -SPECIAL CASE STORAGE SHOP
OCCUPANT LOAD * 0/137 13/23 2/2 3/3 3/3 2/2 30/30 173/173 3/9 6/6 2/3 1/1 2/5 3/3 12/15 2/2 1/1 16/16 1/1 14/14 2/5 3/3 11/16 1/1 4/4 4/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 0/2 0/89 0/89 0/2 1/1 1/1 184/184 1/1 17/18
NUMBER 132A 133 133A 133B 133C 134 134A 134B 134C 135 135A 135B 135C 136 136A 137 137A 138 139 140 140-1 140A 140B 141 141A 142 143 144
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND (FIRST FLOOR) OCCUPANCY HAZARD ROOM NAME COMSEC STORAGE HVY CO UNIT STORAGE HVY CO COM STORAGE HVY CO CBRN STORAGE HVY CO SECURE STORAGE MED CO UNIT STORAGE MED CO COM STORAGE MED CO CBRN STORAGE MED CO SECURE STORAGE CAC CO UNIT STORAGE CAC CO COM STORAGE CAC CO CBRN STORAGE CAC CO SECURE STORAGE CORRIDOR ALCOVE PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP TOOL STORAGE ARMS VAULT HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN STAIR TOOL STORAGE TOOL STORAGE STRUCTURAL REPAIR TOOL STORAGE BLADE REPAIR SHOP CORRIDOR VESTIBULE
STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED SHOP STORAGE INDUSTRIAL SHOP SHOP UNOCCUPIED STORAGE STORAGE SHOP STORAGE SHOP UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED
OCCUPANT LOAD * 1/1 1/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 4/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 4/4 1/1 1/1 1/1 0/22 0/22 19/20 1/1 11/11 16/16 33/34 0/200 1/1 1/1 27/39 1/1 11/11 0/89 0/89
GSAB HANGAR
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND (FIRST FLOOR) OCCUPANCY HAZARD ROOM NAME
GENERAL NOTE: OCCUPANT LOADS ARE SHOWN IN ##/## FORMAT. THE FIRST NUMBER IS THE ROOM OCCUPANT LOAD. THE SECOND NUMBER INCLUDES CONTRIBUTING LOADS FROM ROOMS THAT EGRESS THROUGH THAT SPACE.
PLAN NORTH
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
118
111B
050 CONTRACT NO.: TBD
UP
040
CODE ANALYSIS - FIRST FLOOR COMPOSITE EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN
138 128B
128A
PLOT DATE:
134A
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:40:03 PM 3/64" = 1'-0"
133A
SBMT BY: MTS
116
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
126
144
CKD BY: MTS
126A
140-1
DRAWN BY: ACT
118C
135
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
124
134
117
111C
106C
121A
133
110B 110
010 020 030 040 050 060 070 070A 100 102 103 104 104A 105 105A 106 106A 106B
111C 112-1 113 114 115 115A 116 116A 117
121
111A
105
A
128
116A 115
105A
NUMBER
110-1
109
106B
104
B
136A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
107
106
F-110
141A
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
106D
1
129
102
140B
UP
106A
104A
140A
131
115A
141 060
132
120A
100
020
139
DESIGN BY: BDE
103
136
132A
127B
140
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
FILE NAME:
122B
SIZE: 22" x 34"
122A
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
16'
32'
64'
F-110 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
2 1 / F-114 D
1 / F-114
1 / F-115
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
2
1 / F-112
MATCHLINE
144'-5"
12" / 34"
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM
DESCRIPTION
FEB
HFEC
120D 1/1
VESTIBULE
RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE
3/3
FEB
FEB
VESTIBULE
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
103
2/2
C
1/1
1" / 34"
010
113
2/3
1" / 34"
FEB
JANITORIAL
120C
1" / 34"
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
HFEC
2" / 34"
1" / 68"
1" / 34"
100
QA/QC SERVICE
106A
1" / 34"
HFEC
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
FEC UP
1" / 34"
3" / 34"
0/175
QA/QC OFFICE
VSAT CLOSET
MAIN TELECOM ROOM
SIPRNET ROOM
106D
107
108
109
3/3
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
111C 2/2
FEC PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM
TOOL STORAGE 1" / 34" FEC
2" / 34"
111B
LARS OFFICE
8" / 34"
106C
111 6/38
3/3
105
VESTIBULE
VESTIBULE
9/10
104A
110A 0/138
1 F-111
MATCHLINE
23" / 34"
28" / 68"
0/113
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "A" 1/8" = 1'-0"
PLAN NORTH
2
GSAB HANGAR
CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT
FEC
PRODUCTION CONTROL
30/30
1 / F-112
1/1
UP 1" / 34"
32" / 34"
105A
1" / 34"
B
3" / 34"
28" / 68"
83'-4"/133'-2"
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
A
2
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
F-111-
SD
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) 1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
XXX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
FILE NAME:
1" / 40"
2/40
SIZE: 22" x 34"
110B
111A
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "A"
12/27
0/113
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE
PLOT DATE:
104
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:34:09 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
77'-5"/96'-10"
106
SBMT BY: MTS
CORRIDOR
ELEVATOR FEC MECHANICAL ROOM
10" / 34"
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
3/3
PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE
CKD BY: MTS
QA/QC
DRAWN BY: ACT
020
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
2" / 34"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
FEB
0/138
9/9
MECHANICAL ROOM
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
1" / 68"
DESIGN BY: BDE
110
106B
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
LOBBY TECHNICAL LIBRARY
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
1/28
AREA "A" ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-111 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
2
3
4
5
2 1 / F-114
1 / F-115
2
OMAHA DISTRICT APPR
FEB HFEC
1 / F-115
HFEC
1 / F-116 1 / F-113
CH-47 SECURE 1" / 34" STORAGE
UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE
TOOL STORAGE
122A
122B
127A
2/2
1/1
1/1
MATCHLINE
MATCHLINE
1 / F-111
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
156'-6"
TELECOM ROOM FEC
D
MATCHLINE
MATCHLINE
1
06-06-2014 DATE
Am #0002
129E 1/1
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
ELECTRICAL ROOM CORRIDOR MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
UH-60 REPAIR SECTION
CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
CH-47 REPAIR SECTION
123
125
127
16/16
14/14
11/16
1/1 0/2
1" / 34" CH-47 SECTION OFFICE
COMSEC STORAGE
127B
132A
4/4
1/1
12/15
4" / 34"
3" / 34"
ALCOVE
129
102
FEC
119 4" / 34"
30/30
MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN
118 13/23
030
1" / 34"
2
118B 3/3
117A
1/1
1/1
MED CO SECURE STORAGE
128C
129A
133C
134C
1/1
0/89
1/1
1/1
52'-7"/134'-0"
2" / 34"
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "B" 1/8" = 1'-0"
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS)
2
(X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) 1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
PLAN NORTH
GSAB HANGAR
1" / 56"
134B
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
SD
F-112-
133B
0/137
MATCHLINE
1 / F-111 F-112
1" / 34" MED CO CBRN STORAGE
HVY CO SECURE STORAGE
REF.
2 1
1" / 34" HVY CO CBRN STORAGE
VESTIBULE
VESTIBULE
A
0/89
AMC SECURE STORAGE
1/1
FEB
129B
1" / 34"
1/1
FEC
MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS
28" / 68"
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
1/1
1" / 34"
DW
FEC
1/1
1/1
XXX
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "B"
1" / 34"
CORRIDOR
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
91'-0"/102'-7"
0/137
128B
134A 1" / 34"
1" / 34"
B
7" / 34"
128A
REF.
REF.
BREAK ROOM
133A
AMC COM STORAGE
PLOT DATE:
117
MED CO COM STORAGE
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:34:54 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
AMC CBRN STORAGE
SBMT BY: MTS
HVY CO COM STORAGE
CORRIDOR
2" / 34"
2" / 34"
4/4
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2/5
1/4
1" / 34"
3/3
4/4
CKD BY: MTS
3/3
126
DRAWN BY: ACT
1/1
2/5
126A
134
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
118C
133
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
124
128
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
3/3
MED CO UNIT STORAGE
DESIGN BY: BDE
121
HVY CO UNIT STORAGE
1 / F-113
0/0
AMC UNIT STORAGE
MATCHLINE
0/0
MEDIVAC READINESS
AIRFRAME AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE PLATOON SECTION PLATOON OFFICE 1" / 34"
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR AIRCRAFT OFFICE COMPONENT REPAIR ELECTRICAL ROOM SECTION 121A 1" / 34"
0/0
116
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
116A
30" / 68"
HFEC 2" / 34"
FEC
VESTIBULE
115
1" / 34"
0/2
0/443
MEN
131 1/1
CORRIDOR
WOMEN
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
1" / 34"
2" / 68"
2" / 68"
4" / 34"
3" / 34"
44'-5"/134'-10"
17/18
FILE NAME:
3/9
SIZE: 22" x 34"
6/6
C
132 VSAT CLOSET 4" / 34"
120A
1" / 34"
120B
1" / 34"
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
1" / 68"
VESTIBULE
1" / 34"
137A
1/1
129C
122
SPECIAL TOOLS AREA
TOOL STORAGE
129D
DESCRIPTION
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
AREA "B"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-112 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
MATCHLINE
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
FEB
1 / F-116
FEB
HFEC
1 / F-116
06-06-2014 DATE
D
6" / 68"
2 1 / F-115
2
MATCHLINE FEB MATCHLINE
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
FEB
FEC
1 / F-112
137 19/20
REF.
TECH SUPPLY
070
CORRIDOR
12/12
39'-7"/86'-1"
136 46'-1"/149'-4"
0/22
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
BLADE REPAIR SHOP
139 3" / 34" 16/16
142
DESCRIPTION
5" / 34"
3" / 34"
11/11
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN STRUCTURAL REPAIR FEB
141
33/34
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
TOOL STORAGE
140A
140B 1" / 34"
1/1
1" / 34" 4" / 68"
4" / 34"
1" / 34"
1/1
18" / 68"
40" / 68"
3" / 40"
2" / 34"
1/1
1" / 68"
VESTIBULE
0/22
HFEC
144
18" / 68"
0/89
UP
1" / 34"
1/1
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
050
CAC CO CBRN1" / 34" STORAGE
16/16
135B
B
1/1
CAC CO SECURE STORAGE 52'-7"/134'-0"
135C
52'-8"/144'-2"
1/1
2 LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
A
1 F-113
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "C" 1/8" = 1'-0"
2
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
F-113-
SD
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) 1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
PLAN NORTH
GSAB HANGAR
MATCHLINE
1 / F-112
1" / 68"
FEB
XXX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
FILE NAME:
135A
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "C"
CAC CO COM STORAGE
SIZE: 22" x 34"
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
0/200
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:35:09 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
11/11
2/2
140-1
SBMT BY: MTS
040
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
138
CKD BY: MTS
135
DRAWN BY: ACT
MECHANICAL ROOM
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ARMS VAULT
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
STAIR
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
DESIGN BY: BDE
2" / 34"
141A 1/1
136A
4/4
060
FEC
ALCOVE
FEC
TOOL STORAGE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
TOOL STORAGE
8" / 34"
5" / 68"
27/39
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
140
AREA "C" ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
12" / 34"
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
12" / 34"
D FEB
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
DESCRIPTION
139'-5"
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: MTS
120
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008 CKD BY: MTS DRAWN BY: ACT
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014 DESIGN BY: BDE
UH-60 HANGAR BAY FEB
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
1 / F-115 1 / F-111
1 F-114
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "D"
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
1/8" = 1'-0"
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
1 / F-112 MATCHLINE
MATCHLINE
A
GSAB HANGAR
2
2 KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX')
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
PLAN NORTH
TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) AREA "D"
F-114-
2
SD
1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
XXX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "D"
B
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:36:05 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
173/173
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-114 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
2 1 / F-114
1
3
4
5
2 US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
6" / 34"
6" / 34"
OMAHA DISTRICT
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
DESCRIPTION
D
1 / F-112
1 / F-113
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "E"
1 / F-112 LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
(X'/XX')
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
1/8" = 1'-0"
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL SD
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
XX/XX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
"XXX" ROOM XXX
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: MTS
TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) AREA "E"
2
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
F-115-
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS)
2
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "E"
1 F-115
1 / F-116
HFEC
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
A
HFEC
GSAB HANGAR
2
FEB
MATCHLINE
1 / F-111
MATCHLINE
PLAN NORTH 156'-6"
MATCHLINE
1 / F-114
MATCHLINE
B
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:36:34 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
184/184
CKD BY: MTS
173/173
DRAWN BY: ACT
130
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
120
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
CH-47 HANGAR BAY
DESIGN BY: BDE
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
0
4'
8'
16'
F-115 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
2
3
4
5
2 US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT APPR 06-06-2014 DATE
6" / 34"
1 / F-115
1
6" / 34"
Am #0002
6" / 34"
D
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
DESCRIPTION
FEB
C
209'-1"
CH-47 HANGAR BAY
130
88'-8"
FEB
1 / F-115
HFEC
1 / F-113 2
A
1 F-116
FEB
MATCHLINE
1 / F-112
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "F"
MATCHLINE
FEB
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
2
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
1/8" = 1'-0"
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL SD
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE)
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
F-116-
2
FEB
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
6" / 68"
GSAB HANGAR
PLAN NORTH
AREA "F"
1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
XX/XX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
"XXX" ROOM XXX
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
FIRST FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "F"
MATCHLINE
B
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: MTS
FEB
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:36:52 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008 CKD BY: MTS DRAWN BY: ACT
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014 DESIGN BY: BDE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
184/184
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-116 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® GENERAL NOTES:
OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
1. THIS PLAN IS AN AREA COMPOSITE PLAN SHOWING GENERAL LAYOUT. FOR FIRE WALLS, EGRESS PATHS, ETC. REFER TO AREA PLANS ON SUBSEQUENT SHEETS.
D
130
DESCRIPTION
120
226C
226 2 AM. #0002 - REVISED AND REDRAWN MARK
224 226B 227
218 203
213
223
218A
221
214
100
200
226A
202
DN
219A
DN 140-2
220C
222C 222D 228
229
204A
211
112-2
217 219F
220F
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
222
204
222F
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN
1 F-120
3/64" = 1'-0"
B
A
110-2 112-2 140-2 200 201 202 203 204 204A 204B 205 205A 206 206A 207 208 209 210 211 213 214 215 216 217
F-120-
218 218A 219 219A 219B 219C 219D 219E 219F 220
ELEVATOR STAIR STAIR STAIR MECHANICAL ROOM CORRIDOR MECHANICAL MEZZANINE FLIGHT OPS FLIGHT OPS OFFICE FLIGHT OPS SECURE STORAGE FLIGHT PLANNING SECURE PLANNING PILOT WORK ROOM PILOT WORK ROOM JANITORIAL TELECOM ROOM SIPRNET ROOM LOBBY DISTRIBUTED COMP BASED TRAINING FACILITY STORAGE ELECTRICAL ROOM WOMEN MEN MULTIPURPOSE/CONFERENCE/BREAK BRIEFING ROOM BRIEFING ROOM STORAGE CAC CO ADMIN CAC TAC OPS SECURE STORAGE CAC TAC OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE CAC 1SGT CAC COMMANDER HVY CO ADMIN
UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE VOCATIONAL VOCATIONAL VOCATIONAL STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE BUSINESS CLASSROOM STORAGE STORAGE UNOCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED ASSEMBLY - LESS CONCENTRATED ASSEMBLY - LESS CONCENTRATED STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS
OCCUPANT LOAD * 0/0 0/160 0/200 0/175 2/2 0/441 0/3 11/14 2/2 1/1 24/30 6/6 27/27 9/9 1/1 1/1 1/1 4/160 28/28 2/2 1/1 0/0 0/0 78/78 222/223 1/1 7/18 2/2 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 11/22
NUMBER 220A 220B 220C 220D 220E 220F 221 222 222A 222B 222C 222D 222E 222F 222G 222H 222J 222K 223 224 225 226 226A 226B 226C 227 228 228A 229
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND (SECOND FLOOR) OCCUPANCY HAZARD NAME SECURE STORAGE HVY TAC OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE HVY TAC OPS HVY 1SGT HVY COMMANDER ELECTRICAL ROOM MED CO ADMIN SECURE STORAGE TACTICAL OPS STANDARDIZATION OFFICE TACTICAL OPS MED 1SGT OFFICE MED COMMANDER TACTICAL OPS MED CO OFFICE TACTICAL OPS MED CO OFFICE CORRIDOR HANGAR VENTILATION EQUIPMENT ROOM TELECOM ROOM AMC CO ADMIN SECURE STORAGE AMC 1SGT OFFICE AMC COMMANDER TA-50 LOCKER STORAGE ALSE REPAIR SHOP OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM MECHANICAL ROOM
STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS BUSINESS UNOCCUPIED STORAGE STORAGE BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS BUSINESS STORAGE BUSINESS STORAGE STORAGE
OCCUPANT LOAD * 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/1 10/29 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 1/2 1/1 1/1 6/11 1/1 2/2 2/2 15/15 10/10 1/1 3/3
GSAB HANGAR
NUMBER
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND (SECOND FLOOR) OCCUPANCY HAZARD NAME
PLAN NORTH
GENERAL NOTE: OCCUPANT LOADS ARE SHOWN IN ##/## FORMAT. THE FIRST NUMBER IS THE ROOM OCCUPANT LOAD. THE SECOND NUMBER INCLUDES CONTRIBUTING LOADS FROM ROOMS THAT EGRESS THROUGH THAT SPACE.
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
222E
CODE ANALYSIS - SECOND FLOOR COMPOSITE EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN
220E
219
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
222G
PLOT DATE:
220
219E
222H
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:40:26 PM 3/64" = 1'-0"
220D
SBMT BY: MTS
219D 219C
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
216
DN
222A
CKD BY: MTS
206A
222B
DRAWN BY: ACT
206
222J
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
215
210 205
204B
110-2
222K
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
201
209
220B
DESIGN BY: BDE
208
220A
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
207
219B
FILE NAME:
C
SIZE: 22" x 34"
225
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
16'
32'
64'
F-120 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
2 MATCHLINE
D
1 HOUR RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
UH-60 HANGAR BAY DESCRIPTION
120 173/173
FACILITY STORAGE 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
213 2/2
C FEB
VESTIBULE CORRIDOR
HFEC
FEC
0/441
SIPRNET ROOM
MECHANICAL ROOM
205A
207
208
209
201
6/6
1/1
1/1
1/1
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
CKD BY: MTS
PLOT DATE:
DRAWN BY: ACT
SBMT BY: MTS
0/0
FEB 49'-0"/75'-10"
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
57'-6"
110-2
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
2/2
ELEVATOR
LOBBY
210 4/160
205 24/30
FLIGHT OPS OFFICE
DN
4" / 34"
1" / 34" 1" / 34"
204A
27/27
6" / 34"
1/1
32" / 34"
FLIGHT PLANNING
204B
B
8" / 34"
206
FEC FLIGHT OPS SECURE STORAGE
FEC
FLIGHT OPS
204 11/14
2/2
STAIR
DISTRIBUTED COMP BASED TRAINING
112-2
211
0/160
28/28
1/8" = 1'-0"
PLAN NORTH
2
GSAB HANGAR
F-121
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "A"
1 / F-122
1
MATCHLINE
63'-9"/137'-0"
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND FEB
A 2
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
F-121-
SD
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS)
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR
(X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE)
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
PILOT WORK ROOM
1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
XX/XX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
AREA "A"
"XXX" ROOM XXX
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "A"
TELECOM ROOM
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:37:29 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
JANITORIAL
3" / 34"
SECURE PLANNING
DESIGN BY: BDE
1" / 68"
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
4" / 34"
DN
202
FILE NAME:
35" / 68"
1" / 34"
0/175
1" / 34"
0/175
1" / 34"
200
SIZE: 22" x 34"
STAIR
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1 HOUR RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
100
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
0
4'
8'
16'
F-121 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
OMAHA DISTRICT APPR
2
06-06-2014 DATE
2
D
MATCHLINE
MATCHLINE
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
MATCHLINE
1 / F-121
1 / F-123 FEB 69'-11"/202'-3"
72'-8"/218'-2"
TELECOM ROOM AMC COMMANDER
225
226C
1/1
AMC CO ADMIN
2/2
226
1" / 34"
HANGAR VENTILATION EQUIPMENT ROOM
1" / 34"
6/11
224
AMC 1SGT OFFICE
1/1
2/2
DESCRIPTION
226B 1" / 34"
BRIEFING ROOM
218
1" / 68"
FEC
CORRIDOR
223
222/223
1/1
1" / 34"
ELECTRICAL ROOM
FEC
1/1
FEB
FEB
226A
1" / 34"
FEC
SECURE STORAGE
221
23" / 68"
1" / 34"
23" / 68"
C 1" / 68"
1" / 68"
1/1
FEC
HFEC
2
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
218A
1/1
MEN
216
0/0
0/0
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
3" / 34"
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
2/2
2/2
CAC TAC OPS
STANDARDIZATION OFFICE
HVY TAC OPS
MED CO OFFICE
TACTICAL OPS
TACTICAL OPS
219C
219D
220C
220D
222H
222G
222D
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
STANDARDIZATION OFFICE
2/2
1" / 34"
8" / 34"
1" / 34" 1" / 34"
HVY 1SGT
CAC 1SGT CAC CO ADMIN
219E
B
2/2
1" / 34"
220E
219
HVY CO ADMIN
7/18
220 11/22
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
MED CO ADMIN
2/2
222 10/29
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
CAC COMMANDER
HVY COMMANDER
219F
220F
2/2
2/2
2 LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
PLAN NORTH
2
GSAB HANGAR
1 / F-121
MATCHLINE
78/78
1 / F-123
217
MATCHLINE
MULTIPURPOSE/CONFERENCE/BREAK
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE)
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR A
1 F-122
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "B"
2
1/8" = 1'-0"
SD
F-122-
1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
XXX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
2/2
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "B"
2/2
1" / 34"
1" / 34"
CONTRACT NO.: TBD
1/1
1" / 34"
222B
PLOT DATE:
1/1
1" / 34"
222J
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:37:48 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
222K
SBMT BY: MTS
220B
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
220A
CKD BY: MTS
219B
TACTICAL OPS
DRAWN BY: ACT
219A
TACTICAL OPS
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
MED CO OFFICE
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
HVY TAC OPS
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
SECURE STORAGE
2/2
215
3" / 34"
5" / 34" SECURE STORAGE
DESIGN BY: BDE
WOMEN
CAC TAC OPS
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
FEC
4" / 34"
8" / 34"
HFEC
FILE NAME:
214
1/2
SIZE: 22" x 34"
BRIEFING ROOM STORAGE
3" / 34"
ELECTRICAL ROOM
AREA "B"
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-122 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
OMAHA DISTRICT APPR
2
06-06-2014 DATE
MATCHLINE
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
2
D
MATCHLINE
FEB
FEB
DESCRIPTION
104'-7"/127'-3"
TA-50 LOCKER STORAGE
227
FEB FEB
D ALSE REPAIR SHOP
228 10/10
B
MECHANICAL ROOM
229 3/3
1" / 34"
MED COMMANDER
222F 2/2
PLAN NORTH
2
2
FEB
FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
FEC
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
HFEC
COMBINED HOSE VALVE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
EXIT SIGN LOCATION (RE: FA DWGS) (X'/XX') TRAVEL PATH (X' COMMON PATH/XX' TOTAL DISTANCE) 1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR A 1 F-123
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER AREA PLANS - AREA "C"
20 MINUTE FIRE RATED WALL
XX/XX
1/8" = 1'-0"
ONE HOUR FIRE RATED WALL
"XXX" ROOM
SD
SMOKE DETECTOR (RE: FA DWGS)
XXX
NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS IN ROOM/ CONTRIBUTING NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (EGRESS TOTAL)
FORT CARSON, CO. PN 77304 (FY14)
LIFE SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND
GSAB HANGAR
MATCHLINE
1 / F-122
68'-4"/87'-6"
ROOM NAME "XXX" AND ROOM NUMBER (XXX)
SECOND FLOOR EGRESS AND FIRE BARRIER PLAN - AREA "C"
1/1
FILE NAME:
CONTRACT NO.: TBD PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: MTS
228A
FILE NUMBER: F143-10-03
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008 CKD BY: MTS DRAWN BY: ACT
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
0/200
W
REF.
DN
DESIGN BY: BDE
140-2
OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
STAIR
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 2:38:07 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FEB
40" / 68"
1" / 34"
3" / 34"
HFEC
SIZE: 22" x 34"
1" / 68"
FEB
FEB 1" / 68"
C
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
15/15
F-123-
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION 0
4'
8'
16'
F-123 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
DVRP
MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL STATION (HANGAR BAY PULL STATIONS SHALL HAVE TAMPER COVER) HVAC EMERGENCY POWER OFF PUSH BUTTON. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. LOCATED AT REMOTE LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLES.
F EPO I P
D
RTS CR
CO
SMOKE DETECTOR. THE LETTER "I" OR "P", IF PRESENT, STIPULATES IONIZATION OR PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE. "D" STIPULATES A DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR. WHERE DUCT DETECTORS ARE SHOWN IN PAIRS, LOCATIONS ARE IN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS. A SINGLE DETECTOR WOULD BE INSTALLED IN THE SUPPLY DUCT IS THE LOCATION IS NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED. REMOTE TEST STATION WITH INDICATOR LIGHT FOR EACH DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. HEAT DETECTOR. UNDIFFERENTIATED SYMBOL INDICATES FIXED TEMPERATURE OR COMBINATION F.T. AND RATE OF RISE TYPE, SEE SPECS. "CR" INDICATES COMPENSATED RATE ("RATE ANTICIPATION") TYPE WITH TUBULAR SENSING ELEMENT REQUIRED. CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR TAMPER SWITCH (FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) FLOW SWITCH (FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) AUTOMATIC FLOW VALVE/RELEASING SOLENOID
SOV
C
WFI
H
PS
S
C
S
A
A
A
C
8. ADJUST DEVICE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH HANGAR DOOR OPERATION.
9. DO NOT LOCATE DETECTORS IN DIRECT AIR OR CLOSER THAN 3 FEET FROM AN AIR SUPPLY OR RETURN DIFFUSER. 10. PROVIDE 16 AWG MINIMUM INITIATING DEVICE AND SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS.
13. PROVIDE AN INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE COMBINATION FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL PANEL (FACP) AND SEPARATE FOAM SYSTEM RELEASE CONTROL PANEL (FSCP) LISTED FOR RELEASING THE LOW-LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEM. INTERCONNECT THE FSCP WITH THE FMCP FOR ACTIVATION OF FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION, COMMON SIGNALS, ADDRESS ANNUNCIATION AND TRANSMISSION TO MONACO D-21. THE FACP AND FSCP SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 14. PROVIDE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES WITH WHITE FACEPLATES THROUGHOUT FINISHED AREAS OF THE BUILDING. FIRE ALARM STROBES TO BE MARKED WITH "FIRE" AND MASS NOTIFICATION STROBES TO BE MARKED WITH "ALERT" AS SPECIFIED.
15a. AREAS OF THE BUILDING PROVIDED WITH HARD WALL AND CEILING SURFACES THAT ARE FOUND TO CAUSE EXCESSIVE SOUND REFLECTIONS MAY BE PERMITTED TO HAVE A CIS SCORE LESS THAN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED VALUE IF THE BUILDING OCCUPANTS IN THESE AREAS CAN DETERMINE THAT A VOICE SIGNAL IS BEING BROADCAST AND THEY MUST WALK NO MORE THAN 33 FEET TO FIND A LOCATION WITH AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIRED CIS VALUE WITHIN THE SAME AREA.
17. LOCATE MASS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72. DURING A FIRE ALARM EVENT, TEMPORARILY DEACTIVATE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM APPLIANCES FOR NO MORE THAN ONE (1) MINUTE UPON RECEIPT OF A MNS SIGNAL. FIRE ALARM SIGNAL TRANSMISSION TO THE BASE FIRE DEPARTMENT ARE TO REMAIN FUNCTIONAL. REACTIVATE THE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLES AFTER THE MESSAGE IS COMPLETED ACTIVATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DURING A MNS EVENT WILL IMMEDIATELY CANCEL OUT THE MNS UNTIL MNS IS REACTIVATED.
C
C
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, WALL MOUNTED.
20. LOCATE SMOKE DETECTOR IN HALLWAY NEAR AIR TRANSFER OPENING. 21. MOUNT DEVICES TO HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL. SEE SHEET FA506 FOR PEDESTAL DETAILS. SEE EP115 FOR PEDESTAL FLOOR LOCATION DIMENSIONS, WALL STUB-UP LOCATION FOR CONDUITS, AND CONDUIT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS. 22. MONITOR EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE PRE-ACTION SYSTEM TAMPER, WATER FLOW, AND HIGH/LOW SUPERVISORY AIR PRESSURE SWITCHES. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLER.
20. SYNCHRONIZE ALL VISIBLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES WITHIN ANY COMMON FIELD OF VIEW FOR THE FIRE ALARM, MASS NOTIFICATION, AND FOAM CONTROL SYSTEM.
25. MONITOR TAMPER AND WATER FLOW SWITCHES AND CONTROL THE SOLENOIDS FOR 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLER.
21. ALL VALVES THAT CONTROL ALARM FUNCTIONS OR THE FLOW OF WATER, FOAM SOLUTION, OR FOAM CONCENTRATE, OR WHEN CLOSED WILL DISRUPT THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM, SHALL BE ELECTRONICALLY SUPERVISED WITH A TAMPER SWITCH AND MONITORED BY THE FIRE ALARM OR FOAM CONTROL SYSTEM PANEL AS APPROPRIATE.
26. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF MONITOR MODULE AND ROUTE UNDERGROUND CIRCUIT PER NEC ARTICLE 800 TO SUPERVISE POST INDICATOR VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. PIV LOOPS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TVSS.
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED.
C
19. LOCATION OF PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) RACK. PROVIDE SIGNAL TO PA CONSOLE TO MUTE SIGNAL TO SPEAKERS WHILE FIRE ALARM IS IN ALARM STATE AND/OR AUDIBLE MESSAGE BROADCAST ON FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER SYSTEM.
24. MONITOR TAMPER AND WATER FLOW SWITCHES FOR FIRST FLOOR ADMINISTRATIVE (NON-HANGAR) AND SECOND FLOOR ADMINISTRATIVE WET-PIPE SYSTEMS. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLER.
23. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING NECESSARY POWER SUPPLIES, BATTERIES, BOOSTERS, ETC. REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES SHOWN AT EACH ANNUNCIATOR AND LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE TO ENSURE SUFFICIENT WALL SPACE IF THE CONTRACTOR CHOOSES TO PROVIDE A SYSTEM WITH THESE REMOTE SUPPLIES. IT IS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CENTRALIZED POWER SUPPLY AND BATTERIES OR REMOTE SUPPLIES. ADJUST PANEL FAFS AS NECESSARY FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND MAINTAIN BALANCED LOADING OF THE PANEL PHASES. PROVIDE SIGNAL BOOSTERS AS NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP DUE TO SIZE OF BUILDING AND LENGTH OF CIRCUITS. SPARE CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON PANEL FAFS.
A
18. LOCATION OF LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (1LCP1). PROVIDE SIGNAL TO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE LOCAL CONTROLS AND ACTIVATE EGRESS LIGHTING WHILE FIRE ALARM AND/OR MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS ARE IN ALARM STATE.
19. PROVIDE TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (TVSS) ON ALL FIRE ALARM, FOAM SYSTEM, AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM CIRCUITS ENTERING OR LEAVING THE FACILITY, INCLUDING PIV MONITORING. ROUTE UNDERGROUND CIRCUITS AND CONDUIT PER NEC ARTICLE 800.
F
C
17. FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION SHALL HAVE CLEAR TAMPER COVER.
18. MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKERS TO OPERATE AS BOTH A MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
22. SEE FA504 FOR FA/MNS TRANSCEIVER AND ANTENNA INFORMATION.
A
15. SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE PROVIDED FOR REMOTE POWER SUPPLY IF PRESENT.
23. MONITOR TAMPER AND WATER FLOW SWITCHES AND CONTROL THE SOLENOIDS FOR 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM, 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AND 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLER.
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER, WALL MOUNTED.
WALL MOUNTED LOUDSPEAKER. SUBSCRIPT "WP" INDICATES RATED FOR WEATHERPROOF (OUTDOOR) LOCATIONS. FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER/STROBE IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, WALL MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH. FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION STROBE IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, WALL MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH. FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER/STROBE IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH. FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION STROBE IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH.
14. HEIGHT OF VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES EXCEEDS THE NFPA 72 PRESCRIPTIVE LIMIT OF 96 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STROBES (BOTTOM OF TRUSSES AT APPROX. 36'-6" IN 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY AND APPROX 43'-0" IN 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY) TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND CANDELA RATING OF NFPA 72, 0.0375 LUMENS PER SQUARE FOOT (ENTIRE HANGAR). INCREASE CANDELA RATING OF AMBER STROBE COMPARED TO CLEAR STROBE TO MEET THE SAME REQUIREMENT. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF TRUSS-MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKERS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND LIGHTING SENSOR/DETECTION DEVICES. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN A LOCATION WHICH HINDERS THE FUNCTION OF HIGH BAY OCCUPANCY SENSORS.
16. BRIDGE CRANE SUPPORT BEAM. DO NOT MOUNT DEVICES TO THIS BEAM. 15. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MASS NOTIFICATION OR FIRE ALARM SPEAKERS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE AUDIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 72 SECTION 7.4 AND TO ENSURE THAT A COMMON INTELLIGIBILITY SCALE (CIS) SCORE OF 0.8 IS PROVIDED IN EACH NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA OF THE BUILDING.
C
WP
12. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE FOR SHUNTING THE ELEVATOR CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE 2-#12,#12G FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER COIL POWER THROUGH THE CONTROL MODULE CONTACTOR. 13. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE(S) TO ELEVATOR CONTROLLER TO RECALL ELEVATOR TO THE APPROPRIATE FLOOR PER FACP MATRIX.
12. PROVIDE CLASS A SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS, CLASS A INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS, AND CLASS A NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS FOR THE FIRE ALARM, FOAM CONTROL, AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS.
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION STROBE, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH.
F
11. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE FOR SHUNTING THE ELEVATOR CAR CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE 2-#12, #12G FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER COIL POWER THROUGH THE CONTROL MODULE CONTACTOR.
11. PROVIDE 14 AWG MINIMUM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS.
16. COMBINED FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES MAY BE UTILIZED WHERE FEASIBLE.
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER/STROBE, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR.
10. FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS AND FOAM START/ABORT STATIONS SHALL BE A MINUMUM 5'-0" APART. SEE FA505 FOR FOAM STATION DETAILS. FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL HAVE CLEAR TAMPER COVER.
8. PROVIDE POWER LIMITED CIRCUITS.
SUPERVISORY SWITCH - HIGH AND LOW AIR PRESSURE SWITCH FOR PRE-ACTION AIR COMPRESSOR (FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER/STROBE, WALL MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR.
SLO APPR
9. SPEAKERS, STROBES, AND BEACONS TO BE MOUNTED 12'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM (TYPICAL ALONG WALLS AND COLUMNS). 7. MOUNTING OF DEVICES SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA AND ABA/ADA REQUIREMENTS U.O.N. MOUNT THE OPERABLE PART OF MANUAL PULL, FOAM DISCHARGE, AND ABORT STATIONS AT 48" AFF.
15b. AREAS OF THE BUILDING WHERE OCCUPANTS ARE NOT EXPECTED TO BE NORMALLY PRESENT ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A CIS SCORE LESS THAN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED VALUE IF PERSONNEL CAN DETERMINE THAT A VOICE SIGNAL IS BEING BROADCAST AND THEY MUST WALK NO MORE THAN 50 FEET TO A LOCATION WITH A CIS SCORE OF AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIRED VALUE WITHIN THE SAME AREA.
LOUDSPEAKER, CEILING OR PENDANT MOUNTED.
A
6. MOUNT ALL WALL-MOUNTED NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE STROBE LENS AT 80" AFF, OR 6" BELOW THE CEILING (WHICHEVER IS LOWER) U.O.N.
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION STROBE, WALL MOUNTED. "A"=AMBER, "B"=BLUE, AND "C"=CLEAR. BOTH "A" AND "C" = ONE OF EACH.
S
A
7. ELEATOR SHAFT SMOKE DETECTOR.
C
S
B
5. RUN ALL WIRING IN MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT PAINTED RED WHERE EXPOSED AND LABELED EVERY 10 FEET WITH "FACP", "FSCP", OR "MNS."
WATER FLOW INDICATOR HORN/STROBE AT FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
POST INDICATOR VALVE (FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS). A
4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL NON-DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS ARE MOUNTED AT FINISHED CEILING.
06-06-2014 DATE
RPS
DESCRIPTION
D
6. RATE-COMPENSATED FIRE DETECTOR HAVING A TEMPERATURE RATING BETWEEN 160F AND 170F. LOCATE ON UNDERSIDE OF ROOF. MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN DETECTORS IS 12 METERS (40 FEET) OR THE DETECTORS' LISTED SPACING, WHICHEVER IS LESS. DETECTORS PROVIDE HEAT DETECTION OF THE HANGAR BAY TO ACTIVATE THE PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM. VERIFY THE DETECTOR RESPONSE SETTING BY AN APPROVED TEST METHOD AFTER INSTALLATION.
3. HANGAR BAY (ROOMS 120 AND 130) SHALL BE CONSIDERED A LARGE, CAVERNOUS SPACE.
27. WALL-MOUNTED SPEAKERS AND STROBES SERVING MECHANICAL MEZZANINE.
24. SEE CIVIL SITE PLANS FOR PIV LOCATIONS. PROVIDE TVSS ON PIV MONITORING CIRCUITS. 25. FOR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATION AND THE DRAWINGS, FOLLOW THE SPECIFICATION. WHERE THE DRAWINGS EXCEED REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION, FOLLOW THE DRAWINGS. 26. SPEAKERS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO TRANSMIT FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION SIGNALS AND MASS NOTIFICATION MESSAGES. SPEAKER QUANTITY AND SPACING MAY VARY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUFACTURER SELECTED. 27. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR COORDINATED PLACEMENT OF APPLIANCES WITH LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS, LIGHTS, AND OTHER DEVICES MOUNTED IN CEILING. COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 28. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF-RATED SPEAKERS ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING TO PROVIDE MASS NOTIFICATION MESSAGES TO PERSONNEL IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY, EXTERIOR EGRESS,AND GATHERING AREAS. 29. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) FEET FROM AIR DIFFUSERS. 30. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT FROM FLUORESCENT LIGHTING.
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
LOC
5. MOUNT WALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AND INITIATING DEVICES TO FACE OF COLUMN. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT EACH SPEAKER, STROBE, AND SPEAKER/STROBE LOCATION.
28. MOUNT TO LOWER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AT HANGAR DOOR SOFFIT. APPROXIMATE BOTTOM OF MEMBER HEIGHT IS 30'-0" A.F.F. LOCATE MINIMUM 1'-6" FROM HANGAR DOOR. 29. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE TO CLOSE SMOKE DAMPER (FAIL SAFE IN CLOSED POSITION, SEE MECHANICAL) PER FACP MATRIX (ACTIVATION OF EITHER OF THE AIR TRANSFER SMOKE DETECTORS, ACTIVATION OF A BUILDING FIRE ALARM, OR LOSS OF POWER SHALL CLOSE THE DAMPER). 2 30. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE TO CLOSE FIRE-RATED OVERHEAD COILING DOOR PER FSCP MATRIX. COORDINATE WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 08 33 23.
FILE NAME:
FIRE ALARM TRANSCEIVER REMOTE LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE WITH MICROPHONE AND SWITCHES TO ACTUATE PRE-RECORD MESSAGES. REMOTE POWER SUPPLY. SHALL BE LOCKABLE. TAMPER SWITCH NOT REQUIRED. IF RPS IS PROVIDED ABOVE GYPSOM BOARD CEILING, PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS PANEL. SEE GENERAL NOTES (THIS SHEET). DELUGE VALVE RELEASE PANEL
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FAT
4. CEILING NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHOWN IN THIS SPACE SHALL BE MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF TRUSS/GIRDER.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
REMOTE GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR
OMAHA DISTRICT
CONTRACT NO.:
FAA
3. PROVIDE EXTERIOR WEATHERPROOF MASS NOTIFICATION LOUD SPEAKERS INSTALLED ABOVE HANGAR DOOR FOR COVERAGE OF APRON AREA EXITS FROM BUILDING.
PLOT DATE:
MASS NOTIFICATION AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:16:31 AM 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
JOCKEY PUMP CONTROL PANEL
ACU
2. PROVIDE EXTERIOR WEATHERPROOF MASS NOTIFICATION LOUD SPEAKERS INSTALLED 10'-0" INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
JPCP
1. TEMPORAL TONE GENERAL ALARM. HORN STROBE STAYS ACTIVE UNTIL BUILDING RETURNS TO NORMAL OPERATION.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROLS PANEL
1. THESE DOCUMENTS DEPICT A PERFORMANCE LEVEL ENGINEERING DESIGN LAYOUT TO BE UTILIZED AS GUIDANCE FOR THE PLANNING OF THE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION AND FOAM CONTROL SYSTEMS BY THE CONTRACTOR. LAYOUT IS GENERIC AND NOT MANUFACTURER-SPECIFIC. SCHEMATIC DRAWING IS INCOMPLETE WITH SOME DEVICES NOT SHOWN OR SEVERAL DEVICES REPRESENTING MORE. PROVIDE COMPLETE DOCUMENTS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INCLUDE IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY, INCLUDING INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE DEVICES NOT SHOWN FOR A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM LIMITED TO ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULES FOR ALL DEVICES THAT DO NOT HAVE ADDRESS AND CONTROL MODULES TO CONTROL AUXILIARY DUNCTIONS. PROVIDE A COMPLETE COMBINATION FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM, AND SEPARATE FOAM RELEASE AND CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72-2010, UFC 3-600-01, UFC 4-021-01, ADA/ABA, ETL 02-15, THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND LOCAL CODES AND AMENDMENTS (INCLUDING CHAPTER 7 OF THE FORT CARSON DESIGN GUIDE).
KEYED FIRE ALARM NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL FA### SHEETS)
CKD BY: S.L.O.
FSCP
#
5
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
GENERAL FIRE ALARM NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL FA### SHEETS; SEE FA5## SERIES SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES)
4
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
FACP
3
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
SUPPLEMENTAL FIRE ALARM LEGEND
2
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
1
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Am #0002
31. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTION TO AIR HANDLER ISOLATION SMOKE DAMPERS REQUIRED BY NFPA, WHICH ARE NOT SHOWN ON FIRE ALARM PLANS. SEE MECHANICAL HVAC PLANS AND CONTROLS FOR LOCATIONS.
MANUAL FOAM ABORT STATION. DEAD MAN TYPE WITH CLEAR TAMPER COVER.
DL
DELUGE RELEASE DISABLE SWITCH LOCATED INSIDE FSCP. SWITCH SHALL DISABLE THE FOAM RELEASE FUNCTION OF THE PANEL WHILE LEAVING ALL DETECTION AND OTHER FUNCTIONS OF THE PANEL OPERATIONAL.
UV/IR
A
CM
CONTROL RELAY MODULE
M
ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE
C
ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE ISOLATION FIRE ALARM ANTENNA
WP
34. JUNCTION BOXES, AND CONDUITS SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED ON PRECAST, CONCRETE, AND CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS AND STEEL MEMBERS. JUNCTION BOXES/RECEPTACLES, AND CONDUITS SHALL BE RECESS MOUNTED ON GYPSUM WALLS. 35. COORDINATE MOUNTING OF SPEAKERS AND STROBES ON HANGAR BAYS TRUSSES WITH BRIDGE CRANE CLEARANCES. 36. PENETRATION OPENINGS THROUGH AIR BARRIERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BUILDING AIR BARRIER REQUIREMENTS. CORRECT ALL PENETRATIONS THAT ARE DETERMINED DEFICIENT DURING TESTING. SEE A-180 FOR AIR BARRIER TESTING BOUNDARIES. SEE ARCHITECTURE FOR SEALING PENETRATIONS. 37. DO NOT PENETRATE STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, BEAMS, AND TRUSSES. AFIX DEVICES AND RACEWAY WITH BEAM C-CLAMPS, BRACKETS, CLIPS, UNISTRUT, AND OTHER NON-PENETRATING AND NON-ADHESIVE HARDWARE.
SHUNT TRIP CONTROL MODULE
R
ISO
FA001-
COMBINATION ULTRAVIOLET/INFRARED LOW-LEVEL OPTICAL FIRE DETECTOR. UNIT SHALL DETECT A FULLY DEVELOPED 3 METER BY 3 METER JP-4, JP-8, OR JET-A FUEL FIRE AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 45 METERS WITHIN 5 SECONDS. DETECTORS SUGGESTED TO BE MOUNTED APPROXIMATELY 3 METERS A.F.F. PER AF ETL 02-15. QUANITIY AND POSITIONING SHALL BE SUCH THAT A FIRE AT ANY POSITION UNDER AN AIRCRAFT IS WITHIN THE RANGE AND CONE OF VISION OF AT LEAST ONE OPTICAL DETECTOR.
33. WHERE CEILING SPEAKERS AND STROBES ARE SHOWN IN UNFINISHED AREAS, MOUNT AT HEIGHT OF LIGHTS U.O.N. MOUNT TO BOTTOM OF TRUSSES IN HANGAR BAY IF SUFFICIENT SPACE IS PROVIDED TO SATISFY BRIDGE CRANE CLEARANCES. COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH OTHER ITEMS.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
FO
GSAB HANGAR
MANUAL FOAM DISCHARGE STATION
WEATHERPROOF DEVICE AND BACKBOX
FIRE ALARM NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND
32. MAKE CONNECTIONS AND SPLICES USING TERMINAL BOXES. FO
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FA001 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
FOFO
Am #0002
2 WP
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
B
B
F
CM
2
S
B
B
30
2 S
REF. C
142
141A
C
STAIR D
FA MAP
143 FAA
A C
A C
A C
A C
A C
F
PS
TS A
S
A C
22
PAAC-1
C A
F
C
TS
WP
24
2
1 FA113
PIV LOCATED TO PLAN SOUTH OUTSIDE FENCE. SEE CIVIL SITE PLANS.
FIRE ALARM PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C 1/8" = 1'-0"
GSAB HANGAR
F
135C
A C
TS FS
PLAN NORTH
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET FA001. COORDINATE FOAM SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS IN HANGAR BAY.
FA113-
AREA "C"
FILE NAME:
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
S A C
CAC CO SECURE STORAGE
SIZE: 22" x 34"
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
F
135B
FIRST FLOOR - AREA C
S
050
CAC CO CBRN STORAGE
FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEMS PLAN
040
CONTRACT NO.:
138
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
PLOT DATE:
F
MECHANICAL ROOM
S
ARMS VAULT
A C
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:16:52 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
RTS
F S
F S
A C
F
A C
140-1
AHU-2 SUPPLY
CAC CO COM STORAGE S
C
A C
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
135
A
A C
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
135A
F
144
CKD BY: S.L.O.
S
S
F
VESTIBULE
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
A
C
143
15
143 FAA RPS
S
S
F
F
143 LOC
A
S
CORRIDOR
F
060 DVRP-130 FOAM 060 FSCP F 143 LOC RPS
S
S
F
DL 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
140B
060
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
F
S
F
140A S
F
S
F
TOOL STORAGE
C
TOOL STORAGE
C S
F
TOOL STORAGE
FS
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
S
F
F
132
S
S
F
S
S
F
TS
2
WP
S
TS
1
S
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
SOV
C
A
25
S
DESCRIPTION
S A
C
141
F
C
BLADE REPAIR SHOP
A
A
140
STRUCTURAL REPAIR
A
C
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN
C
136
CORRIDOR
139 C
C
TECH SUPPLY 070
A
S
S
F S
F
F
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
A
S
F
C
S
F
F
S
S
A
S
S
137
A
F F
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
F
F
30
S
FOFO
F
B
A C
06-06-2014 DATE
A C
S
D
SLO APPR
F
10 F
5
A C
UV/IR
5
5
UV/IR
UV/IR
5 A C
CM
5 A C
10
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FA113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
3
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V W
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
F
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V W
B
C
D
F
E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
A
B
C
D
E
AA
Y
Z
AA
FA502-
AB
AC
X
Y
Z
AA
AB
G
H
I
J
K
L
M N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V W
G
H
I
J
K
L
M N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V W
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 AD AE AF
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 X
Y
Z
AA
AB
AC
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
X
Y
Z
AA
AB
AC
SLO APPR 06-06-2014 DATE DESCRIPTION
2C. MNS WILL OVERRIDE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE MESAGES AND VISUAL SIGNALS FOR NO LONGER THAN ONE MINUTE. AT THE END OF ONE MINUTE, THE FIRE ALARM MUST REACTIVATE. 3. DUCT DETECTORS IN ALARM MODE SHALL CAUSE ALL AIR HANDLER UNITS PROTECTED BY THE DETECTOR TO SHUT DOWN AND SHALL CAUSE THE ASSOCIATED SMOKE DAMPERS TO CLOSE. 4. FIRE ALARM SIGNALS AND SUPERVISORY ALARM SIGNALS SHALL BE CLEARLY DIFFERENTIATED AT THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL(S). 5. GENERAL AREA MEANS THE SPECIFIC BAY, DOCK, MEZZANINE, OFFICE AREA, OR MECHANICAL AREA. SYSTEM ZONING SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO DIRECT RESPONDING FIREFIGHTERS DIRECTLY TO THE FIRE AREA. 6. PROVIDE A DEDICATED ZONE IN THE MONACO BT-XM TRANSCEIVER FOR EACH ITEM SHOWN TO BE TRANSMITTED TO THE D-21, PLUS FOUR (4) SPARE ZONES. THE MONACO BT-XM CAN PROVIDE A MAXIMUM OF 52 ZONES FOR FIRE REPORTING PLUS 8 ZONES FOR MASS NOTIFICATION. EACH ZONE REQUIRES A PAIR OF WIRES BETWEEN THE FACP AND THE BT-XM, EACH WIRED TO A SEPARATE DEDICATED RELAY SET IN THE FACP. THIS WILL REQUIRE EXTRA BACKPLANES, ETC., IN THE BT-XM, AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN A DOUBLE-WIDE ENCLOSURE.
AD AE AF 25 26 27
25 26 27 F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 AD AE AF
AC
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 F
AD AE AF
AC
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2
A
AB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X
V W
25 26 27
25 26 27
Z
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 A
Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
X
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
M N
FILE NAME:
L
SIZE: 22" x 34"
K
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
J
CONTRACT NO.:
I
25 26 27 AD AE AF
FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROLS MATRIX
25 FSCP RELEASE DISABLE SWITCH 26 SYSTEM SILENCE 27 SYSTEM RESET
B
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
PANEL FUNCTIONS
H
2B. ACTIVATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DURING A MASS NOTIFICATION EVENT SHALL CANCEL OUT THE MNS UNTIL MNS IS REACTIVATED.
PLOT DATE:
B
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A
TROUBLE FUNCTIONS
F
2A. THE MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM SHALL TEMPORARILY INTERRUPT THE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE MESSAGE AND VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES DURING SIMULTANEOUS FIRE AND MASS EVACUATION EVENTS. ALL OTHER FEATURES OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL FUNCTION PROPERLY. DURING THE INTERRUPTION OF THE FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNALS, A DISTINCT SUPERVISORY SIGNAL SHALL BE ANNUNCIATED (BOTH AUDIBLY AND VISUALLY) AT THE FACP (AND REMOTE FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATORS) AND SHALL BE TRANSMITTED TO THE CENTRAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:17:14 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT OPEN INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT SHORT INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUIT GROUND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT OPEN NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT SHORT NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT GROUND AC POWER FAILURE TEST MODE FSCP LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE SUPERVISED COMPONENT FAILURE
E
2. FIRE ALARM AND MNS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE NETWORK DEVICES SHALL NOT STAY ACTIVATED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EACH OTHER. WHEN ONE IS ON, THE OTHER SHALL BE COMPLETELY OFF.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
D
1C. WHEN THE SILENCE SWITCH IS LEFT IN THE "OFF" POSITION AND THERE IS NO ALARM, SUPERVISORY, OR TROUBLE SIGNAL, AN AUDIBLE TROUBLE SIGNAL AND A VISUAL INDICATOR SHALL BE ACTIVATED UNTIL THE SWITCH IS RESTORED TO ITS NORMAL POSITION.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCHES - DRY-PIPE SYSTEM RISER, 120 HANGAR BAY VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCHES - DRY-PIPE SYSTEM RISER, 130 HANGAR BAY VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCHES - FOAM SYSTEM RISER, 120 HANGAR BAY VALVE SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCHES - FOAM SYSTEM RISER, 130 HANGAR BAY DEAD MAN TYPE MANUAL FOAM ABORT ACTIVATED LOW LEVEL OPTICAL FIRE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONTROL COMPONENT COMMON TROUBLE CONDITION
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SUPERVISORY DEVICES 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B
1B. IF AN AUDIBLE TROUBLE SIGNAL HAS BEEN SILENCED, IT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: i. THE AUDIBLE TROUBLE SHALL RE-SOUND EVERY 24 HOURS OR LESS UNTIL FAULT CONDITIONS ARE RESTORED TO NORMAL. ii. THE RE-SOUNDED AUDIBLE TROUBLE SIGNAL SHALL SOUND UNTIL IT IS MANUALLY SILENCED OR ACKNOWLEDGED. iii. THE RE-SOUNDED AUDIBLE TROUBLE SIGNAL SHALL ALSO BE AUTOMATICALLY RETRANSMITTED TO THE BASE FIRE DEPARTMENT.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
A
OMAHA DISTRICT
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
ALARM DEVICES
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
SYSTEM INPUTS RATE-COMPENSATED TYPE HEAT DETECTORS AT HANGAR CEILING MANUAL FOAM DISCHARGE STATION WATER FLOW SWITCHES - FOAM SYSTEM RISER, 120 HANGAR BAY WATER FLOW SWITCHES - FOAM SYSTEM RISER, 130 HANGAR BAY WATER FLOW SWITCH - DRY-PIPE SYSTEM RISER, 120 HANGAR BAY WATER FLOW SWITCH - DRY-PIPE SYSTEM RISER, 130 HANGAR BAY LOW-LEVEL OPTICAL FIRE DETECTOR
TRANSMIT SIGNAL TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP)
1A. SUBSEQUENT ACTUATION OF OTHER INITIATING DEVICES OR SUPERVISORY SIGNALS AFTER THE INITIAL ALARM OR SUPERVISORY SIGNAL HAS BEEN SILENCED SHALL CAUSE THE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES TO REACTIVATE.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS
BUILDING NOTIF. AND FSCP FUNC.
AU DIO -VI AU DIO SUAL -VI FIR AU EA DIO SUAL LA S V RM U AU I I DIO SUAL PER VIS NDIC C V O AT AU I OR MM ION DIO SUAL YI ON ND -VI TR T ICA BY Z SU OU RO ON AL TIO BL UB E EI AL N L E FS ND AR BY CP ICA INDI MI DE CA OU ND VIC TIO FS T T I C I P E N O CP AT UT N B YZ ION O U H FS ON TP EA BY CP E UT TD D O E -M ET UT VIC FS E A PU CP CT NU E TOR AL OU W FS S F TP AT OA AT CP UT ER MS HA O FL WA UT NG TA FS O P R C TE AR W UT TS SP P O R S C -L WI TA RIN UT FL O TC TIO EILIN OW W KL PUT H GB NA ER LE FS ES SW VE YZ C I T T FO CP O SYS VALV FO LO CH IVA ON TE AM UT A E PT ES MS E TE ICA SY PUT M R SUP D YS DR ISE ER ST FS L TE Y-P FI VA E CP V R IPE M, H OU M RIS LVE S (HA ISOR RE D A FS E Y TP S SY CP UT ERS UPE NGA TAM TEC ST NGAR R T O E R P OR ) M, UT VIS MA ER FS PU HA PE NU CP OR SW T NG R A Y O I L T G UT TA LO AR CH FS FO E N M P W CP ES AM ER UT PE L E AL RS AB V FS OUTP - CO AR OR WI NT EL O CP UT EA T T P C R S O T HE - ID OL TA I UT C FS S A CF TI CO PU LF CP M A T IRE ON A FS OUTP - NAC ULT B PON C DE TIV EN CP UT YZ TE FA AT T O C O U CO E UT FS TO FS NE LT M P C RT D CP BY UT MO PA RO NT FS OUTP - TES C PO ZONE UB RO CP UT LE TM WE U OU BL - LO RF OD FS E T EP AIL PU W CO CP BA TUR ER ND O T U E S FS PA ITI TE TP UP P ON CP E N R UT ER RP OU VIS Y VO EL -R A NE TP LT ED AG L UT ELEA CO S E ED SY MP OP PE ST RP ON VA EN L EM ISAB EN AN LV OW LE S T EL ES ILE FA SW L E NC ILU FO OP I V T E CH E RE VA EN L R 120 L FO LV OW A FO M E OP S FO LEVE AM R SUPP VA EN D R 130 L FO ISER RES LV SIO FO AM ES RY-P NS AM SU I F P CL OR E F YS RIS PPR OS TE 120 IRE ER ES E MD SIO FIR CL AN SU EL O P N D E P UG -RA RE SE 130 RE SY E LE AU ST SP SSI AS TO TED E O R M O E INK N S DE CL V OF MAT LE YS LU HIG IC C ERHE RE OSE R T GE RIS EM AD LE AU H E ON AS TO D T E C X EL R OIL PA RO E O MA UG NS L V ING S F H TIC E A I LV AN CO ON D OO FO E T HA GA N R AM O I NG R D TRO NH S AR S R L Y Y I V SIL ST BIT -PI EM EN BAYS PE ALVE C S OR S S T FO EP P O CO TO R A I A INK NH MD NT P I RO NEL L B I E I SC T R AN LP HA SY OR DB AN RG ST ST UIL EL EM OP RE DIN E VIS S TU RN G FO UAL SIG ST A NA O N M VI SU L OR A L N - BLU MA E L (A O UD TIFIC STRO IBL AT ION BES ES AN D V APPL IAN ISU C AL S S ES TO P)
FSCP MATRIX NOTES: 1. SEE NOTES ON THIS SHEET AND SHEETS FA503, FA504, AND FA505 FOR ADDITIONAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION.
C
FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION AND FOAM SYSTEMS SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
SYSTEM OUTPUTS ANNUNCIATION AT LOCAL PANELS (FSCPs)
5
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROLS (FSCP) MATRIX
4
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FA502 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
4
DELUGE VALVE RELEASING PANEL (DVRP)
C
BATTERY BACKUP
C
130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM RELEASING RISER
C
SOV
SOV
SOV
DV
DV
DV
M
130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM MONITORING RISER
4 18 DL
14
M
ISO
M TS
BATTERY BACKUP
TS
CM
C
C
C
5
6
CLOSE RESTROOM SMOKE DAMPER
TYP. 2
INTERIOR FIRE ALARM VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICES
7 C
C
5
6
EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICES
7
M
BATTERY BACKUP
H GSAB HANGAR WATERFLOW INDICATOR
C
5
1
6
7
M
HVAC SHUT-OFF SIGNAL
R
ELEVATOR CONTROL RELAY
R
POST INDICATOR VALVE RISERS (TYPICAL OF 2)
TVSS
10
M
TYP. 2
28
R
29
R
7. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF NOTIFICATION DEVICES PER CIRCUIT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTROL PANEL LIMITATIONS. CONDUCTOR INTEGRITY MONITORING IS REQUIRED.
TS
PIV ISO
9
4 19
17
1
RPS
26
22
UV/IR
C
FAA
15 FO
ISO
4
M
M TS
B SEE FA505 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES
C
13 30
M
B
5
6
TS
M FS
B
B
4 20 M PS
ISO
1
MISCELLANEOUS FSCP INITIATING DEVICES
FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR (TYP. OF 3)
DELUGE VALVE RELEASING PANEL (DVRP) BATTERY BACKUP
B
C
C
SOV
SOV
C
C
SOV
SOV
SOV
DV
DV
M FS
TS
13. INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (FSCP) FOR ALL HANGAR SPRINKLER AND FOAM SYSTEMS DETECTION AND SUPPRESSION FUNCTIONS. IT IS PERMISSIBLE FOR DELUGE VALVE RELEASING PANEL (DVRP) FUNCTIONS TO BE INTEGRAL TO FSCP.
9 1 A
ANTENNA LA
FIRE ALARM TRANSCEIVER (FAT)
MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT (ACU)
21 LIGHTNING ARRESTER
BATTERY BACKUP
12 30
8
120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM RELEASING RISER
23
1
RPS
A
C
5
6
A
A MASS NOTIFICATION VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICES
7
M
SF C
5
6
7
SF
M
C
M
ACU LOC
5 M
6
7
INTERIOR AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION DEVICES
EXTERIOR AUDIBLE NOTIFICATION DEVICES
22
DV
14. DELUGE RELEASE DISABLE SWITCH LOCATED INSIDE FSCP. SWITCH SHALL DISABLE THE FOAM RELEASE FUNCTION OF THE PANEL WHILE LEAVING ALL DETECTION AND OTHER FUNCTIONS OF THE PANEL OPERATIONAL. ACTIVATION OF THIS SWITCH WILL TRANSMIT A TROUBLE SIGNAL TO THE FIRE ALARM CENTER. 15. PROVIDE CONNECTION BETWEEN EACH FSCP AND THE BUILDING FACP FOR ACTIVATION OF OCCUPANT FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION, COMMON SIGNAL TRANSMISSION, AND POINT IDENTIFICATION.
WP
17
LOC
10. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF MONITOR MODULE AND ROUTE UNDERGROUND CIRCUIT PER NEC ARTICLE 800 TO SUPERVISE POST INDICATOR VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. REFER TO CIVIL FOR VALVE LOCATION. PIV LOOPS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TVSS.
12. INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL PANEL WITH INTEGRATED AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT.
25
HANGAR DRY-PIPE RELEASING RISER
8. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR TO PROTECT FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION PANEL, FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROL PANEL (AND ASSOCIATED DELUSE VALVE RELEASING PANELS IF SEPARATE), AND ANY REMOTE NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLIES. ALSO, PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS IN THE MEDIVAC SLEEPING QUARTERS, OXYGEN GENERATION ROOM, AND THEIR ASSOCIATED HALLWAYS.
11. INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. COMBINATION FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL PANEL WITH INTEGRATED AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT IS PERMISSIBLE. MOV
DV DV 120 UH-60 130 CH-47 RISER RISER
C
M
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER
BATTERY BACKUP
3
1
TS
ISO
7
BATTERY BACKUP
M FS
NON-HANGAR WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISERS (TYPICAL OF 2: 1ST FLOOR ADMIN AND SHOPS; 2ND FLOOR ADMIN)
9. PROVIDE GROUND PER NEC-NFPA 70.
FOAM SYSTEM VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICES
DELUGE VALVE RELEASING PANEL (DVRP)
M TS
9
FO
CR
ISO
M
ISO
M
5. PROVIDE CLASS A NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS ROUTED BACK TO THE PANEL WITH SEPARATE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL CIRCUITS FOR SILENCE FEATURE. SEPARATE CIRCUITS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED TO DISTINGUISH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES. EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL BE CIRCUITED WITH INTERIOR NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES. PROGRAM FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL PANEL TO AUTOMATICALLY SILENCE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AUDIBLES DURING A LIVE OR PRERECORDED MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM MESSAGE. A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL SEPARATE FROM GENERAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPERVISORY SIGNALS IS TO BE DISPLAYED DURING THIS CONDITION. FIRE ALARM VISUALS AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION TO BASE FIRE DEPARTMENT ARE REQUIRED TO CONTINUE DURING THE MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM MESSAGE. 6. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS AND REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES AS REQUIRED SUCH THAT VOLTAGE DROP DOES NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED BY THE MANUFACTURER PER CIRCUIT. ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATION CIRCUITS AND ADDITIONAL POWER SUPPLIES MAY BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED ABOVE REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES AND CONNECTED TO FACP INITIATING DEVICE LOOP.
FS
MOV
010 FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROL PANEL (FSCP)
4. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED FOR THE QUANTITY OF DEVICES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
CM HONEYWELL DACT
25
16
3. PROVIDE OMNI-DIRECTIONAL RADIO ANTENNA. SEE 1/F-501 FOR DETAIL.
C
M
(2) 4-PAIR CAT 6 IN 1"C TO RM 108
CLOSE FIRE-RATED OVERHEAD COILING DOOR
CM
C
CLOSE OXYGEN GENERATION ROOM SMOKE DAMPER
1 ISO
11 30
TS
TS
24
M FS
16. PROVIDE CONNECTION BETWEEN 010 FSCP AND 060 FSCP FOR ACTIVATION OF AIRCRAFT AREA FOAM SYSTEM NOTIFICATION AND SIGNAL TO ACTUATE CONTROL VALVES FOR ENTIRE HANGAR. 17. MONITOR HANGAR BAY AREA DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WATERFLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES WITH FOAM SYSTEM RELEASE CONTROL PANEL. 18. MONITOR HIGH EXPANSION FOAM RISER WATERFLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES WITH FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL.
1 ISO
4 17 M
ISO
M TS
TS
M FS
HANGAR DRY-PIPE MONITORING RISERS (TYPICAL OF 2: 120 UH-60, 130 CH-47)
19. MONITOR HANGAR SUPPORT AREA WET-PIPE AND DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS WATERFLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES WITH FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.
9 24 EPO
1 20. MONITOR EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM WATERFLOW, TAMPER, AND PRESSURE SWITCHES WITH FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.
REMOTE LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLES (TYP. OF 8) ISO
4 18 DL
14
BATTERY BACKUP
ISO
M
M TS
TS
M FS
120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY FOAM SYSTEM MONITORING RISER
BATTERY BACKUP
21. PROVIDE MONACO BT-XM RADIO TRANSCEIVER TO TRANSMIT FIRE ALARM, TROUBLE, SUPERVISORY, FOAM DISCHARGE, AND WATER FLOW SIGNALS INDEPENDENTLY FROM THE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION AND FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS TO THE MONACO D-21 BASE REPORTING SYSTEM.
MOV
25 MOV
9
25
1
9
CAT6 CABLE TO TELECOM ROOM 108
GENERAL NOTES
GENERAL NOTES (CONTINUED)
1. RISER DIAGRAM IS A SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF THE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM AND IS NOT CONSIDERED COMPLETE. SEE FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES. PROVIDE DEVICES FOR A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM NOT LIMITED TO ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULES FOR ALL DEVICES THAT DO NOT HAVE ADDRESS AND CONTROL MODULES TO CONTROL AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS.
5. VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF TAMPER SWITCHES, WATER FLOW SWITCHES, PRESSURE SWITCHES, SOLENOIDS, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE MONITOR AND CONTROL MODULES WITH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM INSTALLER.
2. FACP AND FSCP SHALL HAVE TVSS ON ALL FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS ENTERING AND LEAVING THE FACILITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS TO THE FACP, CIRCUITS INTERFACING WITH THE FIRE PUMPING STATIONS OUTSIDE THE FACILITY, AND CIRCUITS INTERFACING WITH THE FIRE ALARM RECEIVING STATION (COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS, ANTENNA SYSTEMS).
FA503-
3. PROVIDE A SINGLE FACP FOR ALL DETECTION ALARM FUNCTIONS IN THE FACILITY THAT ARE NOT PART OF THE FOAM-WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. THE FACP MUST BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE BASE FIRE ALARM RECEIVING SYSTEM WITHOUT FIELD MODIFICATIONS TO ANY SYSTEM HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE. 4. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS SHOWN WITH ITS OWN CONTROL PANEL. HOWEVER, IT IS PERMITTED FOR A SINGLE COMBINED FA/MNS CONTROL PANEL TO BE PROVIDED THAT MEETS THE FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF BOTH SYSTEMS.
22. REMOTE POWER SUPPLY WITH BATTERY BACKUP. PROVIDE CONTROL AND SUPERVISION FOR POWER SUPPLIES. 23. LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE (LOC) WITH INTEGRAL MICROPHONE. 24. HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH (EPO). EPO SHALL BE LOCATED EITHER IN OR ADJACENT TO EACH LOC.
1
A
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
FOAM SYSTEM VISUAL NOTIFICATION DEVICES
7
M
FILE NAME:
6
M
EPO
SIZE: 22" x 34"
M
5
B
CM
ISO
MISCELLANEOUS FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
13 30
B
B
ELEVATOR TO DESIGNATED FLOOR
4
6. REFER TO FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION AND FOAM SYSTEM FLOOR PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF INDICATION AND NOTIFICATION DEVICES AND REMOTE LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLES. 7. REFER TO THE FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN THE FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS. 8. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION AND SPRINKLER DETAIL SHEETS FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCHES AND SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCHES. 9. SEE FA001, FA504, AND FA505 FOR ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM, MASS NOTIFICATION, AND FOAM SYSTEM NOTES. 10. SEE FA501 AND FA502 FOR FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL MATRICES.
25. CABINET MOUNTED METAL OXIDE VARISTOR (MOV) BASED SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE (SPD) AT THE FACP POWER INPUT. THE DEVICE SHALL SUPPLEMENT THE SPD INTEGRAL TO THE FACP. THE DEVICE SHALL BE UL 1449 LISTED (3RD EDITION) AND SHALL SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF IEEE C62.41. 26. FIRE ALARM GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. 27. CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS LOCATED IN MEDIVAC SLEEPING QUARTERS AND MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN. 28. PROVIDE SIGNAL TO PUBLIC ADDRESS CONSOLE TO MUTE SIGNAL TO SPEAKERS WHILE FIRE ALARM IS IN ALARM STATE AND/OR AUDIBLE MESSAGE BROADCAST ON FIRE ALARM/MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER SYSTEM. SEE PA RISER ON EY601. 29. PROVIDE SIGNAL TO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE LOCAL CONTROLS AND ACTIVATE EGRESS LIGHTING WHILE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS IN ALARM STATE. 30. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SCHEDULE OF CONNECTIONS FOR THE FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEMS AND ALL ASSOCIATED INTERFACES.
FIRE ALARM AND FOAM SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM
C
CM
CO
CONTRACT NO.:
SEE FA505 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES
ELEVATOR SHUTDOWN
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP)
27
8
D
F
ISO
PLOT DATE:
B
CM
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:17:32 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
TS
ELEVATOR CAR
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
TS
M FS
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
M
2. PROVIDE ADDRESSABLE DUCT DETECTORS ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF EACH AIR-HANDLING UNIT OVER 2,000 CFM AND ON THE RETURN SIDE OF EACH AIR-HANDLING UNIT OVER 15,000 CFM PER UFC 3-600-01 AND NFPA 90A. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST STATION FOR EACH DUCT DETECTOR. REFER TO MECHANICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
M
2
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
CR
15
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
D
4 ISO
MISCELLANEOUS FSCP INITIATING DEVICES
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
060 FOAM SYSTEM DETECTION AND CONTROL PANEL (FSCP)
15
FO
OMAHA DISTRICT
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
FO
ISO
RTS
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
15
KEYED NOTES 1. CONNECT TO 120 VAC, 20 AMP DEDICATED EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUIT. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (TVSS) IS TO BE PROVIDED ON PANELS SERVING FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR POWER PANEL AND LOCATION.
UV/IR
16
#
SLO APPR
FIRE ALARM, MASS NOTIFICATION, AND FOAM SYSTEMS RISER DRAGRAM
5
06-06-2014 DATE
3
DESCRIPTION
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FA503 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19 APPR
1
06-06-2014 DATE
A D PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
B HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
C
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
D
DESCRIPTION
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL. HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
C E HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
E.1
F
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
F.1
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
FIRE HOSE CABINET
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
FIRE HOSE CABINET
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
STANDPIPE MAIN
STANDPIPE MAIN
CKD BY: M.T.S.
DN
G.3
SECOND FLOOR SPRINKLER MAIN
FIRE HOSE CABINET
DRAWN BY: M.L.H.
G.1
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
EAST HANGAR SPRINKLER MAIN DOWN TO RISER
WEST HANGAR SPRINKLER MAIN DOWN TO RISER
DRY PIPE VALVE
H.2 B J.1
3.3
3.8
4.5
5.1
5.9
6.1
6.3
8.3
1 FX200
9.8
10.6
11.3
11.5
12.2
13.1
13.7
14.3
16.1
17.8
18.6
COMPOSITE FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR 1" = 20'-0"
LEGEND A
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET LIGHT HAZARD, .10 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
FX200-
DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE COVERED STORAGE. OH GRP 2. .2 GPM/SQ. FT OVER 3,900 SQ. FT.
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, .15 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, .2 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
3. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER UFC 3-600-01. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 4. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE HANGAR BAYS PER ETL 02-15. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 5. PROVIDE A LOW LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PER ETL 02-15. FOAM GENERATORS CAN USE INDOOR AIR AND SHALL BE WATER POWERED. 6.ANY PIPE, APPURENANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS GENERIC. IT IS SHOWN ONLY FOR INTENT. ALL ASPECTS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
8. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED PER ETL 02-15 IN THE PRESENCE OF THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. SYSTEMS MUST PASS TESTING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
11. PROVIDE HIGH TEMPERATURE 2 SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 12. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF 2 FOAM GENERATORS WITH LIGHTS, FANS, DUCTS, AND SKYLIGHTS. MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO LOCATE FOAM GENERATORS SO THEY ARE NOT DIRECTLY BELOW SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, FANS, AND LIGHTS.
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR
AREA "D"
AREA "E"
AREA "F"
AREA "A"
AREA "B"
AREA "C"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
2. PROVIDE A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER UFC 3-600-01 FOR ALL ADMINISTRATION AREAS. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
7. THE DESIGN SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS AND FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
GSAB HANGAR
GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR IS TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
FILE NAME:
PLAN NORTH
9. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPES, APPURTENANCES, EQUIPMENT SPRINKLERS ARE REQUIRED TO WITHSTAND 225 PSIG OF PRESSURE. 10. FIRE HOSE CABINETS ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE A 2 1/2" FIRE HOSE VALVE WITH PRESSURE REGULATING DEVICE AND CAP.
FIRE PROTECTION COMPOSITE PLAN - SECOND FLOOR
1.5
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
OUT TO DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR OVERHEAD STORAGE AREA.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
DN
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
H.1
TO FIRE SPRINKER RISER FOR WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN BY: B.D.E
G.6
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 1:47:28 PM As indicated
D W REF.
DN
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FX200 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT APPR
GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES:
D
06-06-2014 DATE
1. CONTRACTOR IS TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15. 2. PROVIDE A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER UFC 3-600-01 FOR ALL ADMINISTRATION AREAS. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
15
3. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER UFC 3-600-01. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 4. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE HANGAR BAYS PER ETL 02-15. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
13.7
14.3
16 15.2
17 16.1
16.9
18
19
17.8
18.6
E
5. PROVIDE A LOW LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PER ETL 02-15. E.1 FOAM GENERATORS CAN USE INDOOR AIR AND SHALL BE WATER POWERED.
DESCRIPTION
6.ANY PIPE, APPURENANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS GENERIC. IT IS SHOWN ONLY FOR INTENT. ALL ASPECTS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 7. THE DESIGN SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS AND FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
227 2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
F
9. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPES, APPURTENANCES, EQUIPMENT SPRINKLERS ARE REQUIRED TO WITHSTAND 225 PSIG OF PRESSURE.
228A
DESIGN BY: B.D.E
B
140-2 DN
REF.
STANDARDIZATION OFFICE
ALSE REPAIR SHOP
STAIR
228
222E LOCATION OF THE DRY PIPE VALVE AND AIR COMPRESSOR. COORDINATE WITH THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
229
PIPE OUT TO DRY PIPE SYSTEM
MED COMMANDER
2
J.1
LEGEND PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, .15 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
LIGHT HAZARD, .10 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, .2 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE COVERED STORAGE. OH GRP 2. .2 GPM/SQ. FT OVER 3,900 SQ. FT.
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
1 FX203
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
GSAB HANGAR
222F
FX203-
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
2
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - SECOND FLOOR - AREA C
FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA C
MECHANICAL ROOM
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
D
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
W
222C
MED 1SGT OFFICE
A
FILE NAME:
222A
CONTRACT NO.:
OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM
PLOT DATE:
SECURE STORAGE
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 1:48:00 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
G.3
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
202
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
CORRIDOR
CKD BY: M.T.S.
G.1
DRAWN BY: B.D.E.
10. FIRE HOSE CABINETS ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE A 2 1/2" FIRE HOSE VALVE WITH PRESSURE REGULATING DEVICE AND CAP.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
C
8. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED PER ETL 02-15 IN THE PRESENCE OF THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. SYSTEMS MUST PASS TESTING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
TA-50 LOCKER STORAGE
PLAN NORTH
1/8" = 1'-0"
0
4'
8'
16'
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FX203 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6 GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR IS TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
APPR
2. PROVIDE A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER UFC 3-600-01 FOR ALL ADMINISTRATION AREAS. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
A
3. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER UFC 3-600-01. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
D
4. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE HANGAR BAYS PER ETL 02-15. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 5. PROVIDE A LOW LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PER ETL 02-15. FOAM GENERATORS CAN USE INDOOR AIR AND SHALL BE WATER POWERED. 6.ANY PIPE, APPURENANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS GENERIC. IT IS SHOWN ONLY FOR INTENT. ALL ASPECTS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
9. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPES, APPURTENANCES, EQUIPMENT SPRINKLERS ARE REQUIRED TO WITHSTAND 225 PSIG OF PRESSURE. 10. FIRE HOSE CABINETS ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE A 2 1/2" FIRE HOSE VALVE WITH PRESSURE REGULATING DEVICE AND CAP.
C
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
E HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR E.1 A
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
LEGEND PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, .15 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
LIGHT HAZARD, .10 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, .2 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
FX204-
0
1
4'
8'
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 1:48:16 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
AREA "D"
FX204 DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE COVERED STORAGE. OH GRP 2. .2 GPM/SQ. FT OVER 3,900 SQ. FT.
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
PLAN NORTH
GSAB HANGAR
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
16'
FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA D
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
D
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
DESIGN BY: B.D.E
120
CKD BY: M.T.S.
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
DRAWN BY: B.D.E.
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
12. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF 2 FOAM GENERATORS WITH LIGHTS, FANS, DUCTS, AND SKYLIGHTS. MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO LOCATE FOAM GENERATORS SO THEY ARE NOT DIRECTLY BELOW SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, FANS, AND LIGHTS.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
11. PROVIDE HIGH TEMPERATURE 2 SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.
FILE NAME:
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
B
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
8. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED PER ETL 02-15 IN THE PRESENCE OF THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. SYSTEMS MUST PASS TESTING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
C
DESCRIPTION
7. THE DESIGN SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS AND FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
B
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - SECOND FLOOR - AREA D 1/8" = 1'-0"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FX204 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
7
8
9
3
10
4
11
12
5
GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES:
13
1. CONTRACTOR IS TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
06-06-2014 DATE
A
APPR
2. PROVIDE A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER UFC 3-600-01 FOR ALL ADMINISTRATION AREAS. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 3. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER UFC 3-600-01. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
D
4. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE HANGAR BAYS PER ETL 02-15. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
5. PROVIDE A LOW LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PER ETL 02-15. FOAM GENERATORS CAN USE INDOOR AIR AND SHALL BE WATER POWERED. 6.ANY PIPE, APPURENANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS GENERIC. IT IS SHOWN ONLY FOR INTENT. ALL ASPECTS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 B
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
8. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED PER ETL 02-15 IN THE PRESENCE OF THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. SYSTEMS MUST PASS TESTING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 9. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPES, APPURTENANCES, EQUIPMENT SPRINKLERS ARE REQUIRED TO WITHSTAND 225 PSIG OF PRESSURE.
C
10. FIRE HOSE CABINETS ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE A 2 1/2" FIRE HOSE VALVE WITH PRESSURE REGULATING DEVICE AND CAP. 6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
E.1 A
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR
LEGEND PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, .15 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
0
FX205-
LIGHT HAZARD, .10 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE COVERED STORAGE. OH GRP 2. .2 GPM/SQ. FT OVER 3,900 SQ. FT.
4'
8'
16'
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 1:48:31 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
E
GSAB HANGAR
PLAN NORTH
AREA "E"
FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA E
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
D
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
B
CKD BY: M.T.S. DESIGN BY: B.D.E
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
DRAWN BY: B.D.E.
12. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FOAM GENERATORS WITH LIGHTS, 2 FANS, DUCTS, AND SKYLIGHTS. MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO LOCATE FOAM GENERATORS SO THEY ARE NOT DIRECTLY BELOW SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, FANS, AND LIGHTS.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
C
11. PROVIDE HIGH TEMPERATURE SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SKYLIGHTS. 2 REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.
FILE NAME:
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
DESCRIPTION
7. THE DESIGN SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS AND FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, .2 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
1 FX205
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - SECOND FLOOR - AREA E 1/8" = 1'-0"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FX205 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES:
3 15
4
16
17
5
18
19
1. CONTRACTOR IS TO DESIGN AND PROVIDE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15. 2. PROVIDE A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER UFC 3-600-01 FOR ALL ADMINISTRATION AREAS. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
A
06-06-2014 DATE
D
APPR
3. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE OUTDOOR STORAGE AREA PER UFC 3-600-01. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 4. PROVIDE A DRY PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE HANGAR BAYS PER ETL 02-15. PROVIDE DENSITIES AND AREA COVERAGES PER LEGEND. 5. PROVIDE A LOW LEVEL HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PER ETL 02-15. FOAM GENERATORS CAN USE INDOOR AIR AND SHALL BE WATER POWERED.
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
6.ANY PIPE, APPURENANCES, AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS GENERIC. IT IS SHOWN ONLY FOR INTENT. ALL ASPECTS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
8. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED PER ETL 02-15 IN THE PRESENCE OF THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. SYSTEMS MUST PASS TESTING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
E E.1
A
LEGEND PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, .15 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
LIGHT HAZARD, .10 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, .2 GPM OVER 3000 SQUARE FEET
FX206-
FX206
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - SECOND FLOOR - AREA F 1/8" = 1'-0"
0
4'
8'
16'
6/5/2014 PLOT SCALE: 1:48:46 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR 1
DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE COVERED STORAGE. OH GRP 2. .2 GPM/SQ. FT OVER 3,900 SQ. FT.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
GSAB HANGAR
PLAN NORTH
FIRE PROTECTION - SECOND FLOOR AREA F
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
PER ETL 02-15, SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL MEET .2 GPM OVER REMOTE 5000 SQUARE FEET
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
D
B
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
DESIGN BY: B.D.E
HIGH EXPANSION FOAM GENERATOR. TYPICAL.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
12. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF 2 FOAM GENERATORS WITH LIGHTS, FANS, DUCTS, AND SKYLIGHTS. MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO LOCATE FOAM GENERATORS SO THEY ARE NOT DIRECTLY BELOW SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, FANS, AND LIGHTS.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
C
FILE NAME:
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
CKD BY: M.T.S.
11. PROVIDE HIGH TEMPERATURE 2 SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SKYLIGHTS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
SIZE: 22" x 34"
10. FIRE HOSE CABINETS ARE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. PROVIDE A 2 1/2" FIRE HOSE VALVE WITH PRESSURE REGULATING DEVICE AND CAP.
2 AM. #0002 GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
6" FOAM/WATER FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPE
9. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPES, APPURTENANCES, EQUIPMENT SPRINKLERS ARE REQUIRED TO WITHSTAND 225 PSIG OF PRESSURE.
C
DESCRIPTION
B
DRAWN BY: B.D.E.
7. THE DESIGN SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE USACE TECHNICAL CENTER OF EXPERTISE FOR HANGARS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS AND FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ETL 02-15.
AREA "E"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
FX206 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
M-110-
1.5 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.5 5.1 5.9
H.1 H.2 UP
6.1 6.3 7.2
1" = 20'-0"
C C
D 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
B DESCRIPTION
10
8.5 9.8
11
10.6 12
11.3 11.5 13
12.2
F F.1
J.1 REF.
COMPOSITE HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR
13.1
15
A
13.7 14.3 15.2
G.6
16 17 18
16.1 16.9 17.8 18.6
E E.1
2
2
B G.1
UP UP
J
8.3
A
SHEET OF
CONTRACT NO.:
PLOT DATE: SBMT BY: M.T.S.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
CKD BY: M.T.S. DRAWN BY: C.T.F.
FILE NAME:
89
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
06-06-2014 DATE
D
SIZE: 22" x 34"
7
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 8:19:47 AM 1" = 20'-0"
6
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
5
DESIGN BY: Cory T Fosmer, PE
4
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
3 MTS APPR
4
COMPOSITE HVAC PLAN
G.3 G.4 2
3
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
G
2
GSAB HANGAR
REF.
1
REF. DW
1
REF.
Am #0002
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
OMAHA DISTRICT
19
PLAN NORTH
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
M-110 0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
15.2
16.1
18
16.9
OMAHA DISTRICT
19
17.8
18.6
MTS APPR
14.3
17
PROVIDE MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN RETURN AIR BRANCH DUCTS AND BALANCE TO AIRFLOW LISTED (TYP.)
E E.1 24/20
30/20 ELEV. = 12'-10"
T
12/12
136
600 CFM 6
2
139
C 215
ELEV. = 12'-10"
EF-3 750 CFM
137
5
10/10
T
10/10
B 190
C 245
8ø 700 CFM
40/22
8ø T
12/12
C 160
10/10
C 155
VAV-8
060
VAV-7
PROVIDE 3-WAY CONTROL VALVE ON THIS VAV
6ø
6ø
8/8
10/10
8ø ELEV. = 11'-2"
14/14
VAV-11 8ø
24/16
14/12
HCU-3
16/16 40/24
1" HWS/R
070
8ø
36/20 30/20
ELEV. = 13'-0"
8
10/10
VAV-9
16/16
8ø C 180
2
12/12 12/12
4
T
8ø
10/10
10/10
C 210
8/8
C 200
F0 10/10
141
8ø
8ø
6ø
142
8ø
T
2
VAV-10
VAV-14
8ø
12/12
B 190
12/12
G G.1
8ø
C 190
8ø
132
140
8ø T
CH-11
C
190 CFM
8ø 1
C 185
C 150
B 195
8ø
10/10
C 200
ELEV. = 14'-10"
B 195
10/10
T
8/8
12/12
C 160
8ø
F
10/10
565 CFM C 190
330 CFM
DESCRIPTION
695 CFM
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
12/12 1000 CFM
12/12
EF-6
C
ELEV. = 13'-0"
2" HWS/R
40/24
144
24/16
36/20
40/24
ELEV. = 13'-4"
EPO
VAV-13
1" HWS/R
1" HWS/R
CH-5
P
1.25"HWS/R D 75
UP
1" HWS/R
3/4" CWS/R 3
6ø 8/8
T
8/8
B
EV-2
D 50 6/6 ELEV. = 13'-6"
6ø
D 100
6ø
1 M-402
050 138 6ø
040 T
D 125
D 125
6/6
J J.1
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
8/8
AHU-2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
6/6
ELEV. = 8'-6"
8/8
CONTRACT NO.:
6ø
PLOT DATE:
10/10 D 125
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 8:02:00 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
7
SBMT BY: M.T.S.
D 75
D 125
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
6ø
FCU-2
CKD BY: M.T.S.
ELEV. = 13'-6"
6/6
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
140-1
135
DRAWN BY: C.T.F.
CH-4
3" CWS/R
DESIGN BY: Cory T Fosmer, PE
G.3
FILE NAME:
D
SIZE: 22" x 34"
13.7
16
06-06-2014 DATE
15
A 1
M-113-
2
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR(TYP). PROVIDE INPUT TO ASSOCIATED FAN OR VAV BOX CONTROLLER.
6 PROVIDE AIRFLOW SYSTEMS MODEL 6P008(OR EQUAL) EXHAUST ARM FOR PARTS WASHER STATION.
1/8" = 1'-0" KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR 0
4'
8'
16'
AREA "C"
HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C
MECHANICAL KEYNOTES:
HVAC FLOOR PLAN
PLAN NORTH
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
GSAB HANGAR
PROVIDE MOTORIZED LOW-LEAKAGE DAMPER IN DUCT NEAR LOUVER AS SHOWN ON M-501 (TYP.)
CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR(TYP). MOUNT AT 3-6' A.F.F. AND PROVIDE INPUT TO VAV BOX CONTROLLER.
3
HVAC EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH(TYP). SEE SHEET M-702 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
4
MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER(TYP). PROVIDE AT ALL BRANCH TAKE OFFS.
5
PROVIDE E-Z ARM HIGH FLOW EXTRACTOR(OR EQUAL) WITH WALL BRACKET AND HOOD-MOUNTED CONTROLS AT EACH WORKBENCH.
7 ARMS VAULT FAN COIL UNIT TO BE SUSPENDED FROM ARMS VAULT CEILING. ASSOCIATED EV-2 AND DUCTWORK WILL BE LOCATED ABOVE ARMS VAULT AND SUSPENDED FROM DECK ABOVE. OUTSIDE AIR AND EXHAUST DUCTS TO RUN THRU VAULT CEILING. 8 BUILDING PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATED IN CORRIDOR (BELOW PLENUM). PROVIDE INPUT TO DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR (OMEGA PX274 OR EQUAL). ALSO PROVIDE ENCLOSED OUTSIDE PRESSURE PORT (BAPI ZPS-ACC10 OR EQUAL) AND FIELD LOCATE. PROVIDE INPUT TO DDC.
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
M-113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
GENERAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EG### SHEETS; SEE SHEET EG501 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES)
SUPPLEMENTAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING LEGEND AIR TERMINAL, 12" MINIMUM HEIGHT AIR TERMINAL, 24" MINIMUM HEIGHT
4
5
KEYED LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING NOTES (CONTINUED): (APPLICABLE TO ALL EG### SHEETS)
#
1. THE LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON THE ROLLING SPHERE DESIGN, IS APPROXIMATE, AND IS SUBJECT TO DESIGN VERIFICATION AND APPROVAL BY CONTRACTOR. INSURE THAT DURING INSTALLATION ALL POINTS ARE WITHIN 2'-0" OF OUTSIDE BUILDING EDGE, OUTSIDE CORNERS, AND RIDGE ENDS. THE MAXIMUM SPACING OF PERIMETER TERMINALS DOES NOT EXCEED 20'-0" FOR 12" COPPER AIR TERMINALS AND 25'-0" FOR 24" COPPER AIR TERMINALS. SUBMIT INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE AN UL MASTER LABEL CERTIFIED SYSTEM COORDINATING WITH ACTUAL SUBMITTED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, ROOF INFORMATION, AND ROOFING MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.
7. #1/0 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR FROM ALSE REPAIR SHOP TO COUNTERPOISE.
2. SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN TO ENSURE PROPER CODE COMPLIANCE AND SYSTEM CERTIFICATION BY UL. ANY MAJOR VARIANCE SHALL ENTAIL RESUBMITTAL AND NEW APPROVAL.
10. BOND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM.
8. LOCATE GROUND BAR NEAR TRAILER DISCONNECTS SHOWN IN EP113. CONNECT TO COUNTERPOISE VIA #2 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
Am #0002
9. PROVIDE 2"H CONTINUOUS GROUND BAR AROUND AVIONICS ROOM. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EP504 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT.
3/4" X 10' GROUND ROD
D
06-06-2014 DATE
AIR TERMINAL, 60" MINIMUM HEIGHT
3/4" X 10' GROUND ROD WITH TEST WELL
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY STRUCTURAL MEMBER LOCATIONS.
12. MAINTENANCE SHOP GROUNDING BARS SHALL BE BONDED TO THE COUNTERPOISE SURROUNDING THE BUILDING. BOND METAL PARTS OF SHOP WORKBENCHES AND DESKS TO SHOP GROUND BARS WITH #2 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR. CONNECTIONS TO COUNTERPOISE SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO GENERAL NOTES ON THIS SHEET.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
13. COORDINATE COUNTERPOISE ROUTING WITH WASTE OIL STORAGE BOLLARDS.
6. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF LOOP CONDUCTOR WITH INCOMING UTILITIES. BARE COPPER COUNTERPOISE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 30 INCHES, BURIED BETWEEN 3' AND 8' AWAY FROM THE BUILDING, AND HAVE NO BENDS LESS THAN 90 DEGREES.
14. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EP504. 15. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EP504. 16. SEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET EP504. 17. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP504.
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING POINT, SEE DETAIL 8 ON SHEET EG503. MGB
MAIN GROUND BAR, SEE EG503 FOR SIZE.
TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BAR, SEE EG503 FOR SIZE. TGB GB
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BAR, SEE EG503 FOR SIZE. GROUND BAR, 2" H x 12" W, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUCTOR FROM ROOF CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD, ROUTE CONDUCTOR AROUND GUTTER, PARAPET WALL, AND/OR ROOF EVE AND ALL INCOMING UTILITIES.
18. BOND ROOF LADDER HATCH TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM.
8. ALL CONNECTIONS AND EQUIPMENT BONDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND NFPA 780.
19. SAME AS KEYED NOTE 15 EXCEPT THE DEVICE ORDER SHALL BE REVERSED.
9. LOCATE AIR TERMINALS AS SHOWN. ENSURE THAT ALL POINTS ALONG ROOF EDGE ARE WITHIN 24 INCHES OF OUTSIDE BUILDING EDGE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS.
20. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM.
DESCRIPTION
11. BOND TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING EQUIPMENT TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BOND TO BUILDING STEEL, ELECTRICAL SERVICE, WATER SERVICE AND OTHER PIPING SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70 AND NFPA 780.
21. BOND ROOF LADDER TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM. 10. BOND EXHAUST HOODS AND PIPES TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR. 22. PROVIDE #2 AWG BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR ACROSS TOP OF CANOPY CONNECTED AT BOTH ENDS TO THE LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM TO BOND FUTURE VSAT SUPPORT.
11. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" X 10'-0" CU CLAD STEEL GROUND RODS AT MINIMUM LOCATIONS SHOWN.
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
24. MOUNT GROUND BAR CENTERED DIRECTLY BELOW ANTENNA CONDUITS. CENTER OF GROUND BAR SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH THE CENTER OF ADJACENT ABOVE-COUNTER POWER AND COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES. SEE EP121, EY121, AND TN121.
13. GROUND BARS TO BE ANCHORED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 2'-0". 14. GROUND BARS SHALL BE PRE-DRILLED.
25. MOUNT CENTERED BETWEEN GROMMETS. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. 15. AIR TERMINALS SHALL BE BLUNT TIP TYPE. 26. MOUNT CENTERED ABOVE GROMMET. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. 16. ALL PERIMETER COLUMNS SHALL BE BONDED TO COUNTERPOISE SYSTEM. PERIMETER COLUMN BONDS NOT AT THE LOCATION OF A DOWN CONDUCTOR ARE OMITTED FOR CLARITY. SIZE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON EG601. LOOP CONDUCTOR SHALL HAVE A GROUND ROD AT EACH STRUCTURE CORNER AND INTERMEDIATE COLUMN CONNECTION.
34. MOUNT VSAT GROUND BAR AT A HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MATCHING THE NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS (SEE TN603 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT). GROUND BAR TO BE MOUNTED TO THE PLAN WEST (LEFT SIDE) OF NEMA 3R BOX. BOND TO COUNTERPOSE WITH #6 AWG BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR.
21. SUPPORT EXPOSED ROOF CABLES AS SHOWN IN APPLICABLE DETAILS AT 36" ON CENTER MAXIMUM.
35. ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FLOORING PROVIDED IN THIS ROOM. SEE DETAIL 10 ON SHEET EG503.
22. BOND TO WATER SERVICE, BUILDING STEEL, ELECTRICAL SERVICE, AND OTHER PIPING SYSTEMS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODES.
36. SEE EP115 FOR PEDESTAL FLOOR LOCATION DIMENSIONS, WALL STUB-UP LOCATION FOR CONDUITS, AND CONDUIT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS. SEE FA506 FOR HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL DETAILS.
EG001-
A
1. PROVIDE #1/0 BARE COPPER CONDUCTORS ARRANGED HORIZONTALLY (PLAN EAST-WEST) AND VERTICALLY (PLAN NORTH-SOUTH) A MAXIMUM OF 40 FEET APART ENCOMPASSING THE ENTIRE HANGAR BAY SPACE. SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO AVOID FLOOR TRENCHES AND CONCRETE JOINTS. EACH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONDUCTOR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG ITS ENTIRE LENGTH AND EACH GRID INTERSECTION SHALL BE BONDED USING EXOTHERMIC WELD OR HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION CONNECTION. THE HANGAR GROUNDING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 25 OHMS RESISTANCE TO GROUND. CONNECTIONS TO COUNTERPOISE SHALL BE #1/0 BARE COPPER.
38. BOND WASTE OIL STORAGE TANKS TO COUNTERPOISE WITH BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR IN MINIMUM TWO (2) LOCATIONS PER TANK. SEE DETAIL 8 ON SHEET EG502 FOR SIZE.
2. BOND HANGAR DOOR RAILS TO COUNTERPOSE WITH #1/0 COPPER CONDUCTOR.
40. SEE FIRST FLOOR PLAN CONTINUATION.
3. BARE COPPER GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. SEE SHEET EG601 FOR SIZE.
41. BOND PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS TO COUNTERPOISE OR GROUNDED COLUMN WITH #6 AWG COPPER.
4. SEE SHEET EG601 FOR SIZE.
42. BOND PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS TO HANGAR GROUNDING GRID COUNTERPOISE WITH #6 AWG COPPER.
5. #1/0 BARE COPPER DOWN CONDUCTOR CONNECTING TO BUILDING STEEL. PROVIDE EXOTHERMIC WELDS AT THE CONNECTION POINTS TO THE COLUMN AND THE COUNTERPOISE. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EG501.
43. PROVIDE DEDICATED BOND TO COUNTERPOISE FOR GROUND BAR(S) IN THIS ROOM. DO NOT CONNECT TO GROUND BARS IN OTHER ROOMS
6. #1/0 BARE COPPER DOWN CONDUCTOR. DOWN CONDUCTORS SHALL PENETRATE PARAPET AND BE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. PROVIDE 1" PVC CONDUIT FOR DOWN CONDUCTOR FROM GROUND TO 8' ABOVE GROUND. PARAPET PENETRATIONS SHALL BE WEATHER TIGHT. PROVIDE EXOTHERMIC WELDS AT THE CONNECTION POINTS TO THE COUNTERPOISE. SEE DETAILS 1 AND 10 ON SHEET EG501.
39. BOND OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING CONDUIT (IF PRESENT) TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM AT EACH DOWN CONDUCTOR, CROSS CONDUCTOR LOCATION, AND/OR OBSTRUCTION LIGHT LOCATION. BONDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM CONDUCTOR.
2
44. SEE DETAIL 6 ON SHEET EP504.
2
45. SEE DETAIL 7 ON SHEET EP504.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
37. PER UFC 3-575-01, BOND FRAME OF DOOR IN/ALONG HAZARDOUS AREA WITH MINIMUM #6 AWG TO NEAREST COUNTERPOISE/GROUND GRID SYSTEM AND PROVIDE A FLEXIBLE BRAID BETWEEN DOOR AND DOOR FRAME. AT DOUBLE DOORS, PROVIDE A FLEXIBLE BRAID BETWEEN EACH DOOR AND DOOR FRAME.
KEYED LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EG### SHEETS)
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
#
LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND
20. PENETRATION OPENINGS THROUGH AIR BARRIERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BUILDING AIR BARRIER REQUIREMENTS. CORRECT ALL PENETRATIONS THAT ARE DETERMINED DEFICIENT DURING TESTING. SEE A-180 FOR AIR BARRIER TESTING BOUNDARIES.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
33. BOND VSAT GROUND BAR TO EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE GROUND BAR SYSTEM USING #2 AWG BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
32. MOUNT VSAT GROUND BAR AT A HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MATCHING THE NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS (SEE TN603 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT). GROUND BAR TO BE MOUNTED TO THE PLAN EAST (RIGHT SIDE) OF NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS.
GSAB HANGAR
B
31. BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR FROM MGB TO GROUND BAR IN 204 FLIGHT OPS.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:01:22 AM 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
30. MOUNT GROUND BAR CENTERED DIRECTLY BELOW ANTENNA CONDUITS. SEE CORRESPONDING KEYED NOTE ON SHEET EY112 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT RELATIVE TO ANTENNA JUNCTION BOXES.
19. SHOP GROUND BARS INDICATED WITH KEYED NOTES 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, AND 20 SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED WITH MINIMUM BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR SIZES AS FOLLOWS (INCLUDING ALSE SHOP GROUND BARS ON THE SECOND FLOOR): #1/0 AWG: GROUND BAR TO COUNTERPOISE (GROUND BAR CONNECTION SHALL BE LABELED INDICATING CONNECTION TO COUNTERPOISE) #2 AWG: GROUND BAR TO GROUND BAR BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED AND ROUTED ALONG WALL AT 2'-0" BETWEEN GROUND BARS. BOND THE CONDUCTOR TO EACH STATION/WORKBENCH AT A LEG. ROUTE VERTICALLY AT GROUND BAR LOCATIONS. ROUTE UNDERFLOOR WHEN CONDUCTOR CROSSES A DOOR OR INTO ANOTHER ROOM.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
29. BOND COMMUNICATIONS ANTENNA CONDUITS WITH WEATHERHEAD TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM. THREE (3) CONDUITS AT EACH LOCATION. (SEE EY### SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION)
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
18. EACH TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE LABELED. LABELS SHALL BE LOCATED ON CONDUCTORS AS CLOSE AS PRACTICABLE TO THEIR POINT OF TERMINATION IN A READABLE POSITION. LABELS SHALL BE NONMETALLIC AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TIA 606. SEE DETAIL 9 ON EG503.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
28. EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE GROUND BARS SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED TO EACH OTHER AND TO THE COUNTERPOISE USING #2 BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR. MOUNT EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE GROUND BARS AT 18" A.F.G. TO BOTTOM.
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
17. GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS SHOULD NOT BE PLACED IN FERROUS METALLIC CONDUIT. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO PLACE GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS IN FERROUS METALLIC CONDUIT THAT EXCEEDS 3 FEET IN LENGTH, THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE BONDED TO EACH END OF THE CONDUIT USING A GROUNDING BUSHING OR A #6 AWG CONDUCTOR, MINIMUM.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
27. BOND PEDESTAL TO HANGAR GROUND GRID. BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE HANGAR GROUND GRID (SEE KEYED NOTE 1, THIS SHEET). BOND SHALL BE MADE TO BRONZE BONDING PLATE ON PEDESTAL VERTICAL POST INDICATED ON HANGAR GROUNDING PLAN. SEE EP505 DETAIL 1 NOTES AND FA506 FOR LOCATION OF BONDING PLATE ON VERTICAL POST FOR UTILITY PEDESTAL AND HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL, RESPECTIVELY.
FILE NAME:
C
23. TO TGB IN TELECOM ROOM DIRECTLY ABOVE ON SECOND FLOOR.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
12. MAINTAIN HORIZONTAL OR DOWNWARD COURSING OF MAIN CONDUCTOR AND INSURE THAT ALL BENDS HAVE AT LEAST A 8" RADIUS AND DOES NOT EXCEED 90 DEGREES.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG001 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
EG110-
COMPOSITE GROUNDING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR
3/64" = 1'-0"
A FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EG001. PLAN NORTH
SHEET OF
FIRST FLOOR
B
COMPOSITE GROUNDING PLAN
2 2
2
2 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
C
FILE NAME:
DESCRIPTION
06-06-2014 DATE
D
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
PLOT DATE:
2
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:02:47 AM 3/64" = 1'-0"
2
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
2
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2
CKD BY: S.L.O.
2
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
2 SLO APPR
4
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
3
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
2
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
2 DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
OMAHA DISTRICT
2 2
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG110 0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
D
120-11
120-12
120-13
06-06-2014 DATE
SLO APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
120-14
27
27
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
P2 37
P3
120 1
DESCRIPTION
114
ELECTRICAL ROOM
RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE
JANITORIAL
010
120C
120D
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
VESTIBULE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM
113
5
MAIN TELECOM ROOM
107
108
102
100 C
GB
6
6
GROUNDING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA A
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA A
PLAN NORTH
GROUNDING PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
EG111
6
GSAB HANGAR
1
34
PLOT DATE:
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
104A
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
111
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:33:18 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
112-1 UP
PRODUCTION CONTROL
106C
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
STAIR
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
110B ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
111A 111C
ELEVATOR MECHANICAL ROOM
110
31
4 (TYP)
VESTIBULE
LARS OFFICE
PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE
110A
CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT
B
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE
105A
111B
PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM
104
CORRIDOR
106
TOOL STORAGE
105
23
LOBBY
QA/QC
020
2
23
TGB
MECHANICAL ROOM
CKD BY: S.L.O.
106B
110-1
VESTIBULE
106D
TECHNICAL LIBRARY
ELEVATOR
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
TMGB
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
QA/QC OFFICE
109
106A
TGB
QA/QC SERVICE
SIPRNET ROOM
UP
FILE NAME:
VSAT CLOSET
SIZE: 22" x 34"
CORRIDOR
VESTIBULE
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
103
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EG001.
EG111-
AREA "A"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG111 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
COMSEC STORAGE 132A
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL 2 REPAIR
35 43
132 9
35 43
6
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FILE NAME:
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
6
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
REF.
PLOT DATE:
134
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:35:31 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
133
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
128
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
MED CO UNIT STORAGE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS 118B
AMC UNIT STORAGE
HVY CO UNIT STORAGE
CKD BY: S.L.O.
118D
143
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
118A
102
129B
MEDIVAC STORAGE
126
AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON SECTION
118C
126A
AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON OFFICE
124
ELECTRICAL ROOM
121A
MEDIVAC READINESS
CORRIDOR
GROUNDING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA B
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA B
PLAN NORTH
GROUNDING PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
EG112
30
MEDIVAC SLEEPING ROOM
3
1
GB
CORRIDOR
GSAB HANGAR
6
REF.
118
DW
119
117A
B
BREAK ROOM
MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN
VESTIBULE
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
UP
030
REF.
MGB
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR OFFICE
116
121
115
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR SECTION
MEN
CORRIDOR
WOMEN
117
102
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
CORRIDOR C
12
TGB
131 GB
129A
GB
CORRIDOR
GB
VESTIBULE
GB
44
GB
DESCRIPTION
GB
VSAT CLOSET 44
16
16
GB
44
16
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
GB
GB
15
15
GB
2
GB
2
129D 129C
2
SLO APPR
2
ELECTRICAL ROOM CORRIDOR
127
15
06-06-2014 DATE
127A
129E 23
127B
125
GB
120B
TELECOM ROOM
44
GB
15
120A
VESTIBULE
SPECIAL TOOLS AREA
CH-47 SECURE STORAGE
123
15
114
ELECTRICAL ROOM
122 GB
CH-47 REPAIR SECTION
15
137
CH-47 SECTION OFFICE
CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
GB
44
GB
MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP UH-60 REPAIR SECTION 2 2
15
GB
GB
TGB
GB
120-15
GB
120
GB
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
122B
D
TOOL STORAGE
1
122A
UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE
OMAHA DISTRICT
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EG001.
EG112-
AREA "B"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG112 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
5 GB
44 GB
GB GB 2
STRUCTURAL REPAIR
BLADE REPAIR SHOP
141
142
12
12
GB
44
16
GB
132
15
GB
GB
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR 2
DESCRIPTION
GB
2
44
12
070
GB
44
GB
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN 140
TECH SUPPLY
GB GB
2 GB
139 2
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
12
CORRIDOR
VESTIBULE
143
144
GB
GB UP
44
STAIR
2
33 GB
GB
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
16
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
C
16
16
GB
GB
35 43
GB
060 GB
9
2
16
REF.
GB
GB
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
136
CORRIDOR
GB
GB
44
44
GB
15
44
137
16
GB
GB
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
GB
2
15
GB
16
37
44
(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)
D
GB
GB
GB
GB
44
06-06-2014 DATE
37
140-1
7
6
5
GROUNDING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA C
PLAN NORTH
GROUNDING PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
EG113
5
GSAB HANGAR
1
(TYP)
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
28
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
GB
B
FILE NAME:
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
GB
41
SIZE: 22" x 34"
050
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
040
CONTRACT NO.:
138
PLOT DATE:
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:06:20 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
MECHANICAL ROOM
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
ARMS VAULT
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
41
CKD BY: S.L.O.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
GB
GB
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
135
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EG001.
EG113-
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
SLO APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
D
TA-50 LOCKER STORAGE
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
DESCRIPTION
227
C GB
32
CORRIDOR 202
OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM
MECHANICAL ROOM 229
GB
GB
16
2
MED COMMANDER 222F 7
A KEYPLAN - SECOND FLOOR
SECOND FLOOR AREA C
PLAN NORTH
GROUNDING PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
EG123
GROUNDING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR - AREA C GSAB HANGAR
1
40
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
1 EP423
B 16
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
16
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
15
GB
222E
228 GB
MED 1SGT OFFICE
FILE NAME:
ALSE REPAIR SHOP
SIZE: 22" x 34"
222C
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
STANDARDIZATION OFFICE
CONTRACT NO.:
228A
PLOT DATE:
33
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:06:45 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
DN
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
140-2
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
15
STAIR
CKD BY: S.L.O.
GB
15
GB
222A
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
SECURE STORAGE
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND, GENERAL NOTES, AND KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EG001.
EG123-
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EG123 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EL### SHEETS)
SUPPLEMENTAL LIGHTING LEGEND SYMBOL DENOTES GENERAL TYPE OF LUMINAIRE LUMINAIRE TYPE DESIGNATION (SEE SCHEDULE AND DETAILS) SWITCH DESIGNATION CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION (IF PRESENT)
WALL-MOUNTED PHOTOCELL
43. PHOTOCELL FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. MOUNT FACING NORTH SKY. 11. ALL EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 101 7.8.1.2.2. 44. PROVIDE PLACARD STATING "H-O-A SITE LIGHTING SWITCH IS LOCATED IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM" NEAR THIS LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL.
13. FIXTURES SERVED BY BOTH DIMMING AND EMERGENCY BALLASTS SHALL PROVIDE 100% LIGHT OUTPUT UPON EMERGENCY ACTIVATION. 14. EMERGENCY BALLASTS, DRIVERS, AND INVERTERS SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF ANY LOCAL SWITCHING.
47. PROVIDE CIRCUIT WITH SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE. 16. DO NOT PENETRATE STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, BEAMS, AND TRUSSES. AFIX DEVICES AND RACEWAY WITH BEAM C-CLAMPS, BRACKETS, CLIPS, UNISTRUT, AND OTHER NON-PENETRATING AND NON-ADHESIVE HARDWARE. 17. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SIZES LISTED ARE MINIMUM SIZES. CIRCUITS MAY BE COMBINED INTO COMMON CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RESIZING CONDUITS PER NFPA 70 FILL RATIO REQUIREMENTS.
49. MOUNT 9'-0" A.F.G. TO BOTTOM.
51. MOUNT 10'-0" A.F.G. TO TOP. 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
52. MOUNT DIRECTLY TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURAL MEMBER. 1. COORDINATE PLACEMENT AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH MECHNICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. ADJUST LIGHTING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLED HVAC AND PLUMBING WORK.
53. MANUAL ON/OFF TOGGLE SWITCH IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING (PT) PIT LIGHTING. SEE EL124 FOR BUILDING-MOUNTED PT PIT AREA LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS. SWITCH FACEPLATE AND WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE SHALL BE LABELED "PT PIT LIGHTS".
2. SUSPENSION CABLE LENGTH SHALL BE 1'-6" FROM CEILING. 54. 1500W INVERTER. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT 1HL1-5 THROUGH THIS INVERTER PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING.
56. 1500W INVERTER. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT 1HL3-2 THROUGH THIS INVERTER PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING.
6. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL MATCH POLE-MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING IN MAINTENANCE YARD AREA. FIXTURE SHALL SHARE CIRCUITS WITH MAINTENANCE YARD AREA LIGHTS. SEE ES100A IN VOLUME 1 FOR OTHER FIXTURES ON CIRCUIT AND ES601 IN VOLUME 1 FOR LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE CONTAINING THIS FIXTURE.
57. ROUTE 2-#10, #10G IN 3/4"C FROM 1HL3-2 TO FIXTURES ON THIS CIRCUIT THROUGH EPS-2 PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING. LIGHTS ON THIS CIRCUIT SHALL TURN ON UPON LOSS OF POWER.
7. A CRANE IS MOUNTED FROM UNDERSIDE OF SECOND FLOOR IN THIS SPACE. PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURES SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE CLEARS THE TOP OF CRANE AND SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF FIXTURE IS AS CLOSE TO THE BOTTOM OF BEAM AS POSSIBLE.
58. 1500W INVERTER. ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT 1HL3-12 THROUGH THIS INVERTER PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING.
8. MOUNT 12'-0" A.F.G. TO BOTTOM.
59. ROUTE 2-#10, #10G IN 3/4"C FROM 1HL3-12 TO FIXTURES ON THIS CIRCUIT THROUGH EPS-3 PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING. LIGHTS ON THIS CIRCUIT SHALL TURN ON UPON LOSS OF POWER.
9. MOUNT FIXTURE BELOW STRUCTURAL BEAM AT TYPICAL HEIGHT LISTED FOR FIXTURE OR ROOM. IF BOTTOM OF BEAM IS LOWER THAN TYPICAL HEIGHT, MOUNT TO BOTTOM OF BEAM.
60. MOUNT TO COLUMN FACE. DO NOT PENETRATE COLUMN. ATTACH DEVICES AND RACEWAY WITH NON-PENETRATING BEAM C-CLAMPS, BRACKETS, CLIPS, AND UNISTRUT.
10. SUSPEND FIXTURE WITH SUSPENSION CABLES STRADDLING STRUCTURAL MEMBER OR HVAC DUCT.
61. COORDINATE FINAL FIXTURE LOCATION WITH FOAM GENERATION EQUIPMENT.
11. HIGH BAY FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED BELOW THE BIRD MITIGATION SYSTEM, WHICH IS LOWER THAN BOTTOM OF TRUSSES IN UH-60 HANGAR BAY 120 (APPROX. 36'6" TO 37'-1" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE) AND CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 (APPROX. 42'-8" TO 43'-3" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE), AND ABOVE THE CLEARANCE OF THE BRIDGE CRANES. TYPICAL SPACING DIMENSIONS SHOWN, HOWEVER, DEVIATIONS ALSO SHOWN TO AVOID STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, SKYLIGHTS, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL HANGAR LIGHTING LOCATIONS WITH FINAL LOCATIONS OF FOAM GENERATORS.
A1. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EL503.
12. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF FAA OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING PHOTOCELL. PROVIDE PHOTOCELL THAT ACTIVATES AND DEACTIVATES THE LIGHTING IN COMPLIANCE WITH FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5345-43G. MANUAL CONTROL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE LOCKABLE. PHOTOCELL CONTROL SHALL BE ADJUSTED SUCH THAT OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS WILL TURN ON WHEN THE NORTHERN SKY ILLUMINANCE ON A VERTICAL SURFACE FALLS BELOW 60 FOOTCANDLES (BUT BEFORE REACHING 35 FOOTCANDLES) AND SHALL TURN OFF WHEN THE NORTHERN SKY ILLUMINANCE RISES TO A LEVEL NOT MORE THAN 60 FOOTCANDLES. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING WITH PARAPET LOCATION.
A2. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EL503. A3. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EL503. A4. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET EL503.
13. HORIZONTAL CONDUIT RUNS INSIDE A FENCED AREA (INCLUDING NON-FENCED PERIMETER SUCH AS CMU OR PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS INSIDE TOOL STORAGE CAGES) SHALL BE AT A MINIMUM 8'-0" A.F.F. (ABOVE THE POTENTIAL SHELF HEIGHT). VERTICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED DIRECTLY DOWN AT DEVICE LOCATIONS. WHERE POSSIBLE, ROUTE CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR OF FENCE AND MAINTAIN 8'-0' A.F.F. MINIMUM ELEVATION FOR HORIZONTAL RUNS.
A5. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EL503.
14. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" TO BOTTOM. MOUNT 0'-6" ON CENTER FROM RECEPTACLE TOWARD THE CAGE DOOR.
B1. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EL504.
h
HANGAR BAY OCCUPANCY SENSOR MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF TRUSSES; DUAL TECHNOLOGY.
DS a
DAYLIGHT SENSOR, CEILING- OR PENDANT-MOUNTED. "a" DENOTES CONTROL SWITCH DESIGNATION.
DS a
DAYLIGHT SENSOR, WALL- OR SKYLIGHT WELL-MOUNTED. "a" DENOTES CONTROL SWITCH DESIGNATION.
17. MOUNT FIXTURE TO UNDERSIDE OF CAGE FENCE CEILING. SWITCH SHALL BE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR OF CAGE TO MAXIMIZE INTERIOR STORAGE SPACE. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY.
LCP
LIGHTING CONTROL CABINET.
18. ELEVATOR PIT LIGHTS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO LESS THAN 4'-0" ABOVE PIT FLOOR. ASSOCIATED LIGHT SWITCH SHALL BE MOUNTED ON WALL INSIDE THE HOISTWAY ADJACENT TO THE TOP OF THE PIT LADDER.
EPS
EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM FOR EGRESS LIGHTING BATTERY INVERTER SET.
19. MOUNT 10'-0" A.F.G. TO BOTTOM.
15. LOW VOLTAGE H-O-A SITE LIGHTING SWITCH. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT ALSO ON THIS WALL (SEE SHEET EP412).
B2. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EL504.
16. EXIT SIGN IS TO BE INTEGRAL TO THE HANGAR DOOR ASSEMBLY. COORDINATE WITH HANGAR DOOR MANUFACTURER.
20. FIXTURE SHALL BE CENTERED ABOVE DOOR(S).
B3. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EL504. C1. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EL505. C2. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EL505.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR.
5. SUSPENSION CABLE LENGTH SHALL BE 12'-6" FROM CEILING.
CONTRACT NO.:
ELECTRONIC MULTI-SCENE DIMMING SWITCH CONTROL FOR LIGHTING. "M" INDICATED MASTER OR PRIMARY CONTROL, "S" INDICATED SLAVE OR SECONDARY CONTROL.
55. ROUTE 2-#10, #10G IN 3/4"C FROM 1HL1-5 TO FIXTURES ON THIS CIRCUIT THROUGH EPS-1 PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHING. LIGHTS ON THIS CIRCUIT SHALL TURN ON UPON LOSS OF POWER.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:07:17 AM 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
2
4. SUSPENSION CABLE LENGTH SHALL BE 8'-9" FROM CEILING.
PLOT DATE:
3. SUSPENSION CABLE LENGTH SHALL BE 5'-0" FROM CEILING.
FILE NAME:
KEYED LIGHTING NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EL### SHEETS)
SIZE: 22" x 34"
#
DUAL TECHNOLOGY (ULTRASONIC AND PASSIVE INFRARED) LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
B
48. TROPHY CASE LIGHTING, SEE SHEET A-464. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY.
50. MOUNT 12'-6" A.F.G. TO TOP.
DUAL TECHNOLOGY (ULTRASONIC AND PASSIVE INFRARED) LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WALL MOUNTED AT 7'-6" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
OS
46. BOND OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING CONDUIT (IF PRESENT) TO LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM AT EACH DOWN CONDUCTOR, CROSS CONDUCTOR LOCATION, AND/OR OBSTRUCTION LIGHT LOCATION. BONDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM CONDUCTOR.
15. EXTERIOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS (INCLUDING THOSE LOCATED IN EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE) SHALL BE RATED FOR WET CONDITIONS.
DIGITAL TIME SWITCH WITH MANUAL-ON/TIMED-OFF OPERATION AND MANUAL-OFF OVERRIDE. TIME-OUT SETTING SHALL BE SET FOR 30 MINUTES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
OS
45. LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP). FACP TO PROVIDE SIGNAL TO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE LOCAL CONTROLS AND ACTIVATE EGRESS LIGHTING WHILE FIRE ALARM AND/OR MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS ARE IN ALARM STATE. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES. COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
DESCRIPTION
12. PENETRATION OPENINGS THROUGH AIR BARRIERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BUILDING AIR BARRIER REQUIREMENTS. CORRECT ALL PENETRATIONS THAT ARE DETERMINED DEFICIENT DURING TESTING. SEE A-180 FOR AIR BARRIER TESTING BOUNDARIES. SEE ARCHITECTURE FOR SEALING PENETRATIONS.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
ST
42. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT CONTROL PACKAGE WHICH INCLUDES A POWER PACK, DAYLIGHT SENSOR, AND CONTROLLER THAT ALLOWS MANAGEMENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM THROUGH DRY CONTACT CLOSURE OUTPUTS. MOUNT 6 TO 8 FEET FROM WINDOW, CENTRALLY LOCATED. DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL MAINTAIN 40 FOOTCANDLES. ADJUST SETTINGS IN FIELD AS REQUIRED. CONNECT SENSOR TO LIGHTS SHOWN WITHIN DASHED LINES (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS).
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
SOS
10. REFER TO SHEET EL501 FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES. ROOMS NOT LISTED IN THE LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES ARE CONTROLLED LOCALLY AND ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES.
OMAHA DISTRICT
CKD BY: S.L.O.
DM DS
9. LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE CONTROLLED BY SWITCHING DEVICE WITHIN SAME ROOM OR AREA, UON.
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
C
34. BRIDGE CRANE SUPPORT BEAM. DO NOT MOUNT DEVICES TO THIS BEAM.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
SLV
SINGLE POLE 20A SWITCH. SUBSCRIPT (WHERE PRESENT) DENOTES THE FOLLOWING: '3' THREE-WAY SWITCH. '4' FOUR-WAY SWITCH. 'a' SWITCH CONTROLLING MATCHING LETTERED FIXTURES (TYPICAL, SINGLE LOWER CASE LETTERS). 'p' PILOT LIGHT SWITCH. WEATHERPROOF (GASKETED) SWITCH. 'wp' 'bi' BI-LEVEL SWITCH. PROVIDE TWO TOGGLE SWITCHES SIDE BY SIDE IN A SHARED JUNCTION BOX. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND KEYED NOTES ON PLANS INDICATING SWITCHED BALLAST DESIGNATIONS PER FIXTURE ("a" or "b"). 'D' DIMMER SWITCH. 'K' KEYED SWITCH. COORDINATE KEYING WITH FORT CARSON DPW. LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH. SUBSCRIPT (WHERE PRESENT) DENOTES THE FOLLOWING: 'D' ELECTRONIC MULTI-SCENE DIMMING SWITCH. 'mc' MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCH. LETTER (WHERE PRESENT) DENOTES SWITCH CONTROLLING MATCHING LETTERED FIXTURES. '050' RELAY SWITCH. LOWER CASE LETTER (WHERE PRESENT) IDENTIFIES SWITCH WITH RELAYS. 'a' RELAY SWITCH. LOWER CASE LETTER (WHERE PRESENT) IDENTIFIES SWITCH WITH RELAYS. 'K(##)' KEYED SWITCH. COORDINATE KEYING WITH FORT CARSON DPW. "(##)" INDICATES ZONE CONTROLLED.
KEYED LIGHTING NOTES (CONTINUED): (APPLICABLE TO ALL EL### SHEETS)
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
Sa
5
2. PLACE G8 FIXTURES ON UNDERSIDE OF EACH CABINET SECTION 16" OR MORE ABOVE THE COUNTERTOP LEVEL. MAXIMIZE FIXTURE LENGTH TO CABINET SECTION WIDTH. 35. SEE FIRST FLOOR PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING INFORMATION APPLICATION TO THIS SPACE. COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH CABINETMAKER TO CONCEAL FIXTURE. 36. SEE SECOND FLOOR OR UPPER HANGAR PLAN (AS APPLICABLE) FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING INFORMATION APPLICATION TO THIS SPACE. 3. G8 SWITCH SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE BACKSPLASH. 37. SERVICE COUNTER, UNDERCABINET LIGHT FIXTURES, OVER-SINK DOWNLIGHTS AND ASSOCIATED SWITCHES SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO EMCS VIA LIGHTING 4. COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF LIGHTING FIXTURES IN MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS WITH THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF PIPES, DUCTS CONTROL SYSTEM. AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FOR BEST ARRANGEMENT. FIXTURES SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR RELAMPING. 38. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT CONTROL PACKAGE WHICH INCLUDES A POWER PACK, DAYLIGHT SENSOR, AND CONTROLLER THAT ALLOWS MANAGEMENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM THROUGH DRY CONTACT CLOSURE OUTPUTS. MOUNT 6 TO 8 FEET FROM WINDOW, CENTRALLY LOCATED. DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL MAINTAIN 5. LIGHT SWITCHES SHOWN SIDE-BY-SIDE ON THE PLANS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A SINGLE MULTI-GANG BOX. 30 FOOTCANDLES. ADJUST SETTINGS IN FIELD AS REQUIRED. CONNECT SENSOR TO LIGHTS SHOWN WITHIN DASHED LINES (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS). 6. CIRCUIT EXIT SIGNS TO NEAREST LIGHTING CIRCUIT USING UNSWITCHED PHASE LEG. 39. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. 7. OCCUPANCY SENSOR LAYOUT IS CONCEPTUAL ONLY AND IS SHOWN FOR CLARITY ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE ACTUAL QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITHIN EACH ROOM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. 40. IN ADDITION TO LIGHTING CONTROLS SHOWN, PROVIDE A LUMINAIRE CONTROL MODULE PER FIXTURE IN THIS AREA/CIRCUIT (EXCLUDING EXIT SIGNS). THE LUMINAIRE CONTROL MODULE WILL ENABLE EACH BALLAST OR LED FIXTURE TO BE INDIVIDUALLY ADDRESSABLE AND PROVIDE AN INTERFACE BETWEEN THE BALLAST OR FIXTURE 8. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL HAVE MULTIPLE OUTPUTS SUITABLE FOR USE WITH VAV BOXES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH HVAC CONTROLS AND HAVE AND THE LIGHTING CONTROL COMMUNICATION NETWORK. A CONTACT FROM THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS AVAILABLE AS NECESSARY. IN ADDITION TO ANY OUTPUTS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING CONTROL, THE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL PROVIDE A DRY CONTACT OUTPUT RATED AT 1A AT 24 VAC OR A SNVT OUTPUT. 41. SWITCHES AT THIS LOCATION (OR IN THIS SPACE AS APPLICABLE) SHALL BE PROTECTED IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE.
WALL-MOUNTED (LEFT) AND CEILING-MOUNTED (RIGHT) EXIT SIGNS. HATCHING INDICATED ILLUMINATED SIDE(S). ARROW(S) INDICATES CHEVRON DIRECTION(S) FOR EGRESS. PC
#
1. RACEWAYS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING/BONDING CONDUCTOR. RACEWAY SHALL NOT BE USE AS GROUNDING/BONDING PATH.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES D
4
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
A2 LP1-1,a
3
SLO APPR
2
06-06-2014 DATE
1
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Am #0002
D1. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EL506.
21. SUSPEND 14'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM.
23. SUSPEND 12'-0" A.F.F. TO TOP.
D2. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EL506. D3. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EL506.
26. PROVIDE DAYLIGHT CONTROL PACKAGE WHICH INCLUDES A POWER PACK, DAYLIGHT SENSOR, AND CONTROLLER THAT ALLOWS MANAGEMENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM THROUGH DRY CONTACT CLOSURE OUTPUTS. DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL MAINTAIN 10 FOOTCANDLES. ADJUST SETTINGS IN FIELD AS REQUIRED. CONNECT SENSOR TO LIGHTS SHOWN WITHIN DASHED LINES (WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS),
A
27. LOCATE KEYED SWITCH ADJACENT TO PANELBOARD. SEE COORDINATING POWER (EP) SHEET FOR PANELBOARD LOCATION.
D4. THIS ROOM/AREA IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET EL506.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
2
25. PHYSICAL TRAINING (PT) PIT LIGHTING. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL MATCH POLE-MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING IN PARKING LOT AREA. CIRCUIT IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL MODULES. PROVIDE LOCAL SWITCHING ONLY. SEE EL111 FOR ON/OFF TOGGLE SWITCH LOCATION. SEE ES601 IN VOLUME 1 FOR LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE CONTAINING THIS FIXTURE. UNLIKE THE REST OF THIS AREA LIGHTING TYPE (WHICH ARE DUAL CIRCUIT FOR BI-LEVEL OPERATION), THIS SPECIFIC FIXTURE SHALL SHALL ONLY HAVE ONE INPUT CIRCUIT THAT TURNS ALL LED MODULES ON/OFF.
GSAB HANGAR
24. SUSPEND 11'-0" A.F.F. TO TOP.
28. OF THE TWO BALLASTS FOR THIS FIXTURE, THE STAIR OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL TURN OFF THE BALLAST CONTROLLING THE OUTSIDE FIXTURES WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING STAIRS. 29. FIXTURES IN THIS SPACE TO BE MOUNTED HALFWAY BETWEEN BEAMS.
LIGHTING NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND
22. SUSPEND 11'-6" A.F.F. TO TOP.
30. SKYLIGHT WELL. HIGH BAY FIXTURE LOCATIONS ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN OR DIRECTLY BELOW SKYLIGHT WELL. 31. TO LIGHT FIXTURES ON OTHER FLOOR OF SAME STAIRWELL.
EL001-
32. WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN TO BE LOCATED BELOW STAIRS WITH BOTTOM OF FIXTURE NO LOWER THAN TOP OF THE INTERMEDIATE LANDING. 33. LOCATION OF PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) RACK. PA SYSTEM TO PROVIDE SIGNAL TO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TO OVERRIDE MEDIVAC LOCAL CONTROLS AND LIGHTING DURING AND AFTER "EMERGENCY" PUBLIC ADDRESS MESSAGE. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES. COORDINATE WITH PA SYSTEM.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EL001 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
SUPPLEMENTAL POWER LEGEND G
3
4
5
GENERAL POWER NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EP### SHEETS) 1. ALL WIRING SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 70-2011, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
SIMPLEX NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE. MH = 18", UON. DUPLEX/QUAD NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE. MH = 18", UON. RECEPTACLES IN REPAIR BAYS AND MAINTENANCE AREAS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 24" TO BOTTOM, UON. SUBSCRIPTS ADJACENT TO RECEPTACLES SHALL DENOTE THE FOLLOWING:
SEE EP002 FOR POWER KEYED NOTES. 2. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON THE EXTERIOR OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES AS FOLLOWS: DEVICE ID, DEVICE RATING, AND POWER SOURCE. PROVIDE LABEL INDICATING "ARC FLASH HAZARD". PROVIDE ARC FAULT DATA FOR FORT CARSON DPW. DO NOT LABEL ENCLOSURES WITH ARC FAULT DATA.
"AC" RECEPTACLE IS TO BE LOCATED ABOVE COUNTERTOP. SEE EP501 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
Am #0002
3. MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT WILL BE 3/4" FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND 1" CONDUITS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS.
D
06-06-2014 DATE
4. MINIMUM SIZE POWER CONDUCTORS TO BE USED SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. "AFI" RECEPTACLE IS ON A CIRCUIT PROTECTED WITH AN AFI ARCFAULT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
5. ALL PRINTERS, FAXES, COPIERS, PLOTTERS, AND SHREDDERS SHALL BE CONNECTED ON THEIR OWN DEDICATED CIRCUIT.
"EWC" ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC). COORDINATE RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT/LOCATION WITH EWC INSTALLER. PROVIDE GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CIRCUITS SERVING EWC RECEPTACLES.
6. POWER SUPPLIES FOR VAV BOXES SHALL FEED A MAXIMUM OF 6 VAV BOXES. 7. METAL CLAD (MC) CABLE APPLICATION: - MC CABLE MAY BE USED IN LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. - MC CABLE MAY BE USED IN RECEPTACLE BRANCH CIRCUITS. - MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED IN CIRCUITS WITH THREE PHASE LOADS. - MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED IN FEEDERS BETWEEN MCC'S, PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, AND TRANSFORMERS.
"G" GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFCI). "TV" TELEVISION RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE MOUNTING WITH TV OUTLET LOCATION. SEE EP501 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT.
8. POWER/COMMUNICATIONS SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS: - PROVIDE 2" BETWEEN MC CABLE RUNNING IN PARALLEL WITH A COMMUNICATIONS WIREWAY. - CROSSOVERS BETWEEN MC CABLES AND COMMUNICATIONS WIREWAYS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO EACH OTHER WITH THE MC CABLE ROUTED BELOW COMMUNICATIONS WIREWAY.
"WP" DENOTES UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION & WHILE-IN-USE COVER. WEATHER PROOF RECEPTACLES SHALL ALSO BE GFCI RECEPTACLES.
10. MOUNT OUTLET BOXES SO THAT NONE OCCUR RECESSED BACK TO BACK IN WALLS. 11. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE EVEN IF NOT INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. DISCONNECTS ARE SHOWN AT OR ON A WALL NEAR ANTICIPATED EQUIPMENT LOCATION. LOCATE DISCONNECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70. PROVIDE LOCKABLE DISCONNECT WHERE DICTATED PER NFPA 70 ARTICLE 450.14 FOR REMOTE LOCATIONS.
"X" UL LISTED FOR CLASS I, DIVISION II HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS. +12" MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MEASURED TO BOTTOM (OR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AS APPLICABLE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS). IF NO MOUNTING HEIGHT IS INDICATED ON PLANS (EITHER BY THIS NOTE OR BY KEYED NOTE), MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON EP501.
14. WHERE CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE SHOWN ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL DEVICES, WIRING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND/OR REQUIREMENTS. 15. ALL WIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS EXPLICITLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE RUN IN ANY UL RATED SLAB.
RECESSED FLOOR RECEPTACLE
16. REVISE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON AS-BUILT-DRAWING AND PANEL DIRECTORIES TO REFLECT FINAL INSTALLATION CONDITIONS.
SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. MH = 36" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, UON. SEE EP505 FOR NEMA CONFIGURATIONS ON HANGAR UTILITY PEDESTALS. FOR OTHER SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES, SEE KEYED NOTES FOR ASSOCIATED NEMA CONFIGURATION(S).
COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT. OVERHEAD DOOR CONTROL STATION WITH OPEN, CLOSE, AND CANCEL PUSH BUTTONS. MH = 36", UON. SM
A
24. RACEWAYS CROSSING STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS OR SEISMIC JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUITABLE EXPANSION FITTINGS OR OTHER SUITABLE MEANS TO COMPENSATE FOR THE BUILDING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AND TO PROVIDE FOR CONTINUITY OF GROUNDING. 25. RECEPTACLES THAT HAVE GFCI PROTECTION ARE TO BE WIRED SUCH THAT THE LOSS OF POWER ON ONE RECEPTACLE DOES NOT AFFECT DOWNSTREAM RECEPTACLES.
MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH. 26. JUNCTION BOXES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT LOCATED ON PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED.
CB 30/3/1
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER. "30" DENOTES THE AMPERE RATING. "3" DENOTES THE NUMBER OF POLES. "1" DENOTES THE ENCLOSURE'S NEMA RATING.
EEWS
EMERGENCY EYEWASH STATION WITH HORN AND STROBE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PLUMBING PLANS. EXHAUST DAMPER (SEE MECHANICAL) INTAKE DAMPER (SEE MECHANICAL) DELUGE VALVE RELEASE PANEL (SEE FIRE ALARM) FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (SEE FIRE ALARM) FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (SEE FIRE ALARM) AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT (SEE FIRE ALARM) FIRE ALARM TRANSCEIVER (SEE FIRE ALARM) DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (SEE MECHANICAL) JAVA APPLICATION CONTROL ENGINE (SEE MECHANICAL)
ED ID DVRP FACP FSCP ACU FAT DDC JACE
23. PROVIDE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS. ALL RACEWAYS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING/BONDING CONDUCTOR. RACEWAY SHALL NOT BE USE AS GROUNDING/BONDING PATH.
28. TELECOM RACK DEDICATED POWER OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED TO RACKS IN LOWER LEFT AS FACING THE REAR OF RACK. 29. EACH PULL ROPE SHALL BE LABELED WITH A UNIQUE IDENTIFIER TAGGED ON EACH END. THE USER END OF THE PULL ROPE SHALL ALSO INDICATE THE SOURCE LOCATION AND VICE VERSA. 30. PENETRATION OPENINGS THROUGH AIR BARRIERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE BUILDING AIR BARRIER REQUIREMENTS. CORRECT ALL PENETRATIONS THAT ARE DETERMINED DEFICIENT DURING TESTING. SEE A-180 FOR AIR BARRIER TESTING BOUNDARIES. SEE ARCHITECTURE FOR SEALING PENETRATIONS. 31. DO NOT PENETRATE STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, BEAMS, AND TRUSSES. ATTACH DEVICES AND RACEWAY WITH BEAM C-CLAMPS, BRACKETS, CLIPS, UNISTRUT, AND OTHER NON-PENETRATING AND NON-ADHESIVE HARDWARE. 32. COORDINATE POWER RECEPTACLES WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS. SPACING SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 12" CENTER TO CENTER. 33. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SIZES LISTED ARE MINIMUM SIZES. CIRCUITS MAY BE COMBINED INTO COMMON CONDUIT. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RESIZING CONDUITS PER NFPA 70 FILL RATIO REQUIREMENTS.
EP001-
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:07:39 AM 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
27. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EXPOSED DRY AREAS WITH COMPESSION FITTINGS. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. EXPOSED OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE CAST METAL WITH THREADED FITTINGS AND COVERS THAT FIT FLUSH WITH THE EDGES OF THE OUTLET BOXES.
POWER GENERAL NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND
MOTOR STARTER.
22. THE INTERRUPTING RATING OF THE PANELBOARDS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE RATING WHERE THERE IS NOT A RATING THAT IS EQUAL TO THE EQUIPMENTS LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
B
21. PROVIDE SEPARATE NEUTRALS FOR EACH CIRCUIT UTILIZING A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR (DO NOT COMBINE NEUTRALS).
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
30/3/NF/1
MOTOR DISCONNECT/SAFETY SWITCH. "30" DENOTES THE AMPERE RATING. "3" DENOTES THE NUMBER OF POLES. "NF" DENOTES NON-FUSED ("F" DENOTES FUSED; FUSE RATINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS). "1" DENOTES THE ENCLOSURE'S NEMA RATING.
20. FOR DISCONNECT SWITCH AND MOTOR STARTER LABELS, THE TOP LINE SHALL BE THE NAME/DESIGNATION OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING FED BY THE SWITCH/STARTER.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
JUNCTION BOX, RECESSED FLOOR MOUNTED.
19. LOCATE ALL RACEWAYS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH DUCTS, PIPES, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DOORS (INCLUDING OVERHEAD COILING DOORS), WITH REMOVAL OF CEILING TILES, OR WITH ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT WHICH REQUIRES PERIODIC ADJUSTMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
J
2
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
JUNCTION BOX, WALL MOUNTED. MH = 1'-6" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM, UON.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
J
18. COMPONENTS WHICH CONSTITUTE AN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS FOR USE WITH ALL OTHER COMPONENTS WITHIN THE SYSTEM. (ONE EXAMPLE OF AN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IS THE BUILDING LIGHTING SYSTEM COMPRISED OF FIXTURES, LAMPS, SWITCHES, BALLASTS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, AND DIMMING EQUIPMENT).
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
JUNCTION BOX, CEILING MOUNTED.
17. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS OR FIRE WALLS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE FIRE AND ACOUSTIC RATINGS OF THE WALLS AND FLOORS.
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
J
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
13. CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZES ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH THWN INSULATION IN EMT CONDUIT. CIRCUIT BREAKERS, TERMINALS, ETC. SHALL BE RATED AND MARKED FOR 75 DEGREES MINIMUM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST CONDUIT SIZES BASED ON ACTUAL TYPE OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT INSTALLED.
20A RECEPTACLE. SUBSCRIPTS ADJACENT TO RECEPTACLES SHALL DENOTE THE FOLLOWING: "C" DENOTES DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR CEILING PROJECTOR. PROVIDE WITH WHITE FACEPLATE MOUNTED ON UNDERSIDE OF CEILING TILE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CEILING PROJECTOR INSTALLER.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
C
12. MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. HOWEVER, COMBINATION DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND MOTOR STARTERS MAY BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF PROVIDING SEPARATE DEVICES.
GSAB HANGAR
C
DESCRIPTION
9. MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN EP501 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. "WAP" DENOTES RECEPTACLE FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH WIRELESS ACCESS POINT SHOWN ON TELECOMMUNICATIONS PLANS (TN SERIES).
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP001 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
#
3
KEYED POWER NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL EP### SHEETS) 1. WALL-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EP503. 2. PROVIDE 2-#12, 1-#12G IN 3/4"C FROM BRANCH CIRCUIT INDICATED TO MOTORIZED SCREEN AT CONTROL UNIT ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 44" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM U.O.N. FOR UP/STOP/DOWN CONTROLLER PROVIDED WITH SCREEN. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN CONTROLLER AND CONTROL UNIT.
4
#
5
KEYED POWER NOTES (CONTINUED): (APPLICABLE TO ALL EP### SHEETS). 48. DISHWASHER RECEPTACLE SHALL BE LOCATED IN UNDERCOUNTER CABINET ADJACENT TO DISHWASHER. RECEPTACLE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED DIRECTLY BEHIND DISHWASHER. 49. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING OR DATA CABLE FROM FAN CONTROL PANEL TO FAN CONTROL SWITCH PER MANUFACTURER. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR CONTROL PANEL AND CONTROL SWITCH LOCATIONS.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
3. AIRCRAFT SERVICE POINT PEDESTAL. SEE DETAILS ON SHEETS EP505 AND EP506. SLO APPR
50. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT A LOCATION SUCH THAT IT IS ACCESSIBLE WHILE UNIT IS IN USE. 4. MOUNT ADJACENT TO VOLUME CONTROL.
D
6. COORDINATE DDC AND JACE PANEL LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION TYPES WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLS MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED IF CONTRACTOR CHANGES THE CONFIGURATION AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT. CIRCUITS SHALL BE POWERED FROM THE NEAREST 120/208V MECHANICAL PANEL (#LM#). EACH DDC AND JACE PANEL SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED CIRCUIT.
51. PROVIDE 3#10,#10G IN 3/4"C TO 30A/3/NF/1 DISCONNECT. MOUNT DISCONNECT 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM ON STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT (SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP503) WHERE SHOWN AWAY FROM WALL.
06-06-2014 DATE
5. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX WITH COMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS (TN###). POWER AND COMM SHALL SHARE THE SAME FLOOR BOX.
52. PROVIDE 3#12,#12G IN 3/4"C TO 30A/3/NF/1 DISCONNECT. MOUNT DISCONNECT 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM ON STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT (SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP503). 53. PROVIDE 3#8,#10G IN 3/4"C TO 60A/3/NF/1 DISCONNECT. MOUNT DISCONNECT 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM ON STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT (SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP503).
7. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF CEILING PROJECTOR RECEPTACLES WITH THE PROJECTOR INSTALLER.
9. PROVIDE CRANE POWER DISCONNECT. SEE SHEETS EP601 AND EP602 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO OVERHEAD POWER RAILS. 10. PROVIDE LOCKABLE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A PERMANENT MEANS OF LOCKIING IN THE "OFF" POSITION. SEE EP602 AND EP604 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. ALL RECEPTACLES AND CONNECTORS IN THIS ROOM SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 24" AFF TO BOTTOM MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL DISCONNECTS IN THIS 2 ROOM SHALL BE MOUNTED AT MINIMUM 36" AFF TO BOTTOM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. IF DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED ON SHEET EP501 EXCEED THE HEIGHTS LISTED IN THIS KEYED NOTE AND A DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHT IS NOT INDICATED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN THE MOUNTING HEIGHT LISTED ON SHEET EP501. 12. PROVIDE NEMA L14-60R RECEPTACLE, NEMA L14-60P PLUG, AND 3#1,#8G IN 1-1/4"C FOR THE OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. 13. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EP504. 14. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EP504. 15. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EP504. 16. SEE DETAIL 4 ON SHEET EP504. 17. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP504. 18. MOUNT IN CASEWORK. TOP OF JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 2" FROM UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER.
54. RECEPTACLE TO BE LOCATED UNDER COUNTER. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX 1'-10" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. CIRCUIT SHALL SHARE 1" CONDUIT WITH RECEPTACLES IN CHARGING CABINET AND OTHER UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES. EACH CIRCUIT SHALL CONTAIN SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR. LOCATE RECEPTACLES HALFWAY BETWEEN COUNTER GROMMETS. 55. RECEPTACLE TO BE LOCATED UNDER COUNTER. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX 2'-6" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. CIRCUIT SHALL SHARE 1" CONDUIT WITH RECEPTACLES IN CHARGING CABINET AND OTHER UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES. EACH CIRCUIT SHALL CONTAIN SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR. LOCATE RECEPTACLES HALFWAY BETWEEN COUNTER GROMMETS. 56. THREE (3) DIGITAL CLOCKS. RECESS MOUNT JUNCTION BOXES 7'-6" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. LOCATE MIDDLE JUNCTION BOX CENTERED ABOVE MARKER BOARD. SPACE JUNCTION BOXES 2'-0" ON CENTER. 57. PROVIDE LOCKABLE 30A, 240V NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR ELEVATOR CAR POWER. PROVIDE 2-#10, 1-#10G IN 3/4"C FROM DESIGNATED CIRCUIT TO ELEVATOR CAR TERMINAL IN ROOM THROUGH THIS DISCONNECT. DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A PERMANENT MEANS OF LOCKIING IN THE "OFF" POSITION. 58. MOUNT WAP RECEPTACLE ON FACE OF GIRDER IMMEDIATELY ABOVE TOP OF PRECAST WAINSCOT (TOP OF PRECAST WAINSCOT IS APPROX. 10'-0"). COORDINATE WITH TELECOM PLANS. DESCRIPTION
8. PROVIDE 3P, 100A, FUSED, NEMA 3R DISCONNECT SWITCH AND CROUSE-HINDS AR642-S22 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) . PROVIDE 3-#1, 1-#1N, #8G IN 1-1/2" C TO THE LINE SIDE OF THE DISCONNECT. DISCONNECT SWITCH MH = 48" AFG TO TOP. CONNECTOR TO BE MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF DISCONNECT. PROVIDE 100A FUSES. FINAL FUSE SIZE AND RECEPTACLE TYPE SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE COR.
59. PROVIDE NEMA 14-50R RECEPTACLE AND 3#4,#8G IN 1-1/4"C FOR RANGE/OVEN. 60. PROVIDE 2#4,#4G IN 1"C TO 010 FSCP, 010 DVRP-120 FOAM, AND 010 DVRP-120/130 SPRINKLER FROM FAFS IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. COORDINATE PRESENCE OF DVRP EQUIPMENT WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 61. PROVIDE 2#2,#2G IN 1-1/4"C TO 060 FSCP AND 060 DVRP-130 FOAM FROM FAFS IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. COORDINATE PRESENCE OF DVRP EQUIPMENT WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR.
19. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 3'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM.
21. 120V DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO ICIDS RAD-C PANEL. REFER TO SHEET EY501 DETAIL 3 FOR ROUGH-IN.
C
22. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH HANGAR DOOR MANUFACTURER. 23. 30/3/NF/4 DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR HANGAR DOOR POWER AND CONTROLS AS IDENTIFIED BY THE DOOR MANUFACTURER. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF SWITCH. EXTEND 3#10,#10G IN 3/4"C TO J-BOX AT TROLLEY. LEAVE 20' SLACK CABLE IN EACH CONDUIT AT J-BOX FOR CONNECTION TO DOOR BY MANUFACTURER.
62. PROVIDE 2#6,#6G IN 3/4"C TO EACH 100 LOC, 100 FAA, 129C LOC, 143 LOC, 143 FAA, AND 229 LOC REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES FROM FAFS IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. SEE NOTES ON FA001 AND FIRE ALARM RISER AND COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS. 63. PROVIDE 2#4,#4G IN 1"C TO 120 LOC REMOTE POWER SUPPLY AND 130 LOC REMOTE POWER SUPPLY FROM FAFS IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. SEE NOTES ON FA001 AND FIRE ALARM RISER AND COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS.
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
2 20. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM (OR MATCH MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WORKBENCH DEVICES WHERE SHEET EP504 WORKBENCH DETAILS ARE REFERENCED).
64. COORDINATE WITH MARKER BOARD. DEVICE TO BE LOCATED BELOW BOARD. WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE SURFACE MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS, ROUTE CONDUIT VERTICALLY TO THE SIDE OF THE BOARD, THEN HORIZONTALLY UNDER BOARD TO RECEPTACLE. 65. PROVIDE 2#10,#10G IN 3/4"C TO 110 FAA, 110 LOC, AND 210 LOC REMOTE POWER SUPPLY FROM FAFS IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. SEE NOTES ON FA001 AND FIRE ALARM RISER AND COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS.
24. PROVIDE NEMA 6-30R RECEPTACLE WITH 2#10,#10G IN 3/4"C FOR HOSE SAW. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. 25. PROVIDE NEMA 14-60R RECEPTACLE WITH 3#4,#8G IN 1"C FOR INSPECTION BOX. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. 26. ROUTE CONDUIT BELOW HANGAR FLOOR (CLASS I DIVISION I AREA). PROVIDE CONDUIT SEAL OFFS ABOVE HANGAR FLOOR AS SHOWN ON EP503.
66. MOUNT RECEPTACLE AT A HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MATCHING THE NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS (SEE TN603 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT). RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED TO THE PLAN WEST (LEFT SIDE) OF NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS. 67. MOUNT RECEPTACLE AT A HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MATCHING THE NEMA 3R BOX SHOWN ON TELECOM PLANS (SEE TN603 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT). RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED TO THE PLAN WEST (LEFT SIDE) OF GROUND BAR.
27. MOUNT DEVICE ON COLUMN. 68. TO FAN VIA CONTROL PANEL. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR CONTROL PANEL LOCATION. 69. PROVIDE MOTOR-RATED SWITCH FOR SMOKE DAMPER. SMOKE DAMPER SHALL BE FAIL SAFE IN THE CLOSED POSITION (SEE MECHANICAL).
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
73. HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL. SEE SHEET FA506 FOR PEDESTAL DETAILS. SEE KEYED NOTE 74 FOR WALL STUB-UP LOCATION FOR CONDUITS AND UNDERGROUND CONDUIT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS.
PLOT DATE:
72. MOUNT RECEPTACLE 3'-6" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM ON STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT (SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP503). COORDINATE WITH DISCONNECT TO ENSURE BOTTOM OF DISCONNECT IS HIGHER THAN TOP OF RECEPTACLE.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
30. HORIZONTAL CONDUIT RUNS ON THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF A FENCED AREA (INCLUDING INTERIOR NON-FENCED PERIMETER WALLS SUCH AS CMU OR PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS INSIDE TOOL STORAGE CAGES) SHALL BE AT A MINIMUM 8'-0" A.F.F. (ABOVE THE POTENTIAL SHELF HEIGHT). VERTICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED DIRECTLY DOWN AT DEVICE LOCATIONS. WHERE POSSIBLE, ROUTE CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR OF FENCE AND MAINTAIN 8'-0' A.F.F. MINIMUM ELEVATION FOR HORIZONTAL RUNS.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
71. SPRINKLER/IRRIGATION CONTROL PANEL. COORDINATE CONNECTION AND LOCATION WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROVIDER.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
29. PROVIDE LOCKABLE DISCONNECT FOR HIGH VOLUME LOW SPEED FAN DISCONNECT.
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
70. HANGAR VENTILATION UNIT TRANSPIRED SOLAR WALL INTAKE DAMPER (SID) IS LOCATED BELOW THE ROOF. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
28. FOR SHOP EQUIPMENT (HOSE BENDER, DRILL PRESS, BAND SAW, BREAK, SHEAR), PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO A DISCONNECT. USER WILL COMPLETE CONNECTIONS FROM DISCONNECT TO THEIR EQUIPMENT. LABEL EACH DISCONNECT WITH NAME INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER, DISCONNECT SIZE, CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE, AND CONDUCTOR SIZES AND CONFIGURATION. WHERE DISCONNECT IS SHOWN NEXT TO EQUIPMENT AND NOT ON A WALL, PROVIDE STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP503.
B
36. SURFACE MOUNT REPEATER RECEPTACLE AT 25'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. PROVIDE 18"x18" MIN A-C FIRE RATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR EACH LOCATION. FINISH SHALL BE CLEAR SEALER AND FIRE RATED STAMP SHALL BE CLEARLY VISIBLE ON EACH BACKBOARD. FIX TO PRECAST WALL WITH MIN 1/4" EXPANSION ANCHORS AT ALL FOUR CORNERS OF THE BACKBOARD. LOCATE TOP OF ABOUT 0'-3" BACKBOARD BELOW RECEPTACLE, UON. 37. MOUNT REPEATER RECEPTACLE AT 11'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM.
75. OUTER EXTENTS OF 10"x10"x3/16" HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL BASE PLATES TO BE ALIGNED WITH OUTER EDGES OF HANGAR CENTER COLUMN CURB (APPROXIMATELY 5'-5"). 76. DEVICE CIRCUIT TO BE CONNECTED TO PANEL 'FAFS'. 77. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES IN THE HANGAR BAYS SHALL BE MINIMUM NEMA TYPE 4X, UON. DEVICES MOUNTED BELOW 12'-0" A.F.F. SHALL BE PROVIDED IN 2 WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES.
38. THERE SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 0'-3" SPACING BETWEEN WALL AND OUTER EDGE OF CONDUITS. 39. TELECOM RACK BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE FED FROM BELOW THE FLOOR. BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL NOT USE CABLE TRAY OR RACK FOR CONDUIT PATHWAY. 40. RECESS-MOUNTED PANELBOARD. FOR EVERY THREE SPACES (BLANK) AND SPARES (OR FRACTION THEREOF), PROVIDE ONE SPARE CONDUIT. ROUTE CONDUIT ABOVE CEILING. CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4".
78. CIRCUIT SIZE SHALL BE AS INDICATED FROM SPLICING JUNCTION BOX TO PANELBOARD (OR NEXT SPLICING JUNCTION BOX AS APPLICABLE). PROVIDE 2-#10, #10G IN 3/4"C FROM SPLICING JUNCTION BOX TO RECEPTACLES. MAXIMUM LENGTH FROM SPLICING JUNCTION BOX TO RECEPTACLE SHALL BE 10'-0". CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX USED FOR SPLICING. WHERE MULTIPLE SPLICING JUNCTION BOXES ARE SHOWN ON A GIVEN CIRCUIT, THE CONDUCTOR SIZES FROM SPLICING JUNCTION BOX TO SPLICING JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE CONDUCTOR SIZES LISTED FOR THE HOME RUN. 79. LEAK DETECTION PANELS. COORDINATE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
41. ELEVATOR PIT SUMP RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED 3'-0" ABOVE ELEVATOR PIT FLOOR. 2 80. SEE DETAIL 6 ON SHEET EP504. 42. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE TWIST LOCK SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH MATCHING PLUG TO SUPPLY THE PERMANENTLY-INSTALLED SUMP PUMP. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PILOT LAMP TO VERIFY CIRCUIT IS ENERGIZED. RECEPTACLE SHALL NOT HAVE GFI OR GFCI PROTECTION.
2 81. SEE DETAIL 7 ON SHEET EP504.
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
35. RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED ON 1ST FLOOR OF STAIRS (BELOW LANDING, 18" A.F.F.).
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:07:58 AM
34. TO 2ND FLOOR OF STAIRS.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
33. TO 1ST FLOOR OF STAIRS.
74. WALL STUB-UP LOCATION FOR HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL CONDUITS. STUB-UP ALL CONDUITS AT LEAST 18" AFF. PROVIDE THREADED CAP FOR SPARE 1" CONDUIT. PROVIDE SEAL OFF FOR UTILIZED CONDUITS. SEE KEYED NOTE 73 FOR HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL LOCATION. UNDERGROUND ROUTING: ROUTE CONDUIT UNDER HANGAR SLAB AND RADIANT FLOOR PIPING TO WALL. ABOVEGROUND ROUTING: FROM STUB-UP LOCATION, ROUTE VERTICALLY ABOVE HANGAR DOORS, THEN ROUTE TO APPROPRIATE DESTINATION: a) FOAM SYSTEM WIRING TO BE ROUTED TO 010 FSCP IN 010 FIRE SUPPRESSION ROOM. b) FIRE ALARM WIRING TO BE ROUTED TO FACP IN 030 MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM. c) CAT6 VOICE CABLE TO BE ROUTED VIA CONDUIT TO HANGAR CABLE TRAY 120-B-9, THEN TO 108 MAIN TELECOM ROOM.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
32. SAME AS KEYED NOTE 15 EXCEPT THE DEVICE ORDER SHALL BE REVERSED.
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
31. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. MOUNT 0'-6" ON CENTER FROM LIGHT SWITCH ON THE SIDE OF THE LIGHT SWITCH AWAY FROM CAGE DOOR.
44. COORDINATE WITH LOCATION OF ACTUAL RADIANT FLOOR/SNOW MELT EQUIPMENT. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS.
47. PROVIDE NEMA 14-50R RECEPTACLE AND 3#6,#10G IN 1"C FOR RANGE/OVEN.
EP002-
A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
46. PROVIDE NEMA 14-30R RECEPTACLE AND 3#8,#10G IN 1"C FOR DRYER.
GSAB HANGAR
45. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE OR JUNCTION BOX HEIGHT WITH EQUIPMENT HEIGHT IN ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR MECHANICAL PLANS.
POWER KEYED NOTES
43. PROVIDE THREE (3) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES FOR LAPTOP CHARGING IN STORAGE CABINET. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS FOR RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATION AND CABINET CONSTRUCTION. RECEPTACLES SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED LOWER THAN 1'-10". CIRCUIT SHALL SHARE 1" CONDUIT WITH UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES CIRCUITS. SURFACE MOUNT CONDUIT AND ROUTE VERTICALLY FROM ABOVE THROUGH CABINET, THEN LATERALLY FROM CABINET TO UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES. EACH CIRCUIT SHALL CONTAIN SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP002 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
SLO APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
G,WP WP
TDP TDP
G
1GDPA 1HP1
+12"
EP111
1/8" = 1'-0"
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
STAIR
J +12" +12"
CH-6
+12"
PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM
112-1
G,WP
2 EP411
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:08:21 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
FA MAP
VESTIBULE 110A
1 EP412
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
+12"
G,WP
POWER PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA A
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
110A FAA RPS 110A FAA
CKD BY: S.L.O.
UP
65
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
CH-3
G,WP
1
DESCRIPTION
EF-4 G
111C
PRINTER AC
HAHD TFA FAFS
110A LOC RPS 110A LOC
111
+12"
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-37
CCTV STATION AC
G
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
+12" +12"
CH-2
104A
+12"
+12"
VESTIBULE
+12"
1LP1-20
LARS OFFICE 106C
AC
PRODUCTION CONTROL
1LP1-24 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-5
+12"
C
110
J
+12"
105
+12"
+12"
EACH CIRCUIT: 2-#12,#12G 1LP1-14,16
AC
110B
FAT
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-34
1LP1-32
CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT
+12"
VOLUME CONTROL
1LP1-8
1LP1-6 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
B
106
CU-1
ELEV SUMP (SP-1)
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
J J
AC
J VAV-3
G
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE
J J
HWP-7
PRINTER
1 EP411
21
CP-1
TV
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-7
G
QA/QC 1LP1-18
109
G
MOTORIZED PROJ SCREEN (+48") 1LP1-33
+12"
1LP1-30
SIPRNET ROOM
110-1
1LP1-22
J
UH-1
+12"
1LP1-28
AC
J VAV-2
+12"
PRINTER
1LP1-12
1LP3-3
+12"
106D
+12"
J
J
HWP-6 VAV-1
EF-15
OP EQUIP J J
1LM1-9
GF-2 G
1LP1-26
40 1LP1
1LM1-3
1LP1-9
2
MAIN TELECOM ROOM
QA/QC OFFICE
AC
HWP-4 G HWP-5
1LP1-1
106B
104
J
J
1LM1
MECHANICAL ROOM 6 020
113
108
+12"
+12"
TECHNICAL LIBRARY
114 RM-3
1LT1
106A
1LP1-4
CORRIDOR
DDC
CWP-2
DDC
CWP-1
DDC
QA/QC SERVICE
HWP-3
1LM1-17
30
40 HWP-2
G
1LM1-23
PRINTER
107
CP-8 CU-8
J
J
AHU-1
J
J
J
JACE
1LM1-25
RCP-1
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-2
4 EP413
J
AHU-1 VFD
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LM1-1
G
VSAT CLOSET
1LP3-1
J
G
GF-1 G
J
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP1-10
1HL1
UP
1LM1-19
G,WP,+48"
J
1LP3-9
G,WP,+48"
44
1LM1-8
J
VAV-4 1LP1-3 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
1LP3-6
ACU
100
1LM1-11 EF-1 ID
71
J
WAP G,WP,+120"
1LP3-10
102
HWP-1
62
AHU-1 ED
1 EP413
G,WP,+48"
RM-2
VESTIBULE
1LM1-21
G,WP
WASH FOUNTAIN G,WP
44
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP3-12
CORRIDOR
G,WP
G
1LM1-6
HCU-2 100 FAA RPS 100 FAA
100 LOC RPS 100 LOC
C
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP3-8
TT
FACP
G
CP-11
1LP3-14,16,18 1TP3
CP-7
CP-10 G
FC-3
1LP3-2
WAP G,WP,+120"
1LP3
CU-7
HCU-1
G,WP
FC-2
103
FC-3
CU-2 CP-2
RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE
010 DVRP-120/130 SPRINKLER
EEWS
010
G
G
11
12
DED. QUAD RECEPTACLES 1LP3-52,54,50
G,WP,+48"
60
1TP1 1TP1
OIL DEL. SYS. WP
FC-2
CH-1
1LM1-13
010 FSCP
1HP1-8,10,12 3-#4,#8G,1-1/2"C
120
11 77
G,WP,+48"
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
EF-17
1LP3-44,46,48 3-#10,#10G,3/4"C
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
120C
010 DVRP-120 FOAM
EF-2
EF-2 ED
VESTIBULE
1HM1 1TM1 EPS-1
J
G
G,WP,+48"
G,WP,+48"
P3
DED. QUAD RECEPTACLES EACH CIRCUIT: 2-#10,#10G 1LP3-38,40,42
1LCP1
G,WP
J RM-1
WAP G,WP,+120" G 1LM1-4
WP
120D
44 G,WP,+48"
WP
1LP2-12 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
1LP3-32,34,36 3-#8,#8G,3/4"C
P2
WP
G,WP
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM
3 EP413
3
J
1LP2-4 1LP2-1 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
3
1HP1-19,21,23 3-#4,#8G,1-1/2"C G,WP
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP2-8
G,WP,+48"
G,WP
G,WP
D
EP111-
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET EP001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EP002. HOME RUNS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS ARE GENERALLY OMITTED. CONNECTION INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604). HOME RUNS FOR DISCONNECTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604) IN AREAS WITH ENLARGED PLANS ARE OMITTED IN THE 1/8" SCALE DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY AND SHOWN ON ENLARGED PLANS. FOR DISCONNECT AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION NOT LISTED ON THIS SHEET, SEE ASSOCIATED KEYED NOTE(S), ONE-LINE DIAGRAM (EP601 AND EP602), OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604).
AREA "A"
FIRST FLOOR AREA A
POWER PLAN
A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
PLAN NORTH
GSAB HANGAR
111B
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP111 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
4
11 15 80
VAV-16 J LSP125-3
CP-13 HCU-4
1TP4
117
REF.
EV-1
J G,WP
EV-1 ED J G,WP
EF-5 ED
MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS
AFI
118B
AFI
AFI
47 CH-7
AFI
J
AFI
J
EF-14 ED
REF.
45
+12"
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-37 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-39
1LP4-33
128A
SDP
17
5 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-49
134A
30
30
+12"
2-#8,#8G,3/4"C 1LP6-5
133B
AFI J 1LP4-3
AFI
AFI
+12" +12"
30 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-13
134B
+12" +12"
78
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-43 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-45
1LP4-31
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-47 REF. REFR
AMC SECURE STORAGE 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-17
HVY CO SECURE STORAGE
MED CO SECURE STORAGE
133C
134C
128C CH-8
G,WP
VESTIBULE VESTIBULE 117A
POWER PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA B 1/8" = 1'-0" PLAN NORTH
A
EP112-
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET EP001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EP002. HOME RUNS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS ARE GENERALLY OMITTED. CONNECTION INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604). HOME RUNS FOR DISCONNECTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604) IN AREAS WITH ENLARGED PLANS ARE OMITTED IN THE 1/8" SCALE DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY AND SHOWN ON ENLARGED PLANS. FOR DISCONNECT AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION NOT LISTED ON THIS SHEET, SEE ASSOCIATED KEYED NOTE(S), ONELINE DIAGRAM (EP601 AND EP602), OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604).
AREA "B"
FIRST FLOOR AREA B
EP112
129A 1 EP412
POWER PLAN
1
SLO APPR
134 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-19
133A
128B 1LP4-13 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C +12"
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-51
G,WP
30
MEDIVAC STORAGE
AFI
AFI
45
AFI
133
1LP4-83 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-41
AFI
48
FA MAP
112-1
118A
AFI
EF-14 ID
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP4-5
EF-5
STAIR
1LP4-15 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
TV
118
+12"
118D
MED CO UNIT STORAGE
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-7
+12"
1LP4-53
AFI
128
+12"
+12"
1LP4-19 AFI
1LP4-11 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
1LP6-1 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
HVY CO UNIT STORAGE
J VAV-12
+12"
1LP4-35
MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN
126
+12"
+12"
1LP4-25
119
45
MSB
030
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
FAT ACU
1LP4-29
BREAK ROOM
CH-3
126A
+12" +12"
FCU-1
FAFS
FACP
J 118C VAV-6
EF-14
1LP4
AMC UNIT STORAGE 1LP4-55
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-11
REPEATER 4
+12"
+12"
CORRIDOR 143
37
14
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
HAHD TFA
1LM2
1LP4-9
DW
G
MEDIVAC READINESS +12"
1TM2
EV-1 ID
CP-7
110B
CORRIDOR
J
J
G
CU-7
121A
LDP
121
ELEV SUMP (SP-1)
1LP6-21
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
J VAV-5
+12" +12"
LSP132-8
FILE NAME:
131
13
3 EP411
SIZE: 22" x 34"
102
+12"
1LP4-57
1LP4-27
1GDPB
1LM2-6
116
J
J
115
+12"
MDP
G
LSP132
1LP4-7 2#10,#10G,3/4"C MED RADIO
110-1
EF-16
VSAT CLOSET
124
LSP132-10
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
1LM2-19
MEN
J VAV-13 LSP132-13
CORRIDOR
102
WOMEN
20
+12"
G
CORRIDOR
132
VAV-17
J
B
J
17
20
81
LSP132-2
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL 2 REPAIR
LSP127-4
80
1LP3-3
C
81 LSP132-11
CONTRACT NO.:
LSP125-5
14
PLOT DATE:
55
16
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:42:08 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
20
80
55
LSP137-5
30 16
132A
127B
51
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
LSP123-8
16
COMSEC STORAGE
CH-47 SECTION OFFICE
2
114
UP
PRINTER
20
CH-9
TUBE BENDER
137A
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
LSP123-10
SDP-38,40,42
LSP137-6
G CH-10
137
CKD BY: S.L.O.
LSP123-1
11 28
LSP127-1 LSP127-8
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
CU-9 1TSP 1TSP
11 29
40
127
15
LSP127-3
LSP137
1TP5
129D
2
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
20
LSP127-7
CH-47 REPAIR SECTION
54
15
1HP2 CP-9 1TP5
40
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
120B
CP-8 CU-8
54
11
1LP5-12
129C
LSP127
LSP137-3
20
129C LOC RPS
25
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
4 EP413
11
LSP125-6
LSP125-1
122
2
SDP-32,34,36
LSP137-4
CORRIDOR LSP127-5
INSP. BOX
80
129E
J
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
SPECIAL TOOLS AREA
2
43
G,WP,+48"
15
62
17
LSP127-2
15
43
EEWS FC-6 FC-6
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
UH-60 REPAIR SECTION
AC
20
CH-47 SECURE STORAGE
80
11
11
J
GSAB HANGAR
1LP3-1
15
RM-8 J
1LP5
OMAHA DISTRICT
44
J
+12"
TDP
1LP3-5
LSP127-9
15
125
LSP123-6
1LM3-1
+12"
20
+12"
15
TDP
1GDPA 1HP1
G
1LP3-6
MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP 123
LSP122-4
LSP125
CAC CO CREW CHIEF 2 SHOP
2
J
J
TT
G,WP,+48"
120A
1TP3
J RM-4
VESTIBULE
1LP3
129C LOC
LSP125-2
44
WAP G,WP,+120"
1LP5-8
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
1LP5-5
1LT2
20
LSP125-4
LSP123-4
LSP122-2
1LM2-1
1LP5-4
LSP127-6
LSP122-6
20
WAP G,+120"
44
P6
WP
1LM2-7
127A
G
20
G,WP,+48"
40
LSP125-7
LSP123-3
FC-5
PRINTER +33"
64
LSP123-2
LSP122-3
40
1LP3-13 G,WP,+48" 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
G,WP,+48"
LSP123
EEWS J
RM-7 J
CP-3
LSP122-1 LSP122 +12"
PRINTER +33"
64
40
1LM2-5 J RM-6
29
1LP5-1
CU-3
1LP3-11
120
G,WP,+48"
1LM2-3 J RM-5
FC-5
1HL2
+12"
LSP122-5
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
122A
WASH FOUNTAIN G,WP,+48"
UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE
D
+12"
44
44
1LP5-2
DED. QUAD RECEPTACLES 1LP5-37,39,41
VAV-15
1LP3-7
TOOL STORAGE
PRINTER
122B
J
EEWS
1LP5-6
HVLS-3
CDP
44
3
G,WP,+48"
WAP G,WP,+120"
10T-CH-47
10T-UH-60
G,WP,+48"
9
1LP5-32,34,36 3-#10,#10G,3/4"C WP
06-06-2014 DATE
P5
WP
5
DESCRIPTION
3
WASH FOUNTAIN G,WP,+48"
2
129B
1
CORRIDOR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP112 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
20
LSP140-1
G
LSP140-5
LSP140-6
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR 2 132
J VAV-10 VAV-14
LSP132-12
80
31 31 140A
LSP139-5
55
16
1LM3-33 2-#8,#8G,3/4"C
1LM3-8 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
VAV-11 J
LSP140-7
30 140B
LSP140-8
16
2
40
G
FCU-2
CH-4
G
143 FAA
143 FAA RPS
61
144 62
SLO APPR
HVLS-4
G,WP
G,WP
CH-5
G,WP
140-1
G,WP
+12"
MECHANICAL ROOM 6 040
29
AC-2
2 EP413
050
EF-7
135B
J
+12"
G
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
138 EV-2
HCU-3CP-12
J
AC-2 ED
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-25
G
35
G,WP
+12"
34
ARMS VAULT +12"
060
LSP141-4
G
RD-1
1LM3-12
30
LSP141-8
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
STAIR UH-2
1LP6-17 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
VESTIBULE
16
PRINTER +33"
G,WP
G
141A
64
G
VAV-7 J
15 31
UP
1LP6-3
135A
VAV-9 J LSP141-14
1TP6
AHU-2
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-27
143 LOC
143 LOC RPS
1LM3
1TM3
AHU-2 VFD G
135
DDC J
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
21
G
1TP6
80
RADAC LSP138-4
EPS-3
EEWS
G LSP138-1
+12"
+12"
J
G
1LP6 J
LSP138-5
1HM3
1LP6-9 LSP138
EPS-2
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP6-23
VAV-8 J
1LP6-8,10,12
LSP140
40
143
16
EEWS
30
30
LSP141-16
LSP141-5
CORRIDOR 14
52
51
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP7-10
20
J AHU-2 ID
EV-2 ID
POWER PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C
GSAB HANGAR
1/8" = 1'-0"
PLAN NORTH
A
EP113-
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET EP001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET EP002. HOME RUNS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS ARE GENERALLY OMITTED. CONNECTION INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604). HOME RUNS FOR DISCONNECTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604) IN AREAS WITH ENLARGED PLANS ARE OMITTED IN THE 1/8" SCALE DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY AND SHOWN ON ENLARGED PLANS. FOR DISCONNECT AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION NOT LISTED ON THIS SHEET, SEE ASSOCIATED KEYED NOTE(S), ONELINE DIAGRAM (EP601 AND EP602), OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604).
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
AHU-2 ED J
AREA "C"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
PAAC-1
J EV-2 ED
G,WP
G
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
J
EP113
AC-1
1LCP3
135C
1
1HL3
PRINTER +33"
B
CAC CO SECURE STORAGE
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
+12"
AC-1 ED
FILE NAME:
LSP139-3
54
BAND SAW
1LP7-16
SIZE: 22" x 34"
CH-11
14
72
1LP6-20,22,24 DRILL PRESS
LSP139-1
LSP141-2 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
17
FIRST FLOOR AREA C
14
80
80
LSP141-6 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
1LP6-14,16,18
LSP141-1
43
J
1LP6-26,28,30
11
LSP139-6
16
51
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
11
80
OHD-070
POWER PLAN
81 LSP132-4 LSP132-6 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
140
070
11
CONTRACT NO.:
16
139
TECH SUPPLY
OVEN
BRAKE
53
19
G,WP
PLOT DATE:
EF-3
SHEAR
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN
59
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP7-20
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:44:04 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
64
1LP6-34,36
2
GATE INTERCOM
16
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
LSP137-5
11
LSP141-3
15
20
AC
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
CORRIDOR
24
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
LSP141-10
72
80
80
2 HOSE SAW
141
2 1LP7-12
CKD BY: S.L.O.
LSP137-8,10
51
C
STRUCTURAL 2 REPAIR
80
LSP139-7
LSP141-12 2-#10,#10G,3/4"C
J
LSP137-1
OHD-141
06-06-2014 DATE
11 28
DESCRIPTION
LSP140-4
15
G
11
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
LSP140-3
070A
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP7-4
1LP7-8
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
EEWS
28
LSP132-10
OHD-140
20
20
(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)
11 BLADE REPAIR SHOP 2 16 142
OMAHA DISTRICT
G,WP,+48"
RM-13 J
29
EEWS
LSP140-2
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP 11 137 TUBE BENDER
80
80
20
2T-140
WAP G,WP,+120"
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
PARTS CLEAN
16
2
81
EF-6
RM-12 J
44
060 FSCP
LSP139-4
136
D
G
SDP-26,28,30
1LM3-24
J
FC-7
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
060 DVRP-130 FOAM
LSP137-2
1LP5-7
EF-6 ED
J
PRINTER +33" LSP139-2
64
J RM-11
G,WP,+48"
44
1LM3-11
REF. REFR
20
25
1LM3-14
12
G,WP,+48"
1LM3-5
1LM3-9
5
68
J
SOLV. TANK G OIL DEL. SYS.
INSP. BOX SDP-32,34,36
G,WP,+48" J EF-3 ED
FC-7
2-#10,#10G,3/4"C 1LP7-6
LSP141
J RM-9
G,WP,+48"
1LM3-7
RM-10 WAP J G,WP,+120"
LSP139
1LP5-3
44
4
G,WP,+48"
44
1LM3-3
44
3
G,WP,+48"
2
EEWS
1
J
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
3
4
OXYGEN GEN. CHARGERS EACH CIRCUIT: 2-#10,#10G 2LP5-29,31,33,35 bi
AC
bi
5
62
69
229 LOC RPS
MEF-18 SD J DDC
AC
AC
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
229 LOC
SLO APPR
2
AC
06-06-2014 DATE
1
J
Am #0002
2LM2-4
X
ALSE REPAIR SHOP 228
OXYGEN GENERATION SYSTEM
LSP228-1
X
228A
2-#8,#8G,3/4" 2LM2-5
15
X
X
REF.
2D
GB
2
W
D
REFR AHU-4
LSP228-2 RANGE
J VAV-26
47
2LM2
AHU-4 VFD
15 2D
50
D
GB
WASHING MACHINE
DESCRIPTION
W
2TM2
LSP228-10,12
DRYER
MECHANICAL ROOM 6 229
2HM2
LSP228-5
46
UH-4
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
LSP228-6,8 2LM2-11
C
EF-18 GB
15
2-#8,#8G,3/4"C 2LP5-19
LSP228-3
EF-7 ED
J
2D
GB
16
J
78
16
1/4" = 1'-0"
EP423-
A
KEYED NOTES ON ENLARGED PLANS CORRESPOND TO KEYED NOTES LISTED ON EP002 UON. SEE ENLARGED CABLE TRAY PLANS TN411 AND TN421 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES REGARDING CABLE TRAY AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FILE NAME:
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
SECOND FLOOR
EP423
ENLARGED POWER, TELECOM, AND GROUNDING PLAN ROOMS 228 AND 229
GSAB HANGAR
1
2
ENLARGED POWER PLANS
(EG001) 7 (EG001) 40
CONTRACT NO.:
+12"
PLOT DATE:
+12"
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:46:13 AM 1/4" = 1'-0"
+12"
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
B
+12"
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
+12"
AHU-4 ED J
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
+12"
J
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
EF-13 ID
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2LM2-6 LSP228-7
CKD BY: S.L.O.
20 G,WP
LSP228-4
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
76 LSP228
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
16
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
GB
GB
EF-13 ED
J
EF-13
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP423 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
6"
OMAHA DISTRICT
3"
3"
1
GROUNDING BAR, 2" H x 12" W.
4"
4"
2
RECEPTACLE. SEE POWER PLANS FOR QUAD OR DUPLEX ARRANGEMENT.
3
COMMUNICATIONS WALL OUTLET. SEE COMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS FOR NUMBER AND TYPE OF COMMUNICATIONS JACKS PER OUTLET.
4
CONTINUOUS 2" H GROUND BAR. ANCHOR BAR AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 2'-0".
5
FOR SECOND FLOOR ALSE REPAIR SHOP (ROOM 228), MAXIMUM WORK SURFACE HEIGHT IS 36". MOUNTING HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF LOWER DEVICES SHALL BE 40" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
D
42" MAX
46"
42" MAX
FINISHED FLOOR
NOTE: ALIGN COMBINED ASSEMBLY (POWER, COMM, GROUNDING DEVICES AS APPLICABLE) CENTERED WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
NOTE: ALIGN COMBINED ASSEMBLY (POWER, COMM, GROUNDING DEVICES AS APPLICABLE) CENTERED WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
46"
2
46"
5
42" MAX
5
FINISHED FLOOR
FINISHED FLOOR
FINISHED FLOOR
NOTE: ALIGN COMBINED ASSEMBLY (POWER, COMM, GROUNDING DEVICES AS APPLICABLE) CENTERED WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
NOTE: ALIGN COMBINED ASSEMBLY (POWER, COMM, GROUNDING DEVICES AS APPLICABLE) CENTERED WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
NOTE: ALIGN COMBINED ASSEMBLY (POWER, COMM, GROUNDING DEVICES AS APPLICABLE) CENTERED WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
3
WORKBENCH DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
EP504
2
4 EP504
NTS
WORKBENCH DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
3
6"
2"
2 3"
4"
1
34"
3
15" MAX
3
6"
2
BENCH OVERHEAD RISER (TYP)
2"
2 3"
1
4"
4
3
15" MAX
2
BENCH OVERHEAD RISER (TYP) CONTINUE GROUND BAR ALONG ROOM PERIMETER BEHIND FURNITURE
46"
42" MAX
46"
WORKBENCH (TYP)
5 EP504
34"
B
2
NTS
42" MAX
4
WORKBENCH DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL NTS
FILE NAME:
5
42" MAX
6"
SIZE: 22" x 34"
42" MAX
4
3"
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
4"
3"
2
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
46"
6"
3
1
CONTRACT NO.:
4"
2
1
PLOT DATE:
C
2
NTS
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:10:35 AM 3/8" = 1'-0"
3
AVIONICS DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
2 EP504
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2
NTS
CKD BY: S.L.O.
AVIONICS DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
1 EP504
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
2
FINISHED FLOOR
DESCRIPTION
2
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
46"
SLO APPR
KEYED NOTES
4
06-06-2014 DATE
2
4
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
3
WORKBENCH (TYP)
6
EP504-
EP504
PERPENDICULAR (BACK-TO-BACK) WORKBENCH DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
PERPENDICULAR (BACK-TO-BACK) AVIONICS DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL
NTS
2
7 EP504
NTS
WORKBENCH DEVICE STANDS
2
NOTE: ALIGN DEVICES WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
A
NOTE: ALIGN DEVICES WITH FURNITURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
FINISHED FLOOR
FINISHED FLOOR
GSAB HANGAR
5
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP504 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
3'-0"
3'-4"
28VDC CABLE REEL
4
3'-4"
5
NEMA L16-60R 60A/480V/3PH RECEPTACLE
3'-0"
400 Hz CABLE REEL
400Hz CABLE REEL
28 VDC CABLE REEL
400 Hz CABLE REEL DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE
400 Hz SERVICE POINT
D 400Hz SERVICE POINT
COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 28VDC SERVICE POINT
SEAL OFF (TYP)
(1) DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE COMM OUTLETS (SEE PLANS FOR TYPE AND QUANTITIES)
10"
28VDC CABLE REEL
NEMA L16-60R 60A/480V/3PH RECEPTACLE
6'-0"
(1) DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE
6'-0"
28VDC SERVICE POINT
400 Hz SERVICE POINT
400 Hz CABLE REEL
NEMA L15-30R 30A/208V/3PH RECEPTACLE
(1) DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE
SEAL OFFS
CONDUIT TO CONVERTER
FRONT ELEVATION
CONDUIT TO CONVERTER
RIGHT ELEVATION
REAR ELEVATION
DETAIL 1 KEYED NOTES:
#
2
A. STUB-UP AT LEAST 18" AFF AND PROVIDE THREADED CAP AT BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT. OTHER END OF CONDUIT (NOT SHOWN ON THIS SHEET) SHALL BE ROUTED TO THE LOCATION INDICATED BY TELECOMMUNICATIONS KEYED NOTE 40 (SEE TN SHEETS FOR LOCATION).
1 EP505
AIRCRAFT SERVICE POINT RACK (ASPR) DETAIL NTS
DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE
NEMA L15-30R 30A/208V/3PH RECEPTACLE
BASE PLATE ANCHORED TO FLOOR SLAB
LEFT ELEVATION
4"x4"x1/4" GALVANIZED STEEL CAP PLATE
28 VDC SERVICE POINT
SEAL OFFS BRONZE BONDING PLATE LOCATED ON BACK SIDE OF VERTICAL POST. SEE DETAIL NOTE 3.
(1) DEDICATED GFI QUAD RECEPTACLE
28 VDC SERVICE POINT
SEAL OFFS
SPARE 1-1/2" CONDUIT A
4"x4"x3/16" GALVANIZED STEEL VERTICAL POST COMM OUTLETS
4" x 1 1/2" GALVANIZED CHANNELS
BRONZE BONDING PLATE LOCATED ON BACK SIDE OF VERTICAL POST. SEE DETAIL NOTE 3. 400 Hz SERVICE POINT
OMAHA DISTRICT
10"x10"x3/16" GALVANIZED STEEL BASE PLATE
AIR OUTLETS
400Hz CABLE REEL
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SLO APPR
2'-7"
3
06-06-2014 DATE
2
TOP VIEW
28 VDC CABLE REEL
DESCRIPTION
1
DETAIL 1 NOTES: 1. SEE EP506 DETAIL 3 FOR CONDUIT SIZES. 2. 400HZ AND 28VDC CABLES (FOR THE CABLE REELS) SHALL BE 75 FT IN LENGTH MINIMUM. 3. A 3"x3" BRONZE BONDING PLATE SHALL BE PROVIDED LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 0'-6" A.F.F. ON ONE VERTICAL POST PER PEDESTAL. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH HANGAR GROUNDING GRID (SEE EG110 THRU EG116) AND COMPRESSED AIR ROUTING SUCH THAT BONDING PLATE AND VERTICAL COMPRESSED AIR PIPE ARE NOT ON THE SAME VERTICAL POST.
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Am #0002
C
24" (MAX)
HANGAR WALL (FREE-STANDING UNIT AT P4)
36" (MAX)
12"
10"
5 FT CLEAR ZONE (MIN.) DISCONNECT 1
2
3
PROVIDE STAND TO MOUNT CONVERTER
SLAB
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
ASPS BILL OF MATERIALS
DETAIL 2 NOTES:
2
CONVERTER (S) : CONBINATION UNIT WITH 400 Hz & 28 VDC CONVERTERS MANUFACTURER: UNITRON INCORPORATED OR EQUAL RATING: 45 kVA 400 HZ CONVERTER & 6KVA 28 VDC INPUT: 480 VOLTS, +10%, -15%, 3PH, 3 WIRE PLUS GROUND PROTECTION: OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE, LOSS OF PHASE, OVERCURRENT, AND SHORT CIRCUIT OUTPUT: 300 AMPS AT 115/200 VOLTS & 200 AMPS AT 28 VDC PROTECTION: OVERLOAD, SHORT CIRCUIT, OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE, AND OVER/UNDER FREQUENCY ENCLOSURE: INDOOR/OUTDOOR, DEFINED FOR NEMA 250, TYPE 4X ENVIRONMENT INCLUDES: VOLTAGE REGULATION FREQUENCY REGULATION (+/-10%) PHASE ANGLE REGULATION (+/-2 DEGREES) HARMONIC DISTORTION (2.0% MAX) AUTOMATIC LINE DROP COMPENSATION (15%)
400HZ/28VDC COMBINATION CONVERTERS NTS
3 EP505-
U/M
MANUFACTURER
CATALOG NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
1
1
EA
HAMMOND
1418B10
NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
2
1
EA
SQUARE D
9001-KPKM12R31
RED PILOT LIGHT
3
1
EA
SQUARE D
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH RED
4
1
EA
SQUARE D
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH GREEN
MK
QTY
U/M
LEGEND TEXT
TEXT HEIGHT
TEXT COLOR
LABEL COLOR
1
1
EA
400HZ/28VDC POWER ON
.375
WHITE
BLACK
2
1
EA
400HZ/28VDC ON
.375
WHITE
BLACK
3
1
EA
400HZ/28VDC OFF
.75
WHITE
BLACK
4
1
EA
400HZ/28 VDC AIRCRAFT PWR
.75
WHITE
BLACK
DETAIL 3 NOTES: 2
2
QTY
ASPS LABEL SCHEDULE
A
EP505
MK
EP505
MANUFACTURER: CONTROLLED SYSTEMS OR EQUAL ENCLOSURE: NEMA 4X INCLUDES: AIRCRAFT CABLE POWER BLOCK CONTROL TERMINAL BLOCK START/STOP BUTTONS POWER ON PILOT LIGHT AIRCRAFT CABLE EXTENSION FOR CABLE REEL POWER
DETAIL 4 NOTES: THE 400 HZ CIRCUITS SHALL USE RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT ABOVE THE FLOOR AND SHALL USE CONDUIT BELOW THAT FLOOR WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE NEXT PARAGRAPH FOR PLASTIC COATED RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT. CONDUIT AND CABLING SYSTEMS WITH 400 Hz CIRCUITS SHALL UTILIZE THE SHORTEST REASONABLE ROUTE BETWEEN SOURCE AND LOAD. 400 Hz POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CABLED TOGETHER AND TAPED EVERY 2-5 FEET. THE 400 Hz CIRCUITS SHALL MAINTAIN AN 18 INCH SEPARATION FROM PARALLEL FERROUS CONDUIT CARRYING 60 Hz CIRCUITS. MAINTAIN AT LEAST 18 INCH SEPARATION FROM ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL. IF THE PARALLEL RUN IS FOR 15 FEET OR LESS A SEPARATION OF 12 INCHES SHALL BE ALLOWED. THE 400 Hz CIRCUITS SHALL ALSO MAINTAIN A 12 INCH SEPARATION FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK OR REBAR. MAINTAIN A SIX INCH MINIMUM SEPARATION FROM ALL FERROUS MATERIALS WHEN CROSSING AT 90 DEGREES. PROVIDE PVC SLEEVES AROUND ALUMINUM CONDUIT WHERE IT PENETRATES CONCRETE. ALL PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, FITTINGS, ETC., USED WITH THE 400 Hz SHALL BE ALUMINUM OR NON-MAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. IN ALL CASES THE BOXES SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE IN THE AREA. PANELBOARDS AND CONTROL BOXES WHICH USE 400 Hz CIRCUITS SHALL BE MADE OF ALUMINUM OR NON-MAGNETIC STAINLESS STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. SUBMIT DATA FOR APPROVAL ON ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL 400 Hz POWER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. SEE UFC 3-555-01N 400 HERTZ MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONVERSION/DISTRIBUTION AND LOW VOLTAGE UTILIZATION SYSTEMS (01-16-2004). CONDUCT FIELD TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE SUPPLIED MEETS THESE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE TEST REPORTS TO THE COR FOR APPROVAL. PLASTIC COATED RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: THE RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT PRIOR TO PLASTIC COATING SHALL CONFORM TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION \-UL 6-\ AND \-NEMA RN1-\. ALL CONDUITS, CONDUIT BODIES, CONNECTORS, SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLED BELOW GRADE SHALL BE PLASTIC COATED INSIDE AND OUT AS PER THIS SPECIFICATION. THE PLASTIC COATING SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED PVC APPLIED BY THE PLASTISOL DIP METHOD. THE CLEANED EXTERIOR SURFACE OF THE ALUMINUM SHALL BE PRIMED WITH AN ADHESIVE PRIMER SUITABLE FOR USE WITH THE PVC COATING MATERIAL TO BE APPLIED. MINOR SCRATCHES AND TOUCH-UP APPLICATIONS SHALL BE CORRECTED WITH A MANUFACTURER-APPROVED TOUCH-UP COMPOUND IN THE FIELD DURING INSTALLATION. THE MINIMAL THICKNESS OF THE EXTERIOR COATING SHALL BE 40 MILS. THE COATED CONDUIT SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA STANDARD RN1. INTERIOR PLASTIC COATING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2 MILS THICK, AND SHALL BE EITHER PVC OR URETHANE PLASTIC. ALL CONDUIT ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE NOT HOLLOW (BEAM CLAMPS, SUPPORT CHANNEL, PIPE STRAPS, ETC.) SHALL BE COATED WITH THE SAME COATINGS INSIDE AND OUT AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMPS AND U-BOLTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PVC ENCAPSULATED NUTS THAT COVER ALL EXPOSED PARTS OF THE BOLT. U-BOLTS SHALL BE SIZED TO SNUGLY FIT THE 40 MIL COATED CONDUIT. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL ENCAPSULATE SCREW HEADS ON CONDUIT FITTINGS WITH A CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL. PLASTIC SLEEVES COVERING FEMALE OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH \ -NEMA RN1-\. THE PVC COATING SHALL BE FREE OF BLISTERS, BUBBLES, AND PINHOLES. THE PVC COATING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS OVER THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE CONDUIT EXCEPT AT THE THREADS, AND SHALL BE HOLIDAY-FREE AT THE TIME OF MANUFACTURE.
4 AIRCRAFT SERVICE POINT STATION (ASPS) NTS
EP505
UTILITY STAND CONDUIT ROUTING DETAILS NTS
#
KEYED NOTES: 1. FC-4 IS LOCATED AWAY FROM WALL NEAR STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND CROSSBRACING. MOUNT DISCONNECT TO COLUMN SHOWN ON SHEET EP115. ROUTE CONDUIT BELOW SLAB.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FILE NAME:
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:11:12 AM 3/8" = 1'-0"
400Hz SYSTEM EQUIPMENT DETAILS
SEAL OFF
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
SEAL OFF
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
SEAL OFF
1'-8"
HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS 1 DIV 2 FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO 18" A.F.F. FINISHED FLOOR
1'-8"
B
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
1
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
AIRCRAFT SERVICE POINT STATION
76" (MAX)
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
16"
CKD BY: S.L.O.
4
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
400Hz/28VDC CONVERTER
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
400HZ/28VDC CONVERTER
4
GSAB HANGAR
3
2
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
1
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP505 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
2
42,724 AIC
SEE DETAIL SHEET ES503
230N PLUS ONE (1) SPARE 2"C
BARE CU #3/0 FOR CONNECTION TO GROUND. SEE SHEET ES503.
2
277V/120V
3/0 AWG
MAIN 3000 A.F. 3000 A.T. GFCI
2
4
3 600AF 600AT 3PH
400AF 400AT 3PH
600AF 500AT 3PH
400AF 400AT 3PH
6
5
7 400AF
400AF 400AT 3PH
500 KCMIL
3PH
TVSS
14
H
GROUND BAR
DM M
460NG
500 KCMIL
620NG
460NG
620NG
460NG
400AF 400AT 3PH
400AF 225AT 3PH
3
200kA/PH
8
3
14
H
460NG
3
NEUTRAL BAR
29,916 AIC
LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LDP) 400A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 124 ELECTRICAL ROOM
110NG
7368 AIC
7076 AIC
8
60/3
7
80/3
60/3
80/3
60/3
80/3
60/3
6
5
4
3
9
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
130 P6 NEMA L16-60R
110G FC-6
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
110G FC-7
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
130 P7 NEMA L16-60R
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
31,008 AIC
31,039 AIC
29,916 AIC
FIRST FLOOR GENERAL POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (1GDPA) 400A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 114 ELECTRICAL ROOM
FIRST FLOOR GENERAL POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (1GDPB) 600A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 124 ELECTRICAL ROOM
SECOND FLOOR GENERAL POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (2GDP) 400A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 214 ELECTRICAL ROOM
MAIN 400 A.F. 400 A.T.
9
4
4
4
4 9
100A NF 20
4
3
2
1
B
4
60A NF 20
5
1
2
MAIN 600 A.F. 600 A.T.
4
9
4 4 1TP1
3
1TP3
CB 150AF 150AT 20
1
1617 AIC
6674 AIC
6290 AIC
1
PANEL 1LP3 400A
4
4
4
4
4
4
9 200A NF 20
1
4
1TP5 4
100A
4
1TP4 4
PANEL 1LP2
4
9 200A NF 20
1 200A NF 20
CB 150AF 150AT 20
1
2615 AIC
1
225A
MAIN 400 A.F. 400 A.T.
4
3
4
4
9
4
100A NF 20
6
5
4
4
4
4
4
9 200A NF 20
2970 AIC
1
PANEL 1LP5 225A
2TP1
4
5254 AIC
5287 AIC
5164 AIC
PANEL 1LP6
1
PANEL 1LP7
10
400A
9 100A NF 20
100A
4
100A NF 16
2949 AIC
POL STOR 1
11 WP G
SM SM TO WASH RACK DIVERTER VALVE AND FLOW SENSORS
SEE SHEET EP602 FOR GENERAL NOTES, KEYED NOTES, FEEDER SCHEDULE, AND TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE.
PANEL 2LP1 225A
4
4
225A
4
CB 150AF 150AT 20
CB 150AF 125AT 20
2707 AIC
1
2TP5
4
PANEL 2LP2
4
4 2TP4
4
175N+#2G
HAZ STOR
PANEL LSP138
2TP3
CB 150AF 125AT 20
225A
100A NF 16
4
4 2TP2
4
PANEL XL1
4199 AIC
1
4
4
XT1
4
400A
4
4
1TP7
4
4
PANEL 1LP4 400A
4
1TP6
110NG
PANEL 1LP1
2
1
4
4
4
6
5
4
100A NF 20
4 1TP2
4
4 5404 AIC
2776 AIC
1
PANEL 2LP3 225A
1
PANEL 2LP4 225A
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
FC-5
130 P5 NEMA L16-60R
2677 AIC
1
PANEL 2LP5 225A
POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM (PART 1)
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
110G
CONTRACT NO.:
FC-4
120 P4 NEMA L16-60R
PLOT DATE:
110G
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:11:46 AM 1/4" = 1'-0"
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
FC-3
120 P3 NEMA L16-60R
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
400HZ/ 28VDC CONV
110G
9 100A NF 2 4X
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
FC-2
120 P2 NEMA L16-60R
9 100A NF 2 4X
CKD BY: S.L.O.
110G
9 100A NF 2 4X
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
FC-1
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
120 P1 NEMA L16-60R
9 100A NF 2 4X
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
110G
13
9 100A NF 2 4X
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
GROUND LOOP
9 100A NF 2 4X
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
9 100A NF 2 4X
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
13
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
GSAB HANGAR
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
SPARE
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
SPARE
70G (1-1/2"C)
95G
SPARE
13
DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE BUILDING GROUND STEEL
BURIED CONNECTION, TO GROUND ROD
100A
60/3
TMGB
MAIN 400 A.F. 400 A.T.
80/3
UFER GROUND CONNECTION
2
SPARE
13
1
SPARE
13
SPARE
13
MGB
SPARE
13
10
60/3
13
9
60/3
MAIN 600 A.F. 500 A.T.
8
60/3
130 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 2
7
80/3
130 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 1
6
5
4
3
80/3
120 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 2
2
60/3
1
80/3
3
C 120 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 1
100A
FIRST FLOOR LARGE GENERAL EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTION PANEL 2 (1HP2) 400A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 114 ELECTRICAL ROOM
60/3
3
100A
FIRST FLOOR LARGE GENERAL EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 (1HP1) 600A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 114 ELECTRICAL ROOM
50/3
3
3 8
80/3
3
3 8
1
PANEL 2HL2
20,708 AIC
SPARE
3 8
100A
PANEL 2HL1
31,724 AIC
50/3
3 8
100A
PANEL 1HL3
60/3
NEUTRAL BAR
PANEL 1HL2
60/3
1
PANEL 1HL1
DESCRIPTION
9773 AIC
110NG 12,436 AIC
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
110NG
6806 AIC
#2 AWG
EP601-
110NG
TVSS GROUND BAR
A
110NG
FILE NAME:
AC-2 AIR COMPRESSOR
SPARE
#2 AWG
AC-1 AIR COMPRESSOR
6
5
SIZE: 22" x 34"
200kA/PH
75 HP
M 96 FLA
70/3
40/3
40/3
40/3
75 HP
M 96 FLA
60/3
MAIN 225 A.F. 150 A.T.
40/3
3PH
DM O 19
MAIN 400 A.F. 400 A.T.
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
60/3
HANGAR DOOR DISTRIBUTION PANEL (HAHD) 225A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 030 ELEC ROOM
40/3
3
SPARE
3
13
100/3
(1")
19,117 AIC
100/3
TO NEAREST DDC CONTROLLER
7 12 15
14
L
70/3
EXISTING SECTIONALIZER SWITCH 15kV, 600A
1
0
CONTINUED ON SHEET EP602
19
3000A/5A
43,043 AIC 3040N PLUS ONE (1) SPARE 4"C
45,521 AIC
EMH50/SW15
D
OMAHA DISTRICT
5 7 12 15
DM
SPARE
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
DM
NEW 3-#4/0 AL, 15kV, EPR, 133% INSULATION, 33% CONCENTRIC NEUTRAL, 4"C PLUS 4"C SPARE
5
MAIN SWITCHBOARD (MSB) 3000A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V WITH FULL NEUTRAL BUS AIC: 65K LOCATION: 030 ELEC ROOM
2500 KVA 12470-480/277V PAD-MOUNTED UTILITY TRANSFORMER
IN
DM
OUT
4
SLO APPR
FUSE SIZED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS
3
06-06-2014 DATE
1
3PH
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP601 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
FEEDER SCHEDULE
4
PANEL FAFS
4
100A
CB 225AF 200AT 20
TELECOMM DISTRIBUTION PANEL (TDP) 400A BUS, 3P, 4W, 208/120V LOCATION: 114 ELECTRICAL ROOM
CRANE DISTRIBUTION PANEL (CDP) 100A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY
OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND
FRAME RATING FUSING (NF = NOT FUSED) NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING
06-06-2014 DATE
DISCONNECTS
100A NF 3R
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS FRAME RATING TRIP RATING NEMA ENCLOSURE RATING
CB 100AF 100AT 1
(APPLICABLE TO SHEETS EP601 AND EP602)
2. SWITCHBOARD-MOUNTED BUILDING DIGITAL METER. PROVIDE 24 AWG, SHIELDED, TWISTED, 2 PAIR, RS-485 CABLE IN 1" EMT CONDUIT FROM BUILDING DIGITAL METER TO NEAREST DDC CONTROLLER FOR CONNECTION INTO DDC CONTROL LOOP. ALSO, PROVIDE 24 AWG, SHIELDED, TWISTED, 1 PAIR, RS-485 CABLE IN 1" EMT CONDUIT TO THE NEAREST ENERGY MONITORING KWHR METER. SEE GENERAL NOTE 3S AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL METERING INFORMATION.
4. SEE DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE ON SHEET EP602.
4
3
60/3
60/3
80/3
MAIN 100 A.F. 100 A.T.
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
3. SEE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET EP604 FOR REQUIREMENTS AS APPLICABLE.
2
1
125/3
90/3
225A
150/3
MAIN 400 A.F. 400 A.T.
4
3
2
FEEDER SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. WIRE AND CONDUIT IS BASED ON THHN/THWN-2 2. SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM REQUIRED. 3. REFER TO DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SIZES. 4. FEEDERS SHALL BE SELECTED TO ALLOW A MAXIMUM OF 2% VOLTAGE DROP, UON.
1. PROVIDE A SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE INTEGRAL TO THE PANELBOARD/DISCONNECT.
ELEVATOR
9866 AIC
1
KEYED NOTES
30 HP 40 FLA (ESTIMATED)
7775 AIC
PANEL LSP228
1
M
1
4
SPARE
3
1830 AIC
4
PM
3
TT
4
14
SPARE
4
4
2TSP
O
TFA
4
1TSP
14
WIRE/CONDUIT 3-#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3-#10, #10G, 3/4"C 3-#4, #8G, 1"C 3-#2, #8G, 1-1/4"C 4-#1, #6G, 1-1/2"C 4-#1, 1-1/2"C 3-#1, #6G, 1-1/2"C 4-#1/0, 1-#6G, 2"C 4-#1/0, 1-#4G, 2"C 4-#2/0, #6G, 2"C 4-#2/0, #2G, 2"C 3-#2/0, #2G, 2"C 4-#3/0, #6G, 2"C 4-#3/0, #2G, 2"C 4-#4/0, 2"C 4-#4/0, #4G, 2-1/2"C 4-#4/0, #1/0G, 2-1/2"C 4-350KCMIL, #1G, 2-1/2"C 2 SETS (4-#4/0, #4G, 2-1/2"C) 2 SETS (4-350KCMIL, #1G, 2-1/2"C) 3 SETS (4-300KCMIL, #1/0G, 2-1/2"C) 8 SETS (4-500KCMIL, 4"C)
DESCRIPTION
400A NF 20
9
4
O
110NG
4
200A NF 20
9
IT
14
5. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET S-301 FOR CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD DETAIL.
20/3
600A NF 20
H
14
4 18
3PH
15/3
9
14
855NG
4
4
4
3PH
200AF 200AT 3PH
200AF 200AT 3PH
100AF 80AT 6 3PH DM
DM
1PH (2P)
100AF
100AF 100AT 3PH
SOLID STATE CONTROLLER
4
4
3PH
400AF
800AF 800AT 3PH
17
16
15
DM
200AF
DM
600AF
14
13
12
11
10
DM
CONTINUED ON SHEET EP601
D
9
TAG 20G 30G 70G 95G 110NG 110N 110G 150NG 150N+#4G 175NG 175N+#2G 175N(2P)+#2G 200NG 200N+#2G 230N 230NG 230N+1/0G 310N+#1G 460NG 620NG 855NG 3040N
6. LOCKABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SHUNT TRIP FOR FIRE ALARM EMERGENCY SHUT DOWN. COORDINATE WIRING WITH FIRE ALARM DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP RATING WITH ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE COIL VOLTAGE PRIOR TO ORDERING. 7. PROVIDE 'SE' RATED PANEL OR DISCONNECT. 8. ROUTE CONDUITS UNDERGROUND. PROVIDE CONDUIT SEAL OFFS AT HANGAR BAY STUB-UPS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 ARTICLE 513.
3
3
3552 AIC
PANEL 1LT1
PANEL 1LT2
PANEL 2LT1
PANEL 2LT2
225A
100A
225A
100A
1
1
1
1
3
3
9. MOUNT DISCONNECT ADJACENT TO TRANSFORMER OR CONVERTER ON THE WALL. COORDINATE DISCONNECT SWITCH, TRANSFORMER, AND PANEL LOCATIONS AND CONDUITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 10. RACK MOUNTED ADJACENT TO STORAGE CONTAINERS. SEE SHEET ES100A. 11. NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE AT WASH RACK.
3
12. PROVIDE 100%-RATED BUS AND MCB FOR THIS PANEL. MCB SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION. 13. SEE EG601 FOR GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZING. 14. SWITCHBOARD- OR PANELBOARD-MOUNTED ENERGY MONITORING KWHR METER. PROVIDE 24 AWG, SHIELDED, TWISTED, 1 PAIR, RS-485 CABLE IN 1" EMT CONDUIT BETWEEN BUILDING DIGITAL METER AND ENERGY MONITORING KWHR METERS. PROVIDE 277V:120V P.T.s AND XXA:5A C.T.s FOR EACH ENERGY MONITORING KWHR METER WITH XXA = TO NEAREST FULL SCALE READING OF THE CIRCUIT BEING METERED. FOR EXAMPLE, 100A:5A FOR A 100A CIRCUIT, 200A:5A FOR A 200A CIRCUIT, ......ETC. SEE GENERAL NOTE 3 FOR METERING DESIGNATIONS.
33,585 AIC
MECHANICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL (MDP) 800A BUS, 3P, 4W, 480/277V LOCATION: 124 ELECTRICAL ROOM
15. PROVIDE PERMANENT PLAQUE ON PANEL INDICATING TWO SERVICES. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE FOR TEXT.
20 HP
20 HP
M 27.4 FLA
4
1TM1
4
1TM2
4
1TM3
4
2TM1
3. METER DESIGNATIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS: 'M' MAIN METER 'L' LIGHTING LOADS 'H' HVAC LOADS 'PM' PEOPLE MOVER LOADS 'IT' TELECOMMUNICATIONS 'O' OTHER LOADS PROCESS/PLUG LOADS ARE THE MAIN METER TOTAL MINUS THE REST OF THE METERED LOADS. ALL SUBMETERS (INCLUDING HAHD) SHALL COMMUNICATE TO MAIN METER, WHICH SHALL COMMUNICATE WITH JACE PANEL. HAHD LOAD, WHICH IS METERED SEPARATE FROM ALL OTHER LOADS, SHALL BE ADDED TO THE LOAD MEASURED BY THE MAIN METER AND CLASSIFIED AS "OTHER".
4
2TM2
B
4. SEE EP604 FOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION FEEDER ROUTING RISER DIAGRAM. 4
4
4
4
1860 AIC
1812 AIC
1840 AIC
1799 AIC
5. TAP SETTING ON SERVICE TRANSFORMER ASSUMED TO BE +5% FOR CALCULATION PURPOSES.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
4
6. PROVIDE CABLE REDUCING ADAPTERS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS INCREASED IN SIZE TO MITIGATE VOLTAGE DROP.
CB 100AF 100AT 20 4
PANEL 1LM2
PANEL 1LM3
PANEL 2LM1
PANEL 2LM2
100A
100A
100A
100A
7. SEE POWER PLANS (EP110-135), PEDESTAL/400HZ DETAILS (EP505-EP506), DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE (THIS SHEET), MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE (EP604), AND PANEL SCHEDULES (EP610-EP626) FOR EQUIPMENT NEMA ENCLOSURE RATINGS NOT LISTED ON ONE-LINE DIAGRAM.
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE
1700 AIC TAG PANEL 1LM1
TT TFA
10,505 AIC 100A
3385 AIC
A
110NG
110NG 4613 AIC
110NG
5065 AIC
110NG
5736 AIC
110NG
7652 AIC
4406 AIC
70G
5008 AIC
70G
13
40/3
30G
5019 AIC
PANEL LSP122
PANEL LSP123
PANEL LSP125
PANEL LSP127
PANEL LSP132
PANEL LSP137
PANEL LSP139
PANEL LSP140
PANEL LSP141
100A
100A
100A
100A
100A
100A
100A
100A
100A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
137 INSPECTION BOX
137 OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM
30A NF 1 137 TUBE BENDER
14
100/3
12
100/3
11
100/3
90/3
230N+1/0G
175N+#2G
7652 AIC
10
100/3
9
80/3
8
60/3
7
80/3
6
SPARE
150N+#4G
5
SPARE
150N+#4G
4
60/3
60/3
MAIN 600 A.F. 600 A.T.
3
60/3
2
60/3
1
60/3
SHOP DISTRIBUTION PANEL (SDP) 600A BUS, 3P, 4W, 208/120V LOCATION: 129D ELECTRICAL ROOM
1TP1 1TP2 1TP3 1TP4 1TP5 1TP6 1TP7 1TSP 2TP1 2TP2 2TP3 2TP4 2TP5 1TM1 1TM2 1TM3 2TM1 2TM2 XT1 TAG
EP602-
2TSP
SIZE ROOM (kVA) 114 150 30 030 45 120D 30 120 114 112.5 124 112.5 45 129D 040 75 75 130 225 129D 201 45 213 45 45 213 221 75 45 221 30 120D 30 124 30 040 201 30 229 30 SITE 75 SIZE ROOM (kVA) 50 221
AMPS 180 36 54 36
PRIMARY @ 480V, 3-PHASE, 3-WIRE OCP WIRE/CONDUIT 300A-3P 3-350KCMIL, 1-#4G, 2-1/2"C 60A-3P 3-#4, 1-#10G, 1"C 90A-3P 3-#2, 1-#8G, 1-1/4"C 60A-3P 3-#4, 1-#10G, 1"C
135 135 54 90 90 271
225A-3P 225A-3P 90A-3P 150A-3P 150A-3P 450A-3P
54 54 54 90 54 36 36 36
90A-3P 90A-3P 90A-3P 150A-3P 90A-3P 60A-3P 60A-3P 60A-3P
36 36
60A-3P 60A-3P
90
150A-3P
AMPS 104
SECONDARY @ 208Y/120V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE WIRE/CONDUIT AND MAIN BONDING JUMPER GROUNDING ELECTRODE 2 SETS [4-250KCMIL, 1-#2/0G, 3"C] #2/0 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6 4-#2/0, 1-#4G, 2"C #4 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6 2 SETS [4-#3/0, 1-#1/0G, 2-1/2"C] #1/0 2 SETS [4-#3/0, 1-#1/0G, 2-1/2"C] #1/0 4-#2/0, 1-#4G, 2"C #4 4-250KCMIL, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C #2 4-250KCMIL, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C #2 3 SETS [4-300KCMIL, 1-#3/0G, 2-1/2"C] #3/0 4-#1/0, 1-#6G, 2"C #6 4-#2/0, 1-#4G, 2"C #4 4-#1/0, 1-#6G, 2"C #6 4-250KCMIL, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C #2 4-#1/0, 1-#6G, 2"C #6 4-#4/0, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C #2 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6 4-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/2"C #6
AMPS 416 83 125 83
OCP 400A-3P 100A-3P 150A-3P 100A-3P
3-#4/0, 1-#4G, 2"C 3-#4/0, 1-#4G, 2"C 3-#1/0, 1-#4G, 1-1/2"C 3-#3/0, 1-#2G, 2"C 3-#4/0, 1-#1G, 2"C 2 SETS [3-300KCMIL, 1-#1G, 2-1/2"C] 3-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/4"C 3-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/4"C 3-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/4"C 3-#2/0, 1-#4G, 1-1/2"C 3-#1, 1-#6G, 1-1/4"C 3-#2, 1-#6G, 1"C 3-#4, 1-#10G, 1"C 3-#4, 1-#10G, 1"C 3-#4, 1-#10G, 1"C 3-#4, 1-#8G, 1"C
312 312 125 208 208 625
300A-3P 300A-3P 150A-3P 250A-3P 250A-3P 600A-3P
125 125 125 208 125 83 83 83
150A-3P 125A-3P 125A-3P 200A-3P 150A-3P 100A-3P 100A-3P 100A-3P
83 83
80A-3P 80A-3P
3-300KCMIL, 1-#1/0G, 2-1/2"C
208
225A-3P
4-250KCMIL, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C
AMPS 208
OCP 200A-2P
SECONDARY @ 120/240V, 1-PHASE, 3-WIRE WIRE/CONDUIT GROUNDING ELECTRODE 3-250KCMIL, 1-#2G, 2-1/2"C #2
PRIMARY @ 480V, 1-PHASE, 2-WIRE OCP WIRE/CONDUIT 150A-2P 2-#2/0, 1-#4G, 1-1/4"C
#2
NOTES: 1. BOND TRANSFORMER TO BUILDING STEEL WITH GROUNDING ELECTRODE SHOWN IN SCHEDULE. 2. WIRE AND CONDUIT IS BASED ON THHN/THWN-2 COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH 75°C AMPACITIES, EXCEPT 60°C AMPACITIES WERE USED FOR #1 AND SMALLER. 3. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE ENERGY EFFICIENT (ENERGY STAR) TYPE, MINIMUM 115°C RISE. 4. TRANSFORMER WINDINGS SHALL BE COPPER. 5. TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE DOES NOT INCLUDE DRIVE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS. 6. ENCLOSURE RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS. 7. WHERE FEEDERS HAVE BEEN INCREASED IN SIZE TO ACCOUNT FOR VOLTAGE DROP TO THE DEGREE THAT THE FEEDERS ARE LARGER THAN THE EQUIPMENT TERMINALS, PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY-SIZED CABLE REDUCING ADAPTERS.
MOUNTING LOCATION FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR WALL FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR WALL FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR GROUND MOUNTING LOCATION FLOOR
ENCLOSURE RATING (MIN) NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 4X NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
225A
2
2
NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE RATING NEMA 1
POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM (PART 2) AND TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE
225A
CONTRACT NO.:
225A
2. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH 100%-RATED NEUTRAL BAR AND A GROUNDING BAR IN EACH SECTION OF THE SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS. PROVIDE MAIN BONDING JUMBER IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 ARTICLE 250.
PLOT DATE:
225A
1. FAULT CURRENT AMP INTERRUPTING CAPACITIES ARE MINIMUM. IF STANDARD EQUIPMENT RATING IS GREATER, PROVIDE STANDARD RATING.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:12:20 AM 1/4" = 1'-0"
PANEL 2HM2
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
PANEL 2HM1
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
PANEL 1HM3
(APPLICABLE TO SHEETS EP601 AND EP602)
CKD BY: S.L.O.
PANEL 1HM1
GENERAL NOTES
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
14,408 AIC
20. MINIMUM NEMA TYPE ENCLOSURE RATING SHALL MATCH THE TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE RATING. SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET ES602.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
11,543 AIC
19. PROVIDE 3 NEW FUSES IN EXISTING SWITCH. COORDINATE FINAL SIZE AND TYPE WITH ALAN DAVIS, FORT CARSON DPW, 719-526-6673.
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
13,945 AIC
18. PROVIDE RED LOCK-ON TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE A LABEL WITH THE FOLLOWING INSCRIPTION: "FIRE PROTECTION/LIFE SAFETY EQUIPMENT". CONSTRUCT AND FASTEN THE LABEL IDENTICAL TO THE PANEL NAMEPLATE, EXCEPT THE LABEL MUST BE RED LAMINATED PLASTIC WITH WHITE CENTER CORE.
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
230NG
17. PROVIDE LOCKABLE FUSED DISCONNECT SIZED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.
10-TON CRANE 10-TON CRANE 2-TON CRANE UH-60 BAY CH-47 BAY POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
230NG
16. NEMA 3R 'SE' RATED DISCONNECT MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR OF CONTAINER. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE "XL1" AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 13 34 23.
2 HP
M 3.4 FLA
60/3
230NG
M 27.4 FLA
SPARE
14,939 AIC
125/3
310N+#1G
175/3
4
6
5
150/3
225/3
MAIN 800 A.F. 800 A.T.
4
3
2
1
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
5835 AIC
3
GSAB HANGAR
C
4014 AIC
175N+#2G
FILE NAME:
5747 AIC
230NG
SIZE: 22" x 34"
200N+#2G
SPARE
230NG
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP602 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
EP604-
1,3,5 8,10,12 2,4,6 1,3,5 7,9,11 2,4,6 8,10,12 6 7 1,3,5 1,3,5 2,4,6 2,4,6 10 16 11 37 10 15 16 21 23 17 41 1 8 5 1 6 2 14 29 35 18 14 39 12 1 8 5 1 6 2 14 29 35 7,9,11 8,10,12 11 13 14 31 25 24 18 3 12 8 10 3 2 2 15 27 7 11 15
15 A 60 A 60 A 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 A 225 A 225 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 25 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 80 A
3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#6, #8G, 3/4"C 3#6, #8G, 3/4"C 3#4, #4G, 1"C 3#4, #4G, 1"C 3#4, #4G, 1"C 3#4, #4G, 1"C 3#1/0, #4G, 1 1/2"C 3#1/0, #4G, 1 1/2"C 3#8, #10G, 1"C 3#8, #10G, 1"C 3#8, #10G, 1"C 3#8, #10G, 1"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#8, #8G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#8, #8G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#8, #8G, 3/4"C 2#8, #8G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#1, #6G, 1 1/4"C
EV-1 EV-2 FCU-1 FCU-2 GF-1 GF-2 HCU-1 HCU-2 HCU-3 HCU-4 HVLS-1 HVLS-2 HVLS-3 HVLS-4 HVU-1 HVU-2 HWP-1 HWP-2 HWP-3 HWP-4 HWP-5 HWP-6 HWP-7 OHD-070 OHD-140 OHD-141 PAAC-1 RCP-1 RD-1 SP-1 UH-1 UH-2 UH-3 UH-4
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR FAN COIL UNIT FAN COIL UNIT GLYCOL FEEDER GLYCOL FEEDER HEATING AND COOLING UNIT HEATING AND COOLING UNIT HEATING AND COOLING UNIT HEATING AND COOLING UNIT HIGH-VOLUME LOW-VELOCITY FAN HIGH-VOLUME LOW-VELOCITY FAN HIGH-VOLUME LOW-VELOCITY FAN HIGH-VOLUME LOW-VELOCITY FAN HANGAR VENTILATION UNIT HANGAR VENTILATION UNIT HOT WATER PUMP - BUILDING/HANGAR HOT WATER PUMP - BUILDING/HANGAR HOT WATER PUMP - RADIANT SLAB HOT WATER PUMP - RADIANT SLAB HOT WATER PUMP - SNOW MELT HOT WATER PUMP - SNOW MELT DISTRICT HEATING BOOSTER PUMP OVERHEAD COILING DOOR OVERHEAD COILING DOOR OVERHEAD COILING DOOR PRE-ACTION SPRINLER SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR DW RECIRCULATING PUMP REFRIGERATED DIGITAL CYCLING DRYER ELEVATOR PIT SUMP PUMP UNIT HEATER (CEILING SUSPENDED) UNIT HEATER (CEILING SUSPENDED) UNIT HEATER (CEILING SUSPENDED) UNIT HEATER (CEILING SUSPENDED)
118 MEDIVAC KITCHEN 138 ARMS VAULT 118 MEDIVAC KITCHEN 138 ARMS VAULT 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 010 FIRE SUPPRESSION 100 VESTIBULE 060 FIRE SUPPRESSION 030 ELEC ROOM 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY MECH EQPT PLATFORM 224 HANGAR VENTILATION 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 070 TECH SUPPLY 140 POWERPLANT 141 STRUCTURAL REPAIR 040 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 040 MECH ROOM 110-1 ELEVATOR 020 MECH ROOM 040 MECH ROOM 201 MECH ROOM 229 MECH ROOM
120 V 120 V 208 V 208 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 208 V 208 V 208 V 120 V 120 V 480 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1
0.13 hp 0.04 hp 0.75 hp 0.33 hp 0.67 hp 0.33 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.50 hp 2.00 hp 2.00 hp 2.00 hp 2.00 hp 31.00 hp 11.00 hp 10.00 hp 10.00 hp 7.50 hp 7.50 hp 5.00 hp 5.00 hp 0.75 hp 1.00 hp 1.00 hp 1.00 hp 0.50 hp 0.50 hp 10.61 hp 0.50 hp 0.04 hp 0.04 hp 0.04 hp 0.04 hp
3.3 A 1.2 A 7.6 A 4.0 A 14.4 A 7.2 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 11.6 A 3.5 A 3.5 A 3.5 A 3.5 A 42.0 A 15.2 A 14.0 A 14.0 A 11.0 A 11.0 A 7.6 A 7.6 A 1.6 A 4.6 A 4.6 A 4.6 A 9.8 A 9.8 A 14.9 A 9.8 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
4.13 A 1.50 A 9.50 A 5.00 A 16.20 A 9.00 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 13.05 A 4.38 A 4.38 A 4.38 A 4.38 A 52.50 A 19.00 A 17.50 A 17.50 A 13.75 A 13.75 A 9.50 A 9.50 A 2.00 A 5.75 A 5.75 A 5.75 A 12.25 A 12.25 A 18.56 A 12.25 A 1.50 A 1.50 A 1.50 A 1.50 A
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No Yes No No No No
1 1 1 1 --3R 1 3R 1 2 4X 4X 2 2 4X 4X 2 2 4X 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R 1 1 3R 3R 3R -3R 3R 3R 3R
SPST SPST SPST SPST --SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST -SPST SPST SPST SPST
30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A --30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 60 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A -30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A
-----------------------------------
----------------VFD VFD VFD VFD VFD VFD FVNR FVR FVR FVR --FVNR -FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR
----------------------00 00 00 00 --2 -00 00 00 00
1LM2 1LM3 1LM2 1LM3 1LM1 1LM1 1LM1 1LM1 1LM3 1LM2 2HM1 2HM1 1HM3 1HM3 2HM1 2HM2 1HM1 1HM1 1HM1 1HM1 1HM1 1HM1 1HM1 1LM3 1LM3 1LM3 1LM3 1LM1 1HM3 1LM2 1LM1 1LM3 2LM1 2LM2
4 6 8,10 2,4 1 3 18 14 39 12 14,16,18 8,10,12 7,9,11 8,10,12 7,9,11 1,3,5 13,15,17 14,16,18 19,21,23 20,22,24 25,27,29 26,28,30 31,33,35 15,17,19 21,23,25 27,29,31 20 5 13,15,17 13 12 16 4 1
15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 70 A 25 A 35 A 35 A 25 A 25 A 20 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 20 A 20 A 35 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A
2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C TO RECEPTACLE 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C TO RECEPTACLE 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#6, #8G, 3/4"C 3#10, #10G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 3#10, #10G, 3/4"C 2#10, #10G, 3/4"C TO RECEPTACLE 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C 2#12, #12G, 3/4"C
REMARKS NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6
NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTES 1, 2 NOTES 1, 2 NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 2 NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTES 1, 2, 7 NOTE 6. VERIFY DISCONNECTING MEANS AND CONNECTIONS FOR ELEVATOR POWER WITH VENDOR SELECTED PRIOR TO ORDER. PROVIDE LOCKABLE FUSED DISCONNECT SIZED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTES 1, 2 NOTE 1
NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTES 1, 5 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6 NOTE 6
NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 9 NOTE 8 NOTE 8 NOTE 8 NOTES 3, 4 NOTE 1
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
CDP CDP CDP HAHD HAHD HAHD HAHD MSB MSB 1HM1 1HM3 2HM1 2HM2 1LM1 1LM1 1LM2 1LM3 1LM3 1LM2 1LM2 1LM2 1LM2 1LM2 1LM3 1LT1 1LT1 1LT2 2LT1 2LT1 2LT2 1LM2 1LM2 1LM3 1LM1 1LM1 1LM3 1LM2 1LT1 1LT1 1LT2 2LT1 2LT1 2LT2 1LM2 1LM2 1LM3 1HM1 1HM1 2LM1 1LM1 1LM3 1LM2 1LM2 1LM3 1LM3 2LM1 2LM1 2LM1 2LM1 2LM2 2LM2 1LM2 1LM1 1LM2 1LM1 2LM2 MSB
SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. MOTOR-RATED SWITCH IN LIEU OF DISCONNECT IS ACCEPTABLE. 2. PROVIDE CIRCUIT CONNECTION TO MOTORIZED DAMPER(S). 3. COORDINATE WITH DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR ACTUAL EQUIPMENT. SIZE AND OTHER ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS MAY VARY. ACTUAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE A WATER- OR ELECTRIC-POWERED DELUGE VALVE IN PLACE OF PRE-ACTION AIR COMPRESSOR. 4. DISCONNECT SERVES FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND SHALL BE LOCKABLE AND PAINTED RED. 5. HCU EQUIPMENT MAY INCLUDE INTEGRAL CONDENSING PUMP. VERIFY WITH ACTUAL EQUIPMENT. 6. PROVIDE LOCKABLE DISCONNECT. 7. EXHAUST FAN DISCONNECT/MOTOR-RATED SWITCH SHALL NOT DISCONNECT POWER TO SMOKE DAMPER ON SAME CIRCUIT. SMOKE DAMPER (FAIL SAFE IN CLOSED POSITION, SEE MECHANICAL) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ITS OWN MOTOR-RATED SWITCH. 8. CONSERVATIVE LOAD ASSUMPTION FOR CALCULATION PURPOSES. SEE RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR MOTOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. ADJUST OVERCURRENT PROTECTION AND CONDUCTOR SIZES AS NECESSARY BASED ON ACTUAL EQUIPMENT. 9. CONDUCTORS, DISCONNECT, AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZED BASED ON BASIS OF DESIGN MOTOR/EQUIPMENT LOAD(S). CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST SIZES OF CONDUCTORS, DISCONNECT, AND CIRCUIT BREAKER BASED ON SIZE OF ACTUAL VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE EQUIPMENT SELECTED.
06-06-2014 DATE
-------4 4 ---------------------------------------00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 --
DESCRIPTION
-------FVNR FVNR VFD VFD VFD VFD ---------------------------------VFD VFD FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR FVNR --
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
------------------------------------------------------------------F
FILE NAME:
30 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 200 A 200 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 60 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 100 A
SIZE: 22" x 34"
SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST SPST
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
1 4X 2 4X 2 2 4X 4X 2 2 4X 4X 2 3R 3R 3R 3R 1 3R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3R 1 3R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3R 3R 3R 3R 1 1 1 1 1 3R 1 1 1 3R 1 1 1 1 1 3R 1
CONTRACT NO.:
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes
PLOT DATE:
4.25 A 34.25 A 34.25 A 6.62 A 6.62 A 6.62 A 6.62 A 120.00 A 120.00 A 36.09 A 36.09 A 36.09 A 36.09 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 2.08 A 13.05 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 13.05 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 7.25 A 13.05 A 13.05 A 13.75 A 13.75 A 7.25 A 2.13 A 5.50 A 2.13 A 5.50 A 5.50 A 12.25 A 7.25 A 2.13 A 5.50 A 5.50 A 12.25 A 12.25 A 12.25 A 2.13 A 2.13 A 2.13 A 2.13 A 50.00 A
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:12:50 AM
3.4 A 27.4 A 27.4 A 5.3 A 5.3 A 5.3 A 5.3 A 96.0 A 96.0 A 32.6 A 32.6 A 32.6 A 32.6 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 11.6 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 11.6 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 5.8 A 11.6 A 11.6 A 11.0 A 11.0 A 5.8 A 1.7 A 4.4 A 1.7 A 4.4 A 4.4 A 9.8 A 5.8 A 1.7 A 4.4 A 4.4 A 9.8 A 9.8 A 9.8 A 1.7 A 1.7 A 1.7 A 1.7 A 40.0 A
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
2.00 hp 20.00 hp 20.00 hp 3.50 hp 3.50 hp 3.50 hp 3.50 hp 75.00 hp 75.00 hp 25.00 hp 25.00 hp 25.00 hp 25.00 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.03 hp 0.50 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.50 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.25 hp 0.50 hp 0.50 hp 7.50 hp 7.50 hp 0.25 hp 0.05 hp 0.17 hp 0.05 hp 0.17 hp 0.17 hp 0.50 hp 0.25 hp 0.05 hp 0.17 hp 0.17 hp 0.50 hp 0.50 hp 0.50 hp 0.05 hp 0.05 hp 0.05 hp 0.05 hp 30.00 hp
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
CKD BY: S.L.O.
480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 480 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 480 V 480 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 120 V 480 V
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
140 POWERPLANT 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY 120 UH-60 HANGAR BAY 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 CH-47 HANGAR BAY 040 MECH ROOM 040 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 040 MECH ROOM 201 MECH ROOM 229 MECH ROOM 120C VESTIBULE 104A VESTIBULE 112-1 STAIR 140-1 STAIR 144 VESTIBULE 110A VESTIBULE 117A VESTIBULE 129A VESTIBULE 120A VESTIBULE 129C CORRIDOR 136 CORRIDOR 108 TELECOM ROOM 109 SIPRNET ROOM 129E TELECOM ROOM 208 TELECOM ROOM 209 SIPRNET ROOM 225 TELECOM ROOM 110B ELEV MECH ROOM 114 ELEC ROOM 129D ELEC ROOM 010 FIRE SUPPRESSION 100 VESTIBULE 060 FIRE SUPPRESSION 030 ELEC ROOM 108 TELECOM ROOM 109 SIPRNET ROOM 129E TELECOM ROOM 208 TELECOM ROOM 209 SIPRNET ROOM 225 TELECOM ROOM 110B ELEV MECH ROOM 114 ELEC ROOM 129D ELEC ROOM 020 MECH ROOM 020 MECH ROOM ROOF 010 FIRE SUPPRESSION 137 PNEUDRAULICS 113 JANITORIAL 119 BREAK ROOM 140 POWERTRAIN/POWERPLANT 040 MECH ROOM ROOF 207 JANITORIAL 214 ELEC ROOM 217 MULTIPURPOSE 224 HANGAR VENTILATION 229 MECH ROOM 124 ELEC ROOM 107 VSAT CLOSET 131 VSAT CLOSET 120D ELEC ROOM 229 MECH ROOM 110-1 ELEVATOR
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE
A
2-TON CRANE 10-TON CRANE 10-TON CRANE UH-60 HANGAR DOORS - TRACK 1 UH-60 HANGAR DOORS - TRACK 2 CH-47 HANGAR DOORS - TRACK 1 CH-47 HANGAR DOORS - TRACK 2 AIR COMPRESSOR AIR COMPRESSOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR HANDLING UNIT UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) UNIT HEATER (CABINET) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-1) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-2) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-3) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-4) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-5) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-6) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-7) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-8) CONDENSATE PUMP (CU-9) CONDENSATE PUMP (HCU-1) CONDENSATE PUMP (HCU-2) CONDENSATE PUMP (HCU-3) CONDENSATE PUMP (HCU-4) COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT COOLING UNIT CHILLED WATER PUMP CHILLED WATER PUMP EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN (AVIONICS BENCHES) EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN (PARTS CLEAN) EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN ELEVATOR
GENERAL NOTES: 1. WHERE EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED WITH A DISCONNECTING MEANS INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT, THE SEPARATE/EXTERNAL DISCONNECTING MEANS MAY BE OMITTED. 2. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND DISCONNECTING DEVICES WITH ACTUAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED. THIS SCHEDULE HAS BEEN COORDINATED FOR EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE MECHANICAL PLANS INCLUDED IN THIS DRAWING SET. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND DISCONNECTING DEVICES FOR EQUIPMENT VARIATIONS DEVIATING FROM THESE PLANS. 3. ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
B
SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2T-140 10T-CH-47 10T-UH-60 120 HD-1 120 HD-2 130 HD-1 130 HD-2 AC-1 AC-2 AHU-1 AHU-2 AHU-3 AHU-4 CH-1 CH-2 CH-3 CH-4 CH-5 CH-6 CH-7 CH-8 CH-9 CH-10 CH-11 CP-1 CP-2 CP-3 CP-4 CP-5 CP-6 CP-7 CP-8 CP-9 CP-10 CP-11 CP-12 CP-13 CU-1 CU-2 CU-3 CU-4 CU-5 CU-6 CU-7 CU-8 CU-9 CWP-1 CWP-2 EF-1 EF-2 EF-3 EF-4 EF-5 EF-6 EF-7 EF-8 EF-9 EF-10 EF-11 EF-12 EF-13 EF-14 EF-15 EF-16 EF-17 EF-18 ELEV
5
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
C
LOCATION
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT - ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE STARTER PKG NEMA DISCONNECT CKT OC VOLTS PH HP FLA MCA UNIT ENCL. TYPE SIZE FUSE TYPE SIZE PANEL NUM. RATING
4
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
D
DESCRIPTION
3
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
EQ. I.D. TAG
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP604 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
Location: Supply From: Mounting: 2 Enclosure:
Distribution Panel: SDP
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 MSB Surface Type 4X
Volts: 480/277 Wye Phases: 3 Wires: 4
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
12 kAIC MCB 100 A 100 A
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
D
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11
Volts: 120/208 Wye Phases: 3 Wires: 4
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
12 kAIC MCB 600 A 600 A
OMAHA DISTRICT
Notes:
LOAD 140 2-TON CRANE --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
CB P 15 A 3 ----------Total Load: Total
A 942 VA
B
C
7500 VA 942 VA
7500 VA 942 VA
0 VA
7500 VA
7500 VA 0 VA
15942 VA 58 A
7500 VA 0 VA 7500 VA 15942 VA 58 A
15942 VA 58 A
P 3 --3 ---
CB 60 A --60 A ---
LOAD 120 10-TON CRANE --130 10-TON CRANE ---
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12
Legend:
Load Classification LM Largest Motor M Motor
Connected Load 22500 VA 25325 VA
Demand Factor 125.00% 80.00%
Estimated Demand 28125 VA 20260 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
47825 VA 48385 VA 58 A 58 A
Notes:
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
LOAD LSP132 --LSP137 --LSP139 --LSP140 --LSP141 --SPARE --SPARE
CB 80 A --80 A --60 A --80 A --90 A --100 A --100 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 ----Total Load: Total
---
A 7400 VA
B
C
4800 VA 7000 VA
6410 VA
4600 VA 7400 VA
5000 VA
5600 VA
6500 VA
5400 VA
5400 VA
8600 VA
5400 VA
5600 VA 6650 VA
6300 VA
5600 VA
6300 VA 5600 VA
8400 VA
6000 VA
5400 VA 8460 VA
5400 VA
10200 VA 5667 VA 10280 VA 5667 VA 10200 VA 5667 VA 9600 VA
4803 VA 9600 VA
4803 VA 9600 VA
9600 VA
4803 VA
2100 VA 9600 VA
92580 VA 772 A
2100 VA
91360 VA 761 A
9600 VA 2100 VA 91270 VA 761 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 ---
CB 60 A --60 A --60 A --60 A --100 A --100 A --40 A
LOAD LSP122 --LSP123 --LSP125 --LSP127 --* 137 OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM (15 HP^) --137 INSPECTION BOX (15 HP^) --137 TUBE BENDER (5 HP^)
--
--
--
--
06-06-2014 DATE
Notes:
ELECTRICAL ROOM 129D 1TSP (MSB) Surface Type 1
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SLO APPR
Distribution Panel: CDP
5
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
DESCRIPTION
Am #0002
Load Classification C Continuous E Equipment LM Largest Motor OA Office Appliances R Receptacle Spare
C
Connected Load 10720 VA 28689 VA 17000 VA 5000 VA 49200 VA 164600 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 60.00% 125.00% 70.00% 60.16% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 10720 VA 17213 VA 21250 VA 3500 VA 29600 VA 82300 VA
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Legend:
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
275209 VA 164583 VA 764 A 457 A
7667 VA 7667 VA
0 VA
7667 VA
0 VA
30667 VA 111 A
0 VA 0 VA 30667 VA 111 A
Legend:
Load Classification LM Largest Motor M Motor
Notes:
Connected Load 23000 VA 69000 VA
Demand Factor 125.00% 80.00%
Estimated Demand 28750 VA 55200 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
92000 VA 83950 VA 111 A 101 A
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
LOAD 110A FAA - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR 110A LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 210 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 030 FAT - FIRE ALARM TRANSCEIVER 030 ACU - AUTONOMOUS CONTROL UNIT 030 FACP - FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
LT C E E C C C ----------
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
A 1200 VA
B 1200 VA
1800 VA
1200 VA
1800 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1200 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1200 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1800 VA
1200 VA 1800 VA
1000 VA
C
1800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
12200 VA 102 A
1000 VA
12200 VA 102 A
1000 VA 1000 VA 11800 VA 98 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT C C C E C E E E E C C E C ---
LOAD CKT 010 FSCP - FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL 2 060 FSCP - FOAM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL 4 100 FAA - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR 6 100 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 8 143 FAA - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR 10 143 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 12 120 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 14 129C LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 16 229 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 18 010 DVRP-120 FOAM RELEASING PANEL 20 010 DVRP-120/130 SPRINKLER RELEASING PANEL 22 130 LOC - LOCAL OPERATING CONSOLE RPS 24 060 DVRP-130 FOAM RELEASING PANEL 26 SPARE 28 SPARE 30
Connected Load 15600 VA 9600 VA 11000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 60.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 15600 VA 5760 VA 5500 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
36200 VA 26860 VA 100 A 75 A
A Notes: CIRCUITS LISTED ON THIS PANEL ARE APPROXIMATIONS OF CONNECTIONS FOR FIRE ALARM AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS (FA/MNS) TO ENSURE ENOUGH CIRCUITS AND PHYSICAL SPACE ARE PROVIDED. COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS FROM THIS PANEL WITH ACTUAL FA/MNS EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. FOR EXAMPLE, DVRPs MAY BE INTEGRAL TO FSCPs, POWER TO FAAs MAY BE PROVIDED VIA FACP, POWER TO LOCs MAY BE PROVIDED VIA ACU, ACU AND FACP MAY BE A COMBINED UNIT, ETC.
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS. EP611-
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
Legend:
Load Classification C Continuous E Equipment Spare
FILE NAME: SIZE: 22" x 34"
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
MISCELLANEOUS DISTRIBUTION PANELS AND FIRE ALARM/FOAM SYSTEM POWER
7667 VA
7667 VA
LOAD 130 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 1 --130 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 2 --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
PANEL SCHEDULES
7667 VA
CB 40 A --40 A ------
CONTRACT NO.:
7667 VA
P 3 --3 ------
PLOT DATE:
7667 VA
C
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:13:11 AM
B
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
CB P A 40 A 3 7667 VA 7667 VA ----40 A 3 7667 VA 7667 VA ------0 VA 0 VA ----30667 VA Total Load: 111 A Total
Notes: DEDICATED EMERGENCY PANEL. MCB SHALL BE LOCK-ON TYPE AND SHALL BE RED. THE PANEL SHALL BE PAINTED RED. PROVIDE INTEGRAL SPD.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
LOAD 120 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 1 --120 HANGAR DOORS TRACK 2 --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 100 A
CKD BY: S.L.O.
B
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
Notes: PROVIDE 100%-RATED BUS AND MCB FOR THIS PANEL. PANEL SHALL BE SERVICE ENTRANCE-RATED. PROVIDE INTEGRAL SPD OF THE SAME RATING AS THE MSB SPD (SEE EP601).
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM 030 TFA (MSB) Surface Type 1
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
22 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
Branch Panel: FAFS Volts: 480/277 Wye Phases: 3 Wires: 4
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM 030 GSAB SERVICE XFMR Surface Type 1
GSAB HANGAR
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Distribution Panel: HAHD
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
Notes:
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP611 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
Branch Panel: 1HM1 2 Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Branch Panel: 1HM3
ELECTRICAL EQPT ROOM 120D MDP Surface Type 1
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
480/277 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
18 kAIC MCB 225 A 225 A
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
480/277 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
18 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
OMAHA DISTRICT
LOAD 020 AHU-1 --020 CWP-1 --020 HWP-1 --020 HWP-3 --020 HWP-5 --020 HWP-7 --SPARE ---
LT LM --M --M --M --M --M ----
CB 50 A --25 A --35 A --25 A --20 A --15 A --20 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 ------Total Load: Total Amps:
A 9033 VA
B
C
9638 VA 9033 VA
3047 VA
9869 VA 9033 VA
9926 VA
3047 VA
3047 VA
3878 VA
3878 VA
3047 VA
3047 VA
2105 VA
2105 VA
3047 VA 3047 VA
3878 VA
3047 VA
3878 VA 3878 VA
3047 VA
3878 VA
3047 VA 3047 VA
2105 VA
3047 VA
2105 VA 2105 VA
443 VA
2105 VA
2200 VA 443 VA
2200 VA 443 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA 2200 VA
49869 VA 180 A
2200 VA
50100 VA 181 A
2200 VA 2200 VA 50157 VA 181 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --3 ---
CB 60 A --25 A --35 A --25 A --20 A --20 A --20 A
LT H --M --M --M --M -------
LOAD 1TM1 (1LM1) --020 CWP-2 --020 HWP-2 --020 HWP-4 --020 HWP-6 --SPARE --SPARE
--
--
--
--
--
--
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
Load Classification C Continuous H HVAC LM Largest Motor M Motor Spare
Connected Load 7000 VA 5665 VA 28828 VA 75834 VA 32800 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 90.00% 125.00% 80.00% 50.00%
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
LOAD 040 AHU-2 --130 HVLS-3 --040 RD-1 --SPARE --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
LT LM --M --M ---------
B
C
9033 VA 10406 VA 9033 VA 10504 VA 970 VA
970 VA
4111 VA
970 VA
970 VA
4111 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
0 VA
0 VA 0 VA 0 VA 32188 VA 116 A
32090 VA 116 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 ------
CB 60 A --15 A --20 A --20 A ------
LT H --M ------------
LOAD 1TM3 (1LM3) --130 HVLS-4 --SPARE --SPARE --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Legend:
Load Classification C Continuous H HVAC LM Largest Motor M Motor Spare
Estimated Demand 7000 VA 5099 VA 36035 VA 60667 VA 16400 VA
CB P A 50 A 3 9033 VA 10362 VA ----15 A 3 970 VA 970 VA ----35 A 3 4111 VA 2200 VA ----20 A 3 2200 VA 2200 VA ------0 VA 0 VA ----32046 VA Total Load: 116 A Total Amps:
06-06-2014 DATE
Notes:
Legend:
C
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
DESCRIPTION
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
CORRIDOR 143 MDP Recessed Type 1
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
Connected Load 4500 VA 7860 VA 28276 VA 26887 VA 28800 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 90.00% 125.00% 80.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 4500 VA 7074 VA 35345 VA 21510 VA 14400 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
96323 VA 82829 VA 116 A 100 A
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Notes:
D
5
SLO APPR
Am #0002
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
Notes:
150127 VA 125200 VA 181 A 151 A
8280 VA 11667
9033 VA
11667 VA
970 VA
2200 VA
970 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
970 VA
970 VA
2200 VA 2200 VA
2200 VA
8505 VA
970 VA 2200 VA
2200 VA
9033 VA
970 VA 11667 VA
2200 VA
C
2200 VA
2200 VA 2200 VA
41869 VA 151 A
2200 VA
41919 VA 151 A
2200 VA 2200 VA 42144 VA 152 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 ---
CB 50 A --15 A --15 A --20 A --20 A ---
LT H --M --M ---------
LOAD 201 AHU-3 --120 HVLS-1 --120 HVLS-2 --SPARE --SPARE ---
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
LOAD 224 HVU-2 --2TM2 (2LM2) --SPARE --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
LT H --H ------------
CB P A 25 A 3 4333 VA 9033 VA ----60 A 3 8926 VA 2200 VA ----20 A 3 2200 VA 2200 VA ------0 VA 0 VA ------0 VA 0 VA ----28893 VA Total Load: 104 A Total Amps:
B 4333 VA
9176 VA
2200 VA
0 VA
0 VA
C 9033 VA 4333 VA
9033 VA
9105 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
0 VA
0 VA
2200 VA
2200 VA
0 VA
0 VA
29143 VA 105 A
0 VA 0 VA 29072 VA 105 A
P 3 --3 --3 ---------
CB 50 A --20 A --20 A ---------
LT H ---------------
LOAD 229 AHU-4 --SPARE --SPARE --SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Demand Factor 100.00% 90.00% 125.00% 80.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 1000 VA 29984 VA 44750 VA 4654 VA 25000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
125933 VA 105388 VA 151 A 127 A
Load Classification C Continuous H HVAC LM Largest Motor Spare
Connected Load 2000 VA 19031 VA 28276 VA 37800 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 90.00% 125.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 2000 VA 17128 VA 35345 VA 18900 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
87107 VA 73373 VA 105 A 88 A
Notes:
EP615-
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12 FILE NAME:
480V MECHANICAL PANELS
Connected Load 1000 VA 33315 VA 35800 VA 5818 VA 50000 VA
PANEL SCHEDULES
Legend:
A Notes:
SIZE: 22" x 34"
B 9033 VA
CONTRACT NO.:
A 8230 VA
PLOT DATE:
CB P 60 A 3 ----70 A 3 ----20 A 3 ----20 A 3 ----20 A 3 ----Total Load: Total Amps:
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
LT H --LM ------------
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:13:34 AM
Notes:
Legend:
Load Classification C Continuous H HVAC LM Largest Motor M Motor Spare
18 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
LOAD 2TM1 (2LM1) --MECHANICAL MEZZANINE HVU-1 --SPARE --SPARE --SPARE ---
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
480/277 Wye 3 4 1
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
B
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Notes:
MECHANICAL ROOM 229 MDP Surface Type 3R
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
14 kAIC MCB 225 A 200 A
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
480/277 Wye 3 4 1
CKD BY: S.L.O.
Branch Panel: 2HM2 Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
MECHANICAL ROOM 201 MDP Surface Type 3R
GSAB HANGAR
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
Branch Panel: 2HM1
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
Notes:
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP615 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
CORRIDOR 104 1TP1 (1GDPA) Surface Type 1
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
10 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
Location: Supply From: Mounting: 2 Enclosure:
D
C
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
10 kAIC MCB 400 A 300 A
OMAHA DISTRICT
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
LOAD 105 PRINTER 100/EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 105 WORKSTATIONS 105 RECEPTACLES 105 WORKSTATIONS 111/111A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 111 WORKSTATIONS 111 PRINTER 111 WORKSTATIONS 111B MEDIA RECEPTACLE 111 CCTV MONITORING STATION 111B TELEVISION 111B GENERAL RECEPTACLES 111C GENERAL RECEPTACLES 111B PROJECTOR 111B GENERAL RECEPTACLES 111B MOTORIZED PROJECTOR SCREEN 111B VOLUME CONTROL AND SPEAKERS EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 111B FLOOR RECEPTACLES
LT OA R R R R R R OA R OA C C R R OA R E OA R -------R
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
A 1000 VA
B
C
1000 VA 1000 VA
600 VA 1600 VA
1400 VA
600 VA
800 VA 1000 VA
1400 VA 1000 VA
1400 VA
800 VA
1200 VA 1000 VA
1200 VA 1200 VA
500 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
800 VA 500 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1200 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
600 VA
800 VA
1400 VA 500 VA
1000 VA 500 VA
600 VA
1500 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
17700 VA 148 A
1000 VA
17700 VA 148 A
1200 VA 1000 VA 17700 VA 148 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT R R R R R R R R OA R R R R OA R R R L --
LOAD 102/110 RECEPTACLES 020 RECEPTACLES 020 RECEPTACLES 102/104 GENERAL REEPTACLES 106D RECEPTACLES 106/106A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 106 WORKSTATION FURNITURE SYSTEM 106 WORKSTATION FURNITURE SYSTEM 106 PRINTER 106 WORKSTATIONS 106 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 106 WORKSTATIONS 106B GENERAL RECEPTACLES 106B PRINTER 106B WORKSTATIONS 106C WORKSTATIONS 106/106C GENERAL RECEPTACLES 020 1LCP1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SPARE
20 A --
SPARE
20 A -20 A -20 A -20 A -20 A -20 A -20 A --
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54
Legend:
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53
LOAD 120B RECEPTACLES 120B RECEPTACLES 120A/120B RECEPTACLES ** 120 EYEWASH STATION 120 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 120 WASH FOUNTAIN 120/130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE --SPARE SPARE SPARE APRON RECEPTACLES 120/130 CENTER COLUMN RECEPTACLES * 130 OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM (15 HP^) --120 P4 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --120 P4 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P4 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P4 DEDICATED QUAD
LT R R R E R E R ---------R R LM --E --R R R
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 30 A --20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 100 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 --1 1 1 1 1 3 ----30 A 3 ----20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
A 1200 VA
B 1200 VA
660 VA
5667 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
800 VA
2880 VA
5667 VA
400 VA
2880 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA
400 VA
2880 VA 2880 VA
400 VA
1000 VA
5667 VA
400 VA 5667 VA
2880 VA
1200 VA
2880 VA 800 VA
5667 VA
1000 VA
660 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
800 VA
1000 VA 2880 VA
2880 VA
800 VA
5667 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
600 VA
1000 VA 1200 VA
1200 VA
C
400 VA
2880 VA
400 VA 400 VA
32513 VA 271 A
400 VA
32513 VA 271 A
400 VA 400 VA 32653 VA 272 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 --1 1 1 1 1 1 3 --1 1 1 3 --1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 100 A --20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 30 A --20 A
LT R R R E E R M --------E --R
LOAD 120 WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS 112 RECEPTACLES 113/114 RECEPTACLES 120 WASH FOUNTAIN ** 120 EYEWASH STATION 120 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES * 120 OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM (15 HP^) --SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 120 P2 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --120 P2 DEDICATED QUAD
20 A R
120 P2 DEDICATED QUAD
20 A 30 A --20 A 20 A 20 A
120 P2 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P3 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --120 P3 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P3 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P3 DEDICATED QUAD
R E --R R R
06-06-2014 DATE
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
UH-60 HANGAR 120 1TP3 (1GDPA) Surface Type 4X
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54
DESCRIPTION
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Branch Panel: 1LP3
SLO APPR
Branch Panel: 1LP1
5
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Am #0002
Legend: * PROVIDE GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. ** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE. ^ ANTICIPATED LOAD OF GFGI EQUIPMENT.
Panel Totals 97680 VA 74614 VA 271 A 207 A
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
LOAD 010 RECEPTACLES 120 WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS APRON RECEPTACLES EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 120 P1 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --120 P1 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P1 DEDICATED QUAD 120 P1 DEDICATED QUAD
LT R R R R -----E --R R R
CB P A 20 A 1 1200 VA 660 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 600 VA 1200 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 1000 VA 660 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 30 A 3 2880 VA 2880 VA ----20 A 1 400 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 12480 VA Total Load: 104 A Total Amps:
B 400 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA
400 VA
C 600 VA 400 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
1600 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
12760 VA 107 A
400 VA 1000 VA 12960 VA 108 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 --1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 30 A --20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT E R R R R R E ---------
LOAD ** 120 EYEWASH STATION 103 RECEPTACLES 120 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 103/120D/120C RECEPTACLES 120 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 120 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES ** 120 EYEWASH STATION SPARE --SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD. CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Legend: ** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE.
A
Load Classification E Equipment R Receptacle Spare
Connected Load 9960 VA 9600 VA 18640 VA
Demand Factor 60.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 5976 VA 9600 VA 9320 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
38200 VA 24896 VA 106 A 69 A
FILE NAME:
GENERAL POWER FIRST FLOOR
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 100 A
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
GSAB HANGAR
B
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
UH-60 HANGAR 120 1TP2 (1GDPA) Surface Type 4X
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
Location: Supply From: Mounting: 2 Enclosure:
SIZE: 22" x 34"
Branch Panel: 1LP2
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
Notes:
PANEL SCHEDULES
Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
CONTRACT NO.:
Estimated Demand 17544 VA 21250 VA 13600 VA 11900 VA 10320 VA
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
Notes:
Demand Factor 60.00% 125.00% 80.00% 86.23% 50.00%
PLOT DATE:
53100 VA 34300 VA 147 A 95 A
Connected Load 29240 VA 17000 VA 17000 VA 13800 VA 20640 VA
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:13:54 AM
Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
Load Classification E Equipment LM Largest Motor M Motor R Receptacle Spare
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
Panel Totals
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
Estimated Demand 1500 VA 300 VA 1500 VA 4200 VA 18800 VA 8000 VA
CKD BY: S.L.O.
Demand Factor 100.00% 60.00% 100.00% 70.00% 68.12% 50.00%
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
Connected Load 1500 VA 500 VA 1500 VA 6000 VA 27600 VA 16000 VA
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
Load Classification C Continuous E Equipment L Lighting OA Office Appliances R Receptacle Spare
Notes:
EP618-
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP618 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
Branch Panel: 1LP4
Branch Panel: 1LP5 Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
ELECTRICAL ROOM 124 1TP4 (1GDPB) Surface Type 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 2
Location: Supply From: Mounting: 2 Enclosure:
10 kAIC MCB 400 A 300 A
500 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA 800 VA
800 VA
1440 VA 1000 VA 1440 VA 800 VA 1900 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 6500 VA 1000 VA
1440 VA
1000 VA
1900 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1400 VA
400 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
600 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
500 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1020 VA
500 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
6500 VA 1000 VA
1200 VA
1900 VA
800 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1440 VA
800 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1900 VA
1440 VA 400 VA
1000 VA
1900 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1020 VA
1200 VA
1200 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
32380 VA 270 A
1000 VA
32380 VA 270 A
400 VA 200 VA 32400 VA 270 A
Demand Factor 100.00% 100.00% 60.00% 67.24% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 13000 VA 23120 VA 8424 VA 19500 VA 9000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
97160 VA 73044 VA 270 A 203 A
B Notes:
1000 VA 800 VA
600 VA 1200 VA
660 VA
1000 VA
400 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA
2880 VA
400 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
600 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA 2880 VA
400 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA 400 VA
2880 VA
1000 VA
2880 VA 2880 VA
400 VA
2880 VA
400 VA 400 VA
18980 VA 158 A
400 VA
18920 VA 158 A
400 VA 400 VA 18980 VA 158 A
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 30 A --20 A 20 A 20 A 30 A --20 A 20 A 20 A
LT R R E E R R ---------E --R R R
LOAD 130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 130 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ** 130 EYEWASH STATION 130 WASH FOUNTAIN 129D RECEPTACLES 129C RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE --SPARE SPARE SPARE 130 P5 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --130 P5 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P5 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P5 DEDICATED QUAD
Load Classification E Equipment R Receptacle Spare
Connected Load 29240 VA 8000 VA 19640 VA
Demand Factor 60.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 17544 VA 8000 VA 9820 VA
Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
56880 VA 35364 VA 158 A 98 A
Notes:
Branch Panel: 1LP6 Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
CORRIDOR 143 1TP6 (1GDPB) Surface Type 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
10 kAIC MCB 400 A 250 A
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD. CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
LOAD 133 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 140-1/140-2 STAIR RECEPTACLES 133B/C RECEPTACLES 133A/B RECAPTACLES 143 RECEPTACLES 134 RECEPTACLES 134B/C RECEPTACLES 040 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 050 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 134A/B RECEPTACLES 102 REPEATER 4 135 RECEPTACLES 135B/C RECEPTACLES 135A/B RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
LT R R R R R R R R R R C R R R --------
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
A 1200 VA
B 1000 VA
1200 VA
1300 VA
800 VA
2100 VA
1200 VA
2402 VA
1000 VA
2950 VA
1000 VA
6500 VA
2100 VA
2402 VA
2950 VA
1500 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1300 VA
2950 VA 1200 VA
1000 VA
4460 VA
2402 VA 1000 VA
1200 VA
1200 VA
2100 VA 1200 VA
1200 VA
5000 VA
1300 VA 1000 VA
1200 VA
C
5400 VA
6500 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
24652 VA 205 A
1000 VA
28652 VA 243 A
1000 VA 1000 VA 28112 VA 239 A
P 3 --3 --3 --3 --3 --1 2 -1 1 1
CB 50 A --25 A --40 A --40 A --60 A --20 A 50 A -20 A
LT R --E --E --E --LM --L A --20 A -20 A --
LOAD LSP-138 --141 BAND SAW (3 HP^) --141 BRAKE (5 HP^) --141 DRILL PRESS (5 HP^) --141 SHEAR (7.5 HP^) --040 1LCP3 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 141 OVEN -SPARE SPARE SPARE
^ ANTICIPATED LOAD OF GFGI EQUIPMENT.
Load Classification A Appliance - Dwelling Unit C Continuous E Equipment L Lighting LM Largest Motor R Receptacle Spare Notes:
EP619-
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS.
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
Panel Totals
Legend:
A
06-06-2014 DATE
800 VA
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 --1 1 1 3 --1 1 1
** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE.
* PROVIDE GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. & PROVIDE AFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. % COORDINATE HAND DRYER ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH UNIT SELECTED. PROPERTIES SHOWN ARE FOR LARGEST PERMITTED PER SPECIFICATION. ADJUST CIRCUIT BREAKER AND CONDUCTOR SIZES ACCORDINGLY.
Connected Load 13000 VA 23120 VA 14040 VA 29000 VA 18000 VA
C
Legend:
Legend:
Load Classification A Appliance - Dwelling Unit C Continuous E Equipment R Receptacle Spare
660 VA
B
DESCRIPTION
1000 VA 1200 VA
1550 VA
1200 VA
A
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
1200 VA 800 VA
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 30 A 3 ----20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 30 A 3 ----20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
Connected Load 13000 VA 2000 VA 19066 VA 1500 VA 8850 VA 17000 VA 20000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 100.00% 60.00% 100.00% 125.00% 79.41% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 13000 VA 2000 VA 11440 VA 1500 VA 11063 VA 13500 VA 10000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
81416 VA 62502 VA 226 A 173 A
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
FILE NAME:
400 VA
LT E E R R -----E --R R R E --R R R
SIZE: 22" x 34"
800 VA
LOAD ** 130 EYEWASH STATION 130 WASH FOUNTAIN 130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 136/136A RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 130 P7 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --130 P7 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P7 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P7 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P6 208V 3PH NEMA L15-30R --130 P6 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P6 DEDICATED QUAD 130 P6 DEDICATED QUAD
GENERAL POWER FIRST FLOOR
1020 VA
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
1000 VA
1550 VA
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84
PANEL SCHEDULES
1000 VA
LOAD 119 ICE MACHINE 119 COUNTER RECEPTACLES 119 MICROWAVE 119 REFRIGERATOR 119 COUNTER RECEPTACLES 119 MICROWAVE 102 VENDING 119 TELEVISION 119 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 102 VENDING 102 VENDING % 115 HAND DRYER 115 GENERAL RECEPTACLES * 102 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER % 115 HAND DRYER * 102 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER * 102 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER * 102 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 116 GENERAL RECEPTACLES % 116 HAND DRYER % 116 HAND DRYER 121A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 121A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 121 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118 RANGE -118 REFRIGERATOR 118 TELEVISION 118 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118 DISHWASHER 118 TELEVISION 118 COUNTER RECEPTACLES 118 COMBINATION MICROWAVE/EXHAUST HOOD 118 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 110B ELEV MECH RM RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 110-1 ELEVATOR PIT RECEPTACLE
CONTRACT NO.:
400 VA
LT C R E C R E C C R C C E R C E C C C R E E R R R A -C C R E C R E R R ------R
PLOT DATE:
600 VA
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 25 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 50 A -20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:14:16 AM
1200 VA
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
C
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
600 VA
B
CKD BY: S.L.O.
A
SLO APPR
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
OMAHA DISTRICT
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
LT R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R C R R C C C C C C C C R R R ------------R
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
C
LOAD 030 RECEPTACLES EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 102/117/110 RECEPTACLES 102/129B/129A/EXT RECEPTACLES 102/124 RECEPTACLES 128 RECEPTACLES 128B RECEPTACLES 128A RECEPTACLES 128C RECEPTACLES & 118B GENERAL RECEPTACLES & 118B GENERAL RECEPTACLES & 118A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118C GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118C MEDIVAC RADIO STATION 118C GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118D REFRIGERATOR 118D WORKSTATION RECEPTACLES 118D GENERAL RECEPTACLES 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 118D DEDICATED QUAD - CHARGING 126A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 126 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 126A GENERAL RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 118D FLOOR QUAD
10 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
D
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD. PROVIDE FEED THRU LUGS BETWEEN SECTION 1 AND SECTION 2.
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 1TP5 (1GDPB) Surface Type 4X
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
5
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP619 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
Branch Panel: 1LP7
Branch Panel: XL1 Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
10 kAIC MCB 400 A 250 A
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
D
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
10 kAIC MCB 225 A 225 A
OMAHA DISTRICT
Notes:
LOAD ** 130 EYEWASH STATION 130 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES SATS CONTAINER --SATS CONTAINER --SATS CONTAINER --* 130 OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM (15 HP^) ---
LT E R R SC --SC --SC --LM ---
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 100 A 3 ----100 A 3 ----100 A 3 ----100 A 3 ----Total Load: Total Amps:
A 660 VA
B
C
800 VA 400 VA
800 VA 1200 VA
5800 VA
1200 VA
600 VA 5800 VA
5800 VA
1000 VA 5800 VA
500 VA
5800 VA
660 VA
1200 VA 5800 VA
5800 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA 5800 VA
1000 VA 5800 VA
5667 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 5667 VA
28527 VA 238 A
1000 VA
28267 VA 236 A
5667 VA 1000 VA 28627 VA 239 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT R R R R R OA R OA E R ------
LOAD EXTERIOR GENERAL RECEPTACLES EXTERIOR GENERAL RECEPTACLES 130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 070 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 060 RECEPTACLES 070 GATE INTERCOM 130 PERIMETER RECEPTACLES 070 PRINTER ** 130 EYEWASH STATION 070 WORKSTATIONS SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
* PROVIDE GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. ** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE. ^ ANTICIPATED LOAD OF GFGI EQUIPMENT.
Connected Load 1320 VA 17000 VA 1500 VA 8400 VA 52200 VA 5000 VA
Demand Factor 60.00% 125.00% 70.00% 100.00% 70.00% 50.00%
LOAD SPARE SPARE SPARE POL STORAGE BUILDING --HAZMAT STORAGE BUILDING ---
LT CB P A -20 A 1 1000 VA 1000 VA -20 A 1 -20 A 1 H 100 A 3 9600 VA 1000 VA ------H 100 A 3 9600 VA 500 VA ------22700 VA Total Load: 190 A Total Amps:
Estimated Demand 792 VA 21250 VA 1050 VA 8400 VA 36540 VA 2500 VA
B 1000 VA
C 1000 VA
9600 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
9600 VA
400 VA
1000 VA
9600 VA
500 VA
22700 VA 190 A
9600 VA 400 VA 22000 VA 183 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT -----R R LM R
LOAD SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE EXTERIOR RACK CONVENIENCE RECEPT WASH RACK DIVERTER VALVE PLC WASH RACK DIVERTER WASH RACK RECEPTACLE
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Legend:
Connected Load 57600 VA 500 VA 1300 VA 8000 VA
Demand Factor 90.00% 125.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 51840 VA 625 VA 1300 VA 4000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
67400 VA 57765 VA 187 A 160 A
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
Notes:
85420 VA 70532 VA 237 A 196 A
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Load Classification E Equipment LM Largest Motor OA Office Appliances R Receptacle SC SATS Container Spare
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
Load Classification H HVAC LM Largest Motor R Receptacle Spare
Legend:
C
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
EXTERIOR RACK XT1 (1GPDB) Surface Type 4
SLO APPR
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130 1TP7 (1GDPB) Surface Type 4X
06-06-2014 DATE
Location: Supply From: Mounting: 2 Enclosure:
5
DESCRIPTION
Am #0002
Notes:
1000 VA 1200 VA
1200 VA 1000 VA
400 VA 1000 VA
800 VA
1600 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 500 VA 1000 VA 500 VA 1000 VA 500 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
400 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 800 VA
600 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 1200 VA
800 VA
1600 VA
1600 VA 1000 VA
800 VA
1200 VA
1600 VA 1200 VA
400 VA
1200 VA
800 VA
800 VA 1000 VA
17000 VA 142 A
800 VA
17000 VA 142 A
1000 VA 800 VA 17100 VA 143 A
Legend:
A
Load Classification C Continuous OA Office Appliances R Receptacle Spare
Connected Load 5500 VA 6000 VA 25600 VA 14000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 70.00% 69.53% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 5500 VA 4200 VA 17800 VA 7000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
51100 VA 34500 VA 142 A 96 A
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
LOAD 206A TELEVISION 206A GENERAL RECEPTACLES * 202/207 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER * 202/207 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 207 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 202/210 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 206 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 206 PRINTER 211 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 211 VOLUME CONTROL AND SPEAKERS 211 PROJECTOR 211 WORKSTATIONS 211 WORKSTATIONS 211 WORKSTATIONS 211 WORKSTATIONS SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
LT C R C C R R R OA R OA OA R R R R -------
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
A 500 VA
B 1500 VA 800 VA
1440 VA
400 VA
400 VA
1900 VA
800 VA
1900 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1900 VA
1000 VA
1900 VA
800 VA 1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1200 VA
1900 VA 600 VA
1000 VA
400 VA
1900 VA 1000 VA
800 VA
1440 VA
500 VA 1000 VA
500 VA
800 VA
1000 VA 400 VA
600 VA
C
800 VA
1000 VA 1000 VA
14440 VA 121 A
1000 VA
14400 VA 120 A
1000 VA 1200 VA 14240 VA 119 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 20 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT L R R OA R OA OA E E E R E E E R R R ---R
LOAD 214 2LCP1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 213 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 214 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 217 PROJECTOR 217 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 217 PROJECTOR CONNECTION STATION 217 VOLUME CONTROL AND SPEAKERS % 215 HAND DRYER % 215 HAND DRYER % 215 HAND DRYER 215 RECEPTACLES % 216 HAND DRYER % 216 HAND DRYER % 216 HAND DRYER 216 RECEPTACLES 206A GENERAL RECEPTACLES 206 GENERAL RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE 206A FLOOR QUADS
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
LOAD MECH MEZZ GENERAL RECEPTACLES MECH MEZZ REPEATER 1 201 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 100/203 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 206 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 206 WORKSTATIONS ROW 1 206 WORKSTATIONS ROW 2 206 WORKSTATIONS ROW 3 206 WORKSTATIONS ROW 4 206 WORKSTATIONS ROW 5 206 PLOTTER SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 204 FLOOR QUAD 205 FLOOR QUADS 1 205 FLOOR QUADS 2 205 FLOOR QUADS 3 205 FLOOR QUADS 4
FILE NAME:
1000 VA
LT R C R R R R R R R R OA -----------R R R R R
SIZE: 22" x 34"
600 VA
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
Legend: * PROVIDE GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. % COORDINATE HAND DRYER ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH UNIT SELECTED. PROPERTIES SHOWN ARE FOR LARGEST PERMITTED PER SPECIFICATION. ADJUST CIRCUIT BREAKER AND CONDUCTOR SIZES ACCORDINGLY.
Load Classification C Continuous E Equipment L Lighting OA Office Appliances R Receptacle Spare
Connected Load 3380 VA 11400 VA 1500 VA 4600 VA 13200 VA 9000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 60.00% 100.00% 70.00% 87.88% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 3380 VA 6840 VA 1500 VA 3220 VA 11600 VA 4500 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
43080 VA 31040 VA 120 A 86 A
Notes:
GENERAL POWER HANGAR 130, SITE, SECOND FLOOR
800 VA
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
PANEL SCHEDULES
C
CONTRACT NO.:
400 VA
B
PLOT DATE:
A
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:14:34 AM
CB P 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 Total Load: Total Amps:
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
LT R R OA R R R R R C C OA C R R C R OA C R R OA C OA C ----
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
LOAD ROOF RECEPTACLES ROOF RECEPTACLES 204 PLOTTER 204 WORKSTATIONS 204A RECEPTACLES 204/204B GENERAL RECEPTACLES 204/205 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 204 WORKSTATIONS AND GENERAL 204 CCTV MONITORING STATION 204 COUNTER CHARGING STATION 204 PRINTER 205 TELEVISION 205 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 205 WORKSTATIONS 205 TELEVISION 205A WORKSTATION AND GENERAL RECEPT 205A PRINTER 205A TELEVISION 205A WORKSTATION AND GENERAL RECEPT 205 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 205 PLOTTER 205 DIGITAL CLOCKS 205 PRINTER 205A ICIDS RADAC PANEL SPARE SPARE SPARE
10 kAIC MCB 225 A 125 A
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
B
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
LOBBY 210 2TP2 (2GDP) Surface Type 1
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
10 kAIC MCB 225 A 150 A
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
MECHANICAL ROOM 201 2TP1 (2GDP) Surface Type 3R
GSAB HANGAR
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Branch Panel: 2LP2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Branch Panel: 2LP1
Notes:
EP620-
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP620 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
2 Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Branch Panel: LSP137
AVIONICS/ELEC REPAIR 132 SDP Surface Type 1
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 70 A
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
D
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
LOAD 132A DEDICATED RADIO CHARGING 132A DEDICATED RADIO CHARGING 132A DEDICATED RADIO CHARGING 132A DEDICATED RADIO CHARGING 132A GENERAL QUAD RECEPTACLE 132 GENERAL RECEPTACLES 132 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP 137 SDP Recessed Type 1
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 80 A
OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
Branch Panel: LSP132
5
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD. LT C C C C R R R ---
CB P A 20 A 1 1000 VA 1800 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 1000 VA 1800 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 800 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 7400 VA Total Load: 62 A Total Amps:
B 1000 VA
C 1800 VA
400 VA
1000 VA
1800 VA
800 VA
1800 VA
1800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
7000 VA 58 A
1000 VA 1000 VA 7400 VA 62 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT R R R R R R ----
LOAD 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 1E 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 2E 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 3E 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 1W 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 2W 132 DEDICATED BENCH QUAD 3W SPARE SPARE SPARE
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Legend:
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
LOAD ** 137 EYEWASH STATION 137 QUAD RECEPTACLES 137 QUAD RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE ---
LT E R R -------
CB P A 20 A 1 660 VA 500 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 1000 VA 2250 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 3 1000 VA 1000 VA ----6410 VA Total Load: 54 A Total Amps:
B 800 VA
C 600 VA
1000 VA
800 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
2250 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
6650 VA 56 A
1000 VA 1000 VA 5600 VA 47 A
P 1 1 1 2 -1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 45 A -20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT E R R E ------
LOAD 137 SOLVENT TANK 137 WORKSTATION 137/137A QUAD RECEPTACLES * 137 HOSE SAW (3 HP^) -SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
06-06-2014 DATE
Am #0002
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Legend: * PROVIDE GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER. ** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE. ^ ANTICIPATED LOAD OF GFGI EQUIPMENT.
Connected Load 4000 VA 12800 VA 5000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 89.06% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 4000 VA 11400 VA 2500 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
Load Classification E Equipment R Receptacle Spare
21800 VA 17900 VA 61 A 50 A
Demand Factor 60.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 3396 VA 3000 VA 5000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
18660 VA 11396 VA 52 A 32 A
Notes: 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
Notes:
Connected Load 5660 VA 3000 VA 10000 VA
DESCRIPTION
Load Classification C Continuous R Receptacle Spare
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA 660 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
0 VA
5000 VA 42 A
1000 VA 0 VA 4460 VA 37 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ---
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A ---
LT R C R -------
LOAD 138 EAST RECEPTACLES 138 ICIDS RADAC PANEL 138 WEST RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY
Legend:
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
LOAD 139 CHARGING CABINET 139 UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES 139 UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES 139 QUAD RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE ---
LT C R R R ------
CB P A 20 A 1 1500 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 800 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 3 1000 VA 1000 VA ----6300 VA Total Load: 53 A Total Amps:
B 800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
C 800 VA 600 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
1000 VA
5600 VA 47 A
1000 VA 1000 VA 5400 VA 45 A
P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CB 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
LT OA R R -------
LOAD 139 PRINTER 139 QUAD RECEPTACLES 139 QUAD RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
CKT 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Legend:
** PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH HANDLE LOCK DEVICE.
Notes:
Connected Load 1000 VA 1660 VA 2200 VA 10000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 60.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 1000 VA 996 VA 2200 VA 5000 VA
Panel Totals Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
14860 VA 9196 VA 41 A 26 A
Load Classification C Continuous OA Office Appliances R Receptacle Spare
Connected Load 1900 VA 1000 VA 3400 VA 11000 VA
Demand Factor 100.00% 70.00% 100.00% 50.00%
Estimated Demand 1900 VA 700 VA 3400 VA 5500 VA
Total Conn. Load: Total Est. Demand: Total Conn. Current: Total Est. Demand Current:
17300 VA 11500 VA 48 A 32 A
Notes:
A
NOTE: ENCLOSURE AND FAULT DUTY RATINGS LISTED ARE MINIMUM RATINGS. EP623-
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12 FILE NAME:
Panel Totals
GSAB HANGAR
Load Classification C Continuous E Equipment R Receptacle Spare
SIZE: 22" x 34"
1000 VA
C
REPAIR SHOP PANELS
B
PANEL SCHEDULES
CB P A 20 A 1 600 VA 800 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 1000 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 20 A 1 1000 VA 1000 VA 20 A 1 20 A 1 5400 VA Total Load: 46 A Total Amps:
CONTRACT NO.:
LT R E E -------
PLOT DATE:
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:16:06 AM
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 60 A
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
LOAD 138 WORKBENCH 138 PRINTER ** 138 EYEWASH STATION SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
B
CKT 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
Notes: PROVIDE PANEL WITH INTEGRAL SPD.
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP 139 SDP Surface Type 1
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
10 kAIC MCB 100 A 50 A
CKD BY: S.L.O.
Fault Duty (Min.): Mains Type: Frame Rating: MCB Rating:
120/208 Wye 3 4 1
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
Branch Panel: LSP139 Volts: Phases: Wires: Sections:
ARMS VAULT 138 1LP6 Surface Type 1
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Location: Supply From: Mounting: Enclosure:
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
Branch Panel: LSP138
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
C
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
EP623 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
1
2 #
3
KEYED TELECOM NOTES: (APPLICABLE TO ALL TN### AND TS### SHEETS) 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ONE (1) CAT6 CABLES BACK TO 108 MAIN TELECOM ROOM FOR ELEVATOR INTERCOM SYSTEM. 2. RACEWAY FOR FIELD SATELLITE DISH VSAT CABLE. CONSISTS OF A NEMA 3R BOX WITH COVER ON FRONT OF BOX THAT IS HINGED AT THE TOP; ELEVATED NEMA 3R BOX; 4" CONDUIT VERTICAL BETWEEN BOXES; AND 4" CONDUIT HORIZONTAL FROM ELEVATED BOX TO 107 VSAT CLOSET. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BUSHINGS. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD WITH THE GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE. SEE TN603 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND NEMA 3R BOX SIZES. BOND NEMA 3R BOX TO ADJACENT GROUND BAR. 3. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF BOX AND OUTLETS FOR EACH SATS CONTAINER. PROVIDE RJ45 VOICE AND RJ45 DATA JACKS. PROVIDE 50' OF EXTERIOR CABLE FOR EACH RJ45 JACK AND STORAGE HOOK.
4 #
5
KEYED TELECOM NOTES (CONTINUED): (APPLICABLE TO ALL TN### AND TS### SHEETS) 42. MOUNT WALL PHONE TO COLUMN FACE. DO NOT PENETRATE COLUMN. ATTACH DEVICES AND RACEWAY WITH NON-PENETRATING BEAM C-CLAMPS, BRACKETS, CLIPS, AND UNISTRUT. 43. CATV ONLY IN THIS PORTION OF CABLE TRAY. CATV SERVING 218, 220, 220F, 222, 222F, 226, AND 226C VOICE AND DATA SHALL NOT CROSS.
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
44. TRANSITION CABLE TRAY UNDER DUCT. SLO APPR
Am #0002
45. MOUNT CABLE TRAY TO FACE OF COLUMN. PROVIDE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE FOR CABLE TRAY SPANS BETWEEN COLUMNS ANCHORED TO PRECAST WALL.
D
06-06-2014 DATE
46. ROUTE CABLE TRAY AROUND EXHAUST DUCT. 4. PROVIDE HALF-HEIGHT RACK FOR A/V EQUIPMENT (EQUIPMENT WILL BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS). CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: A) TWO (2) 2" CONDUITS FROM RACK TO OVERHEAD PROJECTOR LOCATIONS. TERMINATE CONDUITS AT WALL IN JUNCTION BOX ABOVE PROJECTOR OUTLETS. TERMINATE CONDUITS AT PROJECTOR LOCATION IN JUNCTION BOXLOCATED ADJACENT TO PROJECTOR POWER RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE TWO NYLON PULL ROPES IN EACH CONDUIT. B) 2" CONDUITS, ONE (1) FOR EACH TO REMOTE USER INPUT WITH CABLES AND FACEPLATE AS INDICATED ON TN510 AND A NYLON PULL ROPE. C) CATV OUTLET. D) DATA/PHONE OUTLET. E) QUAD RECEPTACLE. SEE TN510 DETAIL 3 FOR FACEPLATE LAYOUT.
47. CHANGE IN ELEVATION TRANSITION PIECE. 48. ROUTE CABLE TRAY AROUND ROOF DRAIN CHASE. 49. VSAT CONDUIT TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. PROVIDE PULL WIRE FOR FUTURE CABLE INSTALLATION AND CAP CONDUIT. SEAL AROUND CONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH WALL TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. SEE TN603 FOR VSAT RISER. 50. OFFSET CABLE TRAY ROUTING AWAY FROM PRECAST WALL TO ALLOW FOR CROSSING OF PIPING, CONDUIT, AND OTHER VERTICAL ELEMENTS NEAR THE WALL. PROVIDE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE ANCHORED TO PRECAST WALL FOR CABLE TRAY ALONG WALL.
5. COORDINATE FLOOR BOX WITH POWER (EP###) DRAWINGS. 51. ROUTE CABLE TRAY UNDER TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CONDUIT. 6. COORDINATE DDC AND JACE PANEL LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION TYPES WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLS MANUFACTURER. 2 7. PROVIDE SLACK IN TELECOM JUNCTION BOXES FOR 2 VOICE AND 2 DATA AT EACH 15', 20', 25', AND 30' FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE (SEE GENERAL NOTE 1, SHEET TN001). 2 8. PROVIDE SLACK IN TELECOM JUNCTION BOXES FOR 1 VOICE AND 1 DATA AT EACH 15', AND 20' FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE (SEE GENERAL NOTE 1, SHEET TN001).
52. VSAT BACKBONE CONDUIT (BETWEEN 107 AND 131) SHALL BE MOUNTED IMMEDIATELY ABOVE 4" VOICE/DATA BACKBONE CONDUITS (BETWEEN 108 AND 129E). CONDUITS SHOWN HALF TONE FOR CABLE TRAY CLARITY. 53. BOTTOM OF 4" VOICE/DATA BACKBONE CONDUITS (BETWEEN 108 AND 129E) SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 11'-0". CABLE TRAY IS MOUNTED BELOW AND VSAT BACKBONE CONDUIT MOUNTED ABOVE (WHERE APPLICABLE IN 102 CORRIDOR). CONDUITS SHOWN HALF TONE FOR CABLE TRAY CLARITY. 54. CABLE TRAY TO BE ROUTED ABOVE EXHAUST DUCTS, HANGAR SUPPLY DUCT, AND LIGHT FIXTURES.
2 10. PROVIDE SLACK IN TELECOM JUNCTION BOXES FOR 2 VOICE AND 2 DATA AT EACH 15', 20', AND 25' FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE (SEE GENERAL NOTE 1, SHEET TN001).
55. "T" CABLE TRAY INTERSECTION SHALL BE 4" DEEP. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE TRANSITION(S) FROM LARGER OR SMALLER CABLE TRAY. 56. ROUTE CABLE TRAY ABOVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CONDUIT.
DESCRIPTION
2 9. PROVIDE SLACK IN TELECOM JUNCTION BOXES FOR 1 VOICE AND 1 DATA AT EACH 15', 20', AND 25' FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE (SEE GENERAL NOTE 1, SHEET TN001).
57. BRANCH 130-B-137 SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES FOR THE PORTION OF 130 HANGAR BAY TO THE PLAN EAST OF 129E. 2 11. ALL DATA OUTLETS IN THIS ROOM SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 24" AFF TO BOTTOM MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED (MAINTAIN MOUNTING HEIGHT SHOWN ON SHEET EP501 IF GREATER THAN 24" AFF).
58. BRANCH 137-1 SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES FOR THE PLAN NORTH SIDE OF 137 PNEUDRAULICS AND VOICE/DATA CABLES FOR 132 AVIONICS AND THE PLAN SOUTH SIDE OF 137 PNEUDRAULICS.
12. TWO (2) RJ45 SIPRNET CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE. 13. SEE DETAIL 1 ON SHEET EP504.
59. BRANCH 129E-A-130-A SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 131 VSAT CLOSET AND VOICE/DATA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 129E TELECOM ROOM FOR THE PORTION OF 130 HANGAR BAY TO THE PLAN WEST OF 129E. CABLE TRAY SHALL TRANSITION ABOVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAY 129E-C-1.
14. NOT USED. 60. BRANCH 129E-A-1 SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 131 VSAT CLOSET FOR THE PORTION OF 130 HANGAR BAY TO THE PLAN WEST OF 129E; AND VOICE/DATA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 129E TELECOM ROOM FOR 131 VSAT CLOSET AND THE PORTION OF REGION 1B (T-110) LOCATED TO THE PLAN SOUTH OF AND INCLUDING 102 CORRIDOR AND 143 CORRIDOR.
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
15. SEE DETAIL 3 ON SHEET EP504. 16. NOT USED.
C
61. BRANCH 129E-C-1 SHALL CARRY VOICE/DATA CABLES FOR SHOPS 122, 123, 125, AND 127 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED SUB-ROOMS. 17. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET EP504. 62. BRANCH 131-A-1 SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES FOR SHOPS 122, 123, 125, AND 127 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED SUB-ROOMS. 18. MOUNT IN CASEWORK. TOP OF JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 2" FROM UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER.
70. MOUNT LOCKABLE SIPRNET ENCLOSURE 2'-8" TO BOTTOM (3'-2" TO TOP). TOP OF DESKS WILL NOT EXCEED 2'-6". BOTTOM OF WINDOW SILL IS 3'-4". ROUTE PDS FROM 2"x2" MAIN RACEWAY VERTICALLY TO THE SIDE OF THE WINDOW, THEN HORIZONTALLY UNDER WINDOW TO ENCLOSURE. MAINTAIN 3'-0" MINIMUM SEPARATION BETWEEN LOCKABLE SIPRNET ENCLOSURE AND NEARBY UNCLASSIFIED VOICE/DATA OUTLETS.
29. ALL JUNCTION BOXES/OUTLETS AND CONDUITS IN THIS SPACE SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED. 30. HORIZONTAL CONDUIT RUNS INSIDE A FENCED AREA (INCLUDING NON-FENCED PERIMETER SUCH AS CMU OR PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS INSIDE TOOL STORAGE CAGES) SHALL BE AT A MINIMUM 8'-0" A.F.F. (ABOVE THE POTENTIAL SHELF HEIGHT). VERTICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED DIRECTLY DOWN AT DEVICE LOCATIONS. WHERE POSSIBLE, ROUTE CONDUIT ON EXTERIOR OF FENCE AND MAINTAIN 8'-0' A.F.F. MINIMUM ELEVATION FOR HORIZONTAL RUNS. 31. SAME AS KEYED NOTE 15 EXCEPT THE DEVICE ORDER SHALL BE REVERSED. 32. PROVIDE A 6"W x 6"L x 4"D NEMA 3R BOX WITH COVER ON FRONT OF BOX THAT IS HINGED AT THE TOP. MOUNT AT 24" ABOVE TOP OF CANOPY TO BOTTOM. PROVIDE 3" CONDUIT FROM BOX AND STUB OUT AT CEILING SPACE ABOVE 131 VSAT CLOSET. BOX AND RACEWAY ARE FOR FUTURE VSAT CABLE. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD WITH THE GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE. SEE TN603. 33. CONDUIT RISE SHALL OCCUR TO THE PLAN EAST OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT AND HYDRONIC CHILLED WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES CROSSING 102 CORRIDOR INTO 142 STRUCTURAL REPAIR. PROVIDE NEMA 3R BOX. SEE TN603 FOR SIZE. 34. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX IMMEDIATELY ABOVE UNDERCOUNTER POWER RECEPTACLE. ALL UNDERCOUNTER COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLES SHALL SHARE A COMMON 1-1/4" CONDUIT. SURFACE MOUNT CONDUIT AND ROUTE VERTICALLY FROM CABLE TRAY ABOVE THROUGH CABINET, THEN LATERALLY FROM CABINET TO UNDERCOUNTER RECEPTACLES. 35. CABLE TRAY BETWEEN THESE LOCATIONS SHALL BE FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS CABLING ONLY. DATA AND VOICE CAT6 CABLING SHALL NOT BE ROUTED ACROSS THIS PORTION OF CABLE TRAY.
72. SPEAKERS IN SHOWN FOR THIS SPACE ON PLAN ARE CEILING MOUNTED FOR A/V OR OTHER PROJECTOR SYSTEM. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LUMINAIRES, DIFFUSERS, CEILING POWER RECEPTACLES, OVERHEAD PROJECTORS/OUTLETS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SPRINKLERS, AND OTHER CEILINGMOUNTED DEVICES. 73. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES IN THE HANGAR BAYS SHALL BE MINIMUM NEMA TYPE 3R, UON. DEVICES MOUNTED BELOW 12'-0" A.F.F. SHALL BE PROVIDED IN WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES. 74. PUBLIC ADDRESS CABLING IN HANGAR BAYS, APRON, PT PIT, MAINTENANCE YARD (AREAS TO THE PLAN NORTH OF PRECAST WALL) SHALL BE ROUTED TO PA RACK IN ROOM 131 AS FOLLOWS: PLAN WEST OF ROOM 129E: UTILIZE CONDUIT AND HANGAR CABLE TRAY IN THE 120-A, 120-B, AND 130-A SERIES, THEN ROUTE THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 130-A AND CONTINUE TO ROOM 131 VIA CABLE TRAY 129E-A-1. PLAN EAST OF ROOM 129E: UTILIZE CONDUIT AND HANGAR CABLE TRAY IN THE 130-B SERIES, THEN ROUTE THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 130-B AND CONTINUE TO ROOM 131 VIA CABLE TRAY 137 AND 131-B-1. 75. VOICE, DATA, AND VSAT CABLING IN HANGAR BAYS AND APRON SHALL BE ROUTED AS FOLLOWS: HANGAR BAY 120: UTILIZE CONDUIT AND HANGAR CABLE TRAY IN THE 120-A, AND 120-B SERIES, THEN ROUTE THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 120 AND CONTINUE TO ROOMS 107 (VSAT) AND 108 (VOICE/DATA) AS APPROPRIATE. HANGAR BAY 130 PLAN WEST OF ROOM 129E: UTILIZE CONDUIT AND HANGAR CABLE TRAY IN THE 130-A SERIES, THEN ROUTE THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 130-A AND CONTINUE TO ROOMS 131 (VSAT) AND 129E (VOICE/DATA) AS APPROPRIATE. PLAN EAST OF ROOM 129E: UTILIZE CONDUIT AND HANGAR CABLE TRAY IN THE 130-B SERIES. ROUTE VSAT CABLING THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 130-B AND CONTINUE TO ROOM 131 VIA CABLE TRAY 137 AND 131-B-1. CONTINUE VOICE/DATA CABLING THROUGH 130-A-130-B, ROUTE THROUGH PRECAST WALL AT CABLE TRAY 130-A AND CONTINUE TO ROOM 129E. 2 76. SEE DETAIL 6 ON SHEET EP504.
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
28. CABLE TRAY SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED TO AVOID CONFLICTS IN SPACE WITH CRANE.
71. AIRCRAFT SERVICE POINT PEDESTAL. SEE DETAILS ON SHEETS EP505 AND EP506.
FILE NAME:
26. PROVIDE CONDUIT SLEEVE PENETRATION INSTEAD OF CABLE TRAY THROUGH FIRE WALL. FIRE SEAL PENETRATION AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION. CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITY SHALL BE AS LISTED ON PLAN.
SIZE: 22" x 34"
69. PROVIDE CONDUIT SIZED AS INDICATED THROUGH BULKHEAD.
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
25. OVERHEAD PROJECTOR CONNECTION LOCATION. COORDINATE FACEPLATE AND CABLE REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER.
CONTRACT NO.:
68. LOCATE PROJECTOR USER INPUT DIRECTLY BELOW VOLUME CONTROL MODULE ADJACENT TO A/V CABINET. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON TN510 DETAIL 3.
PLOT DATE:
24. PROVIDE ONE (1) 2" CONDUIT FROM A/V RACK LOCATION STUBBED OUT OF THE WALL AT 18" A.F.F., ROUTED BELOW THE BRIEFING ROOM FLOOR, AND TERMINATED AT A FLOOR BOX AT LOCATION SHOWN. SEE KEYED NOTE #4 FOR CABLE REQUIREMENTS.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:17:56 AM
67. MOUNT BRIEFING ROOM MASTER VOLUME CONTROL ADJACENT TO BRIEFING ROOM A/V RACK.
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
23. VSAT PLATFORM.
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
66. MOUNT TO HANGAR FIRE ALARM PEDESTAL. SEE SHEET FA506 FOR PEDESTAL DETAILS. SEE EP115 FOR PEDESTAL FLOOR LOCATION DIMENSIONS, WALL STUBUP LOCATION FOR CONDUITS, AND CONDUIT ROUTING INSTRUCTIONS.
CKD BY: S.L.O.
22. VSAT CONDUIT FROM 131 VSAT CLOSET TO NEMA 3R BOX ABOVE EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE CANOPY. COORDINATE WITH AND ROUTE CONDUIT BELOW HVAC DUCTWORK. SEE TN603 FOR CONDUIT SIZE.
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
65. TOP OF TRANSITION SHALL BE AT APPROXIMATELY THE SAME HEIGHT AS THE HANGAR CABLE TRAY.
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
21. TO ICIDS RAD-C PANEL. REFER TO SHEET EY501 DETAIL 3 FOR ROUGH-IN.
27. PROVIDE CONDUIT SLEEVE PENETRATION INSTEAD OF CABLE TRAY THROUGH AIR BARRIER. SEAL PENETRATION AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION. CONDUIT SIZE AND QUANTITY SHALL BE AS LISTED ON PLAN.
B
64. COORDINATE WITH MARKER BOARD. DEVICE TO BE LOCATED BELOW BOARD. WHERE RECEPTACLES ARE SURFACE MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS, ROUTE CONDUIT VERTICALLY TO THE SIDE OF THE BOARD, THEN HORIZONTALLY UNDER BOARD TO RECEPTACLE.
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2 20. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 4'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM (OR MATCH MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WORKBENCH DEVICES WHERE SHEET EP504 WORKBENCH DETAILS ARE REFERENCED).
63. BRANCH 131-B-2 SHALL CARRY ONLY VSAT AND PA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 131 VSAT CLOSET FOR 136, 139, 140, 141, 142, 070, AND THE PLAN SOUTH PORTION OF 132 AND THEIR ASSOCIATED SUB-ROOMS; AND VOICE/DATA CABLES ORIGINATING IN 129E TELECOM ROOM FOR THE PLAN SOUTH PORTION OF 132.
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
19. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 3'-0" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM.
36. PROVIDE IN WEATHERPROOF INDUSTRIAL TELEPHONE ENCLOSURE. 2 77. SEE DETAIL 7 ON SHEET EP504. 37. NEMA 3R BOX. SEE TN603 FOR SIZE.
41. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE SHALL BE ROUTED UNDER HANGAR FLOOR TO PEDESTAL "P4".
TN002-
A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
40. 6"x6"x4" JUNCTION BOX FOR (2) DATA AND (2) VSAT CABLES TO PEDESTAL. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX AT 48" A.F.F. PROVIDE CONDUIT SEAL OFF AT 18" A.F.F. SEE EP506 FOR PEDESTAL COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT SIZE. PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM HANGAR CABLE TRAY TO JUNCTION BOX.
GSAB HANGAR
39. COMBINED CATV AND DATA OUTLET. SEE DETAIL 7 ON SHEET TN501. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE THE SAME AS TV POWER RECEPTACLE.
TELECOM KEYED NOTES
38. MOUNT WAP OUTLET ON FACE OF GIRDER IMMEDIATELY ABOVE TOP OF PRECAST WAINSCOT (TOP OF PRECAST WAINSCOT IS APPROX. 10'-0"). LOCATE BACKBOARD AT TOP OF PRECAST WAINSCOT.
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN002 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
06-06-2014 DATE
SLO APPR
OMAHA DISTRICT
D 2D 2U WP
71
36 W
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM
VESTIBULE
120D
120C
2D 2U WP
71
P2
P3
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
WP WAP
WP WAP
120
11
WP WAP
CORRIDOR
VSAT CLOSET
100
102
107
MAIN TELECOM SIPRNET ROOM ROOM 109 108
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
VESTIBULE C
114
W
UP
3D S 1V
+12"
+12"
+12"
+12"
+12"
72
111B
CONTRACT NO.: PLOT DATE:
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:18:24 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2 EP411
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA A
A
TELECOM PLAN
PLAN NORTH
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
1/8" = 1'-0"
GSAB HANGAR
TN111
TELECOM PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA A
36
2
CKD BY: S.L.O.
110B
ELEVATOR MECHANICAL ROOM
W
1
PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
2D AC
TV
111
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
+12"
112-1 UP
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
+12"
110
+12"
1D 1V 1U +12"
+12"
110A
+12"
LOBBY
+12"
1D 1V 1U
106C
STAIR
VESTIBULE
+12"
PRODUCTION CONTROL
3D 1V
W
W
+12"
1D 1V 1U +12"
LARS OFFICE
1D 1V 1U +12"
105
104A
B
+12"
CONTRACTOR LOGISTIC SUPPORT
2
+12"
10
VESTIBULE
1D 1V 1U
105A
6D 6V J
TOOL STORAGE
1D 1V 1U AC
1D 1V 1U +12"
+12" 3D OP 1V S
111A
110-1
1D 1V 1U +12"
1D 1V 1U
111C
S
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE
106
ELEVATOR
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
W OP
QA/QC
2D 1U
PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE
1D 1V 1U +12"
V
2D 1U
1
1 EP411
+12"
+12"
106D
1D 1V 1U +12"
104
CORRIDOR
W
020
1D 1V 1U AC
106B
1D 1V 1U AC
JACE
MECHANICAL ROOM
W
TECHNICAL LIBRARY
21
QA/QC OFFICE
106A 6
J
QA/QC SERVICE
W
W
36
FILE NAME:
W
SIZE: 22" x 34"
36
103
DESCRIPTION
RECYCLABLES/ STORAGE
010
ELECTRICAL ROOM
W
113
40
J
J
W
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM
40
JANITORIAL
73
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. CABLE TRAY AND INTER-TELECOM ROOM AND VSAT CONDUIT IS HALFTONE ON THIS PLAN FOR CLARITY OF END DEVICES. SEE TN2## SERIES FOR CABLE TRAY SIZING, BOTTOM ELEVATION, AND SPECIAL ROUTING NOTES.
TN111-
SIPRNET PDS AND END DEVICES SHOWN ON TS### SERIES.
AREA "A"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN111 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® OMAHA DISTRICT
36 42
SLO APPR
77
1D 1U
132A
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL 2 REPAIR
102
131
2D
2D
2D
MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS
+12"
MED CO CBRN STORAGE
133B
134B
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CORRIDOR
5
AMC SECURE STORAGE
118B 2D
W
2D
128C REF.
129A
2D
+12"
HVY CO CBRN STORAGE
2D 1V
2D
118A
17
128B
128A
CONTRACT NO.:
134A
PLOT DATE:
133A
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:18:48 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
MED CO COM STORAGE
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
HVY CO COM STORAGE
129B
134
+12"
133
VESTIBULE
2D
DW
REF.
2D
MEDIVAC SLEEPING ROOM
TV
117A
128
AMC COM STORAGE
117
CORRIDOR W
W
TV
AMC UNIT STORAGE
118D
MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN 118
VESTIBULE
MEDIVAC STORAGE
+12"
MED CO UNIT STORAGE
AMC CBRN STORAGE
W
REF.
2D
CORRIDOR
HVY CO UNIT STORAGE
+12"
W
W
030
+12"
22
143
+12"
+12"
TV
119
2D
126 +12"
118C
+12"
126A
+12"
MEDIVAC READINESS
+12"
+12"
+12"
121A
+12"
2D
116
124
115
+12"
MEN
W
WOMEN
+12"
37
13 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
102
BREAK ROOM
HVY CO SECURE STORAGE
MED CO SECURE STORAGE
133C
134C
TELECOM PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA B
KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA B
A
TELECOM PLAN
PLAN NORTH
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
1/8" = 1'-0"
GSAB HANGAR
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
W
VSAT CLOSET
+12"
TN112
1D 1V 1U
CORRIDOR
121
1
17
W
2D 1U
CORRIDOR
+12"
B
1D 1U
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2D
76
CKD BY: S.L.O.
2D
1D 1U
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
W
34
FILE NAME:
1D 1U
132
SIZE: 22" x 34"
76
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
34
DESCRIPTION
COMSEC STORAGE
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
1D 1U
ELECTRICAL ROOM
C
76
06-06-2014 DATE
TELECOM ROOM
127A
129E 129C
2D
137A
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1D 1U
11
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
34
137
TOOL STORAGE
129D
W
2
1D 1U
2D 1V
125
15
3 EP411
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
W
2D 1U
120A
127B
2D 1U
34
W
120B
15
2D
VESTIBULE
2D
SPECIAL TOOLS AREA
CH-47 SECTION OFFICE
CORRIDOR
34
11
1D 1V 1U
2
ELECTRICAL ROOM
127
2D
34
1D 1U
2D
20
2
17
1D 1U
2D
CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
11
CH-47 SECURE STORAGE
2D
2D
2D
15
2D 1V
2D
1D 1U
123
2D 1U
76
W
1D 1V 1U AC
2
CH-47 REPAIR SECTION
1D 1U
15
122
2D
MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
J
1D 1V 1U +12"
2D
15 11
1D 1U
40 41 W
64
2
2
36
64
15
76
W
UH-60 REPAIR SECTION 11 WP WAP
+33"
2D
1D 1V 1U +12"
+33"
122B
120
TOOL STORAGE
11
122A
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE
D
WP WAP
J
W
1D 1V 1U +12"
W
40
WP WAP
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. CABLE TRAY AND INTER-TELECOM ROOM AND VSAT CONDUIT IS HALFTONE ON THIS PLAN FOR CLARITY OF END DEVICES. SEE TN2## SERIES FOR CABLE TRAY SIZING, BOTTOM ELEVATION, AND SPECIAL ROUTING NOTES.
TN112-
SIPRNET PDS AND END DEVICES SHOWN ON TS### SERIES.
AREA "B"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN112 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ® W
WP WAP
J
42 36
40
WP WAP
J
36
OMAHA DISTRICT W
2
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
2
15 36
76
W
REF.
137 2D
11
11
1D 1V 1U AC
D
15
070A
06-06-2014 DATE
1D 1V 1U
2D
64
76
1D 1V 1U
1D 1V 1U
W
2D
1D 1V 1U
W
76
(RIGHT SIDE ONLY)
W
+33"
SLO APPR
40
76
76
11
17
TECH SUPPLY 070
11
11
141
142
11
11
34
15
TOOL STORAGE
TOOL STORAGE
TOOL STORAGE
140A
140B
141A
W
132
2D
76
2D
34
W
CORRIDOR
22
143
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
+33" W
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM 060
33
VESTIBULE
36
144
J
21
76
64
W
C
+12"
1D 1V 1U
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
34
76
17
DESCRIPTION
140
76
2
BLADE REPAIR SHOP
UP
STAIR
2 +12"
1D 1U WP
140-1
+33" W
TN113
TELECOM PLAN - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C 1/8" = 1'-0"
GSAB HANGAR
1
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
64
135C
PLAN NORTH
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA C
CAC CO SECURE STORAGE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
1D 1U WP
+12"
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
135B
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
CAC CO CBRN STORAGE
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
050
+12"
TELECOM PLAN
040
CONTRACT NO.:
138
PLOT DATE:
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:48:32 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
MECHANICAL ROOM
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
+12"
ARMS VAULT
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
6
135A
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
+12"
CKD BY: S.L.O.
CAC CO COM STORAGE
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
135
FILE NAME:
1D 1U
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN
2
STRUCTURAL REPAIR
2D 1U
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR 2
2D
77
136
77
CORRIDOR
139
76
2
SIZE: 22" x 34"
W
2D
2D
2
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. CABLE TRAY AND INTER-TELECOM ROOM AND VSAT CONDUIT IS HALFTONE ON THIS PLAN FOR CLARITY OF END DEVICES. SEE TN2## SERIES FOR CABLE TRAY SIZING, BOTTOM ELEVATION, AND SPECIAL ROUTING NOTES.
TN113-
SIPRNET PDS AND END DEVICES SHOWN ON TS### SERIES.
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN113 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
TN210-
3/64" = 1'-0"
A FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. PLAN NORTH
SHEET OF
FIRST FLOOR
COMPOSITE CABLE TRAY PLAN - FIRST FLOOR 2
2 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
C
FILE NAME:
DESCRIPTION
06-06-2014 DATE
D
SIZE: 22" x 34"
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:20:03 AM 3/64" = 1'-0"
PLOT DATE:
2
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
2
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
2
COMPOSITE CABLE TRAY PLAN
2 2
CKD BY: S.L.O.
2
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
SLO APPR
4
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
3
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
B DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
2
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
1
GSAB HANGAR
Am #0002
5
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
OMAHA DISTRICT
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN210 0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 130
130-A-4
130-A-2
130-A
129E-C
120
UH-60 REPAIR OFFICE
45
122A
129E-C-3 4"x8" 11' - 0"
127A
127 2"x6" 11' - 0"
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
129E-A-1 129E-A
137
130-B-137
129E-A-1a
CAC CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
127
CH-47 SECTION OFFICE
125 2"x6" 11' - 0"
UH-60 REPAIR SECTION
SPECIAL TOOLS AREA
CH-47 REPAIR SECTION
125
123
129E-A-1b
129D 137
132A
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
131-B 131-A-5 2"x6" 11' - 0"
26
131-A-4 2"x6" 11' - 0"
131-A-3 2"x6" 11' - 0"
131-A-1b 2"x6" 11' - 0"
131-A-2 2"x6" 11' - 0"
132
131-A-1
131
2"ø
131-B-3 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
131-B-2
120A
120B
2 TN411
COMSEC STORAGE
127B
122
VESTIBULE
137A
131-B-1
MED CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
46
108-C-2.1a 2"x6" 10' - 0"
130-B-137a
ELECTRICAL ROOM
108-C-2.2,2"x6",10' - 0"
129E-B-1 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
137-1
129C
120-B-7
130-B-137c 130-B-137b
129E-A-130-Ab 129E-A-130-Aa
122 2"x6" 11' - 0"
120-B-8 2"x8" 12' - 9"
120-B-5
129E-C-1
129E-Ba
129E-A-130-A
50 120-B-6
55
129E-C-2 4"x12" 11' - 0"
OMAHA DISTRICT
130-B
129E-B
129E
120-B-9 2"x8" 12' - 9"
129E-C-4 4"x8" 11' - 0"
CORRIDOR
74 75
129E-C-5 4"x8" 11' - 0"
122B
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
TOOL STORAGE
130-A-3
D
130-B-1 2"x8" 45 12' - 9"
130-A-130-B
SLO APPR
46
130-A-1 4"x8" 12' - 9"
06-06-2014 DATE
45
DESCRIPTION
130-A-5 4"x8" 12' - 9"
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
131-A-1a
27 C 108-C-2.1 2"x6" 10' - 0"
51
108-C-3 4"x8" 10' - 0"
CORRIDOR 51
102 55
CORRIDOR
108-C-4 4"x8" 10' - 0"
51
102 55
129E-A-2.1 4"x8" 10' - 0"
37
129E-A-2
22
CORRIDOR 143
129E-A-3
129E-A-3a
119
VESTIBULE 117A
118B
118D
AMC SECURE STORAGE 128C
VESTIBULE 129A
HVY CO SECURE STORAGE
MED CO SECURE STORAGE
133C
134C
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
CONTRACT NO.:
MEDIVAC OPEN SLEEPING QUARTERS
PLOT DATE:
MEDIVAC STORAGE
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:49:30 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
134B
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
133B
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
MED CO CBRN STORAGE
CKD BY: S.L.O.
HVY CO CBRN STORAGE
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
134A
CABLE TRAY PLANS - FIRST FLOOR - AREA B
PLAN NORTH
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR AREA B
1/8" = 1'-0"
CABLE TRAY PLAN
TN212
133A
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
1
118A
MED CO COM STORAGE
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
MEDIVAC SLEEPING ROOM
118
HVY CO COM STORAGE
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
REF.
MEDIVAC BREAK/KITCHEN
134
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
BREAK ROOM
108-C-3.2 2"x6" 10' - 0"
133
GSAB HANGAR
B
REF.
UP
030
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
117
MED CO UNIT STORAGE
128
126
108-C-3.1.1 2"x6" 10' - 0"
HVY CO UNIT STORAGE
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
CORRIDOR
118C 2"x6" 10' - 0"
AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON SECTION
AMC CBRN STORAGE
121A
118C
AMC UNIT STORAGE
129B
108-C-3.1 2"x6" 10' - 0"
126A
CORRIDOR
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR OFFICE
MEDIVAC READINESS
129E-A-2.2 2"x6" 10' - 0"
128B
121
AMC COM STORAGE
116
128A
115
AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE PLATOON OFFICE 124
MEN
AIRCRAFT COMPONENT REPAIR SECTION
WOMEN
ELECTRICAL ROOM
55
FILE NAME:
45
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
SIZE: 22" x 34"
74 75
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. SEE TN604 FOR SIZES OF CONDUIT BETWEEN TELECOM ROOMS 108, 129E, 208, AND 225; VSAT CLOSETS 107 AND 131; FROM VSAT CLOSET 131 TO SATELLITE DISH LOCATION ABOVE EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE 050; AND FROM VSAT CLOSET 107 TO SATELLITE DISH LOCATION OUTSIDE OF PRODUCTION CONTROL 111.
TN212-
AREA "B"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN212 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
CH-47 HANGAR BAY 74 75
130 US Army Corps of Engineers ®
130-B-2
130-B-4
130-B-5 2"x8" 45 12' - 9"
45
46
130-B-9 2"x8" 12' - 9"
OMAHA DISTRICT SLO APPR
130-B-3
46 130-B-8
130-B-6
129E-B-1 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
D
06-06-2014 DATE
130-B-7
070A
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
139 4"x6" 10' - 6"
137
131-B-7 2"x6" 10' - 6"
141 2"x6" 10' - 6"
2
TECH SUPPLY 070 2
2
POWERPLANT/POWERTRAIN
STRUCTURAL REPAIR
BLADE REPAIR SHOP
140
141
142
28
139
2
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
131-B-6 2"x6" 10' - 6"
132 131-B-4 4"x6" 10' - 6"
TOOL STORAGE
140A
TOOL STORAGE 131-B-5 2"x6" 10' - 6"
140B 55
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT ROOM 060
141A 2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
TOOL STORAGE 131-B-3 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
131-B-6.1 2"x6" 10' - 6"
DESCRIPTION
136
CORRIDOR
2
HVY CO CREW CHIEF SHOP
C
CORRIDOR
22
143
129E-A-3a 2"x6" 11' - 0"
33
VESTIBULE 144
UP
STAIR
CAC CO UNIT STORAGE
140-1
135B
CAC CO SECURE STORAGE 135C
A KEYPLAN - FIRST FLOOR
FILE NAME:
FIRST FLOOR AREA C
PLAN NORTH
CABLE TRAY PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
TN213
CABLE TRAY PLANS - FIRST FLOOR - AREA C
GSAB HANGAR
1
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
B
SIZE: 22" x 34"
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
CAC CO CBRN STORAGE
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
050
CONTRACT NO.:
040
PLOT DATE:
138
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:23:23 AM 1/8" = 1'-0"
EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
MECHANICAL ROOM
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
ARMS VAULT
CKD BY: S.L.O.
135A
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
CAC CO COM STORAGE
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
135
FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002. SEE TN604 FOR SIZES OF CONDUIT BETWEEN TELECOM ROOMS 108, 129E, 208, AND 225; VSAT CLOSETS 107 AND 131; FROM VSAT CLOSET 131 TO SATELLITE DISH LOCATION ABOVE EXTERIOR COVERED STORAGE 050; AND FROM VSAT CLOSET 107 TO SATELLITE DISH LOCATION OUTSIDE OF PRODUCTION CONTROL 111.
TN213-
AREA "C"
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN213 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
Am #0002
1
2
3
4
5
CH-47 HANGAR BAY
129E LADDER 6"x12" 9' - 0"
59
107
106D
MAIN TELECOM ROOM SMFO FOR 108
PRODUCTION CONTROL CONFERENCE ROOM 111B
1 TN411
4"ø
26 (2) 4"ø
108-A-2 4"x6" 10' - 9"
108-A-1 4"x6" 10' - 9"
PRODUCTION CONTROL OFFICE
108-A 4"x6" 10' - 9"
137 2"x8" 10' - 6"
129C
109 LADDER 2"x12" 9' - 0"
129E-A-1b 4"x12" 10' - 0"
110
INCOMING (4) OSP 4"ø
26
CORRIDOR
LOBBY
107 LADDER 2"x12" 9' - 0"
VSAT CABLE 49 CONDUIT 4"ø
108-C,4"x8",11' - 0"
108 LADDER 6"x12" 9' - 0"
VSAT CLOSET QA/QC OFFICE
COMM SPARE TO RM 129E 4"ø 53
SIPRNET ROOM 109
SIPRNET 2"ø
CAT6 FOR SIPRNET 2"ø
COMSEC STORAGE 132A
SIPR TO RM 209 4"ø
CATV TO RM 208 2"ø
DATA/VOICE TO RM 208 4"ø
COMM SPARE TO RM 208 4"ø
PRODUCTION CONTROL SERVICE 111A
131-B 4"x8" 10' - 6" 108-A-1.1 2"x6" 10' - 9"
131-A-1b 2"x6" 11' - 0"
111C
63 131 LADDER 4"x12" 9' - 0"
131-A-1 2"x6" 10' - 0"
55
131-B-2 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
131-Ba 4"x8" 10' - 6"
VSAT CLOSET TO ROOM 107 2"ø
131-A-1a
47
(3) 27 4"ø
26 27 52
B
TO WEATHERHEAD 3"ø 49
CORRIDOR 102
22
37
CORRIDOR 51 129E-A-2.1 4"x8" 10' - 0"
129E-A-2 4"x8" 10' - 0"
143 47 129E-A-3
129E-A-3a 2"x6" 11' - 0"
CORRIDOR 129B
2 TN411
129E-A-2.2,2"x6",10' - 0"
ENLARGED CABLE TRAY PLAN - ROOMS 129D, 129E, 131, 132A 1/4" = 1'-0"
A FOR SUPPLEMENTAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET TN001. FOR KEYED NOTES, SEE SHEET TN002.
TN411-
SLO APPR
131-B-3 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
131
1/4" = 1'-0"
06-06-2014 DATE
(2) 26 4"ø
(3) 26 4"ø
51 62
ENLARGED CABLE TRAY PLAN - ROOMS 107, 108, 109
131-B-1 2"x8" 10' - 6"
DESCRIPTION
129D
2 AM. #0002 - GENERAL REVISIONS MARK
108-B,4"x8",10' - 6"
DATA/VOICE TO 129E 53 RM4"ø
ELECTRICAL ROOM
129E-A-1a
(2) 26 4"ø
130-B-137 2"x8" 10' - 6"
FILE NAME:
26
(2) 4"ø
57
SIZE: 22" x 34"
4"ø
52
60
55
26
129E-A 4"x8" 11' - 0"
FIRST FLOOR
TO RM 131 2"ø
47 51
129E-A-1 4"x12" 11' - 0"
102
FILE NUMBER: F211-10-12
108-B-1 2"x8" 10' - 6"
108-C-2 4"x8" 51 10' - 0"
130-B-137a 2"x8" 10' - 6"
ENLARGED CABLE TRAY PLANS
108-C-1a 108-B-2 2"x8" 10' - 6"
C
CORRIDOR
CONTRACT NO.:
102
108-C-1,4"x8",10' - 6"
PLOT DATE:
CORRIDOR
FORT CARSON, CO. PN77304 (FY14)
108-B-120 2"x8" 10' - 6"
6/6/2014 PLOT SCALE: 11:24:13 AM 1/4" = 1'-0"
129E-A-130-A 4"x12" 11' - 0"
47 65
SBMT BY: S.L.O.
108-B-120a
COMM SPARE TO RM 108 4"ø
2"x8" 10' - 6"
SOLICITATION NO.: W9128F-14-B-0008
26 52
58 137-1
CKD BY: S.L.O.
120,2"x6",12' - 9"
47
DRAWN BY: S.A.L.
47 56
130-B-137b
OMAHA DISTRICT OMAHA, NEBRASKA
129E-A-130-Aa
129E-B-1 4"x6" 2 10' - 6"
ISSUE DATE: 05-16-2014
113
45
COMM SPARE TO RM 225 4"ø
DESIGN BY: S.A.L.
129E-A-130-Ab,4"x12",12' - 9"
130-B-137c,2"x8",12' - 10"
US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
JANITORIAL
OMAHA DISTRICT
GSAB HANGAR
120
74 75
45
120-B 2"x8" 12' - 9"
US Army Corps of Engineers ®
137
UH-60 HANGAR BAY
(2) 26 4"ø
137A
120-A 2"x8" 12' - 9"
130-B,2"x8",12' - 9"
132
D
DATA/VOICE TO RM 108 4"ø
26 27 4"ø
PNEUDRAULIC REPAIR SHOP
61129E-C-1,4"x12",11' - 0"
45
TOOL STORAGE
(3) 4"ø
DATA/VOICE TO RM 225 129E-B 129E-C 4"ø 4"x8" 4"x12" 10' - 6" 11' - 0"
130-B-1 2"x8" 12' - 9"
AVIONICS/ELECTRICAL REPAIR
(2)
26 4"ø
26
74 75
129E
55
130-A,4"x8",12' - 9"
130
130-A-130-B 2"x8" 45 12' - 9"
TELECOM ROOM
130-A-1 4"x8" 12' - 9" 45
SHEET IDENTIFICATION
TN411 SHEET
OF
0
Am #0002
